This Manual Supersedes TM11 1520 237 23 1, Dated 15 June 1994, Including All Changes

*TM 111520237231
TECHNICAL MANUAL
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
UH60A UTILITY HELICOPTER
(NSN 1520010350266) (EIC: RSA)
UH60L UTILITY HELICOPTER
(NSN 1520012984532) (EIC: RSM)
UH60Q MEDICAL EVACUATION
HELICOPTER
(NSN 1520014599468) (EIC: N/A)
AND
HH60L MEDICAL EVACUATION
HELICOPTER
(NSN 1520014716743) (EIC: N/A)
VOLUME 1 UH60A/L GENERAL

INFORMATION, NAVIGATIONAL, AND
COMMAND INSTRUMENT SETS
VOLUME 2 UH60A/L AUTOMATIC

FLIGHT CONTROL SET
VOLUME 3 UH60A/L COMMUNICATION

SETS
VOLUME NO. 1
VOLUME 4 UH60A/L AIRCRAFT
SURVIVABILITY EQUIPMENT
VOLUME 5 UH60Q / HH60L GENERAL

INFORMATION AND NAVIGATIONAL
SETS
VOLUME 6 UH60Q / HH60L COMMAND

INSTRUMENT SETS AND MISSION
EQUIPMENT
Distribution authorized to U. S. Government agencies and their contractors
only for official use or for administrative or operational purposes only.
This determination was made on 15 June 1995. Other requests for this
document will be referred to Commander, US Army Communications
Electronics Command and Fort Monmouth, ATTN: AMSELLCLEOEED,
Fort Monmouth, NJ 077035006.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE Destroy by any method that will prevent
disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
WARNING: This document contains technical data the export of which is
restricted by the ARMS EXPORT CONTROL ACT (22 USC 2751 et seq.)
or EXECUTIVE ORDER 12470. Violations of these export laws are
subject to severe criminal penalties.
*This manual supersedes TM111520237231,

dated 15 June 1994, including all changes.
VOLUME 7 UH60Q / HH60L

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SET
VOLUME 8 UH60Q / HH60L

COMMUNICATION SETS AND AIRCRAFT
SURVIVABILITY EQUIPMENT;
UH60A/L/Q / HH60L APPENDIXES AND
GLOSSARY
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

1 MAY 1999
TM 11-1520-237-23
WARNING
Personnel performing operations, procedures, and practices which are included or implied in this technical
manual shall observe the following warnings. To disregard these warnings and precautionary information could
cause serious injury, death, or an aborted mission.
WARNING
AC POWER
Before applying ac power to the helicopter, MAKE SURE that the area around the stabilator is clear of
personnel and equipment. Should the stabilator be in any position other than trailing edge fully down,
it may reposition automatically to fully down when ac power is applied.
WARNING
CARBON MONOXIDE
During cold weather operations when preheating is necessary, all personnel shall become acquainted
with the various types of heaters and where they are to be used. Be careful of accumulations of carbon
monoxide and damage to heat-sensitive equipment.
WARNING
CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
Observe all cautions and warnings on the containers when using consumables. When applicable wear
necessary protective gear during handling and use. If a consumable is flammable or explosive, MAKE
SURE consumable and its vapors are kept away from heat, spark, and flame. MAKE SURE helicopter
is properly grounded and firefighting equipment is readily available for use.
WARNING
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING OF THE HELICOPTER

Army regulation requires the grounding of the helicopter when doing all fueling and defueling operations. DO NOT operate helicopter electrical switches, except those essential for servicing during
fueling and defueling. DO NOT smoke or use flame during fueling and defueling operations.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE
There are dangerous voltages in the helicopter. Use extreme care when working with equipment having
these voltages.
WARNING
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
There are dangerously high hydraulic system pressures in the helicopter. Use extreme care when
working on systems having this pressure.
WARNING
USE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER
When fire extinguishers are used in a confined area, ventilate immediately. Serious injury or death
could result if the area is not ventilated or the user does not use a self-contained breathing device.
WARNING
MAIN ROTOR PYLON SLIDING COVER
When opening and closing main pylon sliding cover, keep hands away from sharp edges near track,
mating end, and especially ventilation blower inlet hole.
CAUTION
Do not operate the rotor system while the main rotor pylon sliding cover is in the open position. Main
rotor blades could contact the main rotor pylon sliding cover. If rotor system operation is required
when the main rotor pylon sliding cover is open, remove main rotor pylon sliding cover.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
CAUTION
USING BATTERY POWER DURING MAINTENANCE

Use battery power as little as possible when maintaining the helicopter. If the battery charge gets too
low the APU will not start when only the battery electrical power is available. To prevent running
down the battery:
Make sure BATT switch is at ON when ac power (either external power applied, or APU, or main
generator operating) is supplied to the helicopter. This allows the battery to charge if necessary.
Make sure maintenance and cockpit utility lights are off when not in use.
Make sure BATT switch is at OFF when ac power is not applied to the helicopter and the battery
is not being used.
If a BATT LOW CHARGE caution indication is obtained while using battery power, immediately set BATT switch OFF.
CAUTION
COLD WEATHER - BATTERY MAINTENANCE

To prevent damage to the battery, refer to TM 11-6140-203-14-2.
FIRST AID
Refer to FM 21-11.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
SAFETY STEPS TO FOLLOW IF SOMEONE

IS THE VICTIM OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
DO NOT TRY TO PULL OR GRAB THE INDIVIDUAL.
IF POSSIBLE, TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER.
3
4
5
IF YOU CANNOT TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL

POWER, PULL, PUSH, OR LIFT THE PERSON TO
SAFETY USING A DRY WOODEN POLE OR A DRY
ROPE OR SOME OTHER INSULATING MATERIAL.
SEND FOR HELP AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
AFTER THE INJURED PERSON IS FREE OF

CONTACT WITH THE SOURCE OF ELECTRICAL
SHOCK, MOVE THE PERSON A SHORT DISTANCE
AWAY AND IMMEDIATELY START RESUSCITATION.
AA0198
SA
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
CAUTION
THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS PARTS

AND ASSEMBLIES SENSITIVE TO
DAMAGE BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD).
USE ESD PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
WHEN TOUCHING, REMOVING OR INSERTING
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS.
CAUTION
ESD SENSITIVE ITEM
HANDLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
DODSTD1686 AND DODHDBK263
AA0281
SA
Change 2
e/(f Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
TECHNICAL MANUAL
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, D.C.
NO. 11-1520-237-23
Aviation Unit and Intermediate

Maintenance Manual
for
UH-60A UTILITY HELICOPTER
(NSN 1520-01-035-0266) (EIC: RSA),
UH-60L UTILITY HELICOPTER
(NSN 1520-01-298-4532) (EIC: RSM),
UH-60Q MEDICAL EVACUATION HELICOPTER
(NSN 1520-01-459-9468) (EIC: N/A),
AND
HH-60L MEDICAL EVACUATION HELICOPTER
(NSN 1520-01-471-6743) (EIC: N/A)
UH-60A/L General Information, Navigational,
and Command Instrument Sets
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes, or if you know of a way to
improve these procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended
Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) or DA Form 2028-2 located in the back of this
manual, direct to: Commander, US Army Communications-Electronics Command and Fort
Monmouth, ATTN: AMSEL-LC-LEO-D-CS-CFO, Fort Monmouth, New Jersey 07703-5006.
The fax number is 732-532-1413, DSN 992-1413. You may also e-mail your recommendations
to AMSEL-LC-LEO-PUBS-CHG@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
In any case, we will send you a reply.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
CHAPTER 1
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
INTRODUCTION ..............................................................................
General Information ..........................................................................
Equipment Description and Data .......................................................
1-1
1-3
1-5
CHAPTER 2
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
CIVIL NAVIGATION (AN/ARN-123 (V)) SET ............................

Equipment Description and Data ......................................................
Troubleshooting ..................................................................................
Maintenance Procedures ....................................................................
2-1
2-3
2-13
2-59
CHAPTER 2A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
CIVIL NAVIGATION (AN/ARN-147 (V)) SET NAV ..............

2A-1
2A-3
2A-13
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Page
SECTION III.
Maintenance Procedures.....................................................................
2A-69
CHAPTER 3
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) SET ............................................................

3-1
3-3
3-11
3-25
CHAPTER 3A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-149(V)) SET NAV ...........................................

3A-1
3A-3
3A-9
3A-31
CHAPTER 4
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
DOPPLER NAVIGATION (AN/ASN-128) SET ............................

4-1
4-3
4-13
4-29
CHAPTER 4A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
DOPPLER/GPS NAVIGATION (AN/ASN-128B) SET ..................

4A-1
4A-3
4A-15
4A-45
CHAPTER 5
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS (AN/ASN-43) SET ......................

5-1
5-3
5-11
5-25
CHAPTER 6
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
ATTITUDE INDICATING SET ......................................................

6-1
6-3
6-11
6-39
CHAPTER 7
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
RATE-OF-TURN INDICATING UNIT ..........................................

7-1
7-3
7-7
7-17
CHAPTER 8
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
COMMAND INSTRUMENT SET....................................................

8-1
8-3
8-15
8-49
CHAPTER 9
HSI / VSI MODE SELECT UNIT ....................................................
9-1
ii
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
Page
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.

9-3
9-15
9-17
CHAPTER 10
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
RADAR ALTIMETER (AN/APN-209) SET ..................................

10-1
10-3
10-11
10-19
CHAPTER 11
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
HEADS UP DISPLAY (AN/AVS-7) SET ........................................

Maintenance Procedures ....................................................................
11-1
11-3
11-15
11-67
CHAPTER 11A
SECTION I
AFCS OVERVIEW ............................................................................

11A-1
11A-3
CHAPTER 12
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
ANALOG STABILITY AUGMENTATION UNITS.......................

12-1
12-3
12-11
12-45
CHAPTER 13
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
DIGITAL AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL UNITS

SAS/FPS .........................................................................................
13-1
13-3
13-17
13-115
CHAPTER 13A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
SECTION IV.
DIGITAL AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL UNITS AFCC .

List of Charts and Figures .................................................................
13A-1
13A-3
13A-19
13A-133
13A-181
CHAPTER 14
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
STABILATOR UNITS.......................................................................
14-1
14-3
14-17
14-147
CHAPTER 14A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
STABILATOR SYSTEM TEST PANEL (AVIM)...........................

14A-1
14A-3
14A-7
14A-13
Change 4
iii
TM 11-1520-237-23
Page
CHAPTER 14B
CONDENSED AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SET

CHECKOUT.......................................................................................
Checkout .............................................................................................
14B-1
14B-3
14B-7
CHAPTER 15
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
..........
NO. 1 VHF/FM (AN/ARC-201 (V)) RADIO SET
RIS
15-1
15-3
15-15
15-83
CHAPTER 15A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
SECTION IV.
..........
RIS
Helicopter Conversion of AN/ARC-201 (V) Radio Set to
AN/ARC-186 (V) Radio Set ..............................................................
15A-1
15A-3
15A-11
15A-43
CHAPTER 15B
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
NO. 1 VHF/FM (AN/ARC-186 (V)) RADIO SET W/O RIS ......

15B-1
15B-3
15B-11
15B-41
CHAPTER 16
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
..........
RIS
16-1
16-3
16-11
16-55
CHAPTER 16A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
SECTION IV.
........
RIS
Helicopter Conversion of AN/ARC-201 (V) Radio Set to
AN/ARC-186 (V) Radio Set ..............................................................
16A-1
16A-3
16A-11
16A-41
CHAPTER 16B
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
NO. 2 VHF/FM (AN/ARC-186 (V)) RADIO SET W/O RIS ......

16B-1
16B-3
16B-11
16B-33
CHAPTER 17
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
..................
VHF/AM (AN/ARC-186(V)) RADIO SET
RIS
17-1
17-3
17-9
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
iv
Change 4
15A-55
16A-43
TM 11-1520-237-23
Page
SECTION III.
17-29
CHAPTER 17A
VHF/AM (AN/ARC-186(V)) RADIO SET 3953

3962SUBQ
W/O RIS ...............................................
MOD
17A-1
17A-3
17A-11
17A-29
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
VHF/AM (AN/ARC-186(V)) RADIO SET 22714 3952

39543961
W/O MOD
W/O RIS ..........................................
17B-1
17B-3
17B-9
17B-25
CHAPTER 18
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
....................
UHF/AM (AN/ARC-164 (V)) RADIO SET
RIS
18-1
18-3
18-11
18-45
CHAPTER 18A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
UHF/AM (AN/ARC-164 (V)) RADIO SET W/O RIS .................

18A-1
18A-3
18A-11
18A-37
CHAPTER 18B
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
HF (AN/ARC-220(V)1) RADIO SET HF ..................................

18B-1
18B-3
18B-21
18B-93
CHAPTER 19
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
INTERCOMMUNICATION SET .....................................................

19-1
19-3
19-19
19-109
CHAPTER 20
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
TRANSPONDER (AN/APX-100 (V)) SET ......................................

20-1
20-3
20-11
20-37
CHAPTER 21
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
COUNTERMEASURE (AN/ALQ-144A (V)1) SET ........................

21-1
21-3
21-9
21-17
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
CHAPTER 17B
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
Page
CHAPTER 22
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
RADAR SIGNAL DETECTING (AN/APR-39A(V)1) SET ............

22-1
22-3
22-11
22-21
CHAPTER 23
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
...................
CHAFF DISPENSER SET 2987SUBQ
MOD
23-1
23-3
23-9
23-21
CHAPTER 23A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
CHAFF DISPENSER SET 27142986 .......................................

23A-1
23A-3
23A-9
23A-21
CHAPTER 24
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
INTRODUCTION ..............................................................................
General Information ..........................................................................
24-1
24-3
24-5
CHAPTER 25
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
CIVIL NAVIGATION (AN/ARN-147 (V)) SET .............................

25-1
25-3
25-13
25-67
CHAPTER 26
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-149(V)) SET ......................................................

26-1
26-3
26-9
26-25
CHAPTER 27
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
TACAN (AN/ARN-153) SET............................................................

27-1
27-3
27-11
27-27
CHAPTER 28
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
DOPPLER/GPS NAVIGATION (AN/ASN-128C) SET ..................

28-1
28-3
28-13
28-33
CHAPTER 29
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS (AN/ASN-43) SET........................

29-1
29-3
29-11
vi
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
Page
SECTION III.
29-25
CHAPTER 30
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
ATTITUDE INDICATING SET ......................................................

30-1
30-3
30-11
30-47
CHAPTER 31
RATE-OF-TURN UNIT.....................................................................
31-1
CHAPTER 32
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
NAVIGATION INTERFACE UNIT .................................................

32-1
32-3
32-5
32-7
CHAPTER 33
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
COMMAND INSTRUMENT SET....................................................

33-1
33-3
33-15
33-59
CHAPTER 34
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
HSI/VSI MODE SELECT UNIT.......................................................

34-1
34-3
34-11
34-37
CHAPTER 35
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
RADAR ALTIMETER (AN/APN-209F) SET..................................

35-1
35-3
35-11
35-23
CHAPTER 36
SECTION I.
SECTION II
SECTION III
STORMSCOPE SET ..........................................................................

36-1
36-3
36-9
36-25
CHAPTER 37
SECTION I
SECTION II
SECTION III
PERSONNEL LOCATOR (AN/ARS-6(V)) SET .............................

37-1
37-3
37-7
37-17
CHAPTER 38
HEADS UP DISPLAY.......................................................................
38-1
CHAPTER 39
SECTION I
MIL-STD-1553B DATA BUS...........................................................

39-1
39-3
Change 4
vii
TM 11-1520-237-23
Page
SECTION II
SECTION III
39-11
39-33
CHAPTER 40
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT.............................................................

40-1
40-3
40-13
40-45
CHAPTER 41
IMPROVED DATA MODEM...........................................................
41-1
CHAPTER 41A
SECTION I
AFCS OVERVIEW ............................................................................

41A-1
41A-3
CHAPTER 42
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
ANALOG STABILITY AUGMENTATION UNITS.......................

42-1
42-3
42-11
42-45
CHAPTER 43
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
DIGITAL AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL UNITS

SAS/FPS .........................................................................................
43-1
43-3
43-17
43-115
CHAPTER 43A
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
SECTION IV.
DIGITAL AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL UNITS AFCC .

List of Charts and Figures .................................................................
43A-1
43A-3
43A-19
43A-133
43A-181
CHAPTER 44
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
STABILATOR UNITS.......................................................................
44-1
44-3
44-17
44-147
CHAPTER 45
STABILATOR SYSTEM TEST PANEL (AVIM)...........................
45-1
CHAPTER 45A
CONDENSED AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM

CHECKOUT.......................................................................................
45A-1
NO. 1 VHF/FM (AN/ARC-201D) RADIO SET...............................

46-1
46-3
46-11
CHAPTER 46
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
viii
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
Page
SECTION III.
46-31
CHAPTER 47
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
NO. 2 VHF/FM (AN/ARC-201D) RADIO SET...............................

47-1
47-3
47-11
47-27
CHAPTER 48
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
NO. 1 VHF AM/FM RADIO (AN/ARC-222 (V)) SET...................

48-1
48-3
48-9
48-23
CHAPTER 49
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
UHF/AM (AN/ARC-164(V)) SET.....................................................

Troubleshooting .................................................................................
49-1
49-3
49-9
49-31
CHAPTER 50
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
HF RADIO (AN/ARC-220(V)2) SET ...............................................

50-1
50-3
50-11
50-39
CHAPTER 51
SECTION I
SECTION II
SECTION III
INTERCOMMUNICATION SET .....................................................

51-1
51-3
51-17
51-63
CHAPTER 52
SECTION I.
SECTION II.
SECTION III.
TRANSPONDER (AN/APX-100 (V)) SET ......................................

52-1
52-3
52-11
52-39
CHAPTER 53
COUNTERMEASURE (AN/ALQ-144) SET....................................
53-1
CHAPTER 54
RADAR SIGNAL DETECTING (AN/APR-39A (V)1) SET...........
54-1
CHAPTER 55
CHAFF DISPENSER (XM-130) SET...............................................
55-1
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES ...................................................................................
A-1
APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART .....................................
B-1
APPENDIX C
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST .............................
C-1
Change 4
ix
TM 11-1520-237-23
Page
APPENDIX D
Change 4
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS .................
D-1
GLOSSARY .......................................................................................
Glossary-1
TM 11-1520-237-23
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

This Aircraft Avionics Maintenance Procedures
Manual is descriptive. It contains avionics maintenance data for the
UH60A ,
UH60L ,
and
through the Aviation
UH60Q
HH60L
Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM) support level. It
does not have Depot (DEPOT) level maintenance
instructions, or any Repair Parts and Special Tools
List (RPSTL). The EH60A is not covered in this
manual, refer to the TM 11-1520-249-23-series manuals.
Front matter includes the title page, warning summary

pages, table of contents, and How To Use This
Manual pages.
This manual is divided into 8 volumes. The volumes

are:
Chapters 2. thru 11., 12. thru 23. 25. thru 41., and 42.
thru 55. contain specific data on the helicopters Avionics Sets. These chapters are divided into 3 sections.
Section I (Equipment Description and Data), includes
the purpose, function, physical characteristics, location, access, and theory of operation. Section II
(Troubleshooting), includes fault isolation procedures,
logic-type troubleshooting tables (that give detailed
step-by-step instructions to identify malfunctioning
components), and wiring schematics. Section III
(Maintenance Procedures), includes information for
the maintenance specialist to do specific maintenance
procedures that are individual and task orientated.
Volume 1
Front Matter and

Chapters
1 thru 11
Volume 2
Front Matter and

Chapters
11A thru 14B
Volume 3
Front Matter and

Chapters
15 thru 19
Volume 4
Front Matter and

Chapters
20 thru 23A
Volume 5
Front Matter and

Chapters
24 thru 32
Volume 6
Front Matter and

Chapters
33 thru 41
Volume 7
Front Matter and

Chapters
41A thru 45A
Volume 8
Front Matter and

Chapters
46 thru 55,
Appendixes, and
Glossary
Chapters 1. and 24. contain general helicopter data

and are descriptive in nature.
Chapters 11A. and 41A. contain the overview of the
Automatic Flight Control Set and are descriptive in
nature.
There are Chapters in Volumes 5 through 8

( UH60Q and HH60L ) that refer back to Chapters
in Volumes 1 through 4 ( UH60A and UH60L ),
these Avionics Sets are identical on these four Black
Hawk helicopters models.
The Appendixes include Reference list of publications, Maintenance Allocation Chart, Expendable
Supplies, and List of Manufactured Items.
The Glossary contains definitions of abbreviations and
definitions of unusual terms.
This manual contains the new narrative troubleshooting tables. Their use is the same as the troubleshooting charts of previous manuals. The title of the table is
the same as the title of the trouble chart. The paragraph is the same as the boxed statement in the chart.
Step 1. is the same as the YES leg of the chart. Step 2.
is usually the NO leg of the chart. When any step
Change 4
xi
TM 11-1520-237-23
begins with 9If trouble remains9, or 9If trouble still
remains9 it is the follow-on leg of the preceding Step.
Some FAULT ISOLATION PROCEDURES contain
individual procedures that can be performed independently. As an example: The Analog Stability Augmentation Units (SAS 1) Fault Isolation Procedure has
six separate individual procedures (a. Setup/Servo
Valve , b. Power and Engage , c. Pitch , d. Roll , e.
Yaw , and f. Shutdown ). If a pilot reports a SAS 1
Pitch problem, the maintenance personnel can perform
the procedure c. Pitch , without necessarily having to
perform all SAS 1 individual procedures. The maintenance personnel should follow the steps of the individual procedure to isolate the problem. Other individual procedures need NOT be done, unless specified
by the procedure being performed. The Automatic
Flight Control Set Chapters have have 9Replaced
Component/Operational Check Requirement.9 charts
which list the individual procedures that must be done
for the replaced component.
References to the Black Hawk TM 1 series technical
manuals shall be shown as:
TM 1-1520-237-10
10
TM 1-1520-237-23
23
TM 1-1520-237-PMS-1
PMS1
TM 1-1520-237-PMS-2
PMS2
TM 1-1520-237-23P
23P
References to general aircraft TM series technical

manuals shall be shown as:
TM 1150020423
TM 55-1500-323-24
TM 55-1500-343-23
xii
Change 4
20423
24
34323
This manual is one of a set of 4 separate manuals that

cover maintenance instructions and RPSTL for the
and HH60L .
UH60L
UH60Q
UH60A
The Aviation Unit and Intermediate Maintenance
Manual ( 23 ), contains: general information; equipment description and data; theory of operation; fault
isolation procedures, logic-type troubleshooting tables
(that give detailed step-by-step instructions to identify
malfunctioning components), and wiring schematics;
and maintenance task procedures on the helicopters
electrical, instruments, power plant, and rotor systems
through the AVUM and AVIM support levels. It does
not have any DEPOT or RPSTL information.
The Aircraft Repair Parts and Special Tools List
( 23P ) and the Avionics Repair Parts and Special
Tools List (TM 11-1520-237-23P) contain the data
which shall enable the maintenance specialists to
obtain any part required to return the helicopter to a
fully mission-capable status.
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes. Warnings, Cautions, and Notes which appear in this manual are
defined as follows:
WARNING
Highlights an operating or maintenance
procedure, practice, condition, statement, etc., which if not strictly observed,
could result in injury to or death of personnel.
CAUTION
Highlights operating or maintenance

procedure, practice, condition, statement, etc., which if not strictly observed,
could result in damage to, or destruction
of, equipment or loss of mission effectiveness or long term health hazards to
personnel.
TM 11-1520-237-23
NOTE
Highlights an essential operating or
maintenance procedure, condition, or
statement.
Helicopters Serial Numbers. This manual contains references to model
UH60L
UH60A ,
and HH60L serial numbers throughout.
UH60Q
Differences between helicopter models are indicated
or
as:
UH60L ,
UH60Q
UH60A ,
HH60L .
Helicopters serial Nos used throughout this manual
are indicated by the last four digits of the serial number (e.g. helicopter serial No. 77-22714 is 2714 .
Differences within models are indicated only by serial
number effectivities, without reference to helicopter
model, (e.g. 27143264 or 3265SUBQ ).
UH60A
77-22714
77-22724
77-22728
78-22960
78-22970
78-22992
78-22996
78-22997
78-23002
78-23004
79-23265
79-23272
79-23369
80-23416
81-23547
82-23660
83-23837
83-23893
83-23942
85-24387
85-24389
85-25511
86-24483
87-24579
thru 77-22722
thru 77-22726
thru 78-22968
thru 78-22990
thru 78-22994
thru 78-22999
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
78-23015
79-23270
79-23354
79-23370
80-23509
81-23626
82-23761
84-23891
84-23940
84-24016
thru
thru
thru
thru
85-24482
85-25512
86-24559
87-24656
87-26000
88-26015
89-26123
89-26131
89-26150
89-26155
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
87-26005
88-26086
89-26129
89-26148
89-26153
89-26178
UH60L
89-26149
89-26154
89-26179
89-26213
90-26218
90-26242
90-26313
91-26318
92-26408
95-26660
96-26665
96-26737
97-26744
97-26772
99-26829
00-26847
00-26857
01-26878
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
thru
89-26193
89-26217
90-26221
90-26308
90-26317
91-26351
95-26655
95-26664
96-26723
96-26737
98-26767
98-26812
99-26846
00-26851
00-26872
01-26893
UH60Q
83-23892
84-23941
85-24388
86-24560
HH60L
97-26768 thru 97-26771

00-26873 thru 00-26875
01-26894 thru 01-26895
Use of ICONs. MWOs and production line modifications referenced throughout this manual shall be
identified by an icon.
Roll Vibration Absorbers ( RVA ).
6278SUBQ have a production line modification to
install roll vibration absorbers and larger main strut
fairing for improved flight characteristics.
Change 4
xiii
TM 11-1520-237-23
External Stores Support Systems ( ESSS ).
have capability to install external
3748SUBQ
stores support (wings) to mount fuel tanks, weapons,
etc.
When the wings are installed, these helicopters are
shown as
WINGS . When the wings are not
installed or when helicopters are not
ESSS
capable, these helicopters are shown as
W/O WINGS .
Digital CIS Processor ( DCISP ). A digital CIS processor ( DCISP ) can be installed in place of the current analog CIS processor ( CISP ). Information is
provided within the text to aid the maintenance personnel in understanding the difference in Set operation and aid in troubleshooting.
Navigational Set Modification ( NAV ).
have Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147
6664 SUBQ
(V)) and LF/ADF (AN/ARN-149 (V)) Sets installed.
Modernization Program ( MOD ). 27143761

are being upgraded to the latest UH60A configuration (using UH60L electrical and avionics harnesses), by MWO 1-1520-237-55-7.
Without Navigational Set Modification

have Civil Navigation
( W/O NAV ). 27146663
(AN/ARN-123 (V)) and LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) Sets
installed.
Radio Improvement Set ( RIS ). 27146722

are being modified to install the AN/ARC-201 Radio
Set.
Doppler/GPS (AN/ASN-128B)
( 128B ). 6723SUBQ or 27146722 modified by
MWO 1-1520-237-50-75 have the Doppler
Navigation/Global Positioning (AN/ASN-128B) Set
installed as part of helicopter production. Helicopters
not modified are shown as W/O 128B .
The AN/ARC-201 Radio Set is being installed in the

No. 1 and No. 2 VHF/FM positions, on UH60L
by MWO 1-1520-237-50-68. The AN/ARC-201
Radio Set is being installed in the No. 1 and No. 2
VHF/FM positions, and the VHF/AM is being
upgraded to the AN/ARC-186 (V), on UH60A , by
MWO 1-1520-237-50-69.
the ARC-186 (V) Radio Set can be
27146722
reinstalled in the No. 1 or No. 2 VHF/FM positions.
This is accomplished by maintenance actions
described in Chapters 15A Section IV or 16A Section
IV.
The Doppler/GPS requires the installation of a

DCISP for GPS functions to be operational. If an
is installed the Doppler/GPS will function
CISP
only as a Doppler Set.
Heads Up Display (AN/AVS-7) Set. 6723SUBQ
or
modified by MWO 1-1520-23727146722
50-62 ( HUD ) have the Heads Up Display (AN/
AVS-7) Set installed.
have the AN/ARC-201 Radio Set

installed as part of helicopter production.
HF Radio (AN/ARC-220(V)1) Set ( HF ).

or UH60L modified by MWO 1-1520UH60A
237-50-76, have the HF Radio (AN/ARC-220(V)1)
Set installed.
Heated Center Windscreen ( HCW ).

or
4441SUBQ
27144440 modified by MWO
1-1520-237-50-70, have a heated center windscreen.
Helicopters
not
modified
are
shown
as
.
W/O HCW
Cockpit Airbags System ( CABS ).

and
UH60L modified by MWO
UH60A
1-1520-237-50-82, have Cockpit Airbags installed.
6723SUBQ
HELLFIRE Fixed Provisions ( HFIRE ).

modified by
6272 ,
6290SUBQ or
27146271
MWO 1-1520-237-50-66, have the go-around button
(cyclic stick) as a launch button when HELLFIRE
Missile Set or Volcano Mine Dispense Set is installed.
UH60Q . This helicopter has taken a basic

UH-60A airframe and installed new or modified existing Avionics Sets.
Avionics Sets installed during modification:
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147) Set
xiv
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-149) Set

TACAN (AN/ARN-153) Set
Doppler/GPS (AN/APN-128C) Set
Radar Altimeter (AN/APN-209F) Set
Stormscope (Weather Radar) Set
Personnel Locator (AN/ARS-6 (V)) Set
Data Bus (MIL-STD-1553B)
Control Display Units
Improved Data Modem (MD-1295/A)
No. 1 VHF/FM Radio (AN/ARC-201D) Set
No. 2 VHF/FM Radio (AN/ARC-201D) Set
UHF/AM Radio (AN/ARC-164(V)) Set
VHF-FM/AM Radio (AN/ARC-222) Set
HF Radio (AN/ARC-220(V)2) Set
Intercommunication Set (C-11746(V))
Information on these Sets and existing Avionics Sets
that have been modified can be located in Volumes 5
through 8.
. This helicopter is a basic UH-60L airframe with UH-60Q Avionics Sets installed. In addition, an ANVIS Heads UP Display Set is installed.
HH60L
Advanced Flight Control Computer ( AFCC ). An

advanced flight control computer (AFCC) is replacing
the SAS/FPS computer. The AFCC uses automatically
recorded Flight BITE Codes (FBCs) and initiated
Ground BITE Codes (GBCs) instead of the computer
test point panel portion of the SAS/Stabilator Line
Test Set
Helicopters which have the SAS/FPS computer
installed are shown as SAS/FPS
Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Prevention. When
completed with any maintenance procedure make sure
all work areas is free of foreign objects.
Change 4
xv/(xvi Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
General Information
1-3
II
Equipment Description and Data
1-5
Change 4
1-1/(1-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
1.1
Scope
1-4
1.2
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms
1-4
1.3
Maintenance Forms, Reports, and Records
1-4
1.3.1
Reports of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory Equipment
1-4
1.3.2
Reporting of Item and Packaging Discrepancies
1-4
1.3.3
Transportation Discrepancy Report (TDR) (SF361)
1-4
1.4
Destruction of Army Electronic Materiel To Prevent Enemy Use
1-4
1.5
Preparation for Storage or Shipment
1-4
1.6
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR)
1-4
1.7
Safety, Care, and Handling
1-4
1.8
Corrosion Prevention and Control
1-4
Change 4
1-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
1.1.
SCOPE.
This is an Aviation Unit Maintenance and Intermediate Manual for the UH60A UH60L . The purpose
of the UH60A and UH60L is that of an utility
tactical transport helicopter.
1.2.
CONSOLIDATED INDEX OF ARMY PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS.
Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 25-30 to determine whether there are new editions, changes, or
additional publications pertaining to the equipment.
1.3.
MAINTENANCE FORMS,
AND RECORDS.
REPORTS,
1.3.1. Reports of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory Equipment. Department of the Army

forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA Pam 738-750,
as contained in Maintenance Management Update or
DA Pam 738-751 (The Army Maintenance Management System - Aviation [TAMMS-A]).
1.3.2. Reporting of Item and Packaging Discrepancies. Fill out and forward SF 364 (Report of
Discrepancy (ROD)) as prescribed in AR 735112 /
DLAR 4140.55 / SECNAVINST 4355.18 / AFR
40054 / MCO 4430.3J.
1.3.3. Transportation Discrepancy Report
(TDR) (SF 361). Fill out and forward Transportation
Discrepancy Report (TDR) (SF 361) as prescribed in
AR 55-38 / NAVSUPINST 4610.33C / AFR 7518 /
MCO P4610.19D / DLAR 4500.15.
1.4.
DESTRUCTION OF ARMY ELECTRONIC

MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE.
Destruction of Army electronic materiel to prevent

enemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750-244-2.
1.5.
PREPARATION
SHIPMENT.
FOR
STORAGE
OR
Administrative storage of equipment issued to and

used by Army activities will have Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) performed before
1-4
Change 4
storing. When removing the equipment from administrative storage, the PMCS checks should be performed
to assure operational readiness. Also refer to 23 .
1.6.
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR).
If your equipment needs improvement, let us know.

Send us and EIR. You, the user, are the only one who
can tell us what you dont like about your equipment.
Let us know why you dont like the design or performance. Put it on and SF Form 368 (Product Quality
Deficiency Report). Mail it to: Commander, US Army
Communications-Electronics Command and Fort
Monmouth, ATTN: AMSEL-LC-ED-CFO, Fort Monmouth, New Jersey 07703-5023. Well send you a
reply.
1.7.
SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING.
This equipment contains electrostatic discharge (ESD)

components. Refer to DOD-STD-1686 and DODHDBK-263.
1.8.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL.
Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army

material is a continuing concern. It is important that
any corrosion problems with this item be reported so
that the problem can be corrected and improvements
can be made to prevent the problem in future items.
While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of
metals, it can also include deterioration of other materials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking,
softening, swelling, or breaking of these materials
may be a corrosion problem.
If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported
using SF Form 368, Production Quality Deficiency
Report. Use of keywords such as 9corrosion9, 9rust9,
9deterioration9, or 9cracking9 will ensure that the
information is identified as a CPC problem.
The form should be submitted to the address specified
in DA Pam 738-750.
Also refer to
34323
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
1.9
General
1-6
1.10
Helicopter Description
1-6
1.11
Avionic Sets Description
1-6
1.12
Stations, Waterlines, and Buttlines
1-7
1.13
Steps, Handholds, and Walkways
1-7
1.14
Work Areas
1-7
1.15
Antenna Arrangement
1-7
1.16
Lower Console
1-7
1.17
Lower Console Circuit Breaker Panel
1-7
1.18
Upper Console
1-7
1.19
Upper Console Circuit Breaker Panels
1-7
1.20
Instrument Panel
1-7
1.21
Pilots Circuit Breaker Panel
1-7
1.22
Copilots Circuit Breaker Panel
1-7
1.23
Inspection Requirements
1-7
1.24
Maintenance Allocation Chart
1-7
1.25
Nomenclature - Common Name
1-7
Change 4
1-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
1.9.
GENERAL.
and
The primary mission of the
UH60A
is that of a utility tactical transport airUH60L
craft system (UTTAS). To provide tactical logistical
support.
1.10.
HELICOPTER DESCRIPTION.
The Black Hawk Helicopter is powered by twin turboshaft engines. Three separate hydraulic systems are
used in the helicopter. No. 1 and No. 2 hydraulic systems provide power for the main rotor servos and the
pilot-assist servos. The Backup Hydraulic System
provides backup hydraulic power for the No. 1 and
No. 2 hydraulic systems and recharges the APU start
subsystem. The Backup Hydraulic System also provides hydraulic power for ground checks without
operation of the main transmission.
Basic electrical power is supplied by two AC generators mounted on the accessory modules. AC power is
converted to DC power for the operation of specific
Systems/Sets.
For equipment description and data refer to
1.11.
23
AVIONIC SETS DESCRIPTION.
The Avionic Equipment consists of: Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE), Automatic Flight Control
(AFCS), Communication (COMM), and Navigation
(NAV) Sets. The Lower console contains the control
panels for the Avionics Sets. Where possible, the Avionics Set antennas have been built into the helicopter
structure.
Equipment Description and Data; along with Principles of Operation, Locator, and Block Diagrams will
be presented in Section I of each Maintenance Chapter for the specific Avionics Set covered.
Troubleshooting; along with Fault Isolation Procedures, Troubleshooting Tables, and Schematic Diagrams will be presented in Section II of each Maintenance Chapter for the specific Avionics Set covered.
Maintenance Procedures will be presented in Section
III of each Maintenance Chapter for the specific Avionics Set covered.
1-6
Change 4
Volume 1 of the manual contains general helicopter

information and descriptive information for the NAV
and Command Instrument Set (CIS) on the
UH60L . They are the Civil NaviUH60A and
gation, LF/ADF, Doppler, Gyromagnetic Compass,
Attitude, Rate-of-Turn Indicating, CIS, Radar Altimeter, and Heads Up Display (HUD) Sets.
Volume 2 of the manual contains descriptive information for the AFCS for the UH60A and UH60L .
They are: Analog Stability Augmentation (SAS),
Digital Automatic Flight Control (DAFCS), and Stabilator (STAB), and Stabilator System Test Panel
(SSTP).
Volume 3 of the manual contains descriptive information for COMM on the UH60A and UH60L .
They are: No. 1 and No. 2 VHF/FM Radios, VHF/AM
Radio, UHF/AM Radio, HF Radio, and Intercommunication Set (ICS).
Volume 4 contains descriptive information for ASE
on the UH60A and
UH60L . They are: Transponder, Countermeasure, Radar Signal Detecting,
and the Chaff Dispenser Sets.
Volume 5 of the manual contains general helicopter
and
information for NAV on the
UH60Q
HH60L . They are: Civil Navigation, LF/ADF,
TACAN, Doppler/GPS, Gyromagnetic Compass, Attitude Indicating, Rate-of-Turn, and Navigation Interface Sets.
Volume 6 of the manual contains descriptive information for CIS and Mission Equipment on the
and HH60L . They are: CIS, HSI/VSI
UH60Q
Mode Select, Radar Altimeter, Stormscope, Personnel
Locator, HUD, Data Bus, Control Display, and
Improved Data Modem Sets.
Volume 7 of the manual contains descriptive information for AFCS on the UH60Q and HH60L .
They are: SAS, DAFCS, STAB and SSTP.
Volume 8 of the manual contains descriptive information for COMM and ASE on the UH60Q and
HH60L . They are: No. 1 and No. 2 VHF/FM
Radios, VHF AM/FM Radio, UHF/AM Radio, HF
TM 11-1520-237-23
Radio, ICS, Transponder, Countermeasure, Radar Signal Detecting, and Chaff Dispenser Sets. Additionally,
Volume 8 contains the Appendices and Glossary for
and
the
UH60L ,
UH60Q ,
UH60A ,
.
HH60L
Pilots circuit breaker panel distributes DC Essential

Bus power. Copilots circuit breaker panel distributes
DC Essential Bus Lights and power.
1.12.
The instrument panel contains the primary displays,

backup instruments, and dimming controls for some
Systems.
STATIONS, WATERLINES, AND BUTTLINES.
1.20.
INSTRUMENT PANEL.
Stations, waterlines, and buttlines (in inches) are used

as an accurate method of locating or installing equipment in the airframe.
1.21.
1.13.
The pilots circuit breaker panel is designed for circuit

protection and as a power distribution point for the
No. 2 AC and No. 2 DC Buses.
STEPS, HANDHOLDS, AND WALKWAYS.
PILOTS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL.
Steps, handholds, and walkways aid in inspection and

maintenance of the helicopter.
1.22.
1.14.
The copilots circuit breaker panel is designed for circuit protection and as a power distribution point for
the No. 1 AC and No. 1 DC Buses.
WORK AREAS
Areas where maintenance personnel can safely perform maintenance on the helicopter.
1.23.
1.15.
LOWER CONSOLE.
The lower console contains the control panels for the

Avionics Sets and some Electrical Systems.
1.17.
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT BREAKER

PANEL.
The lower console circuit breaker panel is designed

for circuit protection and as a power distribution point
for the Battery Bus and the Battery Utility Bus.
BREAKER
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS.
Inspection requirements establishes the equipment to

be inspected, the time period of inspection, and the
condition to be sought. Compliance with inspection is
required to be sure that hidden problems are discovered and corrected before malfunctioning or serious
trouble results. Inspection requirements are in:
MANUAL
INSPECTION
PMS1
10-Hour
PMS2
Periodic
23
Special
1.24.
1.18.
CIRCUIT
ANTENNA ARRANGEMENT.
The Black Hawk helicopter has numerous antennas

for the Avionics Sets located on the airframe of the
helicopter.
1.16.
COPILOTS
PANEL.
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART.
UPPER CONSOLE.
Refer to Appendix B.
The upper console contains the controls for lighting,

APU, and various Electrical Systems.
1.19.
UPPER CONSOLE CIRCUIT BREAKER

PANELS.
The upper console circuit breaker panels are designed

for circuit protection and as power distribution points.
1.25.
NOMENCLATURE - COMMON NAME.
The Nomenclature to Common Name Conversion

Chart lists the Avionics components of the helicopter
by the military alpha-numeric nomenclature assigned,
with cross reference to the common name used
throughout this manual.
Change 4
1-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
Chart.
Nomenclature To Common Name Conversion Table.
NOMENCLATURE
Accelerometer, Electronic, TR-326/A
Amplifier, Electronic Control, AM-7106E/A
Amplifier, Synchro Signal, AM-7105A/A
Charger/Analyzer, Battery, PP-7723B/A
Computer, Digital, CP-1446/A
Control Panel, Retrans., C-11038A/A
Control Panel,VHF/AM-FM Radio Set, C-10604/ARC186(V), C-10604A/ARC-186(V)
Control Panel,VHF/AM-FM Radio Set, C-11466/ARC201(V), C11466A/ARC-201A(V)
Control Unit, Civil Navigation Receiver, C-10048/
ARN-123(V), C-10049/ARN-123(V)
Converter, Power, CV-3701A/A
Display Unit, Doppler Computer, CP-1252/ASN-128
Display Unit, Doppler Computer, CP-1252C/ASN128B
Filter, Band Pass, F-1522/A
Filter, Low Pass, F-1521/A
Gyroscope, Displacement, CN-1314B/A, CN-1314C/A
Gyroscope Rate, TRU-2A/A
KY-58 Control Panel, KY-58/Z-AHP
Panel, Flight Control, C-10909C/A, C-10909D/A
Processor, Command Instrument, CP-1470A/A
Receiver-Transmitter, Radar, RT-1557/APX-100,
RT-1667/APX-100(V), RT-1667A/APX-100(V)
Set Control, Compass, C-6347()/ASN-43, C-8021E/
ASN-75
Set Control, Detecting, C-11308/APR-39A
Set Control, LF/ADF Radio, C-7392/APR-89
Set Control, LF/ADF Radio, C-12491/ARN-149(V)
Selector, Mode, CIS, C-10999A/A
Selector, Mode, HSI, C-10998B/A
Set, UHF/AM Radio, RT-1167()/ARC-164(V),
RT-1518C/ARC-164(V)
Test Set, Stabilator System, TS-3920B/ASM
Transducer, Air Data, TR-322B/A
Transducer, Airspeed, TR-323A/A
1-8
Change 4
COMMON NAME
Lateral Accelerometer
Stabilator Amplifier
SAS Amplifier
Battery Charger
SAS/FPS Computer
Radio Retransmission Control Panel
VHF/FM Control Panel or VHF/AM Control Panel
VHF/FM Control Panel or VHF/AM Control Panel
Civil Nav Control Panel
Power Converter
Computer Display Unit
Bandpass Filter
Low Pass Filter
Displacement Gyro
Rate Gyro
COMSEC Control Panel
Stabilator Control/Auto Flight Control Panel
CIS Processor
Transponder Receiver/Transmitter
Compass Control Panel
Set Control
LF/ADF Control Panel
CIS Mode Select Panel
HSI/VSI Mode Select Panel
Radio Set
Stabilator/SAS Line Test Set (SSLTS)
Air Data Transducer
Airspeed Transducer
TM 11-1520-237-23
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
BL
0
10
BL
0
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
50 100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
STA
732
STA
341.2
350
WL
324.7
REFERENCE DATUM
WL
315
300
COCKPIT
FLOOR
250
WL
215
200
STATIC
GROUND
LINE
WL
206.7
150
0
CABIN
FLOOR
STA
162
STA
187
STA
247
STA
288
STA
343
STA
398
STA
485
STA
644.62
STA
762.75
EFFECTIVITY
W/O WINGS
AA2252_1
SA
Figure 1-1.
(1-9 Blank)/1-10
Stations, Waterlines, and Buttlines (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
100
50
50
BL
30
100
BL
30
WL
278.0
BL
86.3
100
BL
55.0
50
BL
0
BL
55.0
50
BL
86.3
100
AA2252_2
SA
Figure 1-1.
Stations, Waterlines, and Buttlines (Sheet 2)
Change 4
1-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
BL
0
10
BL
0
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
50 100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
STA
732
STA
341.2
350
WL
324.7
REFERENCE DATUM
WL
315
300
COCKPIT
FLOOR
250
WL
215
200
STATIC
GROUND
LINE
WL
206.7
150
0
CABIN
FLOOR
STA
162
STA
187
STA
247
STA
288
STA
343
STA
398
STA
485
STA
644.62
STA
762.75
EFFECTIVITY
WINGS
AA2253_1
SA
Figure 1-2.
1-12
Change 4
Stations, Waterlines, and Buttlines (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
100
50
50
BL
30
100
BL
30
WL
278.0
BL
86.3
BL
55.0
100
50
BL
0
BL
55.0
50
BL
86.3
100
AA2253_2
SA
Figure 1-2.
Stations, Waterlines, and Buttlines (Sheet 2)
Change 4
1-13
TM 11-1520-237-23
NO STEP
(NOTE 1)
HANDHOLD
WALK AREA
NO STEP
(NOTE 2)
STEP
NO STEP
NO STEP
STEP
NO STEP
WALK AREA
NO STEP
(NOTE 2)
STA
485
WALK AREA
STA
762.75
TOP
STA
732
STA
162
STEP
HANDHOLD
STEP
WALK AREA
STEP
LEFT SIDE
TAIL PYLON
STEP
STA
762.75
NOTES
STEP
ESSS
1. ESSS
2.
RVA
AA1328
SA
Figure 1-3.
1-14
Change 4
Steps, Handholds, and Walkways
TM 11-1520-237-23
EFFECTIVITY
W/O ESSS
AA2254_1
SA
Figure 1-4.
Work Areas (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 4
1-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
EFFECTIVITY
ESSS
AA2254_2
SA
Figure 1-4.
1-16
Change 4
Work Areas (Sheet 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
VHF / FM ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE 1)
TROOP
COMMANDERS
ANTENNA
VHF / FM
ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE 2)
GPS
ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE 4)
VOR / LOC ANTENNA

(SAME BOTH SIDES)
INFRARED
COUNTERMEASURE
(IRCM)
TRANSMITTER
TRANSPONDER
ANTENNA
(TOP)
EFFECTIVITY
NAV
HF ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE 5)
VHF / FM HOMING ANTENNA

(SAME BOTH SIDES)
NOTES
1.
RIS
2.
RIS NO. 2 VHF / FM;

W/O RIS NO. 1 VHF / FM
3.
W/O RIS NO. 2 VHF / FM;

RIS NOT USED FOR VHF / FM
128B
HF
4.
5.
RADAR
WARNING
ANTENNA
DETECTOR
RADAR
ALTIMETER
ANTENNA
(TRANSMIT)
GLIDE
SLOPE
ANTENNA
DOPPLER
ANTENNA
RADAR
WARNING
BLADE
ANTENNA
MARKER
BEACON
ANTENNA
NO. 1 VHF / FM
RADAR
WARNING
ANTENNA
DETECTOR
LF / ADF
ANTENNA
UHF / AM
ANTENNA
RADAR
WARNING
ANTENNA
DETECTOR
RADAR
ALTIMETER
ANTENNA
(RECEIVE)
QUAD ANTENNA
(VHF / FM,
VHF / AM)
(SEE NOTE 3)
TRANSPONDER
ANTENNA
(BOTTOM)
RADAR
WARNING
ANTENNA
DETECTOR
AB1352_1
BOTTOM VIEW
Figure 1-5.
SA
Antenna Arrangement (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 4
1-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
VHF / FM ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE 1)
TROOP
COMMANDERS
ANTENNA
VHF / FM
ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE 2)
GPS
ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE 4)
INFRARED
COUNTERMEASURE
(IRCM)
TRANSMITTER
VOR / LOC ANTENNA

(SAME BOTH SIDES)
TRANSPONDER
ANTENNA
(TOP)
HF ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE 5)
EFFECTIVITY
W/O NAV
VHF / FM HOMING ANTENNA
(SAME BOTH SIDES)
RADAR
WARNING
ANTENNA
DETECTOR
RADAR
ALTIMETER
ANTENNA
(TRANSMIT)
GLIDE
SLOPE
ANTENNA
DOPPLER
ANTENNA
RADAR
WARNING
BLADE
ANTENNA
MARKER
BEACON
ANTENNA
LF / ADF
LOOP
ANTENNA
UHF / AM
ANTENNA
RADAR
WARNING
ANTENNA
DETECTOR
RADAR
ALTIMETER
ANTENNA
(RECEIVE)
QUAD ANTENNA
(VHF / FM,
VHF / AM,
ADF SENSE)
(SEE NOTE 3)
TRANSPONDER
ANTENNA
(BOTTOM)
BOTTOM VIEW
Figure 1-5.
1-18
Change 4
Antenna Arrangement (Sheet 2)
RADAR
WARNING
ANTENNA
DETECTOR
RADAR
WARNING
ANTENNA
DETECTOR
AB1352_2
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
COMPASS
M
I
S
C
TAIL SERVO
NORMAL
S
W
FUEL IND TAIL

TEST
WHEEL
GYRO
ERECT
BACKUP
PUSH TO
SET
FREE
FLY TO
DIM
KYBD
DIST / BRG
TIME
WP
TGT
XTK/TKE
KEY
WINDUTC
DATA
TAKE
CMD
VOL
2182
ANT
500
ON
N
A
V
ADF
LTR
MID
RIGHT
DEF
2
LD
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
DELAY
3
4
5
6
ON
2
1
6
FILL
POWER
GHI
3
TGT
STR
JKL
4
MNO
5
PQR
6
INC
(+)
STU
7
VWX
8
YZ*
9
DEC
()
CLR
#
0
(PAGE)
MGRS
LAT /
LONG
LAMP
TEST
GPS
LDG
OFF
AUX
LTR
OP
CHAN
MODE
LTR
MODE
RV
ROUTE
OFF
TONE
KY
58
R
C
U
LEFT
ABC
1
F1
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
BRT
DATUM
TEST
TEST
MAN
PP
GS/TK
NAV M
DISPLAY
A
D
F
TGT
STR
1 7 : BANDO 0 3 0MG 9 1
GP S : M NA V : C
GS : 1 1 7 KM / HR
TK : 0 2 5 "
BRT
G
P
S
/
D
P
L
R
SYS
STAT
EPC
SLAVED
TEST
DISPLAY
ENT
STATUS
U
H
F
ON
NAV
4
3
2
OFF
OFF
2
C
O
M
M
1
VOL
STABILATOR
C
O
N
HOT MIKE T
ICS
CONTROL
MAN SLEW
UP
VOL
AUTO
CONTROL
TEST
O
F
F
MAIN
ON
OFF
DWN
BOTH
OFF
R
E
S
E
T
PRESET
GRD
MNL
ADF
SQUELCH
T
TONE
OFF
ON
AUTO FLT CONT
MB
VOL
N
A
V
SAS 2
TRIM
FPS
ON
ON
ON
ON
BOOST
FAILURE ADVISORY
MB
HI
TEST
ON
OFF
LO
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
KY
58
R
C
U
R
E
S
E
T
ON
ACCL
CLTV
TRIM
A/S
GYRO
RGYR
R
E
S
E
T
STOW
L OUT
9
CLR
LOAD
0
STo
HOM
D
I
V
BOT
S
Q
D
I
S
FM
14
M3/A
RAD
TEST
MC
O
N
BY
OFF
ON
NAV
OFF
MODE
OP
LD
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
DELAY
3
4
5
6
ON
6
FILL
SC
FHM
I
F
F
KIT
POWER
PRESET
3 4
ANT
MODE 4
TEST
OUT
L
I
G
H
T
DI
IDENT
TO T
MIC
OUT
VOL
O
U
T
V
H
F
F
M
FUNCTION
SQ OFF
TEST
ZA
OFF
C
O
M
M
50
T
O
N
E
LD
MODE
SYNC
3
FREQ
EMF
OFST
HOM
STOW
L OUT
9
CLR
LOAD
0
STo
SC
FH
FHM
SQ ON
MODE 3/A
OFF
6
CUE
MAN
REPLY
AUDIO
O
N
IFMRF PWR
HI
NORM
LO
2
1
TIME
VOL
CURSOR
EMER
AM
PRESET
MAN LOAD
PRE
C
O
N
HOT MIKE T
ICS
VOL
STATUS
ALT
CODE
FH
AUX
OUT
TIME
C
O
M
M
TEST
MODE 1
V
O
L
NORM ST
A
N
T
EMF
OFST
OFF
KY
58
R
C
U
MASTER
ES
FREQ
TO
O
N
SYNC
3
N
O
G
O
ES
T
ES
M2
TOP
P RES
2
5
LD
HO
ZA
OFF
TO
MODE
1
4
P RES
TEST
DI
M1
OFF
LD
TEST/MON
POWER
SQ ON
IFMRF PWR
HI
NORM
LO
FUNCTION
SQ OFF
G
O
6
CUE
MAN
V
H
F
F
M
ON
FILL
DI
P RES
TEST
5
5
6
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
2
3
4
LD
OP
DELAY
PWR ON RESET
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
PRESET
2 3 4
CPTR SAS 2
MODE
ZERO
ON
OFF
EM
E
SAS 1
NAV
VOL
DF
PWR
AUDIO
MODE
TEST
ON
TR
OFF
VALUE
OFF
FLARE
ARM
SILENT
CHAFF
T/R
STBY
DISP
CONT
PRE
MAN
ZERO
(PULL)
ALE
ECCM
EMER
2
1
OFF
KEY
DATA
VOL
SQL
ARM
R
I
P
P
L
E
MAN
F
I
R
E
FUEL BOOST PUMP CONTROL
PGRM
ON
PUSH REL
ON
NO. 1
PUMP
SAFE
OFF
DTM RECEPTACLE
NO. 2
PUMP
OFF
NOTES
CHAFF GPS ZEROIZE
DISPENSE
128B
2. W/O 128B
CHAFF
DISPENSE
1.
3. DELETED
(SEE NOTE 1)
(SEE NOTE 2)
4. DELETED
RIS
W/O RIS
7. 6723SUBQ
10. DELETED
8. DELETED
11.
9. DELETED
12.
5.
NOTES
6.
EFFECTIVITY
NAV
W/O NAV
HF
Figure 1-6.
Lower Console (Sheet 1 of 11)
AB1350_1A
SA
Change 4
1-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
COMPASS
M
I
S
C
TAIL SERVO
NORMAL
S
W
FUEL IND TAIL

TEST
WHEEL
GYRO
ERECT
BACKUP
PUSH TO
SET
FREE
FLY TO
Q
DIM
P
2
A
D
F
TEST
MAN
TAKE
CMD
VOL
GS/TK
NAV M
WP
TGT
XTK/TKE
KEY
AUX
OFF
LTR
LEFT
MID
RIGHT
ABC
1
DEF
2
GHI
3
TGT
STR
JKL
4
MNO
5
PQR
6
INC
(+)
STU
7
VWX
8
GPS
LDG
YZ*
9
MODE
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
DELAY
DEC
()
CLR
#
0
(PAGE)
3
4
5
6
ON
6
FILL
POWER
TEST
DISPLAY
ENT
STATUS
U
H
F
STABILATOR
CONTROL
MAN SLEW
UP
VOL
AUTO
CONTROL
TEST
O
F
F
OFF
MAIN
ON
BOTH
OFF
R
E
S
E
T
DWN
MNL
PRESET
GRD
ADF
SQUELCH
T
TONE
OFF
ON
AUTO FLT CONT

MB
VOL
N
A
V
NAV
VOL
SAS 1
SAS 2
ON
ON
TEST
ON
OFF
BOOST
TRIM
FPS
ON
ON
ON
LO
FAILURE ADVISORY
R
E
S
E
T
ON
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
KY
58
R
C
U
MODE
CPTR SAS 2
ACCL
CLTV
TRIM
A/S
GYRO
OP
RGYR
R
E
S
E
T
IM
FREQ
EMF
OFST
L OUT
9
TIME
OFF
CLR
STOW
LOAD
0
OFF
S
Q
D
I
S
14
ALT
CODE
SC
FH
FHM
I
F
F
VOL
50
T
O
N
E
KIT
DELAY
AM
MAN LOAD
PRE
PRESET
OP
LD
3
4
ON
5
6
3
2
6
FILL
PRESET
3 4
ANT
POWER
OUT
L
I
G
H
T
DI
IDENT
TO
MIC
OUT
O
U
T
V
H
F
F
M
MODE 1
C
O
M
M
FUNCTION
SQ OFF
LD
TEST
MODE
SYNC
3
FREQ
EMF
OFST
L OUT
9
CLR
LOAD
0
STo
ZA
STOW
FLARE
DISP
CONT
DF
HOM
SC
FH
FHM
SQ ON
MODE 3/A
OFF
6
CUE
MAN
REPLY
AUDIO
O
N
IFMRF PWR
HI
NORM
LO
MODE 4
TEST
EMER
FM
MODE
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
OFF
V
O
L
OUT
HOM
STo
BY
4
7
C
O
N
HOT MIKE T
STATUS
P RES
ZA
RAD
TEST
MC
O
N
LD
HO
LD
D
I
V
ES
FUNCTION
SQ OFF
A
N
T
BOT
M3/A
KY
58
R
C
U
MASTER
MODE
SYNC
3
SQ ON
TEST
TO T
N
O
G
O
TEST
OFF
6
CUE
MAN
V
H
F
F
M
M2
O
N
TO T
IFMRF PWR
HI
NORM
LO
ZERO
OFF
POWER
M1
PRESET
3 4
ES
FILL
D
T
G
O
ES
TOP
NORM ST
TEST/MON
IM
P RES
5
6
TEST
P RES
3
4
ON
OFF
EM
E
2
1
ON
NAV
1
ICS
VOL
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
AUX
PWR ON RESET
LD
DELAY
C
O
M
M
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
OFF
MB
HI
3
2
RV
C
O
N
HOT MIKE T
ICS
VOL
LD
OFF
2
C
O
M
M
LTR
OP
CHAN
LAT /
LONG
LAMP
TEST
ON
NAV
LTR
MODE
MGRS
TEST
OFF
KY
58
R
C
U
ROUTE
DISPLAY
TONE
F1
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
BRT
DATUM
OFF
ON
KYBD
DIST / BRG
TIME
WINDUTC
DATA
N
A
V
ANT
500
PP
ADF
2182
TGT
STR
1 7 : BANDO 0 3 0MG 9 1
GP S : M NA V : C
GS : 1 1 7 KM / HR
TK : 0 2 5 "
BRT
G
P
S
/
D
P
L
R
SYS
STAT
EPC
SLAVED
TIME
VOL
ARM
CHAFF
9
TR
ARM
OFF
R
A
D
I
O
R
E
T
R
A
N
S
FM 1 / FM 2
FM 1 / VHF
FM 1 / UHF
R
I F
P I
P R
L E
E
FM 2 / UHF
FM 2 / VHF
VHF / UHF
MODE
TEST
ON
OFF
PGRM
SAFE
PWR
OFF
MAN
AUDIO
1
+

ON
ON
NO. 1
PUMP
PUSH REL
DTM RECEPTACLE
OFF
NO. 2
PUMP
OFF
CHAFF GPS ZEROIZE

DISPENSE
(SEE NOTE 1)
CHAFF
DISPENSE
(SEE NOTE 2)
EFFECTIVITY
RIS WITH AN / ARC201 RADIOS.
AB1350_2
SA
Figure 1-6.
1-20
Change 4
Lower Console (Sheet 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
COMPASS
M
I
S
C
TAIL SERVO
NORMAL
S
W
FUEL IND TAIL

TEST
WHEEL
GYRO
ERECT
BACKUP
PUSH TO
SET
FREE
FLY TO
Q
DIM
P
2
A
D
F
TEST
MAN
TAKE
CMD
VOL
DIST / BRG
TIME
WP
TGT
XTK/TKE
KEY
WINDUTC
DATA
AUX
OFF
GPS
LDG
MODE
MID
RIGHT
ABC
1
DEF
2
GHI
3
ICS
VOL
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
DELAY
3
4
5
6
ON
6
FILL
POWER
TGT
STR
JKL
4
MNO
5
PQR
6
INC
(+)
STU
7
VWX
8
YZ*
9
DEC
()
CLR
#
0
(PAGE)
C
TEST
DISPLAY
ENT
STATUS
U
H
F
4
3
C
O
N
HOT MIKE T
STABILATOR
CONTROL
MAN SLEW
UP
VOL
AUTO
CONTROL
TEST
O
F
F
OFF
MAIN
DWN
BOTH
OFF
R
E
S
E
T
ON
MNL
PRESET
GRD
ADF
SQUELCH
T
TONE
OFF
ON
AUTO FLT CONT

MB
VOL
N
A
V
NAV
VOL
SAS 1
SAS 2
TRIM
FPS
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
TEST
ON
OFF
BOOST
FAILURE ADVISORY
R
E
S
E
T
ON
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
KY
58
R
C
U
MODE
CLTV
A/S
GYRO
OP
RGYR
DELAY
R
E
S
E
T
C
O
M
M
T
O
N
E
M3/A
50
T
O
N
E
OFF
B
I
F
F
MAN LOAD
PRE
PRESET
OFF
MODE
OP
LD
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
DELAY
3
4
ON
5
6
3
2
V
O
L
ANT
MODE 4
L
I
G
H
T
DI
IDENT
TO T
MIC
OUT
MODE 1
REPLY
AUDIO
O
N
OUT
C
O
M
M
KIT
6
FILL
O
U
T
S
Q
D
I
S
FM
14
POWER
50
T
O
N
E
C
O
M
M
EMER
AM
PRESET
MAN LOAD
PRE
DF
9
TR
OFF
MODE 3/A
FLARE
DISP
CONT
EMER
AM
C
O
N
HOT MIKE T
STATUS
P RES
TR
RAD
TEST
MC
TEST
LD
HO
14
BOT
TEST
BY
ALT
DF
OUT
9
OFF
FM
TO T
D
I
V
O
N
PRESET
MAN LOAD
PRE
S
Q
D
I
S
M2
O
N
CODE
AM
V
O
L
TO T
A
N
T
NORM ST
C
O
M
M
EMER
FM
ON
NAV
ICS
VOL
KY
58
R
C
U
MASTER
50
AUX
OFF
2
POWER
TOP
N
O
G
O
ES
FILL
ZERO
S
Q
D
I
S
14
ES
G
O
M
DI
ES
5
6
TEST/MON
M
DI
P RES
3
4
TEST
P RES
ON
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
3
2
PWR ON RESET
LD
M1
ACCL
TRIM
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
V
O
L
CPTR SAS 2
OFF
MB
HI
LO
LEFT
OFF
2
C
O
M
M
LTR
LD
CHAN
LAT /
LONG
LAMP
TEST
ON
NAV
LTR
OP
MGRS
TEST
OFF
LTR
MODE
RV
ROUTE
DISPLAY
TONE
F1
KY
58
R
C
U
DATUM
OFF
ON
KYBD
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
BRT
EM
E
GS/TK
NAV M
N
A
V
ANT
500
PP
ADF
2182
TGT
STR
1 7 : BANDO 0 3 0MG 9 1
GP S : M NA V : C
GS : 1 1 7 KM / HR
TK : 0 2 5 "
BRT
G
P
S
/
D
P
L
R
SYS
STAT
EPC
SLAVED
DF
ARM
CHAFF
9
TR
ARM
OFF
R
A
D
I
O
R
E
T
R
A
N
S
FM 1 / FM 2
FM 1 / VHF
FM 1 / UHF
R
I F
P I
P R
L E
E
FM 2 / UHF
FM 2 / VHF
VHF / UHF
MODE
TEST
ON
OFF
PGRM
SAFE
PWR
OFF
MAN
AUDIO
1
+

ON
ON
NO. 1
PUMP
OFF
NO. 2
PUMP
OFF
CHAFF GPS ZEROIZE

DISPENSE
(SEE NOTE 1)
CHAFF
DISPENSE
(SEE NOTE 2)
EFFECTIVITY
3953
3963SUBQ
AB1350_3
SA
Figure 1-6.
Change 4
1-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
COMPASS
M
I
S
C
TAIL SERVO
NORMAL
S
W
FUEL IND TAIL

TEST
WHEEL
GYRO
ERECT
BACKUP
PUSH TO
SET
FREE
FLY TO
T
U
N
E
A
D
F
R
C
V
R
DIM
CW
80
COMP
OFF
AUDIO
ANT
LOOP
PP
GS/TK
NAV M
WP
TGT
WINDUTC
DATA
LOOP
KYBD
DIST / BRG
TIME
XTK/TKE
KEY
AUX
OFF
RIGHT
DEF
2
GPS
LDG
MODE
TGT
STR
JKL
4
MNO
5
INC
(+)
STU
7
VWX
8
YZ*
9
DEC
()
CLR
#
0
(PAGE)
VOL
AUTO
CONTROL
TEST
O
F
F
MNL
ON
VOR / MB
TEST
MB SENS
HI
BOOST
SQUELCH
T
SAS 2
TRIM
ON
FPS
ON
ON
ON
FAILURE ADVISORY
R
E
S
E
T
ON
MODE
CPTR SAS 2
ACCL
CLTV
TRIM
A/S
GYRO
RGYR
T
ES
TO T
M1
M2
TO T
N
O
G
O
TOP
R
E
S
E
T
A
N
T
D
I
V
BOT
TEST
M3/A
RAD
TEST
MC
Y OFF
O
N
RCVR TEST
DELAY
LD
3
4
5
6
ON
2
1
B
ZERO
OUT
L
I
G
H
T
DI
S
FILL
POWER
ANT
IDENT
TO
MIC
OUT
MODE 1
RETRAN
REPLY
AUDIO
O
N
AUDIO
OFF TONE 1
KIT
MEGAHERTZ
P RES
SQUELCH
NOISE
OP
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
MODE 4
TEST
LD
HO
I
F
F
HOMING
MODE
STATUS
CODE
A
T/R GUARD
OUT
ES
C
O
N
HOT MIKE T
OFF
KY
58
R
C
U
MASTER
NORM ST
POWER
DI
P RES
6
FILL
P RES
G
O
DI
ES
TEST/MON
ALT
OFF
ON
NAV
TEST
ON
O
N
T/R
AUX
ICS
VOL
LD
5
6
5 0
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
MEGAHERTZ
V
H
F
F
M
PWR ON RESET
2
3
4
ON
C
O
M
M
OP
OFF
OFF
EM
E
DELAY
TONE
OFF
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
PRESET
GRD
ADF
AUTO FLT CONT
OFF
C
O
M
M
BOTH
MAIN
OFF
R
E
S
E
T
ON
LO
U
H
F
OFF
KY
58
R
C
U
STATUS
80
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
POWER
TEST
DISPLAY
ENT
CONTROL
MAN SLEW
UP
SAS 1
6
FILL
STABILATOR
MB VOL
108
5
6
PQR
6
DWN
NAV VOL
3
4
OFF
2
1
2
CHAN
LAT /
LONG
LAMP
TEST
C
O
N
HOT MIKE T
ICS
VOL
ON
GHI
3
OFF
C
O
M
M
LD
ROUTE
ON
NAV
LTR
MID
OP
DELAY
MGRS
TEST
OFF
LTR
ABC
1
F1
DISPLAY
LTR
LEFT
MODE
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
DATUM
R
N
A
V
ON
KY
58
R
C
U
TEST
G
P
S
/
D
P
L
R
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
MAL
VOICE
90
TGT
STR
1 7 : BANDO 0 3 0MG 9 1
GP S : M NA V : C
GS : 1 1 7 KM / HR
TK : 0 2 5 "
BRT
KILOCYCLES
SYS
STAT
EPC
SLAVED
O
U
T
5 0
V
H
F
F
M
RCVR TEST
MODE 3/A
C
O
M
M
RETRAN
T/R
OFF TONE 1
NOISE
HOMING
AUDIO
SQUELCH
T/R GUARD
OFF
RETRAN
RETRAN
RCVR TEST
MEGAHERTZ
1 1 6
R
A
D
I
O
V
H
F
A
M
FM 1 / FM 2
FM 1 / VHF
FM 1 / UHF
FM 2 / UHF
FLARE
FM 2 / VHF
DISP
CONT
VHF / UHF
ARM
OFF
SQUELCH
OFF
ON
RETRAN
ON
AUDIO
RETRAN
OFF
PGRM
G
SAFE
PWR
NO. 2
PUMP
MODE
TEST
ON
OFF
EMER
MAN
F
I
R
E
ON
NO. 1
PUMP
ARM
R
I
P
P
L
E

T/R GUARD
D/F
T/R
CHAFF
OFF
C
O
M
M
R
E
T
R
A
N
S
AUDIO
1
+
OFF
(SEE NOTE 1)
CHAFF GPS ZEROIZE
DISPENSE
(SEE NOTE 2)
CHAFF
DISPENSE
EFFECTIVITY
27143962
W/O RIS
39543961
W/O RIS
AB1350_4
SA
Figure 1-6.
1-22
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
COMPASS
+
SLAVED
PUSH TO
SET
FREE
COMPASS SET CONTROL

A
B
PLAIN
C/ RAD
C/ RAD
1
2
KY
58
R
C
U
MODE
OP
LD
RV
Z
E
R
O
I
Z
E
DELAY
2
1
3
4
5
6
ON
6
FILL
POWER
COMSEC CONTROL PANEL

C
CHAN
TEST
DISPLAY
STATUS
U
H
F
4
3
2
VOL
MAIN
OFF
BOTH
MNL
PRESET
GRD
ADF
SQUELCH
T
TONE
OFF
ON
UHF/AM RADIO SET
AB1350_5A
SA
Figure 1-6.
Change 4
1-23
TM 11-1520-237-23
D
ON
AUX
NAV
OFF
ON
OFF
2
C
O
M
M
1
ICS
VOL
C
O
N
HOT MIKE T
4
5
OFF
INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
CONTROL PANEL
E
PRESET
3 4
IFMRF PWR
HI
NORM
LO
2
1
MAN
V
H
F
F
M
OFF
6
CUE
FUNCTION
RXMT
LD
SQ OFF
SYNC
3
L OUT
9
FREQ
EMF
OFST
HOM
SC
ZA
OFF
STOW
CLR
LOAD
0
S
Q
D
I
S
FH
FHM
SQ ON
TEST
V
O
L
MODE
14
T
O
N
E
C
O
M
M
EMER
FM
AM
TIME
PRESET
MAN
DF
LOAD
TR
PRE
STo
50
VOL
OFF
VHF/FM RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL
VHF/FM RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL
(SEE NOTE 5)
(SEE NOTE 6)
F
CURSOR
VALUE
SILENT
T/R
STBY
PRE
MAN
ZERO
(PULL)
ALE
ECCM
EMER
2
1
OFF
KEY
DATA
VOL
SQL
HF RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL
AB1350_6
SA
Figure 1-6.
1-24
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
G
PWR
MODE
TEST
ON
AUDIO
1
+
OFF
DETECTING SET CONTROL
DTM RECEPTACLE
PUSH REL
DATA LOADER RECEPTACLE

(SEE NOTE 7)
R
A
D
I
O
R
E
T
R
A
N
S
FM 1 / FM 2
FM 1 / VHF
FM 1 / UHF
FM 2 / UHF
FM 2 / VHF
VHF / UHF
OFF
RADIO RETRANSMISSION
CONTROL PANEL
AB1350_7
SA
Figure 1-6.
Change 4
1-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
V
O
L
S
Q
D
I
S
FM
14
50
T
O
N
E
C
O
M
M
EMER
AM
PRESET
MAN
LOAD
PRE
DF
9
TR
OFF
VHF/AM RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL
AB1350_8A
SA
Figure 1-6.
1-26
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
M2
TO T
TOP
A
N
T
BOT
TEST
M3/A
RAD
TEST
MC
O
N
MASTER
D
I
V
NORM ST
TO T
N
O
G
O
BY
OFF
ES
M1
M
T
DI
P RES
P RES
G
O
TEST/MON
ES
DI
EM
E
TEST
O
N
STATUS
OUT
ALT
CODE
OUT
DI
IDENT
ES
ZERO
L
I
G
H
T
O
N
TO T
MIC
OUT
MODE 1
REPLY
AUDIO
P RES
I
F
F
ANT
MODE 4
TEST
LD
HO
KIT
O
U
T
MODE 3/A
RADAR RECEIVERTRANSMITTER
CONTROL PANEL
STABILATOR
MAN SLEW
UP
CONTROL
AUTO
CONTROL
TEST
O
F
F
ON
DWN
R
E
S
E
T
AUTO FLT CONT

SAS 1
SAS 2
TRIM
FPS
ON
ON
ON
ON
BOOST
ON
FAILURE ADVISORY
R
E
S
E
T
CPTR SAS 2
ACCL
CLTV
TRIM
A/S
GYRO
RGYR
R
E
S
E
T
PWR ON RESET
STABILATOR CONTROL/AUTO
FLT CONT PANEL
AB1350_9
SA
Figure 1-6.
Change 4
1-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
NAV VOL
MB
VOL
N
A
V
MB VOL
NAV
VOL
108
MB
HI
TEST
ON
OFF
LO
80
OFF
OFF
VOR / MB
TEST
MB SENS
HI
LO
(SEE NOTE 11)
(SEE NOTE 12)
CIVIL NAVIGATION
RECEIVER CONTROL UNIT
N
P
KILOCYCLES
CW
80
A
D
F
MAN
TEST
VOL
0
TAKE
CMD
2182
500
ADF
ANT
TONE
A
D
F
R
C
V
R
T
U
N
E
AUDIO
VOICE
90
TEST
COMP
OFF
ANT
LOOP
LOOP
OFF
(SEE NOTE 11)

(SEE NOTE 12)
LF/ADF
RADIO SET CONTROL
AB1350_10
SA
Figure 1-6.
1-28
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
FLY TO
BRT
DIM
EPC
SYS
STAT
TGT
STR
1 7 : BANDO 0 3 0MG 9 1
GP S : M NA V : C
GS : 1 1 7 KM / HR
TK : 0 2 5 "
MAL
TGT
STOR
KYBD
DIM
MEM MAL
ALPHA
G
P
S
/
D
P
L
R
GS
TK
PP
GS/TK
NAV M
DIST / BRG
TIME
WP
TGT
XTK/TKE
KEY
WINDUTC
DATA
LTR
LTR
LEFT
MID
RIGHT
F1
ABC
1
DEF
2
GHI
3
TGT
STR
JKL
4
MNO
5
PQR
6
INC
(+)
STU
7
VWX
8
YZ*
9
DEC
()
CLR
#
0
(PAGE)
D
P
L XTK
R TKE
DATUM
WIND
SP / DIR
DISPLAY
TEST UTM
ROUTE
DISPLAY
TEST
N
A
V
LTR
KYBD
MGRS
LAT /
LONG
LAMP
TEST
GPS
LDG
OFF
MODE
PP DIST / BRG
DEST
TIME
DISP
ENT
DEST
TGT
SPH
VAR
FLYTO
DEST
N LAMP
A TEST
V
LAT /
LONG
OFF
BACK
UP
LEFT
MID
RIGHT
ABC
1
DEF
2
GHI
3
JKL
4
MNO
5
PQR
6
STU
7
VWX
8
YZ*
9
CLR
ENTR
(SEE NOTE 2)
(SEE NOTE 1)
DOPPLER COMPUTERDISPLAY UNIT

Q
M
I
S
C
S
W
TAIL SERVO
NORMAL
FUEL IND TAIL
TEST
WHEEL
GYRO
ERECT
BACKUP
MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH PANEL
AB1350_11
SA
Figure 1-6.
Change 4
1-29
TM 11-1520-237-23
BATT &
ESNTL DC FUEL B BATT
WARN PRIME A BUS
AC &
ESNTL BUS
DC
B 50
A
T SPLY
T
B
U
S
T
T
FIRE
5
CONV EXT PWR BOOST U CONTR EXTGH

T
WARN CONTR
I UTIL
APU
APU
CABS
LTS
CONTR
INST
FIRE
DET
GEN
CONTR
B
U
S CKPT
5
CONTR
INST
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
LOWER CONSOLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
CABS
(COPILOTS SIDE)
AA1321A
SA
Figure 1-7.
1-30
Change 4
Lower Console Circuit Breaker Panel
TM 11-1520-237-23
28V #387
WHITE
OPEN
O
F
F
BLUE
SPARE
LAMPS
CARGO HOOK
DC ESNTL BUS
ICS
NO. 1 VOR / ILS CHIP

2
FUEL
DUMP
ESSS
JTSN
7 1/2
PILOT COPILOT VHF FM
DET
EMERG REL
TEST
NORM
O
P
E
N
SHORT
CONTR OUTBD
CONTR
CKPT
ARMING
SAFE
ARMED
ALL
DC ESNTL BUS
CARGO PILOT
HOOK TURN
STAB
ESNTL
BUS
FIRE DET
NO.1
NO.2
10
PWR
EMER
RATE
ENG
ENG
SENSE
SPLY
APU
COMM SCTY SET UHF
NO. 1 FM UHF AM AM
2
7 1/2
CONTR
CAUT / BACKUP HOIST ESSS

HYD CABLE JTSN
ADVSY
5
FIRE EXTGH
NO. 1
TAIL
ENG WHEEL
SAS
7 1/2
BATT
BUS
7 1/2
LIGHTS
SEC
CONTR SRCH
20
PNL
PWR
CONTR
OFF
PNL
CONTR SHEAR
BOOST START LOCK
INBD
APU
ON
EXT PWR
FORMATION LT
5
4
GLARESHIELD
LIGHTS
O
F
F
O
F
F
3
2
BATT
RESET
ON
1
OFF
BRT
OFF
ON
NO. 1 ENG OVSP

TEST A
TEST B
APU
R
O E
F S
F E
T
TEST
ON
GENERATORS
NO. 1
NO. 2
TEST
TEST
R
O E
F S
F E
T
FIRE DET TEST

OPER
ON
R
O E
F S
F E
T
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
LOW
CPLT FLT
INST LTS
BRT
OFF
BRT
OFF
OFF
CARGO
HOOK LT
NAV LTS
CABIN
DOME LT
HI
CONSOLE LT
UPPER
FUEL PUMP
APU BOOST
O
F
F
FUEL PRIME
ON
ON
NO. 2 ENG OVSP

TEST A
TEST B
1
LIGHTED
SWITCHES
O
F
F
O
F
F
HI
ON
HEATER
MED
VENT
BLOWER
OFF
PARK
FIRE EXTGH
RESERVE
O
F
F
AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
ENGINE
O
F
F
APU
OFF
LOWER
BRT
BRT
OFF
INST LT
NON FLT
MAIN
PILOT FLT
WHITE
N
O
R
M
IR
O
F
F
BACKUP
HYD PUMP
OFF
A
U
T
O
ON
BLUE
ON
POSITION
LIGHTS
STEADY
DIM
BRT
O
F
F
O
F
F
B
O
T
H
FLASH
OFF
ANTICOLLISION
LIGHTS
DAY
UPPER
O
F
F
LOWER
NIGHT
BRT
ENG ANTIICE
NO. 1
NO. 2
O
F
F
PITOT
HEAT
O
F
F
ON
HYD
LEAK TEST
RESET
N
O
R
M
TEST
BRT
OFF
O
F
F
ON
ON
WINDSHIELD ANTIICE
PILOT
COPILOT
CTR
O
F
F
O
F
F
O
F
F
ON
ON
ON
NOTE
W/O HCW
AA1322_1
SA
Figure 1-8.
(1-31 Blank)/1-32
Change 4
Upper Console (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
LOW
PARK
HEATER
MED
VENT
BLOWER
OFF
O
F
F
HI
O
F
F
ON
ON
HI
OFF
CONSOLE LT
UPPER
OFF
LOWER
BRT
BRT
OFF
INSTR LT
NON FLT
OFF
PILOT FLT
BRT
ENG ANTIICE
NO. 1
NO. 2
WINDSHIELD ANTIICE
COPILOT
PILOT
ON
O
F
F
O
F
F
O
F
F
O
F
F
BRT
OFF
ON
ON
ON
PITOT
HEAT
O
F
F
ON
(SEE NOTE)
AA1322_2
SA
Figure 1-8.
Upper Console (Sheet 2)
Change 4
1-33
TM 11-1520-237-23
DC ESNTL BUS
ICS
NO. 1 VOR / ILS CHIP

2
PILOT COPILOT VHF FM
COMM SCTY SET UHF

NO. 1 FM UHF AM AM
2
7 1/2
5
DET
FUEL
DUMP
ESSS
JTSN
7 1/2
CONTR OUTBD
CAUT / BACKUP HOIST ESSS

HYD CABLE JTSN
ADVSY
5
PNL
CONTR SHEAR
7 1/2
INBD
COPILOTS SIDE
DC ESNTL BUS
CARGO PILOT
STAB HOOK TURN
FIRE DET
NO.1
NO.2
ESNTL
BUS
BATT
BUS
7 1/2
10
PWR
EMER
RATE
ENG
ENG
SENSE
SPLY
SAS
5
NO. 1
TAIL
ENG WHEEL
5
BOOST START LOCK
LIGHTS
SEC
CONTR SRCH
20
PNL
PWR
CONTR
PILOTS SIDE
NOTE
ESSS
AA2255
SA
Figure 1-9.
1-34
Change 4
Upper Console Circuit Breaker Panels
TM 11-1520-237-23
MA WRN
RAD ALT
#1 ENG
OUT
#2 ENG
OUT
MASTER CAUTION
PRESS TO RESET
FIRE
LOW ROTOR
RPM
% RPM
% TRQ
20
250
CMD
50
30
KNOTS
STAB
POS
0
10
20
DEG
30
40
DN
3 4
FM
HOME
BACK
CRS
H
D
G
.5
21
15
S
HDG
120
110
110
100
105
105
80
80
60
60
40
40
100
100
95
95
90
90
70
70
100
20
30
30
0
1
11 12 1
50
40
35
10
2
3
4
10
9
8
45
6
1000 FT PER
MIN
55
VERTICAL SPEED
.5
CRS
BRG
2
12
VERT
GYRO
CRS
HDG
IN. HG
UP
ADF
VOR
140
120
60
V
NA
DOWN
TURN
RATE
2
3
2 9 9 0
5 4
NORM
ALTR
140
120
COURSE
PLT
CPLT
100 FT
130
30 0
33
VOR
ILS
30
24
DPLR
GPS
KM
1000 FT
20
ALT
FM
HOME
PUSH
TO TEST
0
PITCH
BACK
CRS
SET
9 0 1
ROLL
VOR
ILS
FEET
OFF
KIAS
LIMIT
150
100
80
60
45
MODE SEL
DPLR
NORM
ALTR
DI VE
120
HI
30
30
ALT
1 4 3
G
S
10
130
15
ABS
SET
NAV
10
LO
LO
S
D
T
E
A
G
B
0O
10O
20O
30O
40O
FT X 100
1
30
100
150
ATT
CLI MB
200
RTR
OVERSPEED
LT
CAUT/ADVSY
NVG DIMMING
DIMMING
15
20
25
30
NOTES
1.
2.
3.
4.
ESSS
27122987
27146722 W/O DOPPLER / GPS
6723 SUBQ
AA1324_1A
SA
Figure 1-10.
Instrument Panel (Sheet 1 of 8)
Change 4
1-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
FUEL
XMSN
QTY
LB X 100
#1 GEN
#2 GEN
TEMP
C X 10
16
14
#1 ENGINE
PRESS
#1 GEN BRG
#2 GEN BRG
#2 ENGINE
PRESS
#1 ENGINE
OIL PRESS
#1 CONV
#2 CONV
#2 ENGINE
OIL PRESS
#1 ENGINE
OIL TEMP
AC ESS
BUS OFF
DC ESS
BUS OFF
#2 ENGINE
OIL TEMP
CHIP
#1 ENGINE
BATT LOW
CHARGE
BATTERY
FAULT
CHIP
#2 ENGINE
#1 FUEL
FLTR BYPASS
GUST
LOCK
PITCH BIAS
FAIL
#2 FUEL
FLTR BYPASS
#1 ENGINE
STARTER
#1 OIL
FLTR BYPASS
#2 OIL
FLTR BYPASS
#2 ENGINE
STARTER
#1 PRI
SERVO PRESS
#1 HYD
PUMP
#2 HYD
PUMP
#2 PRI
SERVO PRESS
INT XMSN
OIL TEMP
TAIL XMSN
OIL TEMP
8
6
110
14
70
12
60
10
50
Ng
SPEED
% X 10
11
40
4
2
5
7
4
2
20
30
10
70
30
120
100
90
12
4
0
ON
APU OIL
TEMP HI
SAS OFF
TRIM FAIL
FLT PATH
STAB
IFF
RT PITOT
HEAT
CHIP INPUT
MDLLH
CHIP
INT XMSN
CHIP
TAIL XMSN
CHIP INPUT
MDLRH
CHIP ACCESS
MDLLH
CHIP MAIN
MDL SUMP
APU
FAIL
CHIP ACCESS
MDLRH
MR DEICE
FAIL
MR DEICE
FAULT
TR DEICE
FAIL
ICE
DETECTED
MAIN XMSN
OIL PRESS
#1 RSVR
LOW
#2 RSVR
LOW
BACKUP
RSVR LOW
#1 ENG
ANTIICE ON
#1 ENG INLET
ANTIICE ON
#2 ENG INLET
ANTIICE ON
#2 ENG
ANTIICE ON
APU ON
APU GEN ON
PRIME BOOST
PUMP ON
BACKUP
PUMP ON
LDG LT ON
#2 TAIL RTR
SERVO ON
MAIN
FUEL
LAMP
TEST
DIM
OFF
DIGITS
1 CHAN 2
TGT
Ng
UH60L DUAL ENGINE TORQUE LIMITS
BR
IL
Y
DA
STABILATOR
LFT PITOT
HEAT
APU ACCUM
LOW
TGT
TEMP
C X 100
50
#1 TAIL
RTR SERVO
BOOST SERVO
OFF
OFF
ON
CARGO
HOOK OPEN
HOOK ARMED
PARKING
BRAKE ON
EXT PWR
CONNECTED
T
H
IG
N
BRT / DIM
170
NIG
HT M
A
MAIN XMSN
OIL TEMP
PRESS
PSI
18
PRESSURE ALT, 1000 FT
TAIL ROTOR
QUADRANT
10
0
1
TEMP
C X 10
190
12
12
10
ENG OIL
PRESS
PSI
#2 FUEL LOW
DA
#1 FUEL LOW
NI
HT
TEST
ENGINE
IGNITION
CHECK LIST
COLL FRICTION
CP COLL EXTEND
NONSECURE RADIOS WILL NOT BE KEYED

WHEN USING ANY SECURE RADIO OR THE
INTERCOM FOR CLASSIFIED COMMUNICATIONS
ICS IDENT
RADIO FM 1
SW NO. 1
UHF
2
VHF
3
FM2
4
VOR
LOC
AUX
MB
ADF
NAV
POWER LVRRPM
FLIGHT CONTROLS
INSTRUMENTS
STABILATOR
APU
BRAKES
HARNESS
CAUTION
TAIL WHEEL
FASFPS
AA1324_2A
SA
Figure 1-10.
1-36
Change 4
Instrument Panel (Sheet 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
#1 ENG
OUT
DIMMING
9 / m3
% RPM
M
H
L
10 15
T 25 5
20
0
FAIL
MODE
110
105
105
100
100
140
120
120
100
100
95
95
90
90
80
80
60
60
40
40
20
BLADE DEICE TEST

PWR
MAIN
TAIL
70
30
30
0
1
10
20
30
40
DN
KIAS
LIMIT
150
100
80
60
45
ALT
NAV
HDG
NAV
ALT
ON
ON
ON
CIS MODE SEL
PITCH
3 4
KM
35
VOR
ILS
BACK
CRS
FM
HOME
24
DPLR
5 4
H
D
G
.5
VERTICAL SPEED
UP
20
25
NORM
ALTR
PLT
CPLT
NORM
ALTR
ADF
VOR
TURN
RATE
CRS
HDG
VERT
GYRO
BRG
2
HDG
DOWN
.5
30
2
3
COURSE
33
V
NA
15
IN. HG
2 9 9 0
40
30
2
100 FT
45
OFF
FM
HOME
10
2
3
4
10
9
8
BACK
CRS
21
VOR
ILS
DPLR
11 12 1
50
ALT
1000 FT
30 0
I
R
C
M
MODE SEL
60
SET
PUSH
TO TEST
9 0 1
55
HI
FEET
OFF
DI VE
ROLL
ALT
RTR
ON
15
ABS
30
30
NAV
10
LO
0
HDG
OAT
RTR
SYNC 2
EOT
S
D
T
E
A
G
B
0O
10O
20O
30O
40O
10
STAB
POS
1 4 3
G
S
15
NORM
SYNC 1
70
1
30
SET
DEG
30
LO
20
PROGRESS
CLI MB
100
150
FT X 100
ATT
TEST
L
L
CMD
KNOTS
140
M
T
L
UA
D
E
I
C
E
AUTO
TEST
IN
AN
POWER
ON
130
120
110
LOW ROTOR
RPM
50
200
120
#2 ENG
OUT
MASTER CAUTION
PRESS TO RESET
FIRE
20
250
RTR
OVERSPEED
LT
130
B
L
A
D
E
% TRQ
12
PRESS
TO
TEST
RAD ALT
RADIO CALL
00 0 00
LWG
CRS
1000 FT PER
MIN
AA1324_3A
SA
Figure 1-10.
Change 4
1-37
TM 11-1520-237-23
S
D
T
E
A
G
B
0O
10O
20O
30O
40O
10
STAB
POS
0
10
20
DEG
30
40
DN
KIAS
LIMIT
150
100
80
60
45
PILOTS AND COPILOTS

STABILATOR INDICATOR
DECISION HEIGHT
LIGHT
GOAROUND
LIGHT
COMMAND
WARING
FLAG
BANK INDEX
MARKER BEACON
LIGHT
GA
HD
ATTITUDE
WARNING
FLAG
MB
SPHERE
CMD
ROLL
COMMAND
BAR
ATT
GLIDE SLOPE
POINTER
CLI M B
30
30
HORIZON
LINE
PITCH
COMMAND
BAR
G
S
COLLECTIVE
COMMAND
POINTER
30
30
NAV
INCLINO
METER
DI VE
MINIATURE
AIRPLANE
ROLL
PITCH
PITCH TRIM
KNOB
ROLL TRIM
KNOB
LATERAL DEVIATION
POINTER
TURN RATE
POINTER
PILOTS AND COPILOTS VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR
B
AA1324_4
SA
Figure 1-10.
1-38
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
HIGH ALTITUDE
BUG
HIGH ALTITUDE
WARNING LIGHT
LOW ALTITUDE
BUG
FT X 100
ALTITUDE
POINTER
10
LO
LOW ALTITUDE
WARING LIGHT
15
ABS
NOTRACK
MASK
ALT
1 4 3
LO
SET
SYSTEM
OFF FLAG
SET
PUSH
TO TEST
OFF
ON / OFF /
LOW ALTITUDE
BUG SET KNOB
HI
FEET
SELF TEST /
HIGH ALTITUDE
BUG SET KNOB
DIGITAL FEET
DISPLAY
RADAR ALTIMETER HEIGHT INDICATOR
RAD ALT
DIMM
PILOTS AND COPILOTS

RADAR ALTIMETER DIMMING CONTROL
AA1324_5
SA
Figure 1-10.
Change 4
1-39
TM 11-1520-237-23
NOTE 2
#1 FUEL LOW
#1 GEN
#2 GEN
#2 FUEL LOW
#1 ENGINE
PRESS
#1 GEN BRG
#2 GEN BRG
#2 ENGINE
PRESS
#1 ENGINE
OIL PRESS
#1 CONV
#2 CONV
#2 ENGINE
OIL PRESS
#1 ENGINE
OIL TEMP
AC ESS
BUS OFF
DC ESS
BUS OFF
#2 ENGINE
OIL TEMP
CHIP
#1 ENGINE
BATT LOW
CHARGE
BATTERY
FAULT
CHIP
#2 ENGINE
#1 FUEL
FLTR BYPASS
GUST
LOCK
#1 ENGINE
STARTER
#1 OIL
FLTR BYPASS
#2 OIL
FLTR BYPASS
#2 ENGINE
STARTER
#1 PRI
SERVO PRESS
#1 HYD
PUMP
#2 HYD
PUMP
#2 PRI
SERVO PRESS
TAIL ROTOR
QUADRANT
IRCM
INOP
AUX FUEL
#1 TAIL
RTR SERVO
MAIN XMSN
OIL TEMP
INT XMSN
OIL TEMP
TAIL XMSN
OIL TEMP
APU OIL
TEMP HI
BOOST SERVO
OFF
STABILATOR
SAS OFF
TRIM FAIL
LFT PITOT
HEAT
FLT PATH
STAB
IFF
RT PITOT
HEAT
CHIP INPUT
MDLLH
CHIP
INT XMSN
CHIP
TAIL XMSN
CHIP INPUT
MDLRH
CHIP ACCESS
MDLLH
CHIP MAIN
MDL SUMP
APU
FAIL
CHIP ACCESS
MDLRH
MR DEICE
FAIL
MR DEICE
FAULT
TR DEICE
FAIL
ICE
DETECTED
MAIN XMSN
OIL PRESS
#1 RSVR
LOW
#2 RSVR
LOW
BACKUP
RSVR LOW
#1 ENG
ANTIICE ON
#1 ENG INLET
ANTIICE ON
#2 ENG INLET
ANTIICE ON
#2 ENG
ANTIICE ON
APU ON
APU GEN ON
PRIME BOOST
PUMP ON
BACKUP
PUMP ON
APU ACCUM
LOW
SEARCH LT
ON
LDG LT ON
#2 TAIL RTR
SERVO ON
CARGO
HOOK OPEN
HOOK ARMED
PARKING
BRAKE ON
EXT PWR
CONNECTED
BRT / DIM
#2 FUEL
FLTR BYPASS
NOTE 1
TEST
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
E
AA1324_6
SA
Figure 1-10.
1-40
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
BR
IL
DA
Y
NIG
HT M
A
Y
DA
N
IG
HT
NI
RADAR SIGNAL INDICATOR

F
ICS IDENT
RADIO FM 1
SW NO. 1
VHF
3
UHF
2
FM2
4
VOR
LOC
AUX
MB
ADF
NAV
ICS IDENT PANEL

G
H
DISTANCE
DISPLAY
NO. 1 BEARING
POINTER
HEADING SELECT
MARKER
DISTANCE
SHUTTER
3 4
30 0
KM
30
33
COURSE
COURSE COUNTER
DISPLAY
H
D
G
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER
HEADING
WARNING
FLAG
12
15
HEADING SET
KNOB
HDG
NAVIGATION
FLAG
COMPASS
CARD
2
COURSE
DEVIATION
BAR
21
COURSE SET
POINTER
24
V
NA
COURSE
SET KNOB
CRS
TOFROM
ARROW
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR

AA1324_7A
SA
Figure 1-10.
Change 4
1-41
TM 11-1520-237-23
MODE SEL
BACK
CRS
VOR
ILS
DPLR
FM
HOME
K
BACK
CRS
VOR
ILS
DPLR
FM
HOME
RADIO CALL
00 0 00
RADIO CALL IDENTIFICATION PANEL
NORM
ALTR
PLT
CPLT
NORM
ALTR
ADF
VOR
TURN
RATE
CRS
HDG
VERT
GYRO
BRG
2
9 0 1
ALT
(SEE NOTE 3)
0
L
MODE SEL
DPLR
DPLR
GPS
VOR
ILS
BACK
CRS
FM
HOME
VOR
ILS
BACK
CRS
FM
HOME
1000 FT
100 FT
2
3
2 9 9 0
5 4
IN. HG
PILOTS ALTIMETER
ENCODER
NORM
ALTR
PLT
CPLT
NORM
ALTR
ADF
VOR
TURN
RATE
CRS
HDG
VERT
GYRO
BRG
2
HDG
NAV
ALT
HDG
NAV
ALT
ON
ON
ON
(SEE NOTE 4)
HSI/VSI MODE SELECT PANEL
J
I
R
C
M
CIS MODE SEL
ON
+
CIS MODE SELECT PANEL
OFF
IRCM CONTROL UNIT

AA1324_8C
(SEE NOTE 2)
SA
Figure 1-10.
1-42
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
S
RI BU
AC P
NO. 2
HEAT & VENT
7.5
20
S
RI BU
DC P
NO. 2
PILOT
WSHLD
5
SERVO
5
NO. 2
DC
5
GEN
BUS
TIE
BATT
7.5
AC ESNTL
BUS BATT
FIRE
5
CTR EXTGH
PILOT
NO. 2 ENG
ANTIICE
WARN START CARGOHOOK
5
10
LTS CONTR PWR CONTR

WARN CONTR INST WARN CNTOR CHGR WARN
MAIN
DC ESNTL
PILOT
STAB
BUS MODE ALTM HEAT
VHF
IRCM CMPTR STAB SPEED XMSN POS
50
SPLY SELECT
VENT
AM
7.5
PWR
TRIM
CONTR TRIM
7.5
RT
PITOT
STAB
AC
10
CMPTR
UTIL RECP
PILOT WSHLD
ANTIICE
7.5
15
NO. 2
ENG
HEAT CONTR INST
LIGHTS
ANTI
PLT
FORM
NON CARGO
OVSP
LV
HV
COLL
FLT
FLT
HOOK
AC ESNTL BUS
HSI
CIS
SAS
CONTR PLT / CPLT
LTS
N0. 2 CONVERTER
26 VAC
2
AMPL STAB IND INST
COMP
2
DPLR
VSI
AUTO AC ESNTL
PLT
CPLT
XFMR BUS WARN
(SEE NOTE 1)
S
RI BU
AC P
NO. 2
HEAT & VENT
S
RI BU
DC P
NO. 2
WINDSHIELD
ANTIICE
5
SERVO
5
NO. 2
DC
GEN
BUS
TIE
BATT
7.5
SPLY SELECT
VENT
AM
CONTR TRIM
7.5
PWR
TRIM
UTIL RECP
PILOT WSHLD
ANTIICE
7.5
15
FIRE
CMPTR
7.5
10
7.5
LTS CONTR PWR CONTR SPLY

WARN CONTR INST WARN CNTOR CHGR WARN
MAIN
DC ESNTL
PILOT
IR
STAB
BUS MODE ALTM HEAT
VHF
IRCM CMPTR STAB SPEED XMSN POS
50
7.5
N0. 2 CONVERTER
CTR WSHLD
ANTIICE
CTR EXTGH
PILOT
NO. 2 ENG
AC ESNTL
ANTIICE
WARN START CARGOHOOK
BUS BATT
5
20
LTS
LTS
5
CHGR
RT
PITOT
STAB
AC
10
NO. 2
ENG
HEAT CONTR INST
LIGHTS
ANTI
PLT
FORM
NON CARGO
OVSP
LV
HV
COLL
FLT
FLT
HOOK
AC ESNTL BUS
HSI
CIS
SAS
CONTR PLT / CPLT
26 VAC
2
AMPL STAB IND INST
COMP
2
DPLR
VSI
AUTO AC ESNTL
PLT
CPLT
XFMR BUS WARN
(SEE NOTE 2)
PILOTS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
NOTES
1.
W/O HCW
2.
HCW
AA1325
SA
Figure 1-11.
Pilots Circuit Breaker Panel
Change 4
1-43
TM 11-1520-237-23
NO. 1
AC P
RI BU
S
60 HZ AC
CONVERTER
15
WSHLD
WIPER
NO. 1
CONVERTER
IFM
15
20
10
LIGHTS
CPTL GLARE UPPER CABIN
5
SHLD
FLT
AC ESNTL NO. 1
AC
BUS
7.5
SPLY
INST
LWR
NO. 1
ENG
HUD
AIR
UTIL SOURCE FUEL BACKUP ESSS JTSN
RECP HEAT/ LOW PUMP INBD OUTBD
CPLT WSHLD
ANTIICE
HUD
CSL
DOME
LEFT
PITOT
CSL
OVSP
REF
SYS
10
7.5
1/2
7.5
NO. 1
DC P
RI BU
S
7.5
CABIN START WARN PWR

LIGHTS
NO. 1 ENG
ADVSY CAUT
RETR LDG
WARN
ANTIICE
5
7.5
ADVSY CONT
DPLR
IFF
25
CPTL NO. 1
WSHLD DC
LTS
WARN ANTIICE INST
CMPTR CHAFF
CPLT
ADF CMD CSL TRIM
DISP TURN ALTM MODE
2
PWR
25
7.5
7.5
RATE GYRO
SET
HEAT
BUS
TIE
5
NO. 1 T RTR
GEN SERVO
5
NO. 1
SERVO
5
CNTOR WARN WARN CONTR WARN

DC ESNTL
NO. 2
VHF FM COMM
RDR
BUS
SEL
50
FM SCTY SET ALTM WARN
SPLY
(SEE NOTE 3)
COPILOTS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

(SEE NOTE 1)
NO. 1
AC P
RI BU
S
60 HZ AC
CONVERTER
15
CPLT WSHLD
ANTIICE
WSHLD
WIPER
NO. 1
CONVERTER
15
20
LIGHTS
CPTL GLARE UPPER CABIN
5
SHLD
FLT
AC ESNTL NO. 1
AC
BUS
7.5
SPLY
INST
AIR
UTIL SOURCE FUEL BACKUP ESSS JTSN
RECP HEAT/ LOW PUMP INBD OUTBD
7.5
LWR
NO. 1
ENG
HUD
HUD
CSL
DOME
LEFT
PITOT
CSL
OVSP
REF
SYS
10
1/2
7.5
CABIN START WARN PWR

LIGHTS
NO. 1 ENG
ADVSY CAUT
RETR LDG
WARN
ANTIICE
5
7.5
25
CPTL NO. 1
WSHLD DC
ADVSY CONT
DPLR
IFF
PWR
LTS
WARN ANTIICE INST
CMPTR CHAFF
CPLT
ADF CMD CSL TRIM
DISP TURN ALTM MODE
2
25
SET
HEAT
7.5
NO. 1
DC P
RI BU
S
7.5
7.5
RATE GYRO
2
SEL
BUS
TIE
5
NO. 1 T RTR
GEN SERVO
5
NO. 1
SERVO
5
CNTOR WARN WARN CONTR WARN

DC ESNTL
NO. 2
VHF FM COMM
RDR
BUS
5
FM SCTY SET ALTM WARN
50
SPLY
(SEE NOTE 3)

(SEE NOTE 2)
NOTES
1.
RIS
2.
W/O RIS
3.
6723 SUBQ
HUD
AA9249A
SA
Figure 1-12.
1-44
Change 4
Copilots Circuit Breaker Panel
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 2
CIVIL
NAVIGATION
(AN/ARN-123 (V))
SET
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
2-3
II
Troubleshooting
2-13
III
Maintenance Procedures
2-59
Change 2
2-1/(2-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
2.1
2-4
2.2
Principles of Operation
2-4
2.2.1
Power Distribution
2-4
2.2.2
VOR
2-4
2.2.3
Localizer
2-5
2.2.4
Glide Slope
2-5
2.2.5
Marker Beacon
2-6
Change 2
2-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.1.
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA.
The Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-123(V)) Set receives

Very High Frequency (VHF) Omnirange (VOR),
Localizer (LOC), Glide Slope (GS), and Marker Beacon (MB) signals to provide the pilot and copilot with
visual and aural VOR/Instrument Landing Set (ILS)
information. Visual information permits manual VOR,
automatic VOR bearing, LOC, GS, and MB indications. Aural information permits voice and code identification of VOR/LOC and MB signals. The Set consists of: a radio receiver (receiver), in the nose
compartment; a receiver control unit (RCU), on the
copilots side of the lower console; a MB antenna, on
the underside of the fuselage center section; a GS
antenna, on the nose below the nose compartment;
and two VOR/LOC antennas, on the left and right
sides of the fuselage tail cone. The receiver contains
three separate receiver sections which receive and
process navigation signals within their respective frequency ranges. The VOR/LOC receiver station
receives 160 VOR channels and 40 LOC channels in
the frequency range of 108.00 to 117.95 MHz, spaced
at 50 kHz intervals. The GS receiver section receives
40 channels in the frequency range of 329.15 to
335.00 MHz, spaced at 150 kHz intervals. The use of
both LOC and GS information makes up an instrument landing system (ILS). ILS operation is selected
by tuning the control unit to the odd tenth-MHz frequencies between 108.00 and 112.00 MHz. The VOR/
LOC receiver section is tuned to the selected frequency and the GS receiver section is automatically
tuned to a corresponding GS frequency. When VOR
channels are selected, the GS receiver is disabled. The
MB receiver section is a 75 MHz fixed-frequency
receiver for tone-modulated MB signals. Sensitivity
of the MB receiver is controlled by the MB SENS
switch on the control panel. A self-test feature, activated by the VOR/MB TEST switch on the control
unit, permits a functional check of the VOR and MB
lamp circuits. All visual navigation signals, except
MB, are applied to the pilots and copilots horizontal
situation indicator/vertical situation indicator (HSI/
VSI) mode select panels for display on their respective VSI and HSI. These signals are also applied to
2-4
Change 2
the Command Instrument Set (CIS) for processing as

ILS steering indications on the pilots and copilots
VSIs. MB signals are applied directly to the pilots
and copilots VSIs. The VOR/LOC and MB audio
signals are applied to the Intercommunication Set
(ICS) through the audio junction box assembly (junction box). The Set functionally interfaces with the
Horizontal Situation Indicator/Vertical Situation Indicator (HSI/VSI) Set through the pilots and copilots
HSI/VSI mode select panels and the ICS through the
junction box. The Set also interfaces with the Compass Set.
2.2.
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION.
2.2.1. Power Distribution. Electrical power of

26 vac is supplied by the AC ESNTL BUS and routed
through the 26VAC INST circuit breaker (on pilots
circuit breaker panel) to the receiver.
Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the DC
ESNTL BUS and routed through the VOR/ILS circuit
breaker (on copilots side upper console circuit
breaker panel) to the RCU.
2.2.2. VOR. The Set is placed in VOR mode by
turning the RCU NAV VOL-OFF switch clockwise
and selecting a local VOR frequency in the range of
108.00 to 117.95 MHz (except the odd tenth-MHz
between 108.00 and 112.00 which are for LOC operation only). The rf signal is received by the left and
right VOR/LOC antennas and applied to the receiver
through the coaxial connector marked NR. The rf signal is made up of a carrier frequency amplitudemodulated by a 30 Hz signal, a 9960 Hz subcarrier,
and audio signals. The 9960 Hz subcarrier is frequency modulated by a 30 Hz reference phase signal.
Within the receiver the rf signal is amplified and
detected, producing an audio signal and a navigation
signal made up of the 30 Hz signal and the modulated
9960 Hz subcarrier. The audio signal is routed through
the NAV VOL-OFF control in the RCU to the junction box. The junction box routes the audio signal to
each station of the ICS.
TM 11-1520-237-23
The composite VOR navigation signal is applied to a
converter that compares the phase relationship of the
30 Hz signal with the 30 Hz reference. The desired
VOR radial is selected on the pilots or copilots HSI
Course (CRS) knob, providing a signal to the receiver
through the HSI/VSI mode select panel. The resultant
signal represents the helicopter course deviation from
the selected VOR radial. The deviation signal is
routed through the pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode
select panels to drive the course deviation bar on their
respective HSI. Movement of the bar indicates the
direction the helicopter must fly to reach a selected
VOR radial. Once the radial is reached, the pilot centers the bar and follows that course to the VOR station. Ambiguity signals (TO-FROM) are routed from
the receiver to the pilots and copilots HSIs through
the respective mode select panels. When received signal strength is weak or unreliable, the NAV warning
flag is displayed on the pilots and copilots HSIs.
An automatic VOR bearing signal is produced in the
receiver by subtracting the received VOR signal from
the compass heading signal. The bearing signal is
applied to the pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode
select panels and, when selected, drives the No. 2
pointer on the respective HSI to indicate relative VOR
station bearing with respect to helicopter heading.
Selected course deviation data and warning flag outputs from the pilots VSI/HSI mode select panel are
applied to the CIS for display on the vertical situation
indicators (VSIs).
2.2.3. Localizer. The Set is placed in LOC mode
by turning the RCU NAV VOL-OFF switch clockwise and selecting a LOC frequency in the range of
108.00 to 112.00 MHz (odd tenth-MHz only). The rf
signal is received by the left and right VOR/LOC
antennas and applied to the receiver through the
coaxial connector marked NR (Navigation Receiver).
The rf signal is made up of a carrier frequency con-
taining 90 to 150 Hz signals and audio modulation.

The rf signal is amplified and detected, producing an
audio signal and a composite LOC signal. The audio
signal is routed through the NAV VOL-OFF control
in the RCU to the audio junction box. The junction
box routes the audio signal to each station of the ICS.
The composite LOC navigation signal is applied to 90
Hz and 150 Hz detectors which produce output voltages representing the strength of each signal. The
voltages are compared in a summing network that
provides an output proportional to the helicopter
course deviation from the LOC beam. Output signals
are routed through the pilots and copilots VSI/HSI
mode select panels to their respective HSI lateral
deviation bar. The pilots VSI/HSI mode select panel
also routes the signals to CIS for display on the VSIs.
The VSI and HSI also display a NAV warning flag
when received LOC signals become weak or unreliable.
2.2.4. Glide Slope. The Set is placed in GS mode
by turning the RCU NAV VOL-OFF switch clockwise and selecting a frequency in the range of 108.00
to 112.00 MHz (odd tenth-MHz only). The rf signal is
received by the GS antenna and applied to the receiver
through the coaxial connector marked GS. The rf signal is amplified and detected, producing 90 Hz and
150 Hz audio signals. A converter compares the signal amplitudes to determine whether the helicopter is
on the correct glide path, or above or below the glide
path. Output signals representing glide path deviation
are routed through the pilots and copilots HSI/VSI
mode select panels to their respective VSI GS pointers. A warning signal is applied to the VSIs through
the respective mode select panels when received GS
signals are weak or unreliable. The deviation and flag
signals are applied from the pilots HSI/VSI mode
select panel to CIS for display as steering commands
on the VSI.
Change 2
2-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.2.5. Marker Beacon. The MB receiver is
turned on by turning the RCU MB VOL control
clockwise. MB signals are received by the MB
antenna and applied to the receiver through the coaxial
connector marked MB. The signal is a 75 MHz carrier
amplitude-modulated with 400 Hz (outer marker),
1300 Hz (middle marker), or 3000 Hz (airway
marker). The signal is amplified and detected to produce an audio signal of 400 Hz, 1300 Hz, or 3000 Hz.
2-6
Change 2
The signal is applied to an audio amplifier and a lamp

driver circuit. From the audio amplifier, the signal is
routed through the MB VOL control to the junction
box. The junction box routes the audio signal to the
pilots and copilots stations. The lamp driver circuit
produces a voltage to light the MB lamp on the pilots
and copilots VSIs. The receiver rf gain is selected
with the MB SENS switch on the RCU.
TM 11-1520-237-23
RIGHT SIDE
ANTENNA
RECEIVER
CONTROL
UNIT
UPPER
CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
LEFT SIDE
ANTENNA
PILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
MARKER BEACON
ANTENNA
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LOWER
CONSOLE
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
GLIDE SLOPE
ANTENNA
RADIO
RECEIVER
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
AUDIO
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
AA1333_1
SA
Figure 2-1.
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-123 (V)) Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 2
2-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P148R / J148R
RADIO RECEIVER
P428R / J428R
SAS / FPS COMPUTER
P149R / J149R
RADIO RECEIVER
P617R / P12004
RADIO RECEIVER
P200R / J200R
TROOP COMMANDERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION SET
CONTROL PANEL
P618R / P11003
RADIO RECEIVER
P619R / P12005
RADIO RECEIVER
P231 / J231
CABIN CEILING, BL 9 LH,

STA 247
P620R / J620R
COCKPIT, BL 15 RH,
STA 247
P242 / J242
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P621R
MARKER BEACON
ANTENNA
P246 / J246
CABIN CEILING, BL 5 RH,

STA 247
P622R
GLIDE SLOPE ANTENNA
P623R / J623R
COCKPIT, BL 12 RH,
STA 247
P249 / J249
BEHIND COPILOTS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL,
BL 23 RH, STA 247
P626R / J626R
P266 / J266
BEHIND PILOTS CIRCUIT

BREAKER PANEL,
BL 23 RH, STA 247
TAIL CONE, BL 12 RH,

STA 550
P627R / J627R

STA 550
P280 / J280
CABIN CEILING, BL 6 LH,

STA 247
P628R

STA 550
P300R / J300R
COPILOTS HSI / VHI MODE

SELECT PANEL
P629R
LEFT SIDE ANTENNA
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P630R
RIGHT SIDE ANTENNA
P651R / J651R
P302R / J302R
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P653R / J653R
P304R / J304R
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P655R / J655R
P305R / J305R
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P656R / J656R
P317R / J317R
PILOTS HSI / VSI MODE

SELECT PANEL
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P696R / 1J1
P318RA / J1A
COMMAND INSTRUMENT
SET PROCESSOR
DOPPLER SIGNAL DATA

CONVERTER
P902 / J902
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P914 / J914
COCKPIT, BL 24 LH,
STA 247
P301R / J301R
P318RB / J1B
COMMAND INSTRUMENT
SET PROCESSOR
P319R / J2

SELECT PANEL
AA1333_2A
SA
Figure 2-1.
2-8
Change 2
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-123 (V)) Location Diagram (Sheet 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
28 VDC
VOR / ILS
DC
ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
RADIO
RECEIVER
UPPER CONSOLE
26 VAC INST
AC
ESNTL
BUS
28 VDC
2
AMP
26 VAC
VOR / LOC AUDIO
MKR BCN AUDIO
FREQUENCY SELECT
TEST ENERGIZE
MKR BCN HI / LO SENSITIVITY
28 VDC
VOR / ILS ENERGIZE
26 VAC
PILOTS CIRCUIT BREAKER

PANEL
9
COMPASS
HEADING
MARKER
BEACON
ANTENNA
COMPASS
SET
10
11
MKR BCN INPUT

GLIDE SLOPE
ANTENNA
SELECTED COURSE
12
VOR BEARING
13
VOR / LOC DEVIATION
14
VOR / LOC FLAG
15
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
16
GLIDE SLOPE DEVIATION
17
GLIDE SLOPE INPUT

LEFT SIDE
ANTENNA
RIGHT SIDE
ANTENNA
18
MODE SELECT
19
VOR / LOC INPUT
TO / FROM
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
MKR BCN LIGHT
29
AA0310_1A
SA
Figure 2-2.
(2-9 Blank)/2-10
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-123 (V)) Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
RECEIVER
CONTROL
UNIT
1
VOR / LOC AUDIO

MKR BCN AUDIO
AUDIO
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
VOR / LOC
AUDIO
MKR BCN
AUDIO
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET
HSI / VSI MODE SELECT UNIT
3
4
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
5
6
7
8
9
COMPASS HEADING
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
10
PILOT SELECTED COURSE
11
VOR BEARING
12
13
14
15
TO / FROM
HSI / VSI
PILOTS
MODE
SELECT
PANEL

GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
SELECTED COURSE DEVIATION
16
SELECTED NAV FLAG
17
MODE SELECT
COPILOT SELECTED COURSE
18
19
20
VOR BEARING
21
TO / FROM
22
23
24
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
HSI / VSI
COPILOTS
MODE
SELECT
PANEL
SELECTED NAV FLAG
25
26
27
28
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
29
AA0310_2A
SA
Figure 2-2.
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-123 (V)) Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
2-11/(2-12 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
2.3
TITLE
Fault Isolation Procedure
PAGE
2-14
Change 2
2-13
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
This paragraph covers:
a. Setup
e. GS
b. Self-Test
f. MB
c. VOR
g. Shutdown
d. LOC
INITIAL SETUP
23
Equipment Conditions
Test Equipment
External Electrical Power Available And/Or APU

Operational
Multimeter, Item 9, Appendix B

Signal Generator, Item 10, Appendix B
NOTE
NAV Ramp Test Set, Item 149, Appendix B
If a circuit breaker pops out during fault

isolation procedure, a short circuit is
indicated ( 23 ).
Tools and Special Tools

Electronic Equipment Tool Kit, Item 1, Appendix B
NOTE
is for test set test set ,
ARM186
AN/ARM-186.
Headset, Item 36, Appendix B

References
is for test set NAV Ramp Test

T30D
Set, T-30D CAT III.
Appendix B
SETUP
a.1.
CONTROL
POSITION
All other switches
OFF
Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in,

except those noted being pulled for maintenance
or safety.
Test set is not required for self-test if a

VOR rf signal from a ground station is
available.
).
a.2.
Apply electrical power to helicopter (
a.3.
Place pilots and copilots ICS control panel

switches as indicated:
23
NOTE
a.4.
Place test set controls as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
CONTROL
POSITION
AUX
ON
BATTERY PWR
OFF
VOL
MIDPOSITION
MKR BCN PWR
OFF
2-14
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
Fault Isolation Procedure (cont.)
CONTROL
POSITION
CONTROL
POSITION
GLIDE SLOPE PWR
OFF
PWR
ON
LOC PWR
OFF
Frequency Selector
108.00 MHz
VOR PWR
OFF
Bearing Selector
270
ATTEN Dials (2)
VAR 610
OFF
1020 HZ
OFF
a.5.
Place SLAVED-FREE switch (COMPASS control panel) to SLAVED position.
b.3.
NOTE
After nulling annunciator (COMPASS
control panel), verify HSI course set
pointer direction with standby compass
indication to assure compass has not
been adjusted 180 out.
a.6.
Momentarily press and adjust PUSH TO SET

control (COMPASS control panel) in direction
indicated by annunciator to null annunciator (eg.
if annunciator indicates +, adjust control
towards + to null annunciator).
a.7.
Adjust NAV VOL and MB VOL controls

(RCU) to midposition.
a.8.
Adjust frequency controls (RCU) to transmitting frequency of test set (108.00 MHz) or VOR
ground station as required.
Momentarily press switches on both HSI/VSI

mode select panels to light these legends:
SWITCH
MODE
VOR ILS
VOR
CRS HDG
PLT
BRG 2
VOR
RESULT: All legends shall go on.

If VOR ILS-VOR legend does not go
on, go to Table 2-1.
If CRS HDG-PLT or BRG 2-VOR legends do not go on, go to Table 2-2.
b.4.
Momentarily press NAV switch (CIS mode

select panel) ON.
RESULT:
SELF-TEST
a.
NAV flag (both HSIs) shall be masked

out of view.
b.
NAV flag (both VSIs) shall be masked

out of view.
NOTE
The self-test feature requires an external
VOR rf signal from a ground station or
test set . Do steps b.1. and b.2. only if
test set is used. If VOR ground station is
used, go to step b.3.
If result a. is not as specified, go to

Table 2-3.
b.1.
Place BATTERY PWR switch (test set) to ON

position.
If result b. is not as specified, go to

Table 2-4.
b.2.
Place controls in VOR section (test set) as indicated:
b.5.
Press and hold VOR/MB TEST switch (RCU)

down.
Change 2
2-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
b.6.

Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) until course
deviation bar is centered (lined-up with course
set pointer) and TO-FROM arrow indicates TO
(points to course set pointer).
If set does not respond to self-test, go

to Table 2-11.
b.7.
RESULT:
Release VOR/MB TEST switch (RCU).

VOR
a.
Course deviation bars (both HSIs) shall

be centered.
b.
HSI No. 2 bearing pointer (both HSIs)

shall indicate 315 6 5.
c.
Course set pointer (pilots HSI) shall indicate 315 6 5.
d.
TO-FROM arrows (pilots HSI) shall

indicate TO.
NOTE
Steps
e.
f.
g.
COURSE window (pilots HSI) shall

indicate 315 6 5.
Lateral deviation pointer (both VSIs) shall
be centered.
MB lights (both VSIs) shall go on.

Table 2-5.
2-16
c.1.
through
c.32.
are
for
ARM186
c.1.
Do SETUP and SELF-TEST, if not already

done.
c.2.
Place BATTERY PWR switch (test set) to ON.
c.3.
CONTROL
POSITION
PWR
ON
Frequency Selector
108.00
Bearing Selector
000
VAR 610
OFF
1020 HZ
OFF

Table 2-6.
c.4.
If result c. is not as specified, replace

applicable HSI (Para 8.4.).
RESULT:
Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) until 000 is displayed in COURSE window.
If result d. is not as specified, go to

Table 2-7.
a.

be centered within 0.5 dot.
If result e. is not as specified, go to

Table 2-8.
b.
TO-FROM arrows (both HSIs) shall indicate TO.
If result f. is not as specified, go to

Table 2-9.
c.

out of view.
If result g. is not as specified, go to

Table 2-10.
d.
Course set pointer (pilots HSI) shall

indicate 0 6 3 on compass card.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

e.
No. 2 bearing pointer (both HSIs) shall

indicate 0 6 5.
f.

out of view.
g.
c.6.
RESULT:
Lateral deviation pointer (both VSIs)

shall be centered within 0.5 dot.

Table 2-5.
Table 2-7.

Table 2-6.
a.

indicate 10 6 5.
b.
Lateral deviation pointer (pilots VSI)

shall be over second dot to left of center
within 0.5 dot.

Table 2-8.
If result c. is not as specified, go to

Table 2-3.
If result d. is not as specified, replace

deviation bar (pilots HSI) is centered over second dot to left of center.

Table 2-9.
c.7.
Place VOR bearing selector (test set) to 90.
c.8.
Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) until COURSE

window (pilots HSI) indicates 090.
RESULT:
c.5.

Table 2-4.
a.


Table 2-9.
b.

out of view.

deviation bar (pilots HSI) is centered over second dot to right of center.
c.
d.
RESULT:
a.

indicate 350 6 5.
e.

indicate 90 6 5.
b.
Course deviation bar (pilotsHSI) shall

deflect from center.
f.

from view.
g.


Table 2-8.
Table 2-12.
If results are not as specified, go to

Table 2-13.
Change 2
2-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
c.9.

c.

out of view.
d.
Course set pointer (copilots HSI) shall


be centered 0.5 dot.
e.

indicate 180 6 5.

out of view.
f.

out of view.
g.

Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) until pilots HSI

COURSE window (pilots HSI) indicates 270.
RESULT:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
TO-FROM arrows (both HSIs) shall indicate FROM.

Table 2-5.

indicate 90 6 5.

Table 2-7.

from view.

Table 2-3.



Table 2-13.
c.10.

Table 2-6.
Momentarily press CRS HDG switch (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).

Table 2-4.
RESULT: CRS HDG switches CPLT legend (copilots mode select panel ) shall go on.

Table 2-9.
If result is not as specified, go to Table

2-14.
c.12.
c.11.
Adjust CRS knob (copilots HSI) until 000 is

displayed in COURSE window.
RESULT:
RESULT:
2-18
Adjust CRS knob (copilots HSI) until course

deviation (copilots HSI) bar is centered over
second dot to right of center.
a.

a.
COURSE window (copilots HSI) shall

indicate 10 6 5.
b.
b.
Course deviation bar (copilots HSI) shall

Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
c.13.

Table 2-8.
f.

from view.

Table 2-12.
g.

Adjust CRS knob (copilots HSI) until course

deviation bar (copilots HSI) is centered over
second dot to left of center.

Table 2-13.
c.16.
RESULT:
a.
COURSE window (copilots HSI) shall

indicate 350 6 5.
b.
Lateral deviation pointer (copilots VSI)

within 0.5 dot.
Adjust CRS knob (copilots HSI) until

COURSE window (copilots HSI) indicates
270.
RESULT:
c.14.
c.15.
a.
Course deviation bars (copilots HSI)

shall be centered 0.5 dot.

Table 2-8.
b.

out of view.

Table 2-9.
c.

indicate 270 6 5.
d.
e.
No. 2 bearing pointer (both HSs) shall

indicate 270 6 5.
f.

from view.
g.


090.
RESULT:
a.

b.

out of view.
c.

indicate 80 6 5.
d.
e.

indicate 270 6 5.

Table 2-13.
c.17.
c.18.

000.
Change 2
2-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

NOTE
Depending on test set model, VOR VAR
610 control must be pressed and held
or pressed and released to engage variable mode.
c.19.
c.22.
Press and hold VOR DELETE 30 VAR switch

(test set).
RESULT:
a.
NAV flag (both HSIs) shall come into

view.
b.
Course deviation bars (both HSs) shall

move off center.
c.
NAV flag (both VSIs) shall come into

view.
Engage variable mode (test set).

NOTE
Response time of both HSI course deviation bar and No. 2 bearing pointer is
slow.
The test set VOR bearing selector variable control knob has about 610 control authority from setting selected by
test set VOR bearing selector.
Adjusting test set VOR bearing selector
variable control knob clockwise causes
HSI course deviation bar to move left
and No. 2 bearing pointer to move counterclockwise.
If results are not as specified, replace

receiver (Para 2.5.).
c.23.
Release VOR DELETE 30 VAR switch (test

set).
c.24.
Press and hold VOR DELETE 30 REF switch

(test set).
RESULT:
Adjusting the variable control knob

counterclockwise causes HSI course
deviation bar to move right and No. 2
bearing pointer to move clockwise.
c.20.
a.
b.
Course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer (both HSIs) shall track the test set
variable control knob (test set).
Course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer (both HSIs) movements shall be
smooth with no sticking.

Table 2-15.
2-20

view.
b.

remain centered.
c.
TO-FROM arrows (both HSIs) shall be

masked out of view.
d.

view.
Vary VOR bearing selector variable control

knob ( test set).
RESULT:
c.21.
a.
Disengage variable mode (test set).

Change 2

c.25.
Release VOR DELETE 30 REF switch (test

set).
c.26.
Place VOR 1020 Hz switch to ON (test set).
RESULT: A 1020 Hz tone shall be heard (all ICS

stations).
2-16.
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
c.27.
Place AUX switch OFF (all ICS stations).
RESULT:
RESULT: The 1020 Hz tone shall not be heard.

If result is not as specified, replace ICS
control panel at that station (Para
19.4.).
c.28
Place AUX switch ON (all ICS stations).
c.29.
Place VOR 1020 HZ switch (test set) to OFF.
c.30.
Place VOR PWR switch (test set) to OFF.
c.31.
Place BATTERY PWR switch (test set) to

OFF.
c.32.
If no other checks are to be done, go to SHUTDOWN.

NOTE
Steps
c.33.
through
c.5.
are
for
a.

b.
c.

out of view.
d.
Course set pointer (pilots HSIs) shall

e.

indicate 0 6 5.
f.

out of view.
g.


Table 2-5.
T30D
c.33.

done.

Table 2-7.
c.34.

Table 2-3.
c.35.
Place controls in VOR section ( test set) as

indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
PWR
ON
Frequency Selector
108.00
Bearing Selector
000
VAR 610
OFF
1020 HZ
OFF

Table 2-6.
Table 2-4.
Table 2-9.
c.37.
c.36.
Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) until 000 is


deviation (pilots HSI) bar is centered over
Change 2
2-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

d.

indicate 350 6 5.
e.

indicate 90 6 5.
Course deviation bar (pilots HSI) shall

f.

from view.
g.

RESULT:
a.
b.

Table 2-8.
Table 2-12.
c.38.

deviation bar (pilots HSI) is centered over

Table 2-13.
c.41.
RESULT:
a.

indicate 010 6 5.
Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) until pilots

HSI COURSE window (pilots HSI) indicates
270.
RESULT:
a.
Course deviation bars (pilots HSI) shall

be centered 0.5 dot.
b.

out of view.

Table 2-8.
c.

Table 2-9.
d.
e.

indicate 90 6 5.
f.

from view.
g.

b.

within 0.5 dot.
c.39.
c.40.

RESULT:
2-22
a.

b.

out of view.
c.

Change 2

Table 2-13.
c.42.
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

deviation bar (HSI) to move right and
No. 2 bearing pointer to move clockwise.
RESULT: CRS HDG switches shall light CPLT.

2-14.
c.47.
c.43.
Repeat steps c.3. through c.9. for copilot.
RESULT: Results shall be the same as specified in

steps c.3. through c.9.
RESULT:

applicable HSI or VSI (Para 8.4. or
Para 8.5.)
c.44.
c.45.

000.

knob ( test set).
a.
Course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer (both HSIs) shall track the test set
variable control knob.
b.
Course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer (both HSIs) movements shall be

Table 2-15.
c.48.
c.49.

(test set).
NOTE
c.46.
RESULT:
a.

view.
b.

move off center.
c.

view.

NOTE
Response time of HSI course deviation

bars and No. 2 bearingpointer is slow.
The VOR bearing selector variable control knob (test set) has about 610 control authority from setting selected by
Adjusting VOR bearing selector variable
control knob (test set) clockwise causes
Adjusting the variable control knob(test
set) counterclockwise causes course

c.50.

set).
c.51.

(test set).
RESULT:
a.

view.
Change 2
2-23
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

b.

remain centered.
d.2.
c.
TO-FROM arrows (both HSIs) shall be

masked out of view.
RESULT: ILS legends (both HSI/VSIs mode select

panel) shall go on.
d.

view.

2-1.

c.52.

set).
c.53.
Place VOR 1020 Hz switch to ON (test set).

stations).
2-16.
c54.
Place AUX switch OFF (all ICS stations).

If result is not as specified, replace ICS
control panel at that station (Para
19.4.).
c.55.
Place AUX switch ON (all ICS stations).
c.56.
Place VOR 1020 HZ switch (test set) to OFF.
c.57.
c.58.

OFF.
c.59.
d.3.
d.4.
Place controls in LOC section (test set) as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
PWR
ON
VAR
OFF
Frequency Selector
108.10 MHz
1020 Hz
OFF
Course Selector
OC
d.5.
2-24
Make sure BACK CRS legends (both HSI/VSIs

mode select panel) are not on.
RESULT:
a.

out of view.
b.

c.

out of view.
d.
Lateral deviationpointer (both VSIs) shall


Table 2-17.
LOC
d.1.
Adjust frequency controls (RCU) to 108.10

MHz.

done.
Change 2
d.6.
Adjust CRS knobs (both HSIs) until course setpointer are lined-up with vertical lubber lines.
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
d.7.

Press and hold LOC DELETE 90 Hz switch

(test set).
NOTE
d.10.
Release LOC DELETE 150 Hz switch (test

set).
NAV flag (both HSIs and both VSIs)

come into view slowly.
d.11.
Place course selector switch (test set) to LEFT.
RESULT:
RESULT:
a.

view.
a.

move to left of center.
b.

move left.
b.

c.
NAV flag (both HVSIs) shall come into

view.
d.

move left.

d.8.
Release LOC DELETE 90 Hz switch (test set).
d.9.
Press and hold LOC DELETE 150 Hz switch

(test set).
If results a. and b. are not as specified,

go to Table 2-12.
If result a. or result b. is not as specified, go to Table 2-9.
d.12.
RESULT:
NOTE
NAV flag (both HSIs and both VSIs)
come into view slowly.
RESULT:
a.

view.
b.

move right.
c.

view.
d.

move right.
Momentarily press BACK CRS switches (both

HSI/VSI mode select panels) to light legends.
a.

move to right of center.
b.

c.
GS flag (both VSIs) shall be out of view.
d.
GSpointer (both VSIs) shall go up and

out of view.
If pilots HSI or VSI does not respond,

replace pilots HSI/VSI mode select
panel (Para 8.11.).
If copilots HSI or VSI does not
respond, replace copilots HSI/VSI
mode select panel (Para 8.11.).
d.13.
Momentarily press VOR/ILS switch (pilots

HSI/VSI mode select panel) to turn off ILS
legend.
Change 2
2-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
RESULT:
a.

center.
b.

shall center.
d.19.
Place course selector switch (test set) to OC.
d.20.
Make sure PLT legend on CRS HDG switch

(pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel) is on.
NOTE
Depending on test set model, LOC VAR
control must be pressed and held or
pressed and released to engage variable
mode.

Table 2-18.
d.14.
d.15.

HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Momentarily press VOR/ILS switch (copilots
legend.
d.21.
d.22.
Vary LOC course selector variable control

knob (test set) from fully counterclockwise to
fully clockwise.
RESULT:
RESULT:
a.

center.
b.

shall center.

Table 2-18.
d.16.
d.17.
d.18.


track variable control knob, reaching full
left and right scale deflections, and movements shall be smooth with no sticking.
b.

left and right scale deflections, and movements shall be smooth with no sticking.

d.23.

HSI/VSI mode select panels).
Release LOC VAR control (test set) to disable

variable function.
d.24.
Place LOC 1020 Hz switch (test set) to ON.
Place course selector switch (test set) to

RIGHT.

stations).
2-16.
RESULT:
a.

b.

If result is not as specified, replace

2-26
a.
Change 2
d.25.
Place AUX switch (all ICS stations) OFF.
RESULT: The 1020 Hz tone shall not be heard at

each station.
applicable ICS control panel (Para
19.4.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
d.26.
Place ICS control panel AUX switch (all ICS

stations) to ON.

Table 2-19.
d.27.
Place VOR 1020 Hz switch (test set) to OFF.

Table 2-20.
d.28.
Place LOC PWR switch (test set) to OFF.
d.29.

OFF.
d.30.
e.6.
RESULT:
GS
e.1.

done.
e.2.
Place controls in GLIDE SLOPE section (test

set) as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
PWR
ON
VAR
Off (Lamp not blinking)
Press and hold GLIDE SLOPE DELETE 90 Hz

switch (test set).
a.
GS flags (both VSIs) shall come into

view.
b.
GSpointer (both VSIs) shall move up.

Table 2-21.
e.7.
Release GLIDE SLOPE DELETE 90 Hz switch

(test set).
e.8.
Press and hold GLIDE SLOPE DELETE 150

Hz switch (test set).
RESULT:
Course Selector
Frequency Selector
GS flags (both VSIs) shall come into

view.
b.
GSpointer (both VSIs) shall move down.
OC
108.15 MHz
e.3.
e.4.
Momentarily press VOR/ILS and BRG2

switches (both HSI/VSI mode select panels) to
light ILS and VOR legends.
e.5.
a.
Adjust frequency controls (RCU) to 108.15

MHz.
RESULT:
a.
GS flags (both VSIs) shall go out of view.
b.
GSpointer (both VSIs) shall be centered

within 0.5 dot.

Table 2-21.
e.9.
Release test set GLIDE SLOPE DELETE 150

Hz switch.
e.10.
Place GLIDE SLOPE course selector (test set)

switch to UP.
RESULT: GSpointer (both VSIs) shall move up from

center.
2-22.
e.11.

to DOWN.
Change 2
2-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
RESULT: GSpointer (both VSIs) shall move down

from center.
f.2.
Place AUX switch OFF and NAV switch ON

(all ICS stations).

2-21.
f.3.
Place MB SENS switch (RCU) to HI.
f.4.
Place test set near helicopter MB antenna.
f.5.
Extend MB antenna test set.
NOTE
f.6.
Depending on test set model, GLIDE

SLOPE VAR control must be pressed
and held or pressed and released to
engage variable mode.
f.7.
Place MKR BCN PWR switch (test set) to ON.
f.8.
Press and hold MKR BCN blue button (test set).
e.12.

to OC.
e.13.
Enable variable function (test set).
e.14.
While watching GSpointer (both VSIs), vary

test set GLIDE SLOPE course selector variable control knob from fully counterclockwise
to fully clockwise.
RESULT:
e.16.
Place GLIDE SLOPE PWR switch (test set) to

OFF.
e.17.

OFF.
e.18.
MB
f.1.
2-28

done.
Change 2
b.
A 400 Hz tone shall be heard.

Table 2-23.
go to Table 2-24.

2-21.
Release test set GLIDE SLOPE VAR control
(test set) to disengage variable mode .
MB lamps (both VSIs) shall go on.

Table 2-10.
RESULT: GSpointer (both VSIs) shall track variable

control knob, reaching full up and down
scale deflections, and movements shall be
e.15.
a.
If 400 Hz tone is heard at some ICS

stations but not at others, troubleshoot
ICS (Para 19.3.).
f.9.
Place NAV switch OFF (all ICS stations).

applicable ICS control panel (Para
19.4.).
f.10.
Release MKR BCN blue button (test set).
f.11.
Place NAV switch ON (all ICS stations).
f.12.
Press and hold MKR BCN yellow button (test

set).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

RESULT:
RESULT:
a.
a.
b.
b.

Table 2-25.

Table 2-25.
f.13.
Release MKR BCN yellow button (test set).
f.20.
f.14.
Press and hold MKR BCN white button (test

set).
f.21.

set).
RESULT:
RESULT:
a.
MB lamps (both VSIs ) shall go on.
a.
b.
b.

Table 2-25.
f.15.
Release MKR BCN white button (test set).
f.16.
Place MB SENS switch (RCU) to LO.
f.17.
Press and hold MKR BCN blue button (test

set).
RESULT:
a.
b.
If result a. and b. are not as specified,

go to Table 2-26.

go to Table 2-25.
f.22.
f.23.

OFF.
f.24.
Retract MB antenna (test set).
f.25.
SHUTDOWN
g.1.
Place NAV VOL and MB VOL controls (RCU)

to OFF.
f.18.
g.2.
Turn off and remove test equipment.
f.19.

set).
g.3.
Turn off and disconnect electrical power from

helicopter ( 23 ).
Change 2
2-29
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-1.
VOR ILS-VOR Legends Do Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check VOR or ILS legends (pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Step 1. If legends are on, go to 2.
Step 2. If legends are not on, go to 9.
2. Check lamps (HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Step 1. If lamps are good, go to 3.
Step 2. If lamps are not good, replace lamps (Para 8.12.).
3. Remove and check pin filtered adapter (P300R) (Para 2.11.).
Step 1. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to 4.
Step 2. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (Para 2.11.).
4. Install pin filtered adapter (Para 2.11.). Go to 5.
5. Check continuity between P249-band P300R-78.
Step 1. If continuity is present, go to 6.
Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (
23
).
6. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 (CPLT MODE SEL circuit breaker) and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, go to 7.
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (
23
).
7. Swap HSI/VSI mode select panels.

Step 1. If trouble remains at the original position, go to 8.
Step 2. If trouble follows to new position, replace malfunctioning HSI/VSI mode
select panel (Para 8.11.).
8. Check continuity betweenP107R-78 and P300R-9 .
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P300R-82 and P107R-15
( 23 ).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring ( 23 ).
2-30
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-1.
VOR ILS-VOR Legends Do Not Go On. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
9. Is VOR or ILS legend (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel) on?

Step 1. If legend is on, go to 10.
Step 2. If legend is not on, go to 17.
10. Check lamps (HSI/VSI mode select panel).
13. Check continuity between P266-V and P317R-78.
23
).
14. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 (PILOT MODE SELECT circuit breaker)
and gnd.
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (
23
).

Step 1. If trouble remains at the original position, go to 16.
Step 2. If trouble follows to new position, replace malfunctioning HSI/VSI mode
select panel (Para 8.11.).
16. Check continuity between P107R-8 and P317R-95.
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P107R-15 and P317R-82
( 23 ).
Change 2
2-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-1.
VOR ILS-VOR Legends Do Not Go On. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
23
).
17. Check for 28 vdc between P107R-6 and P107R-10.

Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, go to 19.
18. Check continuity between:
P107R-8 and P149R-21
P107R-15 and P149R-17
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace receiver RCU (Para 2.4.).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (
23
).
19. Check continuity between P107R-6 and terminal 1 (VOR/ILS circuit breaker).
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace VOR/ILS circuit breaker (
Table 2-2.
23
).
CRS HDG-PLT Or BRG 2-VOR Legends Do Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check legend lamps (HSI/VSI mode select panel).
2. Remove and check pin filtered adapter (HSI/VSI mode select panel) (Para 2.11.).
4. Troubleshoot HSI/VSI Mode Select Units (Para 8.3.).
2-32
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-3.
HSI NAV Flags Are Not Masked Out.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check VOR audio identifier.
Step 1. If VOR audio identifier is loud and clear, go to 2.
Step 2. If VOR audio identifier is not loud or clear, go to 5.
P149R-29 P300R-47
P149R-37 P300R-24
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace receiver (Para 2.5.).
23
).
5. Move helicopter to improve reception.

Step 1. If reception is improved, continue with operational check step b.5.
Step 2. If reception is not improved, go to 6.
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (
23
).
9. Check for 26 vac between P149R-18 and P149R-19.
Change 2
2-33
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-3.
HSI NAV Flags Are Not Masked Out. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

P619R and P629R
P619R and P630R
23
).
11. Check continuity between P149R-18 and terminal 1 (26VAC INST circuit breaker).
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace circuit breaker ( 23 ).
Table 2-4.
VSI NAV Flags Are Not Masked Out.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Swap VSIs.
Step 1. If trouble remains at the original position, repair/replace wiring to that VSI
( 23 ).
Step 2. If trouble follows to new position, replace VSI (Para 8.5.).
Table 2-5.
HSI Course Deviation Bars Are Not Centered.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Momentarily press CRS HDG switch (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Go to 2.
2. Adjust CRS knob to 315 (copilots HSI).
Step 1. If course bars center, go to 3.
Step 2. If course bars do not center, go to 6.
2-34
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-5.
HSI Course Deviation Bars Are Not Centered. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P305R and P317R) (Para 2.11.).
Step 1. If pin filtered adapters are good, go to 4.
Step 2. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapter as required
(Para 2.11.).
4. Install pin filtered adapters (Para 2.11.). Go to 5.
P305R-a and P317R-90
P305R-b and P317R-73
P305R-c and P317R-100
P305R-d and P317R-74
P305R-e and P317R-110
P305R-f and P317R-110
P305R-g and P317R-108
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace pilots HSI (Para 8.4.).
23
).
6. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P317R and P149R) (Para 2.6. and Para
2.11.).
(Para 2.6. or Para 2.11.).
7. Install pin filtered adapters (Para 2.6. and Para 2.11.). Go to8.
P149R-8 and P317R-85
P149R-9 and P317R-49
P149R-23 and P317R-101
P149R-32 and P317R-111
P149R-33 and P317R-109
P149R-34 and P317R-109
P149R-36 and P317R-97
Change 2
2-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-5.
HSI Course Deviation Bars Are Not Centered. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.).
Step 3. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required ( 23 ).
Table 2-6.
HSI No. 2 Bearingpointer Do Not Indicate Correct Bearing.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove and check pin filtered adapters ( P134R and P149R ) (Para 2.6. and Para
2.11.).
(Para 2.6. or Para 2.11.).
2. Install pin filtered adapters (Para 2.6. and Para 2.11.). Go to 3.
P134R-L and P149R-10
P134R-M and P149R-7
P134R-N and P149R-6
P148R-12 and P317R-9
P148R-13 and P317R-37
P148R-25 and P317R-42
Step 2. If trouble remains, troubleshoot Gyromagnetic Compass Set (Para 5.3.).
Table 2-7.
HSI TO-FROM Arrows Do Not Operate.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.11.).
2-36
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-7.
HSI TO-FROM Arrows Do Not Operate. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
(Para 2.6. or Para 2.11.).
P149R-14 and P317R-64
P149R-31 and P317R-93
Table 2-8.
23
).
Pilots HSI COURSE Window Does Not Indicate Properly.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Momentarily press CRS HDG switch (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel) and adjust
CRS knob (copilots HSI) until COURSE window indicates properly.
Step 1. If window indicates properly, replace pilots HSI (Para 8.4.).
Step 2. If window does not indicate properly, replace receiver (Para 2.5.).
Table 2-9.
VSI Lateral deviation pointer Or HSI Course Deviation Bars Is Not Correct.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure that FM HOME mode is off (both HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Step 1. If FM HOME mode is off, go to 2.
Step 2. If FM HOME mode is not off, disengage FM HOME mode (pilots and/or
copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
2. Swap VSIs.
Step 1. If trouble follows to the new position, replace VSI (Para 8.5.).
Step 2. If trouble does not follow to the new position, go to 3.
Change 2
2-37
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-9.
VSI Lateral deviation pointer Or HSI Course Deviation Bars Is Not Correct. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 1. If trouble follows to the new position, replace HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para
8.11.).
Step 2. If trouble does not follow to the new position, go to 4.
4. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P301R, P302R, P304R, and P305R) (Para
2.11.).
(Para 2.11.).
6. Is trouble on HSIs or VSIs?
Step
Step
Step
Step
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If
trouble
trouble
trouble
trouble
is
is
is
is
on
on
on
on
copilots HSI, go to 7.
pilots HSI, go to 8.
copilots VSI, go to 9.
pilots VSI, go to 10.

P300R-13 and P302R-u
P300R-66 and P302R-t
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace copilots HSI (Para 8.4.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.).
P305R-t and P317R-66
P305R-u and P317R-13
2-38
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-9.
VSI Lateral deviation pointer Or HSI Course Deviation Bars Is Not Correct. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P300R-89 and P301R-H
P300R-121 and P301R-G
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace copilots VSI (Para 8.5.).
P304R-G and P317R-121
P304R-H and P317R-89
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace pilots VSI (Para 8.5.).
Table 2-10.
VSI MB Light Does Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P149R and P304R) (Para 2.6 and Para
2.11.).
(Para 2.6 or Para 2.11.).
2. Install pin filtered adapters (Para 2.6 and Para 2.11.). Go to 3.
3. Check continuity between P149R-1 and P304R-n.
Change 2
2-39
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-11.
Set Does Not Respond To Self-Test.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.11.).
(Para 2.6. or Para 2.11.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace RCU (Para 2.4.).
Table 2-12.
Course Deviation Bars Orpointer Do Not Deflect From Center.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.11.).
(Para 2.6. or Para 2.11.).
P149R-12 P300R-35
P149R-30 P300R-104
2-40
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-13.
Results Are Not As Specified.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace receiver (Para 2.5.).
Step 1. If trouble remains, replace HSIs (Para 8.4.).
Step 2. If trouble still remains, replace VSIs (Para 8.5.).
Table 2-14.
CRS HDG Switch (Copilots HSI/VSI Mode Select Panel) Does Not Light CPLT.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check lamps (both HSI/VSI mode select panels).
Step 1. If lamps are good, replace HSI/VSI mode select panel as required (Para 8.11.).
Table 2-15.
HSI Course Deviation Bars And No. 2 Bearingpointer Do Not Track Properly Or Stick.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer for proper tracking.
Step 1. If HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer track are good, go to 2.
Step 2. If HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer track are not good,
replace receiver (Para 2.5.).
2. Check HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer for sticking.
Step 1. If HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer do not stick, return to
VOR check step c.16.
Step 2. If HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearingpointer do stick, replace HSI as
required (Para 8.4.).
Change 2
2-41
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-16.
VOR/ILS Audio Is Not Heard.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P107R-1 and P149R-11
P107R-1 and P656R-CC
P107R-2 and P149R-15
P107R-2 and P656R-S
Step
Step
Step
Step
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If
continuity is present, replace receiver (Para 2.5.).

trouble remains, replace RCU (Para 2.4.).
trouble still remains, troubleshoot ICS (Para 19.3.).
continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (
Table 2-17.
23
).
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace receiver (Para 2.5.).
Step 2. If trouble still remains, repair/replace wiring to RCU (
Table 2-18.
).
Pilots HSI Course Deviation Bar And Pilots VSI Lateral deviation pointer Do Not Center.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.).
Step 1. If trouble remains, replace pilots HSI (Para 8.4.).
Step 2. If trouble still remains, replace VSI (Para 8.5.).
2-42
23
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-19.
GS Flags on VSIs Are In View.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check NAV flag.
Step 1. If NAV flag is in view, go to Table 2-2.
Step 2. If NAV flag is not in view, go to 2.
2. Move test set closer to helicopter.
Step 1. If GS flag goes out of view, return to GS check step e.6.
Step 2. If GS flag does not go out of view, go to 3.
P148R-11 andP300R-7
P148R-20 and P300R-54
Step
Step
Step
Step
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If
continuity is present, replace RCU (Para 2.4.).

trouble remains, replace receiver (Para 2.5.).
trouble still remains, go to 6.
23
).
6. Check continuity between P618R and P622R.

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace GS antenna (Para 2.8.).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace antenna cable ( 23 ).
Change 2
2-43
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-20.
Glide Slopepointer (VSIs) Do Not Respond.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.11.).
(Para 2.6. or Para 2.11.).
P148R-19 and P317R-3
P148R-24 and P317R-2
Table 2-21.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace receiver (Para 2.5.). Go to 2.
2 If trouble remains, replace VSIs as required (Para 8.5.).
Table 2-22.
Glide Slopepointer (VSIs) Do Not Move Up From Center.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does trouble exist on both VSIs?
Step 1. If trouble does exist on both VSIs, go to 2.
Step 2. If trouble does not exist on both VSIs, go to 5.
2-44
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-22.
Glide Slopepointer (VSIs) Do Not Move Up From Center. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4. Repair/replace wiring, as required, between (
P148R-19 P300R-3
P148R-24 P300R-2
23
):
5. Swap VSIs.
Step 1. If trouble follows to new position, replace VSI as required (Para 8.5.).
Step 2. If trouble does not move to new position, go to 6.
Step 1. If trouble moves to new position, replace HSI/VSI mode select panel as
7. Check pilots VSI for trouble.
Step 1. If pilots VSI has the trouble, go to 8.
Step 2. If pilots VSI does not have the trouble, go to 11.
(Para 2.11.).
P317R-2 and P148R-24
P317R-3 and P148R-19
P317R-14 and P304R-S
P317R-71 and P304R-T
23
):
Change 2
2-45
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-22.
Glide Slopepointer (VSIs) Do Not Move Up From Center. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
(Para 2.11.).
P148R-19 and P300R-3
P148R-24 and P300R-2
Table 2-23.
23
):
Marker Beacon Audio Not Heard At Any Frequency.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P107R-17 and
P107R-17 and
P107R-18 and
P107R-19 and
P149R-2
P656R-DD
P656R-U
P149R-4

4. Replace receiver (Para 2.5.).
Step 2. If trouble still remains, troubleshoot ICS (Para 19.3.).
2-46
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

Table 2-24.
VSI MB Lamps Do Not Go On And MB Audio Is Not Heard.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check continuity between P617R and P621R.
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace MB antenna (Para 2.9.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace receiver (Para 2.5.).
Step 3. If continuity is not present, replace antenna cable.
Table 2-25.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace receiver (Para 2.5.). Go to 2.
2. If trouble remains, replace MB antenna (Para 2.9.).
Table 2-26.
Marker Beacon Receiver Does Not Decrease Sensitivity With MB SENS Switch At LO.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove and check pin filtered adapter (P148R) (Para 2.6).
Step 2. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (Para 2.6).
P107R-12 and P149R-5
P107R-14 and P149R-26
Step
Step
Step
Step
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If

trouble remains, replace RCU (Para 2.4.).
trouble still remains, replace MB antenna (Para 2.9.).
continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring ( 23 ).
Change 2
2-47
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

VOR / ILS
DC
ESNTL
BUS
2
2 AMP
J231 P231
CB318
RIGHT SIDE
ANTENNA
LEFT SIDE
ANTENNA
J21R P21R
R
28 VDC
UPPER CONSOLE
P629R
26 VAC INST
AC
ESNTL
BUS
J266 P266
CB219
2
2 AMP 1
P630R
P112 J112
H
J627R P627R
26 VAC
PILOT MODE
SELECT
P628R
J626R
P110 J110
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
CB203
2
2 AMP 1
BB
28 VDC
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
1
2
3
4
CPLT MODE
SEL
J249 P249
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
CB107
2
2 AMP 1
TO SHEET 3
TO SHEET 4
P111 J111
f
28 VDC
J694R
COPILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
J625R
GLIDE SLOPE
ANTENNA
J624R
P621R
P148R
TO SHEET 9
J148R
PFA
MARKER BEACON
ANTENNA
J620R
P620R
J623R
P623R
P622R
LEGEND
A
INDICATES AUDIO COMMON.
NOTE
PIN 14 OF P148R SHOWS TYPICAL CON
FIGURATION FOR ALL PIN FILTERED
ADAPTERS (PFA).
P617R
P619R
P618R
P12004
P12005
P11003
VOR / LOC ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE)
MKR BCN ANTENNA
DETAIL A
RADIO RECEIVER
GLIDE SLOPE ANTENNA
14
AB1602_1
SA
Figure 2-3.
2-48
Change 2
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-123 (V)) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10)
Figure 2-3.
7
A B C D E
A B C D E
9 21 10
P149R
J149R
15 11
4
2 19
28
GROUND
J148R
17 21 22 5 26
GROUND
P
P
SGR1072
15 8 16 12 14
HI
HI / LO SENS RTN
10
LO
VOR / ILS SW
28 27
MKR / BCN
AUDIO IN
GG133
SGR1071
GROUND
30 31 32 33 29
LO
0.1 MHz C FREQ SEL OUT

FREQ SEL COM
6 22 23 24 25 26
VOR / LOC
AUDIO OUT
SGR152
A B C D E
VOR / LOC AUDIO OUT

HI
LO
MKR BCN AUDIO OUT
3
1
2
19 17
18
MKR / BCN
AUDIO IN
HI
LO
VOR / LOC
AUDIO IN
HI / LO SENS SEL OUT
VOR / MKR TEST OUT
SW 27.5 VDC OUT
0.1 MHz
FREQ SEL
OUT
J107R
A B C D E
HI
PFA
HI / LO SENS RTN
HI / LO SENS SEL IN
VOR / MKR TEST IN
VOR / ILS SW
PFA
SW 27.5 VDC IN
VOR / ILS SW
FREQ SEL COM
14 2 15 1
0.1 MHz C FREQ SEL IN
P148R
0.1 MHz
FREQ SEL
IN
P107R
1.0 MHz
FREQ SEL
OUT
2.3.
1.0 MHz
FREQ SEL
IN
28 VDC IN
TM 11-1520-237-23
CONTROL RECEIVER
1
P
5
6
7
8
SGR151
10
11
Change 2
TO
SHEET
8
GND1491
TO
SHEET
9
SGR1493
GG132
TO
SHEET
3
(SEE DETAIL A)
GG133
RADIO RECEIVER
AB1602_2
SA
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-123 (V)) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)
2-49
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
49 111
E,F
41
28 VDC PWR RTN
78
28 VDC PWR IN
RESOLVER
ROTOR OUT
RESOLVER
STATOR OUT
PILOTS HSI/VSI MODE SELECT PANEL
J317R
PFA
P317R
85 109
101
SGR3172
TO
SHEET
1
GG336
97
SGR317
3
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
12
22
23
24
25
26
27
J16R
u
10
11
s
T
24 19 11 20 12 13
q b
25
J148R
e d
P149R
PFA
w x y
GG132
r X
V W
Y Z
SGR1492
1 20 25
37 29
12 30
31 14 9 32
23
8 33
34 36
RESOLVER
STATOR IN
RESOLVER
ROTOR IN
TO
FROM
B
TO / FROM
OUT
LT
RT
VOS / LOC
DEVIATION
OUT
()
(+)
VOR / LOC
FLAG OUT
3000 Hz
VDR BEARING
OUT
()
(+)
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION
OUT
UP
DN
J149R
400 Hz
P148R
PFA
GND1491
m n p
SGR1491
1300 Hz
SG148R1
TO
SHEET
2
MKRLT
P16R
RADIO RECEIVER
AB1602_3
SA
Figure 2-3.
2-50
Change 2
P300R
PFA
J300R
82
Figure 2-3.
7
83
24
47
78
96
116
41
BACK COURSE
MODE ON OUT
28 VDC PWR RTN
SGM3315
SGM3314
J317R
64
VOR
BEARING
IN
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION
IN
FROM
TO
LT
RT
()
(+)
TO / FROM
IN
VOR / LOC
DEVIATION
IN
VOR / LOC
FLAG
IN
MB LT TEST
()
(+)
DN
UP
ILS FREQ SEL (GND)
NAV RCVR PWR ON
BACK COURSE
MODE ON IN
J2
VOR / ILS MODE
ON IN
PFA
P319R
1
17
COPILOTS HSI/VSI MODE SELECT PANEL
Change 2
CHASSIS GROUND
64
VOR / ILS MODE

ON OUT
35 104 93
28 VDC PWR IN
TO
SGM3313
35 104 93
FROM
TO / FROM
IN
LT
SGM3312
47
VOR / LOC
DEVIATION
IN
24
SGM3311
83
SGM3310
SGM339
SGM338
42
RT
42
()
SGLHS6
SGM337
37
VOR / LOC
FLAG
IN
37
(+)
MB LT TEST
54
T
SGM336
SGM335
54
VOR
BEARING
IN
()
SGM334
SGM333
SGM332
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
(+)
95
DN
TO
SHEET
1
UP
GG335
82
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION
IN
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
12
22
23
24
25
26
27
95
SGM331
128
ILS FREQ SEL (GND)
PFA
P317R
SGRHS16
2.3.
NAV RCVR PWR ON
CHASSIS GROUND
TM 11-1520-237-23
12
TO SHEET 7
28
TO SHEET 7
4
GG336 GG335
128
AB1602_4
SA
2-51
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
()
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
DN
26 16
ANN. & SW LEGEND

PWR
COURSE
DEVIATION
OUT
()
34
LAMP TEST
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION
OUT
(+)
125
(+)
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT
()
106
UP
VOR MODE ON OUT
105
(+)
ILS MODE ON OUT
116
FM / NAV
FLAG OUT
BACK COURSE
MODE ON OUT
J317R
PFA
P317R
71 14
27 25
89 121
15
SGR3174
GG3310
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
49
50 TO SHEET 8
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
SG33T1
TO
SHEET
7
GG335
121
15
13
66
124
12
57
52
(+)
()
(+)
()
TO
FROM
()
89
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
(+)
71 14
(+)
26 16
()
34
DN
125
()
SG300R1
P300R
PFA
TO
SHEET
7
27 25
59 48
Y
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER STATOR
OUT
LAMP TEST
ANN. & SW LEGEND

PWR
TO / FROM
OUT
NAV FLAG
OUT
COURSE
DEVIATION
OUT
COURSE
DEVIATION
OUT
UP
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION
OUT
(+)
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT
FM / NAV FLAG
OUT
J300R
AB1602_5
SA
Figure 2-3.
2-52
Change 2
Figure 2-3.
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR

t EE FF w v
Change 2
Z
FROM
TO
()
(+)
()
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER STATOR
IN
TO / FROM
IN
NAV FLAG
IN
73 74 110
(+)
SGR3176
SGR3175
TO / FROM
OUT
NAV FLAG
OUT
COURSE
DEVIATION
OUT
RESOLVER
STATOR IN
RESOLVER
ROTOR IN
RESOLVER
STATOR IN
RESOLVER
ROTOR IN
NO. 2
BEARING
POINTER
STATOR OUT
FROM
TO
()
(+)
()
(+)
E, F
D
E, F
90 100
E, F
J305R
c
SGR3051
A
C
98
COURSE
DEVIATION
IN
J302R
P305R AA a
PFA
SGR31712
J317R
102 99 86
RESOLVER
STATOR OUT
g AA
RESOLVER
ROTOR OUT
GG333
115 VAC PWR RTN
115 VAC PWR RTN
E,F
RESOLVER
STATOR OUT
SGR31711
61 62
SG302R1
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
v w FF EE t
(+)
()
(+)
()
TO
PFA
P317R
RESOLVER
ROTOR OUT
COURSE
DEVIATION
IN
X
FROM
S R P
NAV FLAG
IN
P302R
PFA
2.3.
TO / FROM
IN
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER STATOR
IN
TM 11-1520-237-23
108 13 66 124 12 57 52 5 59 48
GG334
P R S
PILOTS HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR
AB1602_6
SA
2-53
TM 11-1520-237-23
PFA
P318RB
BACK COURSE
MODE ON
VOR MODE ON
ILS MODE ON
COURSE
DEVIATION
IN
()
(+)
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
()
(+)
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
DN
UP
FM / NAVY FLAG
IN
(+)
()
FM / NAV FLAG
IN
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
(+)
()
()
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
UP
DN
ADV LT PWR
COURSE
DEVIATION
IN
GG337
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
45
46
47
48
T U V W X
12
PFA
P318RA
40 39 36 35 34 33 38 37
17 18 19
P14R
J14R
EE FF JJ
SGRHS7
SGRHS6
SGRHS5
SGRHS4
SGRHS3
SGRHS2
SGRHS1
SGP3002
SGP3001
49
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
SGP1332
SGP1331
J112
P112
J111
P111
28
SG9027
P301R
G H S
TO
SHEET
8
J914
T U V W X m
h
q X
ADV LT PWR
(+)
()
FM / NAVY FLAG
IN
J902
(+)
()
J301R
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
P902
UP
DN
PFA
MG LT RTN
60
P914
SG9026
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
TO
SHEET
4
G H S
(+)
()
TO
SHEET
5
n A
COURSE
DEVIATION
IN
TO
SHEET
4
J1A
J1B
SGRHS8
J304R
PFA
P304R
CIS PROCESSOR
(+)
()
MB LT RTN
PILOTS VERTICAL SITUATION

INDICATOR
(+)
2.3.
COPILOTS VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR
LEFT RELAY PANEL
AB1602_7
SA
Figure 2-3.
2-54
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.

P653R J653R
SGR310
P13R J13R
J25R P25R
P200R J200R
UU
VOR / LOC AUDIO IN
VV
MKR BCN AUDIO IN
T
U
SGR37
j
i
AUDIO COMMON
TROOP COMMANDERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
P126R J126R
UU
P651R J651R
VV
Z
h
P656R
5
6
7
8
g
j
CREWCHIEF/RIGHT
GUNNERS CONTROL
PANEL
DD
S
CC
P655R
J655R
y
SGR110
KK
w
t
P124R
AUDIO
JUNCTION
BOX ASSY
VOR / LOC AUDIO IN
VV
MKR BCN AUDIO IN
AUDIO COMMON
PILOTS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
50
J115
P115
P118
J125R
UU
VOR / LOC AUDIO IN
VV
MKR BCN AUDIO IN
Z
A
SG1301
SGJ9146
AUDIO COMMON
COPILOTS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
PFA
P127R
J118
LOGIC
60
SG33B1
P125R
DIMMING
TO
SHEET
7
J124R
UU
TO
SHEET
5
MKR BCN AUDIO IN

AUDIO COMMON
SGR111
TO
SHEET
2
J656R
VOR / LOC AUDIO IN
J127R
UU
VOR / LOC AUDIO IN
VV
MKR BCN AUDIO IN
AUDIO COMMON
LEFT GUNNERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL
AB1602_8
SA
Figure 2-3.

Change 2
2-55
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
SHIELD
COMPASS
HDG IN
COMPASS CONTROL PANEL
J134R
PFA
P134R
SGR1341
T
GG123
SGR85
TO
SHEET
2
TO
SHEET
1
SGR84
61
SGR86
62
63
SGR1494
P1R
E D
J1R
P149R
18
10
26 VAC IN
SGR161
PFA
COMPASS
HDG IN
J149R
RADIO RECEIVER
AB1602_9
SA
Figure 2-3.
2-56
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.3.
COMPASS
HDG IN
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
J305R
PFA
P305R
J1R P1R
k
T
61
62
63
SGA
333
SGA
331
J302R PFA P302R
COMPASS
HDG IN
SGA
334
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDCATOR
Figure 2-3.
AB1602_10
SA

Change 2
2-57/(2-58 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
2.4
Receiver Control Unit
2-60
2.5
Radio Receiver
2-62
2.6
Receiver Pin Filtered Adapter
2-64
2.7
Mount
2-66
2.8
Glide Slope Antenna
2-68
2.9
Marker Beacon Antenna
2-70
2.10
VOR/LOC Antenna
2-72
2.11
Pin Filtered Adapter
2-74
Change 2
2-59
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.4.
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Para 2.3
References
All Electrical Power Off
INSTALL
REMOVE
a.1.
Loosen fasteners.
b.1.
Connect electrical connector P107R to RCU.
a.2.
Carefully lift RCU until electrical connector can

be disconnected.
b.2.
Fasten electrical connector with screws.
b.3.
Carefully position RCU on lower console.
b.4.
Tighten fasteners.
b.5.
Do paragraph 2.3.
a.3.
Remove screws holding electrical connector.
a.4.
Disconnect electrical connector.
2-60
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.4.
Receiver Control Unit (cont.)

RECEIVER
CONTROL
UNIT
FASTENER
FR
ON
SCREW
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P107R
LOWER
CONSOLE
AA2034B
SA
Figure 2-4.
Change 2
2-61
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.5.
Radio Receiver
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
Digital Low-Resistance Ohmmeter, Item 133,
Appendix B
b. Install
Machinery Towel, Item 8, Appendix C

References
Appendix B
Appendix C
Para 2.3
23
Materials/Parts
Cheesecloth, Item 2, Appendix C
Dry-Cleaning Solvent, Item 3, Appendix C
23
Thermal Barrier Removed
b.6.
Connect pin filtered adapter/electrical and

antenna coaxial connectors to receiver.
Measure resistance between pin filtered adapter
and receiver electrical connector.
REMOVE
a.1.
Disconnect pin filtered adapter/electrical and

antenna coaxial connectors.
b.7.
a.2.
Loosen fasteners.
b.8. RESISTANCE SHALL BE 2.5 MILLIOHMS OR LESS.
a.3.
Remove receiver.
INSTALL
b.9.
If resistance is not as specified, do steps b.1, b

2, b.6, and b.7.
b10.
Measure resistance between receiver and

mount.
b.1.
Clean areas around mounting surfaces with

cheesecloth dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
b.2.
Dry surfaces with machinery towel.
b.3.
Inspect chemical conversion coated surfaces

( 23 ).
b.12.
If resistance is not as specified, do steps b.1,

b.2, b.4, b.5, b.6, and b.10.
b.4.
Position receiver on mount.
b.13.
Do paragraph 2.3.
b.5.
Tighten fasteners.
b.14.
Install themal barrier(
2-62
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.5.
Radio Receiver (cont.)

GLIDESLOPE ANTENNA
COAXIAL CONNECTOR
J11003
VOR / LOC ANTENNA
COAXIAL CONNECTOR
J12005
RADIO
RECEIVER
MARKER BEACON
ANTENNA COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
J12004
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
J12002
BACK
P617R
P618R
D
(SEE NOTE)
P619R
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
J11001
C
(SEE NOTE)
A
(SEE NOTE)
E
FRONT
(SEE NOTE)
LIP
CLAMP
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER/
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P148R
NT
O
FR
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
READING MUST NOT

BE GREATER THAN
2.5 MILLIOHMS
2.5 MILLIOHMS
2.5 MILLIOHMS
F
(SEE NOTE)
B
(SEE NOTE)
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER /
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P149R
RECEIVER MOUNT
THUMBSCREW
AA1863B
SA
Figure 2-5.
Radio Receiver
Change 2
2-63
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.6.
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B
References
Appendix B

Appendix C
Materials/Parts
Para 2.5. Radio Receiver Removed
b.3.
Check continuity from each pin to the case of

the pin filtered adapter.
REMOVE
a.1.
Disconnect pin filtered adapter/electrical connector.
b.4.
Continuity shall not be present, high resistance

shall be indicated.
a.2.
Remove screws, spacers, and pin filtered

adapter.
b.5.
If continuity is not as specified, obtain new pin

filtered adapter.
CHECK
INSTALL
b.1.
Check continuity of each pin through the pin

filtered adapter.
b.2.
If continuity is not present, obtain new pin filtered adapter.
2-64
c.1.
Clean threads of pin filtered adapter and electrical connector with cheesecloth, dampened with
dry-cleaning solvent.
c.2.
NOTE
c.3.
Connect pin filtered adapter to electrical connector, using screws and spacers.
Due to inherent capacitance, multimeter

may indicate an initial low indication,
then stabilize at a higher indication.
c.4.

and electrical connector.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.6.
Receiver Pin Filtered Adapter (cont.)
c.5. RESISTANCE SHALL BE 2.5. MILLIOHMS OR LESS.
c.7.
Connect pin filtered adapter/electrical connector

to receiver.
c.6.
c.8.
Install Radio Receiver (Para 2.5.).
If resistance is not as specified, repeat steps c.1.

through c.4.
SPACER
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
B
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
A
(SEE NOTE)
READING MUST NOT

BE GREATER THAN
AA2036
2.5 MILLIOHMS
SA
Figure 2-6.
Change 2
2-65
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.7.
Mount
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
References

Appendix B
Appendix B
Appendix C

23

Materials/Parts
Para 2.5. Receiver Removed
b.4.
Position shock mounts and ground straps over

mounting holes and fasten with screws, washers, and lockwashers.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws, washers, and mount.
a.2.
Remove screws, washers, and lockwashers that

fasten ground straps and shock mounts.
b.5.
Position mount over shock mounts and secure

with screws and washers.
a.3.
Remove ground straps and shock mounts.
b.6.
Measure resistance between mount and shelf.
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean mounting surface with cheesecloth dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
b.2.
Dry surface with machinery towel.
b.3.

( 23 ).

b.8.
2-66
Change 2
9.
If resistance is not as specified, do steps b.1.

through b.7.
Install receiver (Para 2.5.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.7.
Mount (cont.)
SCREW,
WASHER
RADIO
RECEIVER MOUNT
SCREW,
WASHER
LOCKWASHER
GROUND
STRAP
A
(SEE NOTE)
NT
O
FR
SHOCK
MOUNT
NOTE
POINTS
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
FROM TO
A
TUNNEL
FLOOR
B
(SEE NOTE)
5.0 MILLIOHMS OR LESS
Figure 2-7.
AA1864A
SA
Radio Receiver Mount
Change 2
2-67
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.8.
Glide Slope Antenna
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Sealing Compound, Item 12, Appendix C

References

Appendix B
Nonmetallic Scraper
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
Para 2.3
Para 2A.3
b.3.
Fasten antenna to support with screws.
b.4.
Support antenna and connect electrical connector P622R to antenna.
b.5.
Fasten antenna to airframe with screws and

washers.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove
antenna.
sealing
compound
from
around
a.2.
Remove screws.
a.3.
Carefully lower antenna until electrical connector can be disconnected.
a.4.
Do not fill drain hole with sealing compound.
a.5.
Remove screws from antenna and remove

antenna from support.
Do not fill screwheads slots with sealing

compound.
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean mounting surface of antenna with cheesecloth dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
b.2.
2-68
Change 2
NOTE
b.6.
Apply sealing compound around antenna where

it meets the airframe, around screw heads,where
they meet the antenna ,and any unused mounting holes.
b.7.
Do paragraph 2.3. or 2A.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.8.
Glide Slope Antenna (cont.)
NT
O
FR
GLIDE
SLOPE
ANTENNA
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P622R
SUPPORT
SCREW,
WASHER
SCREW,
WASHER
AA2033A
SA
Figure 2-8.
Glide Slope Antenna
Change 2
2-69
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.9.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install

References

Appendix B
Nonmetallic Scraper
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
Para 2.3
Para 2A.3
b.3.
Connect electrical connector P621R, to antenna.
b.4.
Position antenna on helicopter and fasten with

screws.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove
antenna.
sealing
compound
from
around
a.2.
Remove screws.
a.3.
Carefully lower antenna until electrical connector can be disconnected.
a.4.

INSTALL
b.1.
b.2.
2-70
Change 2
NOTE
Do not fill drain holes with sealing compound.
Do not fill slots of screw heads.
b.5.

it meets the airframe, around screw heads where
they meet the antenna and any unused mounting
holes.
b.6.
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.9.
Marker Beacon Antenna (cont.)
MARKER
BEACON
ANTENNA
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P621R
SCREW
AA2035A
SA
Figure 2-9.
Change 2
2-71
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.10.
VOR/LOC Antenna
a. Remove
b. Install
References
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Appendix C
Para 2.3
Nonmetallic Scraper
Materials/Parts
Para 2A.3
NOTE

Replacement of both antennas is the
same.
Tape, Item 15, Appendix C
b.2.
b.3.
Connect electrical connector to antenna.
b.4.
Carefully position antenna on airframe and fasten with screws.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove
antenna.
sealing
compound
from
around
a.2.
Remove screws.
a.3.
Carefully remove VOR/LOC antenna until electrical connector can be disconnected.
NOTE
NOTE
Temporarily tape electrical connector to
skin with masking tape.
a.4.
Disconnect connector.
Do not fill slots of screw heads.

b.5.

it meets the airframe, around screw heads where
they meet the antenna and any unused mounting
holes.
b6.
INSTALL
b.1.
2-72
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.10.
VOR/LOC Antenna (cont.)

ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
P629R LEFT SIDE
P630R RIGHT SIDE
NT
FR
SCREW
LH VOR/LOC
ANTENNA
AA2032A
SA
Figure 2-10.
VOR/LOC Antenna
Change 2
2-73
TM 11-1520-237-23
2.11.
This Paragraph Covers:
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B
Tiedown Straps, Item 16, Appendix C (3 required)

References

Appendix B
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
b.3.

REMOVE
a.1.
Disconnect pin filtered adapter/electrical connector from unit.
b.4.

shall be indicated.
a.2.
Remove tiedown straps fastening pin filtered

adapter to electrical connector.
b.5.

filtered adapter.
a.3.
Disconnect pin filtered adapter from electrical

connector.
CHECK
b.1.

filtered adapter.
b.2.

NOTE
2-74
Change 2
INSTALL
c.1.
Clean threads of pin filtered adapter and electrical connector with cheesecloth dampened with
c.2.
c.3.
Connect pin filtered adapter to electrical connector.
c.4.

TM 11-1520-237-23
2.11.
Pin Filtered Adapter (cont.)
c.5. RESISTANCE SHALL BE 2.5 MILLIOHMS OR LESS.
c.6.
c.7.
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

through c. 4.
Fasten pin filtered adapter to electrical connector with tiedown straps.
PIN FILTERED ADAPTER
RECEPTACLE
VIEW A
TYPICAL PIN FILTERED ADAPTER BEFORE ASSEMBLY TO CONNECTOR
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
A
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
B
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
TIEDOWN STRAP
RECEPTACLE
VIEW B
COUPLED CONNECTOR WITH PIN FILTERED ADAPTER TIEDOWN STRAPS
Figure 2-11.
AA1920
SA
Change 2
2-75/(2-76 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 2A
CIVIL NAVIGATION
(AN/ARN-147 (V))
SET
NAV
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
2A-3
II
Troubleshooting
2A-13
III
2A-69
Change 2
2A-1/(2A-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
2A.1
2A-4
2A.2
2A-4
2A.2.1
Power Distribution
2A-4
2A.2.2
VOR
2A-4
2A.2.3
Localizer
2A-5
2A.2.4
Glide Slope
2A-5
2A.2.5
Marker Beacon
2A-6
Change 2
2A-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.1.
EQUIPMENT
DATA.
DESCRIPTION
AND
The Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147 (V)) Set receives

Very High Frequency (VHF) Omnirange (VOR),
Localizer (LOC), Glide Slope (GS), and Marker Beacon (MB) signals to provide the pilot and copilot with
visual and aural VOR/Instrument Landing System
(ILS) information. Visual information permits VOR
bearing, course deviation, to/from GS, and MB indications. Aural information permits voice and code
identification of VOR/LOC and MB signals. The Set
consists of: a VOR/ILS receiver (receiver) in the nose
compartment, a VOR/ILS control panel (control
panel) copilots side of the lower console, an MB
antenna on the underside of the fuselage center section, a GS antenna on the nose below the avionics
compartment, and two VOR/LOC antennas on the left
and right sides of the fuselage tail cone. The receiver
contains three separate receiver sections that receive
and process navigation signals within their respective
frequency ranges. The VOR/LOC receiver section
receives 160 VOR channels in the frequency range of
108.00 to 117.95 MHz, spaced at 50 kHz intervals,
and 40 LOC channels in the frequency range of
108.10 to 111.95 MHz, spaced at 50 kHz intervals.
The GS receiver section receives 40 channels in the
frequency range of 329.15 to 335.00 MHz, spaced at
150 kHz intervals. The use of both LOC and GS
information makes up an ILS. ILS operation is
selected by tuning the control panel to the odd tenthMHz frequencies between 108.00 and 112.00 MHz.
These frequencies are those where the decimal value
in the tenth MHz position is an odd number. For
example: 108.10, 108.15, 108.30, 108.35, 108.50,
108.55, etc. When the VOR/LOC receiver section is
tuned to the selected frequency, the GS receiver section is automatically tuned to a corresponding GS frequency. When VOR channels are selected, the GS
receiver is disabled. The MB receiver section is a 75
MHz fixed-frequency receiver for tone-modulated MB
signals. Sensitivity of the MB receiver is controlled
by the MB switch on the control panel. A self-test
feature, activated by the TEST/ON/OFF switch on the
control panel, permits a functional check of the VOR
and of the MB lamp circuits. All visual navigation
signals, except MB, are applied to both Horizontal
Situation Indicator/Vertical Situation Indicator (HSI/
VS)I mode select panels for display on their respective HSI and VSI. These signals are also applied to
2A-4
Change 2
the Command Instrument Set (CIS) for processing as

ILS steering indications on both VSIs. MB signals are
applied directly to both VSIs. The Set also interfaces
with the Compass Set and Intercommunication Set
(ICS). The MB and VOR/LOC audio signal is applied
through the audio junction box assembly (junction
box) to the ICS.
2A.2.
2A.2.1. Power Distribution. Electrical power of

26 vac is supplied by the AC ESNTL BUS through
the 26 VAC INST circuit breaker (on pilots circuit
breaker panel) to the VOR/ILS receiver.
Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the DC
ESNTL BUS through the VOR/ILS circuit breaker
(on copilots side upper console circuit breaker panel)
to the VOR/ILS control panel.
2A.2.2. VOR. The Set is turned on by placing the
control panel TEST/ON/OFF switch ON. The Set is
placed in the VOR mode by selecting a local VOR
frequency in the range of 108.00 to 117.95 MHz
(except the odd tenth-MHz between 108.00 and
112.00 MHz, which are for LOC operation only). The
NAV VOL control on the control panel is used to
vary the VOR/LOC audio gain. The VOR rf signal is
received by the left and right VOR/LOC antennas and
applied to the VOR/LOC receiver section through a
coaxial connector. The VOR rf signal is made up of a
carrier frequency, amplitude-modulated by a 9960 Hz
subcarrier. The 9960 Hz subcarrier is frequencymodulated by a 30 Hz reference phase signal. Within
the receiver, the rf signal is amplified and detected,
producing an audio signal and a navigation signal
made up of the 30 Hz signal and the modulated 9960
Hz subcarrier. The audio signal is routed through the
NAV VOL control in the VOR/ILS control panel to
the junction box. The junction box routes the audio
signal to each station of the ICS.
The composite VOR navigation signal is applied to a
circuit in the VOR/LOC receiver section that compares the phase relationship of the 30 Hz signal with
the 30 Hz reference. The desired VOR radial is
selected on the pilots or copilots HSI CRS knob,
providing a signal to the VOR/LOC receiver section
through the HSI/VSI mode select panel. The resultant
signal represents the helicopter course deviation from
TM 11-1520-237-23
the selected VOR radial. The deviation signal is
routed through the pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode
select panels to drive the lateral deviation bar on their
respective HSI and VSI. Movement of the bar indicates the direction the helicopter must fly to reach a
selected VOR radial. Once the radial is reached, the
pilot centers the bar and follows that course to the
VOR station. Ambiguity signals (TO-FROM) are
routed from the VOR/ILS receiver to the HSI/VSI
mode select panels. When enabled by the pilots or
copilots HSI/VSI selection panel, the TO-FROM signal is routed to the pilots or copilots HSI. The VOR/
LOC receiver section utilizes the TO-FROM signal to
determine whether the selected course, if intercepted
and flown, will take the aircraft toward or away from
the VOR station. When the received signal strength is
weak or erratic the NAV warning flag is displayed on
the pilots and copilots HSIs and VSIs. Selected
course deviation and NAV warning flag signals are
also applied from the pilots HSI/VSI mode select
panel to the CIS.
A VOR bearing signal is produced in the receiver by
subtracting the compass heading signal from the
received VOR signal. The bearing signal is applied to
the pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode select panels
and, when selected, drives the No. 2 pointer on the
respective HSI to indicate relative VOR station bearing with respect to helicopter heading.
2A.2.3. Localizer. The Set is placed in the LOC
mode by selecting a LOC frequency in the range of
108.00 to 112.00 MHz (odd tenth-MHz only). The
NAV VOL control, on the control panel, is used to
vary the VOR/LOC audio gain. The LOC rf signal is
received by the left and right VOR/LOC antennas and
applied to the VOR/LOC receiver section through a
coaxial connector. The LOC rf signal is made up of a
carrier frequency containing 90 and 150 Hz signals.
The rf signal is amplified and detected, producing an
audio signal and a composite LOC signal. As
described above for the VOR audio, the LOC audio is
also routed through the NAV VOL control and junction box to the ICS.
The composite signal is applied to two bandpass filters, one that separates out the 90 Hz signal and one
that separates out the 150 Hz signal. The bandpass
filter outputs are amplified and applied to a summing
network and a difference network. The summing network develops the NAV flag output that indicates
whether the received signal strength is weak or erratic.
The difference network, by comparing the 90 and 150
Hz signal strengths, develops an output that indicates
whether the helicopter is on the LOC course, or to the
left or right of it and by how much. When the signal
strengths are equal, the difference network output is
zero which indicates that the helicopter is on the LOC
course. If the signals are unequal the output will be
either positive or negative by an amount proportional
to the LOC course deviation. The course deviation
and NAV warning signals are applied through the
pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode select panels to
the pilots and copilots HSIs and VSIs, and from the
pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel to the CIS.
2A.2.4. Glide Slope. GS is activated, along with
LOC, when a LOC frequency is selected. This combined GS and LOC function constitutes ILS operation. Depending upon the LOC frequency setting from
among the 40 channels in the range of 108.00 to
112.00 MHz (odd tenth-MHz only), the GS receiver is
automatically tuned to one of the 40 GS channels in
the range of 329.15 to 335.00 MHz. The GS rf signal
is received by the GS antenna and applied to the GS
receiver section through a coaxial connector. The GS
signal is made up of a carrier frequency containing 90
to 150 Hz signals. The rf signal is amplified, detected
and applied to two bandpass filters. One filter separates out 90 Hz and the other 150 Hz. The bandpass
filter outputs are amplified and applied to a summing
network and a difference network. The summing network develops the GS flag output that indicates
whether the received signal strength is weak or erratic.
The difference network, by comparing the 90 and 150
Hz signal strengths, develops an output that indicates
whether the helicopter is on the correct glide path, or
above or below the correct glide path and by how
much. When the signal strengths are equal the output
is zero indicating that the helicopter is on the correct
glide path. If the signals are unequal the output will be
either positive or negative by an amount proportional
to the GS deviation. The GS deviation and GS warning signals are applied through the pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode select panels to the pilots and
copilots VSIs, and from the pilots HSI/VSI mode
select panel to the CIS.
Change 2
2A-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.2.5. Marker Beacon. MB rf signals are
received by the MB antenna and applied to the MB
receiver section through a coaxial connector. The MB
rf signal is a 75 MHz carrier amplitude-modulated
with a 400 Hz (outer marker), 1300 Hz (middle
marker) or 3000 Hz (inner marker) tone. The signal is
amplified and detected to produce an audio signal of
400 Hz, 1300 Hz, or 3000 Hz. The signal is applied to
an audio amplifier and a lamp driver circuit. From the
2A-6
Change 2
audio amplifier, the signal is routed through the MB

VOL control on the control panel to the junction box.
The junction box routes the audio signal to the ICS.
The lamp driver circuit provides a ground to light the
MB lamp on the pilots and copilots VSIs. The MB
receiver sensitivity gain is selected with the MB
switch on the control panel.
TM 11-1520-237-23
RIGHT SIDE
ANTENNA
VOR / ILS
CONTROL
PANEL
UPPER
CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
LEFT SIDE
ANTENNA
PILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
MARKER BEACON
ANTENNA
LOWER
CONSOLE
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
GLIDE SLOPE
ANTENNA
VOR / ILS
RECEIVER
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
AUDIO
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
AA9496_1
SA
Figure 2A-1.
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147 (V)) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 2
2A-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
J626R
TAIL CONE BL 12 RH,

STA 550
J694R
CABIN CEILING BL 37 RH,

STA 387
P1R / J1R
COCKPIT BL 6 LH, STA 210
P13R / J13R
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P249 / J249
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 RH, STA 247
P266 / J266
COCKPIT BL 20 RH,
STA 247

BREAKER PANEL BL 25
RH, STA 247
P280 / J280
UPPER CONSOLE
P14R / J14R
P300R
P16R / J16R
COCKPIT BL 5 RH, STA 197
COPILOTS HSI / VSI MODE

SELECT PANEL
P21R / J21R
CABIN BL 40 LH, STA 248
P301R
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P25R / J25R
CABIN BL 40 RH, STA 280
P302R
P107R
VOR / ILS CONTROL PANEL
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P110 / J110
COCKPIT BL 7.5 RH, STA

197
P304R
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P111 / J111
COCKPIT BL 7.5 LH,

STA 197
P305R
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P112 / J112
P317R

SELECT PANEL
P113 / J113
P318RA
P114 / J114
INSTRUMENT PANEL DISC.
COMMAND INSTRUMENT
SET PROCESSOR
P115 / J115
P318RB
P118 / J118
CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL
COMMAND INSTRUMENT
SET PROCESSOR
P319R
P124R
PILOTS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL

SELECT PANEL
P386
TRANSFORMER 5V / 115V
P387
TRANSFORMER 5V / 115V
COPILOTS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
P617R
VOR / ILS RECEIVER
P618R
VOR / ILS RECEIVER
P125R
CREWCHIEF / RIGHT
GUNNERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
P619R
VOR / ILS RECEIVER
P620R / J620R
COCKPIT BL 15 RH,
STA 247
P127R
LEFT GUNNERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
P621R
MARKER BEACON
ANTENNA
P622R
GLIDE SLOPE ANTENNA
P134R
COMPASS SET CONTROL
P623R / J623R
P149R
VOR / ILS RECEIVER
COCKPIT BL 12 RH,
STA 247
P184
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
BEZEL
P627R / J627R
TAIL CONE BL 12 RH,

STA 550
P628R
P185
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
BEZEL
TAIL CONE BL 12 RH,

STA 550
P629R
LEFT SIDE ANTENNA
P630R
RIGHT SIDE ANTENNA
P651R / J651R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P653R / J653R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P655R / J655R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P656R / J656R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P902 / J902
LEFT SIDE RELAY PANEL
P914 / J914
COCKPIT BL 24 LH,
STA 247
P126R
P190
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
BEZEL
P191
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
BEZEL
P200R
TROOP COMMANDERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
P231 / J231
UPPER CONSOLE
P246 / J246
UPPER CONSOLE
AA9496_2A
SA
Figure 2A-1.
2A-8
Change 2
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147 (V)) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
VOR / ILS
DC
ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
28 VDC
+28 VDC
UPPER CONSOLE
1
2
VOR/ILS
RECEIVER
VOR / MKR TEST
26 VAC INST
VOR / LOC AUDIO
AC
ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
26 VAC
MKR BCN AUDIO

MKR BCN HI / LO SENSITIVITY
26 VAC
FREQUENCY SELECT
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
28 VDC
MARKER
BEACON
ANTENNA
COMPASS
SET
VOR/ILS
CONTROL
PANEL
COMPASS HEADING
MKR BCN INPUT
MKR BCN LIGHT
GLIDE SLOPE
ANTENNA
ILS MODE
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
TO / FROM
14
SELECTED COURSE
RESOLVER DRIVE
GLIDE SLOPE INPUT
VOR BEARING
VOR / LOC DEVIATION
LEFT SIDE
ANTENNA
VOR / LOC FLAG
RIGHT SIDE
ANTENNA
3
4
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG

VOR / LOC INPUT
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
AA9497_1A
SA
Figure 2A-2.
(2A-9 Blank)/2A-10
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147 (V)) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
AUDIO
JUNCTION
BOX
ASSEMBLY
1
2
AUDIO
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET
VOR / LOC AUDIO

MKR BCN AUDIO
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
COMPASS HEADING
MKR BCN LIGHT
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE
SELECT
PANEL
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
PILOT SELECTED COURSE
RESOLVER DRIVE
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
VOR BEARING
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET

SELECTED NAV FLAG
MODE
SELECT
MODE SELECT
RESOLVER DRIVE
COPILOT SELECTED COURSE
TO /
FROM
TO / FROM
MKR BCN LIGHT
TO / FROM
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
TO /
FROM
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
VOR BEARING
SELECTED NAV FLAG
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE
SELECT
PANEL
AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT
CONTROL
SET
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG

AA9497_2B
SA
Figure 2A-2.
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147 (V)) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
2A-11/(2A-12 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
2A.3
TITLE
PAGE
2A-14
Change 2
2A-13
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
a. Setup
e. GS
b. Self-Test
f. MB
c. VOR
g. Shutdown
d. LOC
INITIAL SETUP
23
Test Equipment

Operational

NOTE
NAV Ramp Test Set, Item 149, Appendix B

indicated ( 23 ).

NOTE
is for test set test set ,
ARM186
AN/ARM-186.

References
is for test set NAV Ramp Test

T30D
Set, T-30D CAT III.
Appendix B
SETUP
a.1.

except those noted as being pulled for maintenance or safety.
Apply electrical power to the helicopter (
a.3.
Place both ICS control panels controls as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
AUX
ON
All other receiver

switches
OFF
2A-14
Change 2
POSITION
VOL
Midposition
HOT MIKE
OFF
Rotary selector switch
Any position
).
a.2.
23
CONTROL
a.4.
Position test set in cockpit.
a.5.
Extend the GS/VOR/LOC antennas (test set).
a.6.
Place test set controls as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
BATTERY PWR
OFF
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
CONTROL
POSITION
MKR BCN PWR
OFF
GLIDE SLOPE PWR
OFF
LOC PWR
OFF
VOR PWR
ATTEN dials (2)
a.7.
If copilots PLT legend does not go on,

go to Table 2A-1.
a.11.
SWITCH
MODE
OFF
VOR ILS
VOR
BRG 2
VOR
FM HOME
Off
Place SLAVED-FREE switch compass control

panel to SLAVED.
RESULT: VOR legends shall go on.
NOTE
If VOR ILS-VOR legends do not go

on, go to Table 2A-2.
After nulling compass control panel

annunciator, verify HSI course set
pointer direction with standby compass
indication to assure compass has not
been adjusted 180 out.
a.8.
Place control panel controls as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
NAV VOL
Midposition
MB VOL
Midposition
TEST/ON/OFF
ON
MB
HI
Frequency controls
108.0 MHz
a.10.
If BRG 2-VOR legends do not go on,

go to Table 2A-3.
Press and adjust PUSH TO SET control (compass control panel) in direction indicated by
annunciator to null annunciator (eg. if annunciator indicates +, turn control towards + to null
annunciator).
a.9.
Place both HSI/VSI mode select panels

switches as indicated:
Momentarily press CRS HDG switch (pilots

HSI/VSI mode select panel) to select PLT.
RESULT: PLT legends (both HSI/VSI mode select

panels) go on.
pilots mode select panel (Para 8.11).
NOTE
Disregard HDG ON switch (CIS mode
select panel) indication.
a.12.

select panel) ON.
SELF-TEST
b.1.
Do SETUP, if not already done.
b.2.
Place BATTERY PWR switch (test set) ON.
b.3.
CONTROL
POSITION
PWR
ON
Frequency Selector
108.00
Bearing Selector
270
1020 HZ
OFF
Change 2
2A-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
RESULT:
a.
b.

pilots HSI (Para 8.4.).
NAV flag (both HSIs) shall mask out of
view.

Table 2A-8.
NAV flag (both VSIs) shall mask out of

view.
If one HSI does not indicate TO, go to

Table 2A-8.
If result a is not as specified, go to

Table 2A-4.
If result e. is not as speciffied, go to

Table 2A-9.

Table 2A-5.
b.4.
b.5.

Table 2A-10.
Press and hold TEST/ON/OFF switch (control

panel) to TEST position.

Table 2A-11.
Adjust CRS knob until course deviation bar

(pilots HSI) is centered (lined-up with course
set pointer) and HSI TO-FROM arrow indicates
TO (points to course set pointer).
RESULT:
a.
Course deviation bar (both HSIs) shall be

centered.
b.
No. 2 bearing pointers (both HSIs) shall

indicate 315 6 5.
c.
If Set does not respond to VOR check,

go to Table 2A-12.
b.6.
Release TEST/ON/OFF switch (control panel).
b.7.
If no other checks are to be done, go to SHUTDOWN
VOR
NOTE
d.
e.
Steps
c.1.
through
c.25
are
for
ARM186
c.1.
SETUP and SELF-TEST If not already done.

indicate between 315 6 5.
c.2.
Adjust VOR section bearing knob (test set) to

000.
f.
Lateral deviation pointer (both VSIs) shall

be centered.
c.3.
Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) until 000 is displayed in COURSE window.
g.
MB lights (both VSIs) shall go on.
RESULT:

Table 2A-6.
a.

centered within 0.5 dot.

Table 2A-7.
b.
2A-16
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

c.

out of view.

Table 2A-9.
d.


Table 2A-13.
e.

indicate 0 6 5.
f.

out of view.
g.

c.5.

deviation bar (pilots HSI) is centered over second dot to left of center.
RESULT:

Table 2A-6.
a.

indicate 10 6 5.
b.

within 0.5 dot.

Table 2A-8.

Table 2A-9.

Table 2A-4.

Table 2A-10.

Table 2A-7.
c.6.
c.7.

RESULT:
c.4.

Table 2A-5.
a.


Table 2A-10.
b.

out of view.
c.
d.

deviation bar (pilots HSI) is centered over second dot to right of center.
RESULT:
a.

indicate 350 6 5.
e.

indicate 90 6 5.
b.
COURSE deviation bar (pilots HSI)

shall deflect from center.
f.

from view.
Change 2
2A-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

g.


Table 2A-14.
c.8.
c.11.
Adjust VOR section bearing knob (test set) to

000.
c.12.

000.

NOTE
RESULT:
a.

b.

out of view.
c.
Course set pointer (pilots HSI) shall indicate 270 6 5..
d.
e.

indicate 90 6 5.
f.

from view.
g.


Table 2A-14.
c.9.
Momentarily press CRS HDG (copilots HSI/

VSI mode select panel) switch.
RESULT: CRS HDG switches (both HSI/VSI mode

select panels) CPLT legend shall go on.
2A-15.
c.10.
Repeat steps c.2. through c.8. to check copilot

side.

8.5.).
2A-18
Change 2

c.13.

NOTE
slow.
The VOR bearing selector variable control knob (test set) has about 610 control authority from setting selected by
test set VOR bearing selector (test set).
Adjusting VOR bearing selector variable
control knob (test set) clockwise causes
course deviation bar HSI to move left
and No. 2 bearing pointer HSI to move
counterclockwise.
Turning the variable control knob(test
set) counterclockwise causes course
deviation bar to move right and No. 2
bearing pointer HSI to move clockwise.
c.14.

knob (test set).
RESULT:
a.
Course deviation bars and No. 2 bearing

pointers (both HSIs) shall track variable
control knob.
b.
Movements shall be smooth with no

sticking.
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-16.
c.15.
b.
Course deviation bar (both HSIs) shall

remain centered.
c.
TO-FROM arrows (both HSIs) shall

slowly mask out of view.
d.

view.
NOTE
NAV flag (both HSIs and VSIs) come
into view slowly.

VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
Course deviation bar (both HSIs) movements are slight.

c.16.
c.19.

set).
c.20.
Place VOR 1020 HZ switch (test set) ON.

(test set).
RESULT:
a.

view.
b.

move to either side of center.
RESULT: A 1020 Hz tone shall be heard (both ICS

stations).
2A-17.
c.21.
c.

view.
d.
TO/FROM arrow (both HSIs) shall alternate.
Place AUX switch (both ICS control panels)

OFF.

c.17.
c.18.
If result is not as specified, troubleshoot ICS (Para 19.3.).

c.22.

ON.
c.23.
Place VOR 1020 HZ switch (test set) OFF.
NOTE
c.24.

into view slowly.
c.25.

set).
NOTE

(test set).
Steps c.26. through c.50. are for

RESULT:
a.
T30D

view.
c.26.

done.
Change 2
2A-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
c.27.
Adjust VOR section (test set) bearing knob to

000.
c.28.
Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) until 000 is

c.29.
RESULT:
RESULT:
a.
b.
c.
d.

a.

indicate 350 6 5.
b.
COURSE deviation bar (pilots HSI)

shall deflect from center.

Table 2A-9.

out of view.


Table 2A-13.
c.30.

e.

indicate 0 6 5.
f.

out of view.
a.

indicate 10 6 5.

b.
Lateral deviation pointer (pilotsVSI)

within 0.5 dot.
RESULT:
g.

Table 2A-6.

Table 2A-9.

Table 2A-8.

Table 2A-10.

Table 2A-4.
c.31.

c.32.


Table 2A-7.
RESULT:

Table 2A-5.
a.


Table 2A-10.
b.

out of view.
2A-20
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

d.
e.

indicate 90 6 5.
c.34.
f.

from view.
RESULT: CRS HDG switches CPLT legend (copilots mode select panel) shall go on.
g.
Lateral deviation pointer (bothVSIs) shall


2A-15.

Table 2A-14.
c.33.
g.
c.


Table 2A-14.
c.35.

b.

out of view.
c.
d.
e.

indicate 90 6 5.
f.

from view.
Repeat steps c.2. through c.8. to check copilot

side.

RESULT:
a.

8.5.).
c.36.
c.37.

000.
NOTE
c.38.
Change 2
2A-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

NOTE
RESULT:
slow.
The test set VOR bearing selector variable control knob has about 610 control authority from setting selected by
Adjusting test set VOR bearing selector
variable control knob clockwise causes
Turning the variable control knob counterclockwise causes HSI course deviation bar to move right and No. 2 bearing
pointer to move clockwise.
c.39.
a.
c.42.
b.
b.

move to either side of center.
c.

view.
d.
TO-FROM arrow (both HSIs) shall alternate.

set).
NOTE
into view slowly.
c.43.
Course deviation bar and No. 2 bearing
pointers (both HSIs) shall track variable
control knob.

view.


knob (test set).
RESULT:
a.

(test set).
RESULT:
a.

view.
b.

remain centered.
c.
TO-FROM arrows (both HSIs) shall

slowly mask out of view.
d.

view.

sticking.

Table 2A-16.
c.40.

NOTE

into view slowly.
Course deviation bar (both HSIs) movements are slight.
c.41.
2A-22

(test set).
Change 2

c.44.
Release test set VOR DELETE 30 REF switch

(test set).
c.45.
Place VOR 1020 HZ switch (test set) ON.
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

stations).
2A-17.
c46.
d.5.
Make sure ILS legends (both HSI/VSI mode

select panels) are on.
RESULT:

OFF.
a.

out of view.
b.

c.

out of view.
d.


c.47.

ON.
c.48.
Place VOR 1020 HZ switch (test set) OFF.
c.49.
c.50.

Table 2A-18.
d.6.
Adjust CRS knobs (both HSIs) until course set

pointers (both HSIs) are lined-up with lubber
lines at the top (both HSIs).
d.7.
Press and hold LOC DELETE 90 HZ switch

(test set).
LOC
d.1.
d.2.
d.3.
If not already done, do SETUP and SELFTEST.

Adjust frequency controls (VOR/ILS control
panel) to 108.10 MHz.
Place controls (LOC section of test set) as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
PWR
ON
Frequency Selector
108.10
1020 HZ
OFF
Course Selector
OC
d.4.
RESULT:
Make sure BACK CRS legends (both HSI/VSI

mode select panels) are not on.
a.

view.
b.

move left.
c.

view.
d.

shall move left.

d.8.
Release LOC DELETE 90 HZ switch (test set).
d.9.
Press and hold LOC DELETE 150 HZ switch

(test set).
Change 2
2A-23
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

If pilots HSI or VSI does not respond,
replace pilots HSI/VSI mode select
panel (Para 8.11.).
RESULT:
a.

view.
b.

move right.
c.

view.
d.

shall move right.
If copilots HSI or VSI does not

respond, replace copilots HSI/VSI
mode select panel (Para 8.11.).
d.13.
RESULT:

d.10.
Release LOC DELETE 150 HZ switch (test

set).
d.11.
Place course selector switch (test set) to LEFT

.
a.

shall move to left of center.
b.

If result a. or b. is not as specified, go

to Table 2A-10.

center.
b.

shall center.

RESULT: ILS legend shall go on.

d.15.
Press copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel

VOR/ILS switch to turn off ILS legend.
RESULT:

go to Table 2A-14.
d.12.
a.

Table 2A-19.
d.14.
RESULT:

legend.

HSI/VSI mode select panels) to light legends.
a.

center.
b.

shall center.

Table 2A-20.
RESULT:
2A-24
a.

b.

shall move to right of center.
Change 2
d.16.

HSI/VSI mode select panel) to turn on ILS
legend.
d.17.

TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
d.18.

Place course selector switch (test set) to
RIGHT.
d.24.
Place LOC 1020 HZ switch (test set) ON.

stations).
RESULT:
a.

b.

shall move to right of center.

2A-17.
d.25.
Place AUX switch (both ICS stations) OFF.

d.19.
Place course selector switch (test set) to OC.
d.20.
Make sure PLT legend on CRS HDG switch

(pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel) is on.
NOTE
Depending on test set model, LOC VAR
control must be pressed and held or
pressed and released to engage variable
mode.
d.21.
Engage variable mode(test set).
d.22.
Vary LOC course selector variable control

knob (test set) from fully counterclockwise to
fully clockwise.

d.26.
d.27.
Place LOC 1020 HZ switch (test set) OFF.
d.28.
Place LOC PWR switch (test set) OFF.
d.29.
GS
e.1.
Do SETUP and SELF-TEST, If not already

done.
e.2.
Place controls in GLIDE SLOPE section (test

set) as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
PWR
ON
Course Selector
OC
Frequency Selector
108.15
RESULT:
a.

left and right scale deflections.
b.

shall track variable control knob, reaching full left and right scale deflections.
e.3.
Make sure VOR/ILS switch ILS legend, and

BRG 2 switch VOR legend (both HSI/VSI
mode select panels) are on.
c.
Movements shall be smooth.
e.4.
Adjust frequency controls (VOR/ILS control

panel) to 108.15 MHz.

d.23.
Disengage variable mode.
RESULT:
a.
GS flag (both VSIs) shall go out of view.
Change 2
2A-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

b.
e.5.
GS pointers (both VSIs) shall be centered

within 0.5 dot.
e.10.

to DOWN.

Table 2A-21.
RESULT: GS pointers (both VSIs) shall move down

from center.

Table 2A-22.

2A-24.
Press and hold GLIDE SLOPE DELETE 90 HZ

switch (test set).
e.11.

to OC.
NOTE
RESULT:
a.
GS flag (both VSIs) shall come into view.
b.
GS pointers (both VSIs) shall move up.

Table 2A-23.
e.6.
Release GLIDE SLOPE DELETE 90 HZ switch

(test set).
e.7.
Press and hold GLIDE SLOPE DELETE 150

HZ switch (test set).
Depending on test set model, GLIDE

SLOPE VAR control must be pressed
and held or pressed and released to
engage variable mode.
e.12.
e.13.
Vary GLIDE SLOPE course selector variable

control knob (test set) from fully counterclockwise to fully clockwise.
RESULT:
RESULT:
a.
GS flag (both VSIs) shall remain in view.
b.
GS pointers (both VSIs) shall move

down.
e.9.
Release GLIDE SLOPE DELETE 150 HZ

switch (test set).
Place GLIDE SLOPE course selector switch
(test set) to UP.
RESULT: GS pointers (both VSIs) shall move up

from center.
2A-24.
2A-26
Change 2
GS pointers (both VSIs) shall track variable control knob, reaching full up and
down scale deflections.
b.

sticking.

Table 2A-24.

Table 2A-23.
e.8.
a.
e.14.
e.15.
Place GLIDE SLOPE PWR switch (test set)

OFF.
e.16.
MB
f.1.
do SETUP and SELF-TEST, If not already

done.
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

RESULT:
f.2.
f.3.
Place NAV switch (both ICS stations) ON.
a.
f.4.
Place MB switch (VOR/ILS control panel) to

HI.
b.
f.5.
Place test set near helicopter MB antenna.
f.6.
Extend MB antenna (test set).
f.7.
Place MKR BCN PWR switch (test set) ON.
f.8.
Press and hold MKR BCN blue button (test set).

Table 2A-26.
f.13.
f.14.
Press and hold test set MKR BCN white button

(test set).
RESULT:
RESULT:
a.
b.
A 400 Hz tone shall be heard at both ICS

stations.

Table 2A-11.
Table 2A-25.
go to Table 2A-26.
b.

Table 2A-26.
f.15.
f.16.
Place MB switch (VOR/ILS control panel) to

LO.
f.17.
Press and hold MKR BCN blue button (test

set).
RESULT:
If 400 Hz tone is heard at only one ICS

station, troubleshoot ICS (Para 19.3.).
f.9.
a.
a.
b.
Place NAV switch (both ICS stations) OFF.

Table 2A-27.

f.10.
Place NAV switch (both ICS stations) ON.
f.11.
f.12.
Press and hold tMKR BCN yellow button (test

set).
f.18.
f.19.

set).
RESULT:
a.
b.
Change 2
2A-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-26.
f.20.
f.21.

set).
RESULT:
a.
b.
f.22.
f.23.
Place MKR BCN PWR switch (test set) OFF.
f.24.
Place BATTERY PWR switch (test set) OFF.
f.25.
SHUTDOWN

Table 2A-26.
Table 2A-1.
Place TEST/ON/OFF switch (control panel) to

OFF.
Copilots PLT Legend Does Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check continuity between P300R-117 and P317R-117.
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para
8.11.).
Table 2A-2.
VOR Legends On Pilots and/or Copilots HSI/VSI Mode Select Panels Do Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is pilots legend on?
Step 1. If pilots legend is on, go to 2.
Step 2. If pilots legend is not on, go to 9.
2A-28
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
Table 2A-2.
(Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot CIS (Para 8.3.).
5. Check continuity between P107R-M and P300R-95.
23
).
23
).
23
).
6. Check continuity between P149R-A and P300R-82.

7. Check continuity between P300R-25 and P902-X.
Step 1. If trouble remains, troubleshoot Instrument and Console Indicator Lights Dimming ( 23 ).
Step 2. If trouble does not remain, replace malfunctioning HSI/VSI mode select panel
(Para 8.11.).
9. Is copilots legend on?
Step 1. If copilots legend is on, go to 10.
Step 2. If copilots legend is not on, go to 17.
Change 2
2A-29
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
Table 2A-2.
(Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot CIS (Para 8.3.).
13. Check continuity between P107R-M and P317R-95.
Step 2. If continuity is not present repair/replace wiring (
23
).
14. Check continuity between P149R-A and P317R-82.

23
).
23
).

Step 1. If trouble remains, troubleshoot Instrument and Console Indicator Lights Dimming ( 23 ).
Step 2. If trouble does not remain, replace malfunctioning HSI/VSI mode select panel
(Para 8.11.).
17. Check for 28 vdc between P107R-Z and P107R-h.
2A-30
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
Table 2A-2.
(Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If continuity is present, troubleshoot Instrument and Console Indicator Lights
Dimming ( 23 ).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace VOR/ILS control panel (Para 2A.4.).
19. Check continuity between P107R-h and gnd.
23
).
20. Check continuity between P107R-Z and terminal 1 (VOR/ILS circuit breaker).
Table 2A-3.
BRG 2-VOR Legends Do Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check legend lamps (HSI/VSI mode select panel).
2. Remove and check pin filtered adapter (HSI/VSI mode select panel) (Para 2.11.).
4. Troubleshoot HSI/VSI Mode Select Units (Para 8.3.).
Change 2
2A-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-4.
HSI NAV Flags Are Not Masked Out.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check VOR identifier in headset. Is audio loud and clear?
Step 1. If audio is loud and clear, go to 2.
Step 2. If audio is not loud and clear, go to 4.
2. Check continuity between P149R-BB and P317R-24.
23
).
3. Check continuity between P149R-j and P317R-47.

Step 1. If continuity is present, troubleshoot CIS (Para 8.3.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
4. If local station is supplying input, move helicopter away from structures that might
block signal.
Step 1. If headset audio improves, continue checkout procedure.
Step 2. If headset audio does not improve, replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
Step 3. If trouble remains, go to 5.
5. Check for 28 vdc between P149R-D and gnd.
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P107R-M and
P149R-D ( 23 ).
6. Check continuity between P149R-E and gnd.
Step 2. If continuity is not present, replair/replace wiring (
7. Check for 26 vac between P149R-e and P149R-x.
2A-32
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-4.
HSI NAV Flags Are Not Masked Out. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
8. Check antenna cable center conductor for continuity between connectors J626R and
P619R.
Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace antenna cable.
9. Check antenna cable center conductor for continuity between connectors P627R and
P630R.
Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace cable.
10. Check antenna cable center conductor for continuity between connectors P628R
and P629R.
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace LH and RH antennas (Para 2.10.).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace cable.
11. Check continuity between P149R-e and terminal 1 (26 VAC INST circuit breaker).
23
).
12. Check continuity between P149R-x and gnd.

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace 26 VAC INST circuit breaker (
Table 2A-5.
23
).
VSI NAV Flags Are Not Masked Out.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Swap VSIs.
Step 1. If trouble remains at the original position, repair/replace wiring to that VSI
( 23 ).
Step 2. If trouble follows to new position, replace VSI (Para 8.5.).
Change 2
2A-33
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-6.
Course Deviation Bars On both HSIs Do Not Center.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Momentarily press CRS HDG switch (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Go to 2.
2. Adjust CRS knob (copilots HSI) for 315.
Step 1. If course deviation bars center, replace pilots HSI (Para 8.4.).
Step 3. If course deviation bars do not center, replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
Step 2. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace adapters as required (Para 2.11.).
5 Check continuity between:
P305R-c and P317R-100
P305R-e and P317R-110
P305R-f and P317R-110
P305R-g and P317R-108
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.).
2A-34
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-6.
Course Deviation Bars On both HSIs Do Not Center. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P149R-F and P317R-109
P149R-G and P317R-97
P149R-J and P317R-109
P149R-K and P317R-49
P149R-L and P317R-101
P149R-M and P317R-111
Step 2. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring as required ( 23 ).
Table 2A-7.
No. 2 Pointers On Pilots and/or Copilots HSI Do Not Indicate Proper Bearing.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Swap HSIs.
Step 1. If trouble follows, replace malfunctioning HSI (Para 8.4.).
Step 2. If trouble does not follow, go to 2.
P134R-L and gnd
P134R-M and P149R-P
P134R-N and P149R-n
23
).
Change 2
2A-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
Table 2A-7.
No. 2 Pointers On Pilots and/or Copilots HSI Do Not Indicate Proper Bearing. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P149R-B and P317R-9
P149R-C and P317R-37
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, troubleshoot Gyromagnetic Compass Set (Para 5.3.).
Table 2A-8.
TO-FROM Arrow On Pilots and/or Copilots HSI Does Not Operate.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do both both TO-FROM arrows not operate?
Step 1. If both TO-FROM arrows do not operate, go to 2.
Step 2. If only one TO-FROM arrow does not operate, go to 5.
P149R-h and P317R-64
P149R-z and P317R-93
5. Swap both HSIs.
2A-36
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-8.
TO-FROM Arrow On Pilots and/or Copilots HSI Does Not Operate. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If trouble follows HSI, replace malfunctioning HSI (Para 8.4.).

Step 2. If trouble does not follow HSI, go to 6.
P300R-52 and P302R-v
P300R-57 and P302R-w
P305R-v and P317R-52
P305R-w and P317R-57
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace malfunctioning HSI/VSI mode select panel
(Para 8.11.).
Table 2A-9.
Course Window On Pilots HSI Does Not Indicate Proper VOR Radial.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Momentatily press CRS HDG switch on copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel.
Go to 2.
2. Adjust copilots CRS knob to center deviation bar.
Step 1. If copilots course window reads properly, replace pilots HSI (Para 8.4.).
Step 2. If copilots course window does not read properly, replace VOR/ILS receiver
(Para 2A.5.).
Change 2
2A-37
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-10.
Lateral Deviation Pointer On VSI Does Not Respond.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that FM HOME mode is off on both HSI/VSI mode select panel.
Step 1. If FM HOME legend is off, go to 2.
Step 2. If FM HOME legend is on, momentarily press FM HOME switch to turn off
FM HOME legend.
2. Swap VSIs ?
Step 1. If trouble follows, replace malfunctioning indicator (Para 8.4. or 8.5.).
Step 1. If trouble follows, replace malfunctioning HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para
8.11.).
4. Does pilots lateral deviation pointer respond?
Step 1. If lateral deviation pointer responds, go to 5.
Step 2. If lateral deviation pointer does not respond, go to 8.
5. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P300R, P301R, and P302R) (Para 2.11.).
P300R-13 and P302R-u
P300R-66 and P302R-t
P300R-89 and P301R-H
P300R-121 and P301R-G
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace copilots HSI (Para 8.4.).
2A-38
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-10.
Lateral Deviation Pointer On VSI Does Not Respond. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P304R-G and P317R-121
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace pilots HSI (Para 8.4.).
Table 2A-11.
23
).
MB Advisory Capsules On Pilots and/or Copilots VSI Do Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P149R-CC and P301R-n
P149R-CC and P304R-n
23
).
4. Hold(caution/advisory panel) BRT/DIM switch on BRT,

5 Check for 28 vdc between:
Change 2
2A-39
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
Table 2A-11.
MB Advisory Capsules On Pilots and/or Copilots VSI Do Not Go On. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P301R-m and gnd
P304R-m and gnd
6. Swap both VSIs.
Step 1. If trouble remains, replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
Step 2. If trouble does not remain, replace malfunctioning VSI (Para 8.5.).
P301R-m and P902-h
P304R-m and P902-h
Step 1. If continuity is present, troubleshoot Instrument Panel and Console Lights
Dimming ( 23 ).
Table 2A-12.
Set Does Not Respond To Self-Test.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. Check continuity between P107R-L and P149R-S.
Step 2. If problem remains, replace VOR/ILS control panel (Para 2A.4.).
2A-40
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-13.
Course Deviation Bars On both HSIs Do Not Move Left Or Right.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P149R-i and P300R-104
P149R-i and P317R-104
P149R-AA and P300R-35
P149R-AA and P317R-35
Table 2A-14.
HSI And VSI Do Not Respond As Specified.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.). Go to 2.
2. If trouble remains, replace HSI (Para 8.4.) or VSI (Para 8.5.), as required.
Table 2A-15.
Mode Select Panel CRS HDG Switch CPLT Legend Does Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check lamps (both HSI/VSI mode select panels).
Step 1. If lamps are good, replace HSI/VSI mode select panel as required (Para 8.11.).
Change 2
2A-41
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
Table 2A-16.
HSI Course Deviation Bar And No. 2 Bearing Pointer Do Not Respond As Specified.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearing pointers for proper tracking.
Step 1. If HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearing pointers tracking is good,
go to 2.
Step 2. If HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearing pointers tracking is not good,
replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
2. Check HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearing pointers for sticking.
Step 1. If HSI course deviation bars and No. 2 bearing pointers do not stick, return to
operational check.
Step 2. If HSI course deviation bars and/or No. 2 bearing pointers do stick, replace
HSI as required (Para 8.4.).
Table 2A-17.
VOR/ILS Audio Not Heard At Any ICS Station.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P107R-b and P149R-U
P107R-c and P149R-T
23
).

P107R-d and P656R-S
P107R-e and P656R-CC
Step
Step
Step
Step
2A-42
Change 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If
continuity is present, troubleshoot ICS (Para 19.3).

trouble remains, replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
trouble still remains, replace VOR/ILS control panel (Para 2A.4.).
continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required ( 23 ).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-18.
HSI And VSI Do Not Respond As Specified.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
Step 1. If trouble remains, replace VOR/ILS control panel (Para 2A.4.).
Step 2. If trouble still remains, repair/replace wiring to VOR/ILS control panel (
Table 2A-19.
23
).
Pilots HSI Course Deviation Bar and VSI Lateral Deviation Pointer Do Not Center.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.). Go to 2.
2. If trouble remains, replace pilots HSI (Para 8.4.) and/or VSI (Para 8.5.).
Table 2A-20.
CoPilots HSI Course Deviation Bar and VSI Lateral Deviation Pointer Do Not Center.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.). Go to 2.
2. If trouble remains, replace pilots HSI (Para 8.4.) and/or VSI (Para 8.5.).
Table 2A-21.
GS Flags On Both VSIs Are In View.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is NAV flag also in view?
Step 1. If NAV flag is in view, go to Table 2A-4.
Step 2. If NAV flag is not in view, go to 2.
2. Move test set closer to helicopter.
Step 1. If GS flag is present, go to 3.
Change 2
2A-43
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-21.
GS Flags On Both VSIs Are In View. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2. If GS flag is not present, continue checkout procedure.
3. Check glide slope antenna cable center conductor for continuity between connectors
P618R and P622R.
Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace glide slope antenna cable (
23
).
P300R-7 and P317R-7
P300R-54 and P317R-54
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace glide slope antenna (Para 2.8).
Table 2A-22.
GS Pointers On Both VSIs Do Not Respond.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P149R-a and P300R-2
P149R-a and P317R-2
P149R-c and P300R-3
2A-44
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-22.
GS Pointers On Both VSIs Do Not Respond. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P149R-c and P317R-3
Step 2. If contiunity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required ( 23 ).
Table 2A-23.
GS Flag And Pointer On Both VSIs Do Not Respond As Specified.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does trouble exist on both VSIs?
Step 1. If trouble does exist on both VSIs, go to 2.
Step 2. If trouble does not exist on both VSIs, go to 3.
P149R-a and P300R-2
P149R-c and P300R-3
P149R-v and P300R-7
P149R-HH and P300R-54
Step 1. If continuity is good, replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).
Step 2. If continuity is not good, repair/replace wiring, as required ( 23 ).
3. Swap VSIs.
5. Check pilots VSI for trouble.
Step 1. If pilots VSI has the trouble, go to 6.
Step 2. If pilots VSI does not have the trouble, go to 9.
Change 2
2A-45
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-23.
GS Flag And Pointer On Both VSIs Do Not Respond As Specified. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P149R-a and P317R-2
P149R-c and P317R-3
P304R-S and P317R-14
P304R-T and P317R-71
23
):
P149R-a and P300R-2
P149R-c and P300R-3
Table 2A-24.
23
):
GS Pointers On Pilots and/or Copilots VSI Do Not Move From Center.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does trouble exist on both both VSI?
Step 1. If trouble exists on both, go to 2.
Step 2. If trouble does not exist on both, go to 5.
2A-46
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
Table 2A-24.
GS Pointers On Pilots and/or Copilots VSI Do Not Move From Center. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P149R-a and P300R-2
P149R-a and P317R-2
P149R-c and P300R-3
P149R-c and P317R-3
5. Swap VSIs.
Step 1. If trouble follows VSI, replace malfunctioning VSI (Para 8.5.).
Step 2. If trouble does not follow VSI, go to 6.
6. Swap both VSI mode select panels.
Step 1. If trouble follows, replace malfunctioning HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para
8.11.).
7. Is trouble on pilots VSI?
Step 1. If trouble is on pilots VSI, go to 8.
Step 2. If trouble is not on pilots VSI, go to 11.
Change 2
2A-47
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
Table 2A-24.
GS Pointers On Pilots and/or Copilots VSI Do Not Move From Center. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P304R-T and P317R-71
23
).
Table 2A-25.
23
).
MB Audio Not Present At Any Frequency.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check continuity between:
P107R-S and P656R-U
P107R-T and P149R-EE
P107R-g and P149R-DD
P107R-g and P656R-DD
Step
Step
Step
Step
2A-48
Change 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If
continuity is present, replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).

trouble remains, replace VOR/ILS control panel (Para 2A.4.).
audio is not heard, troubleshoot ICS (Para 19.3.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

Table 2A-26.
MB Audio and Advisory Capsule Indications Not Present At Any Frequency.

TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check MB antenna cable center conductor for continuity between:
P617R and P620R
J620R and P621R
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace marker beacon antenna (Para 2.9.).
Step 3. If continuity is not present, replace MB antenna cable, as required.
Table 2A-27.
MB Receiver Does Not Decrease Sensitivity With MB Sensitivity Switch Placed At LO.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Check continuity between P107R-a and P149R-w.
Step
Step
Step
Step
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If
continuity is present, replace VOR/ILS receiver (Para 2A.5.).

trouble remains, replace VOR/ILS control panel (Para 2A.4.).
trouble still remains, replace MB antenna (Para 2.9.).
Change 2
2A-49
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

VOR / ILS
DC
ESNTL
BUS
2
2 AMP
J231 P231
CB318
J21R P21R
P629R
+28 VDC
LEFT SIDE
ANTENNA
UPPER CONSOLE
26 VAC INST
AC
ESNTL
BUS
2
2 AMP
26 VAC
B
J266 P266
CB219
P112 J112
J627R P627R
P630R
H
P628R
GG3310
PILOT MODE
SELECT
J626R
RIGHT SIDE
ANTENNA
P110 J110
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
2
2 AMP
CB203
BB
28 VDC
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
CPLT MODE
SEL
2
2 AMP
TO SHEET 3
TO SHEET 4
P621R
SGK331
J249 P249
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
CB107
1
P111 J111
MARKER BEACON
ANTENNA
28 VDC
COPILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
GLIDE SLOPE
ANTENNA
J694R
J624R
P317R
J1
D E
P1R
J1R
78
P622R
J623R
P623R
J620R
P620R
SGR161
DETAIL A
SGR1495
(SEE NOTE)
LEGEND
PIN 78 OF P317R SHOWS TYPICAL

CONFIGURATION FOR ALL PIN
FILTERED ADAPTERS (PFA).
HI
LO
P619R
P617R
P618R
J3
J2
J4
MKR BCN ANTENNA
NOTE
VOR / LOC ANTENNA
6664 6722
J1
26 VAC 400 Hz
EFFECTIVITY
P149R
GLIDE SLOPE ANTENNA
GG132
INDICATES
AUDIO COMMON.
REFER TO INTERCOMMUNICATION
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
A
VOR/ILS RECEIVER
AB1603_1
SA
Figure 2A-3.
2A-50
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147 (V)) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 9)
Change 2
t
Y X V
E
A
J1
u GG s
Figure 2A-3.
r
Z NN E
D S w
f
U T
+28 VDC HI
SHIELD
HI
MKR BCN AUDIO IN / OUT

LO
MKR BCN AUDIO OUT HI
T
g
S H
EE DD
h
z
h
P
n R p
COMPASS Z
MKR BCN AUDIO IN HI
PANEL LIGHTS
HI
VOR / LOC
AUDIO OUT
VOR / LOC
AUDIO IN
ROTOR MOD SEL
COMPASS Y
COMPASS X
P16R
TO / FROM +FROM
TO / FROM +TO
SGR1071
HI
P
LO
HI
LO
c
LO
VOR / MKR TEST OUT

MB HI / LO SENS SEL OUT
b
MKR BCN
AUDIO OUT
SW 27.5 VDC OUT

a
LO
GROUND
M L

FREQ SEL COM
0.1 MHz
FREQ SEL OUT
VOR / LOC
AUDIO OUT
B A P
MB HI / LO SENS SEL IN
SGR152
GG132
VOR / MKR TEST IN
+28 VDC LO
FREQ SEL COM
1.0 MHz
FREQ SEL OUT
V X F W C D
B
J1
0.1 MHz FREQ SEL IN
1.0 MHz FREQ SEL IN
P149R
P107R
+28 VDC IN
2A.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
VOR/ILS CONTROL PANEL
P
P
6
7
10
GG133
11
12
13
14
SGR1493
VOR/ILS RECEIVER
Change 2
TO
SHEET
8
TO SHEET 3
P
TO
SHEET
6
J16R
TO
SHEET
3
15
AB1603_2
SA
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147 (V)) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)
2A-51
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
49 111
RESOLVER
STATOR
G
SHIELD
85 109
97
E, F
RESOLVER
ROTOR
41
P317R 78
PFA J1
M
P134R
28 VDC PWR RTN
12
13
14
TO
SHEET
2
SGR8
5
28 VDC PWR IN
J1
GG123
PFA
COMPASS
SET
CONTROL
101
SGR3172
SEE
DETAIL A
SGR3173
16
GG336
TO SHEET 1
1
T
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
GG331
J16R
P16R
TO SHEET 2
k m
w x
V W r
X Y
SGR1494
TO SHEET 2
GG133
15
SGR1491
UP
(+)
B C d
CC LL KK BB j
AA i
K M
v HH
DN
SGR1492
A
P149R
F G
RESOLVER STATOR
RESOLVER ROTOR
LT
RT
VOR / LOC
DEVIATION OUT
()
(+)
3000 Hz
VOR / LOC
FLAG OUT
400 Hz
1300 Hz
MKR LT RTN
Y
VOR BEARING OUT
()
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION OUT
ILS MODE OUTPUT
J1
VOR/ILS RECEIVER
AB1603_3
SA
Figure 2A-3.
2A-52
Change 2
P300R
PFA
J1
95
82
2
UP
Figure 2A-3.
7
54
42
83
24
MB LT TEST
(+)
35
96
SG317R7
PFA
J1
J2
Change 2
VOR BEARING IN
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
VOR / LOC
DEVIATION IN
VOR / LOC
FLAG IN
COURSE SEL CPLT
COURSE SEL OUT
COURSE SEL PILOT
LT
RT
()
(+)
MB LT TEST
()
(+)
DN
UP
ILS MODE
NAV RCVR PWR ON
VOR / ILS MODE ON IN
PFA
BACK COURSE
MODE ON IN
P319R
BACK COURSE
MODE ON OUT
SGM3313
104 117 118 119 P317R
28 VDC PWR IN
CHASSIS GROUND
41 128 78
VOR / ILS MODE ON OUT
104 117 118 119
28 VDC PWR RTN
SG300R3
COURSE SEL CPLT
47
COURSE SEL OUT
COURSE SEL PILOT
35
LT
47
SGM3312
SGM3311
SGM3310
P
24
VOR / LOC
DEVIATION IN
P
83
RT
SGM339
SGM338
42
VOR / LOC
FLAG IN
SGLH56
SGM337
37
()
37
VOR BEARING IN
54
SGM336
SGM335
SGM334
()
SGM333
SGM332
SGM331
(+)
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
2
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
TO SHEET 1
GG335
82
DN
16
95
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
GD317R8
ILS MODE
128
SGRHS16
2A.3.
NAV RCVR PWR ON
CHASSIS GROUND
TM 11-1520-237-23
1
17
2
31
TO
SHEET
7
32
GG336
116
GG335
AB1603_4
SA
2A-53
2A-54
Figure 2A-3.
Change 2
(+)

Z
(+)
J1
v w FF EE t

()
()
(+)
55
56
57
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
S R P
(TO)+
SGP3001
NAV FLAG IN
PFA
(TO)
P302R
TO /
FROM
IN
27 52 25 36
PFA
64 57 93 5 59 48
25 36
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER
STATOR IN
SG33T1
PANEL LIGHTS PWR
27
028 VDC SW LEGEND PWR
TO
SHEET
7
89 121
LAMP TEST
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER
STATOR OUT
124 12
VOR TO / FROM COM + TO
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
VOR TO / FROM + FROM
()
(+)
13 66
NAV FLAG OUT
()
89 121 15
(+)
71 14
COURSE
DEVIATION OUT
SG300R1
26 16
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
71 14
()
UP
P317R 116 105 106 125 34
COURSE
DEVIATION OUT
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION OUT
26 16
DN
(+)
P300R 125 34
()
(+)
()
COURSE
DEVIATION
OUT
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION
OUT
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT
FM / NAV
FLAG OUT
PANEL LIGHTS
PWR RTN
PANEL LIGHTS PWR
028 VDC SW
LEGEND PWR
LAMP TEST
(+)
()
UP
DN
(+)
()
(+)
()
VOR MODE ON OUT
ILS MODE ON OUT
BACK COURSE
MODE ON OUT
2A.3.
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT
FM / NAV FLAG OUT
TM 11-1520-237-23
PFA
J1
15
SGR3174
GG3310
SGP3002
52
TO SHEET 9
53
54
TO SHEET 8
TO SHEET 7
TO SHEET 9
GG335
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AB1603_5
SA
Figure 2A-3.
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
Y
AA
PFA
AA a
SGM3314
PFA
c
b
d
110
e
t
EE FF w
v
P R S
Y
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER
STATOR IN
TO / FROM IN
NAV FLAG IN
Change 2
Y
(TO)+
()
(+)
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
f
5 59 48
(TO)
GG334
124 12 57 52
()
55
56
13 66
(+)
108
SGR3176
SGR3175
73 74
E, F
P305R
P302R
GG333
SGR3051
GG331
SGM3315
11
100
RESOLVER
STATOR
10
90
SGR332
TO
SHEET
2
64
RESOLVER ROTOR
f
93
e
98
115 VAC PWR RTN
115 VAC PWR RTN
c
86
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
102 99
E, F
SGR31712
62
SGR31711
61
SG302R1
()
(+)
()
(+)
E, F
E, F
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER
STATOR OUT
NAV FLAG OUT
COURSE
DEVIATION OUT
RESOLVER
STATOR
RESOLVER
ROTOR
RESOLVER
STATOR
RESOLVER
ROTOR
2A.3.
RESOLVER
STATOR
RESOLVER
ROTOR
TM 11-1520-237-23
PFA
J1
P317R
AB1603_6
SA
2A-55
TM 11-1520-237-23
PFA
TO SHEET 4
31
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
TO
SHEET
5
n A
GG337
VOR MODE ON
(+)
()
J1A
PFA
40 39
k
P14R
36 35
i
34 33
38 37
P318RA
ILS MODE ON
BACK COURSE
MODE ON
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
UP
DN
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
(+)
()
FM / NAV
FLAG IN
J1B
PFA
P318RB
SGRHS8
P304R
(+)
ADV LT PWR
()
(+)
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
CIS PROCESSOR
FM / NAV
FLAG IN
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
()
(+)
DN
UP
()
(+)
MB LT RTN
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
PILOTS VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR
()
2A.3.
17 18 19
EE FF JJ
J14R
SGRHS7
SGRHS6
SGRHS5
SGRHS4
SGRHS3
SGRHS2
SGRHS1
SGP1332
J111
P111
SGR331
SG9026
SG9027
GG339
58
J112 P112
54
TO SHEET 4
J114 P114
J914
P914
SGP1121
32
P301R
G H
U V
W X
PFA
P902
ADV LT PWR
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
GND
()
(+)
FM / NAV
FLAG IN
()
(+)
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
UP
DN
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
()
(+)
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
MB LT RTN
J902
LEFT RELAY PANEL
AB1603_7
SA
Figure 2A-3.
2A-56
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

J653R P653R
SGR310
P13R J13R
J25R P25R
P200R J1
VV
SGR37
UU
TROOP COMMANDERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
P126R J1
UU
VV
J651R P651R
h
CREWCHIEF/RIGHT
GUNNERS INTERCOM
MUNICATION SET
CONTROL PANEL
TO
SHEET
2
KK
DD
8
7
S
CC
T
SGR111
5
6
J655R P655R
P124R J1
SGR110
P656R J656R
UU
VOR / LOC AUDIO IN
VV
MKR BCN AUDIO IN
AUDIO COMMON
PILOTS INTERCOM
MUNICATION SET
CONTROL PANEL
AUDIO JUNCTION
BOX ASSEMBLY
P125R J1
UU
VV
53
SGJ9141
58
SG33B1
A
J115
P115
COPILOTS INTERCOM
MUNICATION SET
CONTROL PANEL
K
SG1301
P118
P127R J1
PFA
UU
J118
VV
BRT / DIM
TEST
TO
SHEET
5
Z
A
LEFT GUNNERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL
Figure 2A-3.
AB1603_8
SA

Change 2
2A-57
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

P386
A
J112 P112
52
B
C
B
SG3861
SG401
D
E
PILOTS FLIGHT
INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
5V/115V TRANSFORMER
TO
SHEET
5
P387
A
57
SG3871
SGD331
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
P185
A B
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
P184
A B
SG442
SG33N1
SG33G1
COPILOTS FLIGHT
INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
5V/115V TRANSFORMER
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
SGH333
SGH332
SGH331
P191
A B
P190
J112
P112
SG502
SGT331
SGC331
SGS331
SGF331
SG2461
SGB331
J113
P113
SG2801
P246
P280
J246
J280
INSTR LT
PILOT FLT
CPLT FLT
INST LTS
UPPER CONSOLE
Figure 2A-3.
2A-58
Change 2
AB1603_9
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

VOR / ILS
DC
ESNTL
BUS
J231 P231
CB318
2
2 AMP
J21R P21R
P629R
28 VDC
UPPER CONSOLE
LEFT SIDE
ANTENNA
26 VAC INST
AC
ESNTL
BUS
26 VAC
B
J266 P266
CB219
2
2 AMP 1
P112 J112
J627R P627R
P630R
H
P628R
GG3310
PILOT MODE
SELECT
J626R
RIGHT SIDE
ANTENNA
P110 J110
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
CB203
2
2 AMP 1
BB
28 VDC
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
CPLT MODE
SEL
TO SHEET 3
TO SHEET 4
P621R
SGK331
J249 P249
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
CB107
2
2 AMP 1
P111 J111
MARKER BEACON
ANTENNA
28 VDC
COPILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
GLIDE SLOPE
ANTENNA
J694R
J625R
J624R
P317R
J1
D E
P1R
J1R
78
P622R
J623R
P623R
J620R
P620R
SGR1496
DETAIL A
SGR1495
(SEE NOTE)
LEGEND
e
HI
LO
26 VAC 400 Hz
EFFECTIVITY
6723 SUBQ
NOTE
P619R
P617R
P618R
J3
J2
J4
MKR BCN ANTENNA
J1
VOR / LOC ANTENNA
P149R
GLIDE SLOPE ANTENNA
GND1491
INDICATES
AUDIO COMMON.
REFER TO INTERCOMMUNICATION
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
A
VOR/ILS RECEIVER
AB1604_1
SA
Figure 2A-4.
(2A-59 Blank)/2A-60
Civil Navigation (AN/ARN-147 (V)) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 9)

Change 2
t
Y X V
E
A
J1
u GG s
Figure 2A-4.
r
Z NN E
D S w
f
U T
+28 VDC HI
SHIELD
HI
MKR BCN AUDIO IN / OUT

LO
MKR BCN AUDIO OUT HI
T
g
S H
J16R
EE DD
h
g
z
h
P
n R p
COMPASS Z
MKR BCN AUDIO IN HI
PANEL LIGHTS
HI
VOR / LOC
AUDIO OUT
VOR / LOC
AUDIO IN
ROTOR MOD SEL
COMPASS Y
COMPASS X
P16R
TO / FROM +FROM
TO / FROM +TO
SGR1071
HI
P
LO
HI
LO
c
LO
VOR / MKR TEST OUT

MB HI / LO SENS SEL OUT
b
MKR BCN
AUDIO OUT
SW 27.5 VDC OUT

a
LO
GROUND
M L

FREQ SEL COM
0.1 MHz
FREQ SEL OUT
VOR / LOC
AUDIO OUT
B A P
MB HI / LO SENS SEL IN
SGR1497
GG133
VOR / MKR TEST IN
+28 VDC LO
FREQ SEL COM
1.0 MHz
FREQ SEL OUT
V X F W C D
B
J1
0.1 MHz FREQ SEL IN
1.0 MHz FREQ SEL IN
P149R
P107R
+28 VDC IN
2A.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
VOR/ILS CONTROL PANEL
P
P
6
7
10
GND1492
11
SGR1499
SGR1498
Change 2
12
13
14
SGR1493
VOR/ILS RECEIVER
TO
SHEET
8
TO SHEET 3
P
TO
SHEET
6
TO
SHEET
3
15
AB1604_2
SA
2A-61
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.
41
49 111
SHIELD
RESOLVER
STATOR
85 109
97
E, F
RESOLVER
ROTOR
P317R 78
PFA J1
P134R
28 VDC PWR RTN
12
13
14
TO
SHEET
2
SGR8
5
28 VDC PWR IN
J1
GG123
PFA
COMPASS
SET
CONTROL
101
SGR3172
SEE
DETAIL A
SGR3173
16
GG336
P
TO SHEET 1
1
T
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
GG331
J16R
P16R
TO SHEET 2
k m
w x
V W r
X Y
SGR1494
TO SHEET 2
GND1491
15
SGR1491
UP
(+)
B C d
CC LL KK BB j
AA i
K M
v HH
DN
SGR1492
A
P149R
F G
RESOLVER STATOR
RESOLVER ROTOR
LT
RT
VOR / LOC
DEVIATION OUT
()
(+)
3000 Hz
VOR / LOC
FLAG OUT
400 Hz
1300 Hz
MKR LT RTN
Y
VOR BEARING OUT
()
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION OUT
ILS MODE OUTPUT
J1
VOR/ILS RECEIVER
AB1604_3
SA
Figure 2A-4.
2A-62
Change 2
P300R
PFA
J1
95
82
2
UP
Figure 2A-4.
7
54
42
83
24
MB LT TEST
(+)
35
96
SG317R7
PFA
J1
J2
Change 2
VOR BEARING IN
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
VOR / LOC
DEVIATION IN
VOR / LOC
FLAG IN
COURSE SEL CPLT
COURSE SEL OUT
COURSE SEL PILOT
LT
RT
()
(+)
MB LT TEST
()
(+)
DN
UP
ILS MODE
NAV RCVR PWR ON
VOR / ILS MODE ON IN
PFA
BACK COURSE
MODE ON IN
P319R
BACK COURSE
MODE ON OUT
SGM3313
104 117 118 119 P317R
28 VDC PWR IN
CHASSIS GROUND
41 128 78
VOR / ILS MODE ON OUT
104 117 118 119
28 VDC PWR RTN
SG300R3
COURSE SEL CPLT
47
COURSE SEL OUT
COURSE SEL PILOT
35
LT
47
SGM3312
SGM3311
SGM3310
P
24
VOR / LOC
DEVIATION IN
P
83
RT
SGM339
SGM338
42
VOR / LOC
FLAG IN
SGLHS6
SGM337
37
()
37
VOR BEARING IN
54
SGM336
SGM335
SGM334
()
SGM333
SGM332
SGM331
(+)
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
2
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
TO SHEET 1
GG335
82
DN
16
95
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
GD317R8
ILS MODE
128
SGRHS16
2A.3.
NAV RCVR PWR ON
CHASSIS GROUND
TM 11-1520-237-23
1
17
2
31
TO
SHEET
7
32
GG336
116
GG335
AB1604_4
SA
2A-63
2A-64
Figure 2A-4.
Change 2
(+)

Z
(+)
J1
v w FF EE t

()
()
(+)
55
56
57
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
S R P
(TO)+
SGP3001
NAV FLAG IN
PFA
(TO)
P302R
TO /
FROM
IN
27 52 25 36
PFA
64 57 93 5 59 48
25 36
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER
STATOR IN
SG33T1
PANEL LIGHTS PWR
27
028 VDC SW LEGEND PWR
TO
SHEET
7
89 121
LAMP TEST
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER
STATOR OUT
124 12
VOR TO / FROM COM + TO
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
VOR TO / FROM + FROM
()
(+)
13 66
NAV FLAG OUT
()
89 121 15
(+)
71 14
COURSE
DEVIATION OUT
SG300R1
26 16
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
71 14
()
UP
P317R 116 105 106 125 34
COURSE
DEVIATION OUT
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION OUT
26 16
DN
(+)
P300R 125 34
()
(+)
()
COURSE
DEVIATION
OUT
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION
OUT
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT
FM / NAV
FLAG OUT
PANEL LIGHTS
PWR RTN
PANEL LIGHTS PWR
028 VDC SW
LEGEND PWR
LAMP TEST
(+)
()
UP
DN
(+)
()
(+)
()
VOR MODE ON OUT
ILS MODE ON OUT
BACK COURSE
MODE ON OUT
2A.3.
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT
FM / NAV FLAG OUT
TM 11-1520-237-23
PFA
J1
15
SGR3174
GG3310
SGP3002
52
TO SHEET 9
53
54
TO SHEET 8
TO SHEET 7
TO SHEET 9
GG335
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AB1604_5
SA
Figure 2A-4.
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
Y
AA
PFA
AA a
SGM3314
PFA
c
b
d
110
e
t
EE FF w
v
P R S
Y
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER
STATOR IN
TO / FROM IN
NAV FLAG IN
Change 2
Y
(TO)+
()
(+)
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
f
5 59 48
(TO)
GG334
124 12 57 52
()
55
56
13 66
(+)
108
SGR3176
SGR3175
73 74
E, F
P305R
P302R
GG333
SGR3051
GG331
SGM3315
11
100
RESOLVER
STATOR
10
90
SGR332
TO
SHEET
2
64
RESOLVER ROTOR
f
93
e
98
115 VAC PWR RTN
115 VAC PWR RTN
c
86
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
102 99
E, F
SGR31712
62
SGR31711
61
SG302R1
()
(+)
()
(+)
E, F
E, F
NO. 2 BEARING
POINTER
STATOR OUT
NAV FLAG OUT
COURSE
DEVIATION OUT
RESOLVER
STATOR
RESOLVER
ROTOR
RESOLVER
STATOR
RESOLVER
ROTOR
2A.3.
RESOLVER
STATOR
RESOLVER
ROTOR
TM 11-1520-237-23
PFA
J1
P317R
AB1604_6
SA
2A-65
TM 11-1520-237-23
PFA
TO SHEET 4
31
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
TO
SHEET
5
n A
GG337
VOR MODE ON
(+)
()
J1A
PFA
40 39
k
P14R
36 35
i
34 33
38 37
P318RA
ILS MODE ON
BACK COURSE
MODE ON
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
UP
DN
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
(+)
()
FM / NAV
FLAG IN
J1B
PFA
P318RB
SGRHS8
P304R
(+)
ADV LT PWR
()
(+)
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
CIS PROCESSOR
FM / NAV
FLAG IN
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
()
(+)
DN
UP
()
(+)
MB LT RTN
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
()
2A.3.
17 18 19
EE FF JJ
J14R
SGRHS7
SGRHS6
SGRHS5
SGRHS4
SGRHS3
SGRHS2
SGRHS1
SGP1332
J111
P111
SGR331
SG9026
SG9027
GG339
58
J112 P112
54
TO SHEET 4
J114 P114
J914
P914
SGP1121
32
P301R
G H
U V
W X
PFA
P902
ADV LT PWR
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
GND
()
(+)
FM / NAV
FLAG IN
()
(+)
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
UP
DN
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
()
(+)
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
MB LT RTN
J902
LEFT RELAY PANEL
AB1604_7
SA
Figure 2A-4.
2A-66
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

J653R P653R
SGR310
P13R J13R
J25R P25R
P200R J1
VV
SGR37
UU
TROOP COMMANDERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
P126R J1
UU
VV
J651R P651R
h
CREWCHIEF/RIGHT
GUNNERS INTERCOM
MUNICATION SET
CONTROL PANEL
TO
SHEET
2
KK
DD
8
7
S
CC
T
SGR111
5
6
J655R P655R
P124R J1
SGR110
P656R J656R
UU
VOR / LOC AUDIO IN
VV
MKR BCN AUDIO IN
AUDIO COMMON
PILOTS INTERCOM
MUNICATION SET
CONTROL PANEL
AUDIO JUNCTION
BOX ASSEMBLY
P125R J1
UU
VV
53
SGJ9141
58
SG33B1
A
J115
P115
COPILOTS INTERCOM
MUNICATION SET
CONTROL PANEL
K
SG1301
P118
P127R J1
PFA
UU
J118
VV
BRT / DIM
TEST
TO
SHEET
5
Z
A
LEFT GUNNERS
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SET CONTROL PANEL
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL
Figure 2A-4.
AB1604_8
SA

Change 2
2A-67
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.3.

P386
A
J112 P112
52
B
C
B
SG3861
SG401
D
E
PILOTS FLIGHT
INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
5V/115V TRANSFORMER
TO
SHEET
5
P387
A
57
SG3871
SGD331
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
P185
A B
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
P184
A B
SG442
SG33N1
SG33G1
COPILOTS FLIGHT
INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
5V/115V TRANSFORMER
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LIGHTED BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
SGH333
SGH332
SGH331
P191
A B
P190
J112
P112
SG502
SGT331
SGC331
SGS331
SGF331
SG2461
SGB331
J113
P113
SG2801
P246
P280
J246
J280
INSTR LT
PILOT FLT
CPLT FLT
INST LTS
UPPER CONSOLE
Figure 2A-4.
2A-68
Change 2
AB1604_9
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
2A.4
Control Panel
2A-70
2A.5
Receiver
2A-72
2A.6
Mount
2A-74
2A.7
Glide Slope Antenna (Refer to Para 2.8.)
2A.8
Marker Beacon Antenna (Refer to Para 2.9.)
2A.9
VOR/LOC Antenna (Refer to Para 2.10.)
Change 2
2A-69
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.4.
Control Panel
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Para 2A.3
References
INSTALL
REMOVE
a.1.
Loosen fasteners.
b.1.
Connect electrical connector P107R to control

panel.
a.2.
Carefully lift control panel until electrical connector can be disconnected.
b.2.
Carefully place control panel in lower console.
b.3.
Tighten fasteners.
a.3.
b.4.
Do paragraph 2A.3.
2A-70
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.4.
Control Panel (cont.)

FASTENER
FR
ON
VOR / ILS
CONTROL
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P107R
LOWER
CONSOLE
AB1566
SA
Figure 2A-5.
Control Panel
Change 2
2A-71
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.5.
Receiver
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Para 2A.3
References
Thermal Barrier (Pilots Side Lower Console)
Removed
Appendix B
b.3.
Connect electrical connector P149R to J1.
b.4.
Connect coax connectors P617R to J2 , P619R

to J3 and P618R to J4.
b.5.
Make sure area is free of foreign objects.
b.6.
Install pilots side lower console thermal barrier.
b.7.
Do paragraph 2A.3.
REMOVE
a.1.
Disconnect coax and electrical connectors.
a.2.
Loosen fasteners.
a.3.
Remove receiver.
INSTALL
b.1.
Position receiver on mount.
b.2.
Tighten fasteners.
2A-72
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.5.
Receiver (cont.)
ELECTRICAL
COAX
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
J1
J4
COAX
COAX
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
J3
P618R
VOR / ILS
RECEIVER
COAX
CONNECTOR
P619R
COAX
CONNECTOR J2
MOUNT
ALIGNMENT
PIN
HOLD
DOWN
HOOK
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P149R
COAX
CONNECTOR
P617R
NT
O
FR
NOSE
TUNNEL
FLOOR
THUMB NUT
FASTENER
Figure 2A-6.
AA9494A
SA
Receiver
Change 2
2A-73
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.6.
Mount
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
References
Para 2A.5. Receiver Removed
REMOVE
b.2.
a.1.
Remove screws.
a.2.
Remove mount.
INSTALL
b.1.
Align mount on brackets on nose tunnel shelf

and fasten with screws.
2A-74
Change 2
Install receiver (Para 2A.5.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
2A.6.
Mount (cont.)
MOUNT
ON
FR
SCREW
NOSE
TUNNEL
SHELF
AA9495A
SA
Figure 2A-7.
Receiver Mount
Change 2
2A-75/(2A-76 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 3
LF/ADF
(AN/ARN-89)
SET
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
3-3
II
Troubleshooting
3-11
III
3-25
3-1/(3-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
3.1
3-4
3.2
3-4
3.2.1
Power Distribution
3-4
3.2.2
Compass
3-4
3.2.3
Loop
3-4
3.2.4
Antenna
3-5
3-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.1.
The LF/ADF set is a low frequency radio direction

finder that provides manual and automatic direction
finding capability for radio signals within the frequency range of 100 kHz to 3000 kHz. The set consists of: a radio set control, on the copilots side of the
lower console; a radio receiver, in the nose compartment; and an antenna system. The LF/ADF set interfaces with the horizontal situation indicator/vertical
situation indicator (HSI/VSI) mode select unit, the
audio junction box assembly, and the intercommunication set (ICS). The radio set control has a fourposition mode select switch labeled OFF, COMP,
ANT, and LOOP, a LOOP control switch labeled L
and R (loop, left and right), a CW-VOICE-TEST
switch, an AUDIO volume/gain control switch, a vertical scale presentation TUNE meter, 100 kHz course
and 1 kHz fine tune frequency select knobs, and a
KILOCYCLES readout window displaying selected
frequency. The antenna system consists of: a directional loop antenna, on the underside of the cabin; a
nondirectional sense antenna (quad antenna), on the
underside of the cabin; and an adjustable impedance
matching amplifier, in the nose compartment for the
quad antenna. The radio receiver has a frequency
range of 100 to 3000 kHz. The number 2 bearing
pointers on the pilots and copilots HSIs, when individually selected from the pilots or copilots HSI/VSI
mode select panel, point to the true bearing of the
selected radio station. The stations relative bearing is
measured by comparing the number 2 bearing pointer
to the helicopter course displayed beneath the lubber
line of the HSI. The LF/ADF set is operable in the
COMP, LOOP, or ANT modes. The COMP mode
provides automatic direction finding without bearing
ambiguity. The LOOP mode provides a manual direction finder requiring the maneuvering of the helicopter
to remove ambiguity and establish the true bearing of
the tuned station. The ANT mode provides radio
reception using only the nondirectional sense antenna.
Audio is available at all ICS stations regardless of the
radio station tuned.
3.2.

26 vac is supplied by the ac essential bus and routed
through the 26VAC INST circuit breaker to the radio
receiver. Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the
3-4
No. 1 dc primary bus and routed through the ADF

circuit breaker to the radio receiver.
3.2.2. Compass. With the radio set control mode
selector switch at COMP and the HSI/VSI mode select
panel BRG 2 switch at ADF, signals from the quad
antenna are supplied through the impedance matching
amplifier to the radio receiver, while signals from the
directional loop antenna are supplied directly to the
radio receiver. The ADF bearing signal produced by
the radio receiver represents the true bearing of the
tuned station relative to the helicopter course. With
BRG 2 switches at ADF, the ADF bearing signal is
supplied from the radio receiver to the pilots and
copilots HSI No. 2 bearing pointers. If an AM broadcast band station is tuned (550 - 1600 kHz), the
CW-VOICE-TEST switch is placed to VOICE. The
amplitude modulated rf carrier is received by the
antennas and supplied to the radio receiver. The
receiver detects and amplifies the audio which is supplied through the audio junction box assembly to the
ICS. If a CW station has been tuned, the CW-VOICETEST switch is placed to CW. The CW stations carriers (100 to 530 kHz) are unmodulated. When tuned,
an 800 Hz tone is audible, as a result of a beat frequency oscillator in the receiver. The TEST position
of the CW-VOICE-TEST switch, operable when the
mode selector switch is in the COMP mode, provides
dynamic set testing. The momentary TEST position is
used to test the receiver. With the set tuned to either
an AM or CW station, pressing and holding the switch
to TEST causes the HSI No. 2 bearing pointer to turn
to a bearing 180 from the tuned station true bearing.
A 110 Hz signal is heard in the headphones, and
becomes progressively louder as the 180 reciprocal is
reached. The volume is greater when tuned for a CW
station than for an AM broadcast band station. Releasing the TEST switch causes the No. 2 bearing pointer
to return to its original station bearing.
3.2.3. Loop. Use of the LOOP position of the
mode select switch provides manual direction finding
should the set be inoperable in COMP. Holding the
LOOP L-R switch to either L or R (left or right) produces two aural null points. The aural null bearings
are 180 apart. Since two nulls are evident, either end
of the HSI No. 2 bearing pointer may indicate the true
station bearing.
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.2.4. Antenna. In this mode of operation, the
ADF is operated as an AM or CW communications
receiver. The signal received at the quad antenna is
amplified by the impedance matching amplifier. The
amplified signal is filtered and mixed with the local
oscillator signal from the radio set control within the
receiver. The resulting signal is amplified and
detected. The detected signal is fed through the radio

set control. The output of the control is fed to the
radio receiver, amplified, and fed through the audio
junction box assembly to the ICS. When the radio set
control CW-VOICE-TEST switch is placed to CW,
the ADF set enables the beat frequency oscillator
within the receiver to permit tuning to a cw station.
3-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
PILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
LF / ADF
RADIO SET
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LF / ADF
LOOP ANTENNA
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LOWER
CONSOLE
AUDIO
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
COPILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
RADIO
RECEIVER
QUAD ANTENNA
(NO. 2 VHF / FM, VHF / AM,
ADF SENSE ANTENNA)
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P1R J1R
COCKPIT, BL 6 LH, STA 210
P138R
RADIO SET CONTROL
P13R / J13R
CABIN, BL 20 RH, STA 247
P177R
RADIO RECEIVER
P21R / J21R
CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248
P178R
RADIO RECEIVER
P25R / J25R
P179R
RADIO RECEIVER
P110 / J110
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH,

STA 197
P180R / J180R
COCKPIT, BL 18.8 LH,

STA 247
P111 / J111
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH,

STA 197
P181R / J181R
COCKPIT, BL 18 LH,
STA 247
P112 / J112
COCKPIT, BL 6 RH, STA 197
P182R
P124R
PILOTS ICS CONTROL

PANEL
AMPLIFIER, IMPDANCE
MATCHING
P185R
P125R
COPILOTS ICS CONTROL

PANEL
VHF / FM AND VHF / AM,

ADF SENSE ANTENNA
P194R
RADIO RECEIVER
P126R
CREWCHIEF / RIGHT
GUNNERS ICS CONTROL
PANEL
P195R
RADIO RECEIVER
P199R
RADIO SET CONTROL
P127R
LEFT GUNNERS ICS

CONTROL PANEL
AA2256_1
SA
Figure 3-1.
3-6
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
ADJUSTMENT
AMPLIFIER, IMPEDANCE MATCHING
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P200R
TROOP COMMANDERS ICS

CONTROL PANEL
P317R

SELECT PANEL
P237 / J237
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 25 LH, STA 247
P356R
LOOP ANTENNA
P357R
LOOP ANTENNA
P246 / J246

STA 247
P651R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P249 / J249
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 LH, STA 247
P653R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P655R
P266 / J266

BREAKER PANEL,
BL 25 RH, STA 247
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P656R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P300R

SELECT PANEL
P657R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P302R
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P693R
RADIO RECEIVER
P305R
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AA2256_2
SA
Figure 3-1.
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) Location Diagram (Sheet 2)
3-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
LF / ADF
RADIO SET
CONTROL
RECEIVER
AUDIO
SWITCHED
28 VDC
LAMP
SUPPLY
LOCAL
OSC
28 VDC
ADJUSTED
AUDIO
26 VAC INST
AC ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
26 VAC
AUDIO
26 VAC

PANEL
ADF
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
2
AMP
28 VDC
28 VDC
RADIO
RECEIVER
COPILOTS CIRCUIT BREAKER

PANEL
QUAD ANTENNA
(ADF SENSE,
NO. 2 VHF / FM AND
VHF / AM ANTENNA
IMPEDANCE
MATCHING
AMPLIFIER
SENSE SIGNAL
ADF
BEARING
SIGNAL
LOOP ANTENNA
XY LOOP SIGNALS
AA2257_1
SA
Figure 3-2.
3-8
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
AUDIO
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
AUDIO
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
(ICS)
PILOTS HSI / VSI

MODE
SELECT PANEL
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
(HSI)
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI MODE
SELECT PANEL
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
(HSI)
HSI/VSI MODE SELECT UNIT

AA2257_2
SA
Figure 3-2.
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
3-9/(0-10 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
3.3
TITLE
PAGE
3-12
3-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.
Operational Check
INITIAL SETUP
23
Test Equipment
External Electrical Power Available and/or APU

Operational
NOTE

isolation procedure, a short is indicated
( 23 ).
References
Appendix B
OPERATIONAL CHECK
1.
2.

or safety.
23
).
NOTE
To prevent false station bearing signals,
the helicopter must be moved at least 50
feet away from ground power carts and
other large metallic objects.
3.
Place these control panel switches as shown.
SWITCH
POSITION
Frequency selector
To local AM or CW
radio station frequency
AUDIO
Maximum CW
OFF/COMP/ANT/
LOOP
LOOP
3-12
SWITCH
POSITION
CW/VOICE/TEST
VOICE
4.
Place pilots, copilots, right gunners, left gunners, and troop commanders ICS control panel
switches as follows:
SWITCH
POSITION
NAV receiver toggle
ON
Rotary
Any
All other receive toggle
OFF
VOL
Midposition
HOT MIKE
OFF
5.
Press pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode select

panel switches as follows:
SWITCH
POSITION
FM-HOME
Off
BRG2, ADF-VOR
ADF
6.
Press CIS mode select panel switches as follows:
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.
SWITCH
POSITION
HDG
Off
NAV
Off
ALT
Off
7.
RESULT: Beat frequency shall be heard at all ICS

stations.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3-5.
Adjust control panel LOOP R-L control to obtain

maximum (upward) indication on TUNE meter.
as
specified,
8.
Adjust control panel AUDIO control for indication of three divisions on TUNE meter.
9.
Repeat steps 7. and 8. until TUNE meter is

peaked at three divisions.
10.
Place control panel OFF/COMP/ANT/LOOP

switch to ANT.
RESULT: TUNE meter indication shall remain at

three divisions.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3-2.
11.
as
Place CW/VOICE/TEST switch to VOICE and

fine tune to selected station.
15.
Turn OFF/COMP/ANT/LOOP switch first to

COMP, then to LOOP, while checking reception
at each position.
RESULT: Audio reception shall be about the same

for each switch position.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3-6.
RESULT: Audio shall be loud and clear at all ICS

stations.
as
specified,
16.
Turn OFF/COMP/ANT/LOOP switch to COMP.
17.
Turn control panel fine tuning control until

TUNE meter is peaked.
RESULT: Pilots and copilots HSI BRG2 pointers

shall indicate bearing of selected station.
If neither HSI BRG2 pointer responds,
go to TABLE 3-7.
specified,
Listen for selected station audio at all ICS stations.
specified,
14.
RESULT: TUNE meter shall indicate a maximum

(upward) indication.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3-1.
as
If only one HSI BRG2 pointer

responds, go to TABLE 3-8.
18.
Press and hold CW/VOICE/TEST switch to

TEST.
RESULT: Pilots and copilots HSI NO. 2 pointers

shall indicate 180 from previous bearing.
If audio is not heard at any ICS station,

go to TABLE 3-3.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3-9.
as
specified,
If audio is not heard at one ICS station,

go to TABLE 3-4.
19.
12.
Place control panel CW/VOICE/TEST switch to

CW.
RESULT: Pilots and copilots HSI No. 2 pointers

shall return to original bearing.
13.
Slowly turn fine tuning control back and forth

across selected frequency.
Place CW/VOICE/TEST switch to VOICE.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3-8.
as
specified,
3-13
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.
20.
Turn OFF/COMP/ANT/LOOP switch to LOOP.
22.
Turn OFF/COMP/ANT/LOOP switch OFF.
21.
Turn and hold control panel LOOP switch fully

clockwise, and then fully counterclockwise.
23.

helicopter ( 23 ).
RESULT: Pilots and copilots HSI NO. 2 pointers

shall turn first counterclockwise and then
clockwise.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3-8.
Table 3-1.
as
specified,
TUNE Meter (LF/ADF Control Panel) Does Not Respond And No Audio Is Heard.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check ADF tuning for selected station.
Step 1. If station is tuned properly, go to 2.
Step 2. If station is not tuned properly, tune set to proper station.
P138R and P195R
P199R and P693R
Step
Step
Step
Step
Step
Table 3-2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
If
If
If
If
If

trouble remains, replace ADF RCVR control panel (Para 3.5.).
trouble still remains, replace impedance matching amplifier (Para 3.7.).
trouble still remains, replace quad antenna (Para 16B.5.).
TUNE Meter (LF/ADF Control Panel) Does Not Remain At Three Divisions.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Adjust impedance matching amplifier (Para 3.7.).
Step 1. If trouble remains, replace quad antenna (Para 16B.5.).
3-14
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.
Table 3-3.
TUNE Meter (LF/ADF Control Panel) Responds, But Audio is Not Heard At Any ICS
Stations.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between P138R-G and P195R-G.
23
).
23
).
2. Check continuity between P194R-A and P656R-W.

3. Check continuity between P194R-B and P656R-w.
Step
Step
Step
Step
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If
continuity is present, replace control panel. (Para 3.5.).

trouble remains, replace receiver (Para 3.4.).
trouble still remains, replace junction box (Para 19.9.).
continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring ( 23 ).
Table 3-4.
No Audio At One ICS Station.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P124R-WW and
P125R-WW and
P126R-WW and
P127R-WW and
P200R-WW and
P194R-A
P194R-A
P194R-A
P194R-A
P194R-A
Step 1. If continuity is present, troubleshoot ICS (Para 19.3.).

Step 2. If continuity is not present, go to 2.
3-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.

Table 3-4.
No Audio At One ICS Station. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P124R-WW and P651R-m
P127R-WW and P655R-s
P194R-A and P656R-W
P194R-B and P656R-w
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace junction box (Para 19.9.).
Table 3-5.
23
).
Beat Frequency Is Not Heard At All ICS Stations.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace control panel (Para 3.5.).
Step 1. If trouble remains, replace receiver (Para 3.4.).
Table 3-6.
TUNE Meter (LF/ADF Control Panel) Does Not Respond And No Audio Output in LOOP
Mode.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check ADF tuning for selected station.
Step 1. If station frequency is properly tuned, go to 2.
Step 2. If station frequency is not properly tuned, tune frequency to proper station.
P178R and P356R
P179R and P357R
3-16
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.
Table 3-6.
TUNE Meter (LF/ADF Control Panel) Does Not Respond And No Audio Output in LOOP
Mode. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. If trouble remains, replace loop antenna (Para 3.6.).
Table 3-7.
23
).
HSI BRG 2 Pointers Do Not Respond, Audio is Heard.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters as required
(Para 3.8.).
P194R-H and P300R-4
P194R-K and P300R-10
P194R-R and P300R-17
Table 3-8.
23
).
One HSI BRG 2 Pointer Does Not Respond.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Swap pilots and copilots HSI.
Step 1. If trouble follows to new position, replace HSI (Para 8.4.).
Step 2. If trouble does not follow to new position, go to 2.
2. Swap pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode select panels.
3-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.

Table 3-8.
One HSI BRG 2 Pointer Does Not Respond. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If trouble follows to new position, replace HSI/VSI mode select panels (Para
8.11.).
3. Check pilots HSI.
Step 1. If pilots HSI has trouble, go to 4.
Step 2. If pilots HSI does not have trouble, go to 7.
(Para 3.8.).
P305R-P and P317R-5
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (
P305R-AA and gnd
P302R-BB and P305R-BB
23
):
(Para 3.8.).
P300R-5 and P302R-P
P300R-59 and P302R-R
3-18
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.

Table 3-8.
One HSI BRG 2 Pointer Does Not Respond. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (
P302R-AA and gnd
P302R-BB and P305R-BB
Table 3-9.
23
):
HSI No. 2 Pointer Does Not Indicate 180 From Previous Bearing.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace receiver (Para 3.4.).
Step 1. If trouble remains, replace control panel (Para 3.5.).
3-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.
26 VAC INST
AC
ESNTL
BUS
J266 P266
26 VAC
2
2 AMP
CB219
P112 J112
H
P1R J1R
SGK331
SGR161
D
E
26 VAC
HSI PLT / CPLT
AC
ESNTL
BUS
P110
2
2 AMP
CB215
LOOP ANTENNA
J110
CC
4J1 P356R
J181R P181R
4J2 P357R
J180R P180R
115 VAC
PILOT MODE
SELECT
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
2
2 AMP
CB203
BB
28 VDC
TO
SHEET
3
QUAD ANTENNA
P185R
J182R P182R
CPLT MODE
SEL
J249 P249
2
2
AMP 1
CB107
P111 J111
f
3
IMPEDANCE MATCHING AMPLIFIER
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
ADF
28 VDC
2
2
AMP 1
J237 P237
CB113
J21R P21R
J
NOTE
PIN AA OF P305R SHOWS TYPICAL
AA1967_1
SA
Figure 3-3.
3-20
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.
J195R P195R
P194R J194R
D
ROTOR
POWER
GROUND
P138R J138R
28 VDC OUT
PANEL LIGHTS OUT
C
G
AUDIO IN
SWITCHED 15 VDC LOOP
LOOP LEFTRIGHT TEST IN
SWITCHED 28 VDC IN
15 VDC OUT
GAIN CONTROL IN
SENSE B+ OUT
15 VDC BFO IN
TUNING METER OUT
GROUND
GG144
P178R 1J4
SIGNAL X LOOP IN
SGR1951
SGR1381
P179R 1J5
1J3
SIGNAL Y LOOP IN
P693R
P199R 2J2
LOCAL OSCILLATOR
RADIO CONTROL PANEL
P177R 1J6
J194R P194R
SENSE ANT. IN
J1R P1R
STATOR 1 OUT
STATOR 3 OUT
ROTOR
STATOR 2 COMMON
SGR1941
4
5
6
TO
SHEET
3
7
8
9
TO
SHEET
4
P
P194R J194R
L
AUDIO OUT
AUDIO COMMON
SHIELD
28 VDC IN
RADIO RECEIVER
P651R
J651R
m k
P653R
J653R
m k
P655R
J655R
P656R
J656R
R7
150
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY

AA1967_2
SA
Figure 3-3.
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

3-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.
P305R
PFA
J305R
P305R
AA
PFA
(SEE DETAIL A)
J305R
AA
115 VAC RTN
BB
115 VAC PWR IN
GG334
S
R
NO. 2 POINTER INPUT
DETAIL A
P317R
(SEE NOTE)
TO SHEET 1 2
PFA
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
J317R
59
48
78
BEARING
STATOR
OUTPUT
28 VDC PWR IN
41
CHASSIS GROUND
GG336
128
28 VDC PWR RTN
GG335
4
17
10
BEARING
STATORS
P300R
TO
SHEET
2
SGK333
4
5
SGK334
SGK332
PFA
PILOTS HSI/VSI MODE

SELECT PANEL
J300R
10
17
128
BEARING
STATOR
OUTPUT
28 VDC PWR IN
GG335
41
CHASSIS GROUND
78
28 VDC PWR RTN
GG336
59
48
BEARING
STATORS
TO
SHEET
1
P302R
PFA
COPILOTS HSI/VSI MODE

SELECT PANEL
J302R
S
R
NO. 2 POINTER INPUT
P
AA
115 VAC RTN
BB
115 VAC PWR IN
GG333
SGV335
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
Figure 3-3.
3-22
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3)
AA1967_3
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.3.
P124R
WW
J124R
ADF AUDIO IN
PILOTS ICS CONTROL PANEL
P125R
WW
SGR19
J125R
ADF AUDIO IN
COPILOTS ICS CONTROL PANEL
P127R
TO
SHEET
2
WW
J127R
ADF AUDIO IN
LEFT GUNNERS ICS CONTROL PANEL
P126R
SGR39
WW
J126R
ADF AUDIO IN
CREWCHIEF/RIGHT GUNNERS
ICS CONTROL PANEL
P13R
J13R
J25R
N
P25R
P200R
WW
J200R
ADF AUDIO IN
TROOP COMMANDERS
ICS CONTROL PANEL
AA1967_4A
SA
Figure 3-4.
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4)

3-23/(0-24 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
3.4
Radio Receiver
3-26
3.5
Control Panel
3-28
3.6
Loop Antenna
3-30
3.7
Impedance Matching Amplifier
3-32
3.8
3-36
3.9
Sense Antenna (Refer to Chapter 16B.5.)
3-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.4.
Radio Receiver
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Appendix B
Para 3.3
All electrical power off
References
Nose door opened
2.
Connect electrical connectors: P194R to 1J1 and

P195R to 1J2, and coaxial connectors: P177R to
1J6, P178R to 1J4, P179R to 1J5, and P693R to
1J3, to receiver.
3.
4.
Close nose door.
5.
Do paragraph 3.3.
REMOVE
1.
Disconnect electrical connectors and coaxial connectors from radio receiver.
2.
Remove screws and remove receiver from canted

bulkhead.
INSTALL
1.
Put radio receiver on canted bulkhead and fasten

with screws, lockspring washers, and washers.
3-26
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.4.
Radio Receiver (cont.)
LOCKSPRING
WASHER
SCREW,
WASHER
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
1J6
CANTED
BULKHEAD
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
1J1
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P194R
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P177R
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P693R
A
LF / ADF
RADIO
RECEIVER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P195R
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
1J3
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
1J2
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
1J4
1J5
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P179R
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P178R
AA2044
SA
Figure 3-4.
Radio Receiver
3-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.5.
Control Panel
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Para 3.3
References
INSTALL
REMOVE
1.
2.
Unfasten control panel from lower console and

slowly lift out until electrical connector and
coaxial connector are exposed.
Disconnect electrical connector and coaxial connector and remove panel.
A
1.
Connect electrical connector, P138R, and coaxial

connector, P199R, to control panel.
2.
Carefully place panel in lower console and fasten.
3.
Do paragraph 3.3.
LF / ADF
CONTROL PANEL
FR
ON
FASTENER
LOWER
CONSOLE
A
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P199R
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P138R
AA2043
SA
Figure 3-5.
3-28
Control Panel
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.6.
Loop Antenna
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References

Appendix B
Appendix C
Nonmetallic Scraper
Materials/Parts
Para 3.3
NOTE
If gasket becomes damaged during
replacement of loop antenna, use a new
one for antenna installation.
Gasket, 70600-03001-041
4.
REMOVE
1.
Remove sealing compound from around antenna

assembly.
2.
Remove screws, lockwashers and washers, and

carefully lower loop antenna until coaxial connectors can be removed.
3.
Support antenna and remove coaxial connectors

from antenna.
4.
Remove antenna and gasket from helicopter.
NOTE
When installing antenna, point arrowhead on bottom of antenna to the front.
5.
Clean area around mounting surface with cheesecloth dampened with dry cleaning solvent.
2.
3.
Put gasket on replacement antenna.
(3-29 Blank)/3-30
Carefully place antenna and gasket on airframe,

and fasten with screws, washers, and lockwashers.
NOTE
INSTALL
1.
Support antenna and connect coaxial connectors,

P356R to 4J1 and P357R to 4J2.
6.
Apply sealing compound around antenna where it

meets the airframe, screw heads, and any unused
mounting holes.
7.
Do paragraph 3.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.6.
Loop Antenna (cont.)

BL
2.5
LH
STA
389
WL
200
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P356R
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P357R
A
GASKET
LOOP
ANTENNA
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
4J1
SCREW,
LOCKWASHER,
WASHER
Figure 3-6.
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
4J2
AA2126
SA
Loop Antenna
3-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.7.
a. Remove
c. Adjust
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Appendix C
Para 3.3

Materials/Parts
23
External electrical power available and/or APU

Operational
References
Para 4.10. Doppler antenna removed
5.
Connect coaxial connector, P182R, to amplifier.
6.
For new impedance matching amplifier, go toADJUST.
REMOVE
1.
Disconnect coaxial connector from amplifier.
2.
Remove antenna wire lug from terminal post.
7.
3.
Remove screws, washers, and lockspring washers, and remove amplifier from support structure
of helicopter.
If installing the same impedance matching amplifier, go to step 8.
8.
Install Doppler antenna (Para 4.10.).
9.
Do paragraph 3.3.
INSTALL
1.
ADJUST
Clean area around all mounting holes with

2.
3.
Place impedance matching amplifier on support

structure and fasten with screws, lockspring
washers, and washers.
4.
Fasten antenna wire lug to terminal post with nut

and washer supplied with amplifier.
3-32
NOTE
The following adjustment procedure
should be done each time the impedance
matching amplifier is replaced in the
helicopter, and before installing the doppler antenna.
1.
Apply electrical power (
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.7.
Impedance Matching Amplifier (cont.)
2.
Select a frequency of a strong local AM or CW

radio station, and do these steps.
6.
If CW-VOICE-TEST switch is at CW, check for

detectable BFO tone in audio set.
3.
Place radio set control CW-VOICE-TEST switch

to CW or VOICE, as applicable. Place COMPANT-LOOP selector switch on control unit to
LOOP.
7.
Adjust AUDIO control for an indication that is

below three divisions on TUNE meter.
8.
Repeat preceding two adjustments until a sharp

peak in indication is obtained.
With course and fine tune controls, set KILOCYCLES dial to frequency of local radio station.
9.
Adjust AUDIO control for an indication of three

divisions on TUNE meter.
10.
Place COMP-ANT-LOOP selector switch to

ANT and adjust impedance matching control on
amplifier to get an indication of three divisions
on TUNE meter. Do not readjust AUDIO control.
11.
Turn off electrical power (
12.
Go to step 8. of INSTALL.
4.
NOTE
Tone of beat frequency oscillator (BFO)
shall vary as AN/ARN-89 frequency is
shifted around station frequency.
5.
Adjust LOOP L-R control for maximum indication on TUNE meter.
23
).
3-33
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.7.
Impedance Matching Amplifier (cont.)

STA
240
FR
WL
206
ON
LOCKSPRING
WASHER
SUPPORT
STRUCTURE
SCREW,
WASHER
WASHER,
NUT
BL
10
A
A
ANTENNA
WIRE LUG
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P182R
SCREW,
WASHER
IMPEDANCE
MATCHING
AMPLIFIER
LOCKSPRING
WASHER
AA2125
SA
Figure 3-7.
3-34
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.8.
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B

References

Appendix B
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
3.
Check continuity from each pin to the case of the

pin filtered adapter.
REMOVE
1.
4.

shall be indicated.
2.

5.

filtered adapter.
3.

connector.
CHECK
1.
Check continuity of each pin through the pin filtered adapter.
2.

NOTE
(3-35 Blank)/3-36
INSTALL
1.
Clean threads of pin filtered adapter and electrical

connector with cheesecloth dampened with drycleaning.
2.
3.
4.
Take resistance measurement between pin filtered

adapter and electrical connector.
TM 11-1520-237-23
3.8.
5.
RESISTANCE SHALL BE 2.5 MILLIOHMS

OR LESS.
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
6.
If resistance is not as specified, repeat steps 1.

through 4.
7. Fasten pin filtered adapter to electrical connector
with tiedown straps.
RECEPTACLE
VIEW A
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
A
B
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
TIEDOWN STRAP
RECEPTACLE
VIEW B
Figure 3-8.
AA1920
SA
3-37/(0-38 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 3A
LF/ADF
(AN/ARN-149(V))
SET
NAV
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
3A-3
II
Troubleshooting
3A-9
III
3A-31
3A-1/(3A-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
3A.1
3A-4
3A.2
3A-4
3A.2.1
Power Distribution
3A-4
3A.2.2
Antenna
3A-4
3A.2.3
Automatic Direction Finding (ADF)
3A-4
3A.2.4
Tone
3A-4
3A.2.5
Test
3A-4
3A-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.1.
EQUIPMENT
DATA.
DESCRIPTION
AND
The low frequency automatic direction finder (LF/

ADF) provides automatic navigational direction finding capability. The operating frequency range is from
100 to 2199.5 kHz, in 0.5 kHz increments. The set has
two functional modes of operation that may be
selected with the ADF/ANT/OFF switch on the
LF/ADF control panel (control panel). In the antenna
(ANT) mode, the set functions as an audio receiver,
providing only an audio output of the received signal.
In the ADF mode, the set functions as both an audio
receiver and an automatic direction finder, by providing signals that represent relative bearing of the transmitting ground station. These signals are used to drive
the number two bearing pointers on the pilots and
copilots horizontal situation indicators (HSIs). In
both modes (ANT and ADF) an audio output is
applied to the intercommunication set (ICS). A tone
submode may be selected with the control panel
TEST/TONE switch in either the antenna or ADF
modes. The tone submode produces a 1000 HZ audio
output to identify received keyed CW signals. In addition, using the TEST/TONE switch, the set can be
self-tested. The set consists of the control panel,
LF/ADF receiver (receiver), and LF/ADF antenna
(antenna). The control panel is located on the lower
console, the receiver is located in the nose section,
and the antenna is on the underside of the cabin.
3A.2.
3A.2.1. Power Distribution. The receiver and

control panel receive 28 vdc from the No. 1 DC PRI
BUS through the ADF circuit breaker (copilots circuit breaker panel). The receiver receives 26 vac from
the AC ESNTL BUS through the 26 VAC INST circuit breaker (pilots circuit breaker panel). The
antenna receives its 18 vdc (ANT B+) and 10 vdc
(ANT B) supplies from the receiver.
3A.2.2. Antenna. In the ANT mode, selected at
the control panel, the ON/OFF signal turns on the
receiver. When clocked by the CLOCK signal from
the receiver, the control panel outputs the serial
DATA signals which contain codes that represent the
3A-4
positions to which the control panel controls are

placed. This information includes frequency and mode
selected, and volume control setting. In the antenna
mode the system acts as an audio receiver with no
direction finding capability. The rf signals containing
a Morse code identification of the ground station are
received at the antenna and applied to the receiver.
The receiver amplifies and demodulates the rf signal
to generate an AUDIO signal which is applied through
the audio junction box assembly (junction box) to the
five ICS control panels.
3A.2.3. Automatic Direction Finding (ADF).
In the ADF mode, the ON/OFF, CLOCK and DATA
signals function in the same manner as in the antenna
mode; however, the DATA signal contains the information that the mode selected is ADF, not antenna.
This causes the ADF circuits to be enabled. The rf
signals from ground stations are received at the
antenna. The antenna is comprised of two loop antennas and a sense antenna. In the antenna, the rf signal
from one loop antenna is modulated with a reference
sine signal (SIN MOD), and the rf signal from a second loop antenna is modulated with a reference cosine
signal (COS MOD). The two modulated signals are
combined, phase shifted 90, amplified, summed with
the sense antenna signal and fed to the receiver. A
synchronous filter and signal phase detector within the
receiver determine the relative bearing data applied to
the pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode select panels.
This data is used to drive the number 2 bearing pointers on the pilots and the copilots HSIs. In this mode
the receiver also routes audio to the ICS control panels.
3A.2.4. Tone. When the tone submode is selected,
the receiver disconnects the normal audio and connects a 1000 Hz tone generator for cw operation.
When a keyed signal is received, the receiver reproduces it by pulsing the 1000 Hz tone generator at the
same rate as the received signal. The received signal
is routed to the five ICS control panels.
3A.2.5. Test. When test is selected, only in ADF
mode, the receiver shifts the relative bearing displayed
on the pilots and copilots HSIs by 90 degrees.
TM 11-1520-237-23
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
PILOTS HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LF / ADF
ANTENNA
LF / ADF
CONTROL
PANEL
COPILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
LF / ADF
RECEIVER
AUDIO
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG /
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION /
CONNECTION POINT
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG /
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION /
CONNECTION POINT
P200R
TROOP COMMANDERS ICS

CONTROL PANEL
P1R / J1R
P237 / J237
P13R / J13R
BEHIND COPILOTS
LH 25 LH, STA 247
P21R / J21R
P249 / J249
P25R / J25R
P110 / J110
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH,

STA 197
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 LH, STA 247
P266 / J266
P111 / J111
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH,

STA 197

BREAKER PANEL, BL 25
RH, STA 247
P112 / J112
P300R

SELECT PANEL
P124R
PILOTS ICS CONTROL

PANEL
P302R
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P125R
COPILOTS ICS CONTROL

PANEL
P305R
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P126R
CREWCHIEF / RIGHT
GUNNERS ICS CONTROL
PANEL
P317R

SELECT PANEL
P127R
LEFT GUNNERS ICS

CONTROL PANEL
P651R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P138R
LF / ADF CONTROL PANEL
P653R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P180R / J180R
COCKPIT, BL 18.8 LH,

STA 247
P655R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P194R
LF / ADF ANTENNA
P656R
P195R
LF / ADF RECEIVER
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
AA9499
SA
Figure 3A-1.
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-149 (V)) Set Location Diagram
3A-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
LF / ADF
ANTENNA
SIN
MOD
RF
ANT.
B+
COS
MOD
ANT.
B
ADF
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
2
AMP
+28 VDC
28 VDC
COPILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
DATA
LF / ADF
CONTROL
PANEL
CLOCK
LF / ADF
RECEIVER
ON / OFF
AC
ESNTL
BUS
26 VAC INST
2
AMP
26 VAC
26 VAC
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
AA9500_1
SA
Figure 3A-2.
3A-6
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-149 (V)) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
PILOTS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
COPILOTS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
AUDIO
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
LEFT GUNNERS
ICS CONTROL
PANEL
CREWCHIEF /
RIGHT GUNNERS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
AUDIO
TROOP COMMANDERS
ICS CONTROL
PANEL
RELATIVE
BEARING
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE
SELECT
PANEL
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE
SELECT
PANEL
RELATIVE
BEARING
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
RELATIVE
BEARING
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
AA9500_2
SA
Figure 3A-2.
LF/ADF (AN/ARN-149 (V)) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
3A-7/(3A-8 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
3A.3
TITLE
PAGE
3A-10
3A-9
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.
a. Setup
d. Self test
b. Antenna
e. Shutdown
c. ADF
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
23
Test Equipment
Operational

NOTE
indicated ( 23 ).

References
SETUP
NOTE
To prevent false station bearing signals,
the helicopter must be moved at least 50
feet away from ground power carts and
other large metallic objects.
).
a.1.
Apply electrical power to the helicopter (
a.2.
Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in

or safety.
a.3.
23
Place all controls (ICS control panel) as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
NAV receiver toggle

switch
ON
3A-10
CONTROL
POSITION
All other receiver

toggle switches
OFF
Rotary selector switch
Any
VOL
Midposition
HOT MIKE
OFF
a.4.
Place switches (pilots and copilots HSI/VSI

MODE SEL panels) as indicated:
SWITCH
FM HOME
BRG 2
a.5.
POSITION
Off
ADF
Place switches (CIS MODE SEL panel) as indicated:
SWITCH
POSITION
HDG
Off
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.
SWITCH
POSITION
NAV
Off
ALT
Off
a.6.
b.6.
Release TEST/TONE switch (control panel) to

off (center).
b.7.
Place controls (control panel) as indicated:

ADF
CONTROL
POSITION
MAN/2182/500 switch
MAN
TEST/TONE switch
Off (center)
VOL control
Midposition
TAKE CMD
OFF (centered)
ADF/ANT/OFF
OFF
c.1.
c.2.
Turn ADF/ANT/OFF switch (control panel) to

ADF.
c.3.
Make sure MAN/2182/500 switch (control

panel) is in MAN.
NOTE
ANTENNA
b.1.
b.2.
Turn control panel ADF/ANT/OFF switch to

ANT.
b.3.
Set control panel frequency controls to a local

transmitting AM station.
b.4.
Turn VOL control to a comfortable listening

level.
If helicopter is grounded, bearing indication of selected station may be 180

out.
c.4.
Set frequency controls to the frequency being

transmitted by a local ground station whose
relative bearing is known.
RESULT:
RESULT: Audio shall be loud and clear at all ICS

stations.
If there is no audio at all ICS stations,
go to TABLE 3A-1.
specified,
Pilots and copilots HSI No. 2 bearing

pointers shall indicate bearing of selected
station.
If one HSI No. 2 bearing pointer does

not
indicate
proper
bearing,
go to TABLE NO. 3A-5.
RESULT: A 1000 Hz tone shall be loud and clear at

all ICS stations, if a keyed cw signal is
being received.
as
b.
If both HSI No. 2 bearing pointers do

not
indicate
proper
bearing,
go to TABLE NO. 3A-4.
Place and hold TEST/TONE switch (control

panel) to TONE position.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3A-3.
Audio shall be heard at ICS stations.
If audio is not heard, go to TABLE

3A-3.
If there is no audio at one or more (but

not all) ICS stations, go to TABLE
3A-2.
b.5.
a.
c.5.

3A-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.

RESULT: Pilots and copilots HSI No. 2 bearing
pointers shall return to their original positions.
SELF TEST
d.1.
d.2.
Place and hold TEST/TONE switch (control

panel) in TEST position.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3A-3.
d.4.
RESULT: Pilots and copilots HSI No. 2 bearing

pointers shall decrease 90 degrees from
previous position.
If result is not
go to TABLE 3A-3.
d.3.
as
Table 3A-1.
e.1.
Turn ADF/ANT/OFF switch (control panel) to

OFF.
e.2.

the helicopter ( 23 ).
No Audio At All ICS Stations.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Check for 28 vdc between P195R-D and P195R-E.
3. Check for 26 vac between P195R-F and P195R-G.
3A-12
specified,
SHUTDOWN
specified,
Release TEST/TONE switch (control panel).
as
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.

Table 3A-1.
No Audio At All ICS Stations. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P138R-1 and P195R-K
P138R-2 and P195R-L
P138R-9 and P195R-z
P138R-14 and P195R-M
P138R-15 and P195R-N
P194R-E and gnd
P195R-d and P656R-w
P195R-h and gnd
P195R-m and P195R-P
P195R-x and gnd
P195R-J and P656R-W
P195R-P and P195R-U
P195R-Y and gnd
23
).
23
).

P194R-A and P195R-A
P194R-C and P195R-p
P194R-D and P195R-W
P194R-F and P195R-V
P194R-G and P195R-X
Step
Step
Step
Step
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If
continuity is present, troubleshoot ICS (Para 19.3.).

trouble remains, replace receiver (Para 3A.5.).
trouble still remains, replace antenna (Para 3A.7.).
6. Check continuity between P195R-G and gnd.

23
).
7. Check continuity between P195R-F and terminal 1 (26 VAC INST circuit breaker).
8. Check continuity between P138R-6 and P195R-D.
3A-13
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.

Table 3A-1.
No Audio At All ICS Stations. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between, P195R-E and gnd
( 23 ).
9. Check continuity between P138R-10 and gnd.
23
).
10. Check continuity between P138R-6 and terminal 1 (ADF circuit breaker).
Table 3A-2.
No Audio At One Or More (But Not All) ICS Stations.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is malfunction at pilots ICS station?
Step 1. If malfunction is present, go to 2.
Step 2. If malfunction is not present, go to 4.
2. Check continuity between P651R-m and P124R-WW.
23
).
3. Check continuity between J651R-m and J656R-W.

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace pilots ICS control panel (Para 19.4.).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace junction box (Para 19.9.).
4. Is malfunction at copilots ICS station?
3A-14
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.

Table 3A-2.
No Audio At One Or More (But Not All) ICS Stations. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
5. Check continuity between P125R-WW and P651R-m.
23
).

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace copilots ICS control panel (Para 19.4.).
7. Is malfunction at crewchief/right gunners ICS station?
8. Check continuity between P126R-WW and P653R-m.
23
).

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace crewchief/right gunners ICS control panel
(Para 19.4.).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace audio junction box assembly (Para 19.9.).
10. Is malfunction at left gunners ICS station?
11. Check continuity between P127R-WW and P655R-s.
23
).
12. Check continuity between J655R-s and J656R-W.

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace left gunners ICS control panel (Para 19.4.).
3A-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.

Table 3A-2.
No Audio At One Or More (But Not All) ICS Stations. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
13. Malfunction is at troop commanders ICS station. Check continuity between

P200R-WW and P653R-m.
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace troop commanders ICS control panel (Para
19.4.).
Table 3A-3.
Result Is Not As Specified.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace receiver (Para 3A.5.).
Step 1. If trouble remains, replace control panel (Para 3A.4.).
Table 3A-4.
Both Pilots And Copilots HSIs Do Not Indicate Bearing Of Station Selected.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. Check for 115 vac between P305R-BB and P305R-AA.
3A-16
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.
Table 3A-4.
Both Pilots And Copilots HSIs Do Not Indicate Bearing Of Station Selected. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P195R-c and P300R-4
P195R-c and P317R-4
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace receiver (Para 3A.5.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace antenna (Para 3A.7.).
23
).
7. Check continuity between terminal 1 (HSI PLT/CPLT circuit breaker) and P305RBB.
Table 3A-5.
Pilots Or Copilots HSI Does Not Indicate Bearing Of Station Selected.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is malfunction at pilots HSI?
4. Check for 115 vac between P305R-BB and P305R-AA.
3A-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.

Table 3A-5.
Pilots Or Copilots HSI Does Not Indicate Bearing Of Station Selected. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P195R-c and P317R-4
7. Check for continuity between P317R-128 and gnd.
23
).
8. Check for continuity between terminal 1 (PILOT MODE SEL circuit breaker) and
P317R-78.
11. Check continuity between P302R-BB and P305R-BB.
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P305R-AA and gnd
( 23 ).
3A-18
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.

Table 3A-5.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
12. Malfunction is at copilots HSI. Check for 115 vac between P302R-BB and P302RAA.
P195R-c and P300R-4
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.)
23
).
18. Check continuity between terminal 1 (CPLT MODE SEL circuit breaker) and
P300R-78.
19. Check continuity between P302R-BB and P305R-BB.
3A-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.

Table 3A-5.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P302R-AA and gnd
( 23 ).
3A-20
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.
ADF
J237 P237
CB113
2
2 AMP 1
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
CPLT MODE
SEL
28 VDC
J21R P21R
J249 P249
CB107
2
2 AMP 1
P111 J111
TO
SHEET
4
COPILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
HSI PLT / CPLT

AC
ESNTL
BUS
J266 P266
CB215
2
2 AMP 1
P110 J110
CC
115 VAC
TO
SHEET
3
PILOT MODE
SEL
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
CB203
2
2 AMP 1
BB
28 VDC
P1R J1R
26 VAC INST
AC
ESNTL
BUS
P112 J112
CB219
2
2 AMP 1
E
S
D
SGK331
26 VAC
GG3310
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
P305R
EFFECTIVITY
PFA
AA
6664 6722
NOTE
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
AA9501_1A
SA
Figure 3A-3.
(3A-21 Blank)/3A-22
LF/ADF (AN/ARC-149 (V)) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)
TM 11-1520-237-23
D F
GND
ANT B
H B
ANT B+
K J
SIN MOD
P194R
COS MOD
CLOCK L
2 16 14 15 9
ON / OFF
CHOCK H
COAX
SHIELD
CLOCK SHIELD
DATA I L
DATA SHIELD
22 10
LF / ADF ANTENNA
DATA I H
+28 VDC
P138R
PWR GND
PNL LTG RTN
RF OUTPUT
3A.3.
P
P
GND194R1
GG133
SG194R1
SG194R2
SG195R1
J180R
P180R
U V
L N P
S E
SGR161
SG195R2
GG145
4
P
TO
SHEET
3
Y E
B A
W V
CLOCK H
ON / OFF
QEC A
QEC E
COMMAND 1
ANT. GND
PWR GND
SELECT 1553
ANT RF SHIELD
ANT RF H
COS MOD
ANT B+
ANT B
SIN MOD
P U m
ANT RF L
QEC F
M N
CLOCK L
K L
DATA I L
DATA I H
G F
26 VAC 400Hz
P195R
+28 VDC
GG144
LF / ADF RECEIVER
AA9501_2
SA
Figure 3A-3.
LF/ADF (AN/ARC-149 (V)) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

3A-23
TM 11-1520-237-23

COPILOTS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
ADF AUDIO IN
PILOTS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
ADF AUDIO IN
3A.3.
J1
P656R
X W w
P653R
P655R
P651R
HH k m
P124R
J1
WW
WW
P125R
P
SGR19
2
TO
SHEET
1
SGV335
T
G F
J1R
GG334
(SEE
DETAIL A)
P305R
P195R
GG336
T
AA
BB
S R P
PFA
P317R
GG335
5 59 48
78
41 128
GROUND
28 VDC IN
P1R
TO
SHEET
2
PFA
LF / ADF RECEIVER
PILOTS HSI/VSI MODE

SELECT PANEL
28 VDC GROUND
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
BEARING
STATOR
OUTPUT
NO. 2 POINTER
INPUTS
115 VAC IN
115 VAC RTN
AUDIO L
AUDIO 150 OHM H
SYNCHRO Z
SYNCHRO X
SYNCHRO Y
J1
AA9501_3
SA
Figure 3A-3.
3A-24
TM 11-1520-237-23

TROOP
COMMANDERS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
CREWCHIEF / RIGHT
GUNNERS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
ADF AUDIO IN
ADF AUDIO IN
LEFT GUNNERS ICS

CONTROL PANEL
J1
ADF AUDIO IN
3A.3.
J1
WW
P127R
J1
WW
P126R
P200R
P13R J13R
SGR39
TO SHEET 1
WW
J25R P25R
SGK333
5 59 48
S R P BB
AA
NO. 2
POINTER
INPUTS
BEARING
STATORS

SELECT PANEL
BEARING
STATOR
OUTPUT

SELECT PANEL
P302R
PFA
115 VAC RTN
41
115 VAC PWR IN
128
J1
BEARING
STATORS
78
PFA
J1
Y
10 17 4
CHASSIS GROUND
P300R
28 VDC PWR RTN
P317R
PFA
GG333
28 VDC POWER
4 17 10
GG336
GG335
SGK334
SGK332
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AA9501_4B
SA
Figure 3A-3.

3A-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.3.
ADF
J237 P237
CB113
2
2 AMP 1
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
CPLT MODE
SEL
28 VDC
J21R P21R
J249 P249
CB107
2
2 AMP 1
P111 J111
TO
SHEET
4
COPILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
HSI PLT / CPLT

AC
ESNTL
BUS
J266 P266
CB215
2
2 AMP 1
P110 J110
CC
115 VAC
TO
SHEET
3
PILOT MODE
SEL
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
CB203
2
2 AMP 1
BB
28 VDC
P1R J1R
26 VAC INST
AC
ESNTL
BUS
P112 J112
CB219
2
2 AMP 1
E
S
SGK331
26 VAC
GG3310
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
P305R
EFFECTIVITY
PFA
AA
6723 SUBQ
NOTE
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
AB0178_1
SA
Figure 3A-4.
3A-26
LF/ADF (AN/ARC-149 (V)) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)
TM 11-1520-237-23
D F
GND
ANT B
H B
ANT B+
K J
SIN MOD
P194R
COS MOD
CLOCK L
2 16 14 15 9
ON / OFF
CHOCK H
COAX
SHIELD
CLOCK SHIELD
DATA I L
DATA SHIELD
22 10
LF / ADF ANTENNA
DATA I H
+28 VDC
P138R
PWR GND
PNL LTG RTN
RF OUTPUT
3A.3.
P
P
GD194R1
GG132
SG194R1
SG194R2
SG195R1
J180R
P180R
U V
L N P
S E
SGR1496
5
SG195R2
GND1951
6
P
TO
SHEET
3
Y E
B A
W V
CLOCK H
ON / OFF
QEC A
QEC E
COMMAND 1
PWR GND
SELECT 1553
ANT RF SHIELD
ANT RF H
COS MOD
ANT B+
ANT B
SIN MOD
ANT RF L
P U m
ANT GND
QEC F
M N
CLOCK L
K L
DATA I L
DATA I H
G F
26 VAC 400Hz
P195R
28 VDC
GND1952
LF / ADF RECEIVER
AB0178_2
SA
Figure 3A-4.

3A-27
TM 11-1520-237-23

COPILOTS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
ADF AUDIO IN
PILOTS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
ADF AUDIO IN
3A.3.
J1
P656R
X W w
P653R
P655R
P651R
HH k m
P124R
J1
WW
WW
P125R
P
GG122
SGR19
7
8
9
10
11
3
TO
SHEET
1
12
SGV335
T
G F
J1R
GG334
(SEE
DETAIL A)
P305R
P195R
GG336
T
AA
BB
S R P
PFA
P317R
GG335
5 59 48
78
41 128
GROUND
28 VDC IN
P1R
TO
SHEET
2
PFA
LF / ADF RECEIVER
PILOTS HSI/VSI MODE

SELECT PANEL
28 VDC GROUND
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
BEARING
STATOR
OUTPUT
NO. 2 POINTER
INPUTS
115 VAC IN
115 VAC RTN
AUDIO L
AUDIO 150 OHM H
SYNCHRO Z
SYNCHRO X
SYNCHRO Y
J1
AB0178_3A
SA
Figure 3A-4.
3A-28
TM 11-1520-237-23

TROOP
COMMANDERS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
CREWCHIEF / RIGHT
GUNNERS ICS
CONTROL PANEL
ADF AUDIO IN
ADF AUDIO IN
LEFT GUNNERS ICS

CONTROL PANEL
J1
ADF AUDIO IN
3A.3.
J1
WW
P127R
J1
WW
P126R
P200R
P13R J13R
7
8
SGR39
TO SHEET 1
WW
J25R P25R
9
10
11
12
SGK333
5 59 48
S R P BB
AA
NO. 2
POINTER
INPUTS
BEARING
STATORS

SELECT PANEL
BEARING
STATOR
OUTPUT

SELECT PANEL
P302R
PFA
115 VAC RTN
41
115 VAC PWR IN
128
J1
BEARING
STATORS
78
PFA
J1
Y
10 17 4
CHASSIS GROUND
P300R
28 VDC PWR RTN
P317R
PFA
GG333
28 VDC POWER
4 17 10
GG336
GG335
SGK334
SGK332
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AB0178_4A
SA
Figure 3A-4.

3A-29/(3A-30 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
3A.4
3A-32
3A.5
LF/ADF Receiver
3A-34
3A.6
LF/ADF Receiver Mount
3A-36
3A.7
Antenna
3A-38
3A-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.4.
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Para 3A.3
References
INSTALL
REMOVE
1.
2.
Unfasten control panel from lower console and

slowly lift out until electrical connector is
exposed.
Disconnect electrical connector and remove control panel.
LF / ADF
CONTROL
FR
ON
1.
Connect electrical connector P138R to control

panel.
2.
Carefully place control in lower console and fasten.
3.
Do paragraph 3A.3.
FASTENER
LOWER
CONSOLE
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P138R
FS0093
SA
Figure 3A-5.
3A-32
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.5.
LF/ADF Receiver
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Appendix B
Para 3A.3
References
Nose door opened
2.
Place holddown collar on mount onto receiver

holddown hook and tighten thumbnut.
3.
Connect electrical connector P195R to electrical

connector J1.
4.
Make sure the area is free of foreign objects.
5.
Close nose door.
6.
Do paragraph 3A.3.
REMOVE
1.
2.
Loosen thumbnut on mount and pull holddown

collar off of receiver holddown hook.
3.
Remove receiver from mount.

INSTALL
1.
Place receiver on mount and slide receiver back

until retaining ridge is held in place on mount.
(3A-33 Blank)/3A-34
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.5.
LF/ADF Receiver (cont.)
LF / ADF
RECEIVER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
J1
RETAINING
EDGE
HOLD DOWN
HOOK
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P195R
O
FR
NT
MOUNT
THUMB
NUT
AA9901
SA
Figure 3A-6.
LF/ADF Receiver
3A-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.6.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Appendix B
Para 3A.5. Receiver removed
REMOVE
1.
Remove screws fastening mount to bracket.
2.
Remove mount from bracket.

INSTALL
1.
Align mount on bracket and install screws.
2.
Install receiver (Para 3A.5.).
3A-36
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.6.
LF/ADF Receiver Mount (cont.)
SCREW
FR
ON
T
MOUNT
BRACKET
AA9902
SA
Figure 3A-7.
3A-37
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.7.
Antenna
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install

References
Appendix B
Nonmetallic Scraper
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
Para 3A.3
2.
Clean all mounting surfaces with cheesecloth

dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
3.
4.
Connect electrical connector P194R to antenna.
5.
Position antenna against airframe and install

screws and washers.
INSTALL
6.
Apply sealing compound to area where airframe

and edge of antenna meet, and to screw heads.
Remove remaining sealing compound on mounting surface.
7.
Do paragraph 3A.3.
REMOVE
1.
Remove sealing compound around airframe

mounting surfaces and screw heads.
2.
Remove screws and washers from antenna and

carefully lower antenna from airframe.
3.
Disconnect electrical connector P194R and

remove antenna.
1.
3A-38
TM 11-1520-237-23
3A.7.
Antenna (cont.)
AIRFRAME
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P194R
A
FR
ON
LF / ADF
ANTENNA
WASHER
SCREW
FS0096
SA
Figure 3A-8.
Antenna
3A-39/(3A-40 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 4
DOPPLER NAVIGATION
(AN/ASN-128)
SET
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
4-3
II
Troubleshooting
4-13
III
4-29
Change 2
4-1/(4-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
4.1
4-4
4.2
4-4
4.2.1
Power Distribution
4-4
4.2.2
Transmit
4-4
4.2.3
Receive
4-4
4.2.4
Computer and Display
4-5
4.2.5
Test
4-6
Change 2
4-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.1.
The Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128) Set determines the three components of helicopter velocity
from measurements of the Doppler frequency shift,
and computes present position and bearing, time, and
distance to destination. With inputs of helicopter attitude and heading, the Set provides displays of present
position or destination in latitude and longitude or
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinates,
ground speed, track angle, track angle error, distance
cross track, distance bearing, and time to destination.
The spheroid code and magnetic variation of destination can also be displayed. The Set consists of: a
receiver/transmitter-antenna (RTA), in the cockpit tub
below the copilots seat; a signal data converter
(SDC), in the avionics compartment; and computer
display unit (CDU), on the lower console. The RTA
consists of a combined antenna/radome with a
receiver-transmitter housing mounted on top. Electrical connection to the RTA is made through a connector on top of the receiver-transmitter housing. The
SDC processes the Doppler signals, attitude and heading inputs to provide Doppler radar velocity sensor
data to the CDU. The SDC also provides operating
voltages for the RTA and computer display. Electrical
connection to the SDC is made through three connectors on the front of the unit. The CDU contains all
operating controls, indicators, and displays of the Set.
It also contains a keyboard to permit data entry into
memory. Two electrical connectors on the back of the
unit provide for electrical connections. Also on the
back of the unit is an elapsed time meter which indicates the cumulative operating time of the system; and
a dry cell battery which prevents loss of data from
computer memory when power is turned off. The Set
functionally interfaces with the Horizontal Situation
Indicator/Vertical Situation Indicator (HSI/VSI) mode
select unit for display of Doppler distance bearing and
course information on Both Horizontal Situation Indicators (HSIs) and Vertical Situation Indicators (VSIs).
The Set functionally interfaces with the Compass Set
and the copilots vertical displacement gyro for helicopter heading and attitude reference inputs. The Set
also supplies the Command Instrument Set (CIS) with
Doppler navigation data.
4-4
Change 2
4.2.

the 26 VAC DPLR circuit breaker (on pilots circuit
breaker panel) to the SDC.
Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the NO. 1
DC PRI BUS through the DPLR circuit breaker (on
copilots circuit breaker panel) to the SDC and the
CDU. The SDC provides operating voltages of -15
vdc, 5 vdc, and 15 vdc for the RTA and the CDU.
Lighting of the CDU indicators MEM lamp, MAL
lamp and target is controlled by the BRT/DIM-TEST
switch on the caution/advisory panel, which also provides control for dimming instrument panel and console indicator lights.
4.2.2. Transmit. When the Set is turned on, the
CDU applies an on/off control signal to the SDC. The
SDC then supplies -15 vdc, 15 vdc, and 5 vdc power
to the RTA and CDU. It also supplies a beam switching signal and a 30 kHz frequency modulating signal
to the RTA. The RTA generates a transmitter carrier
frequency and frequency modulates this rf carrier with
the 30-kHz sinusoidal signal. The resulting FM-CW
signal is applied to the RTA. The RTA radiates four
non-coplanar switched beam signals; one left forward,
one right forward, one right aft, and one left aft. A
small portion of the rf signal is picked off in the
receiver/transmitter, processed, and applied to balanced mixers as a local oscillator signal.
4.2.3. Receive. Simultaneously with rf transmission, the antenna receives reflected energy for each of
the four transmitted beams. This energy is applied to
the balanced mixers in the receiver/transmitter where
it is mixed with the local oscillator signal. The resultant Doppler-shifted signals with sidebands at 30 kHz
separations are amplified and buffered in the receiver/
transmitter and applied to the SDC. An antenna calibration constant is also applied to the SDC.
SDC circuits filter the Doppler shift signals to eliminate all but the 30 kHz sideband frequencies. The
TM 11-1520-237-23
resultant 30 kHz sideband frequency for each beam
signal is applied to a frequency tracker whose outputs
are beam velocity pulse trains with frequencies proportional to the Doppler shifts in each of the beams.
The SDC also receives pitch and roll signals from the
copilots vertical displacement gyro and heading
information from the Compass Set. These reference
signals, along with the antenna calibration constants,
are digitized in an A/D converter. The beam velocity
pulse trains and A/D converter outputs are converted
into a digital serial format and applied to the CDU.
4.2.4. Computer and Display. The CDU is a
control, a display, and a general purpose digital computer. The CDU processes the digital format data
applied from the SDC, operator inserted initial position, and destination data to provide navigation data.
Initial or present position and destination data are
manually inserted, through the CDU keyboard, in
either latitude and longitude or UTM coordinates.
Since all computations are done in geographical coordinates, UTM coordinates are converted to latitude
and longitude coordinates before being processed. The
coordinates are computed with the north-south and
east-west components of velocity vectors to determine
present position. The computed present position
latitude/longitude coordinates are then processed and
displayed or converted back to UTM coordinates and
then processed and displayed.
The four beam velocities, along with antenna calibration constants from the SDC, are converted from digital serial format to beam velocity logic. The four beam
velocities are used to compute the helicopter velocity
vector in aircraft coordinates, with corrections made
for antenna calibration constants, and temperature.
The helicopter velocity in aircraft coordinates are
transformed into the three orthogonal components of
helicopter velocity in geographical coordinates using
the magnetic heading, pitch, and roll reference signals
received from the SDC. Changes in latitude and longitude are obtained by integrating the helicopter
velocities. The position changes are then added to ini-
tial positions to obtain the actual present position.

Steering data is computed with respect to the destination selected by the operator. The CDU establishes the
flat-earth course from initial position to the selected
destination. Using this course and present position,
the steering computation circuits calculate cross track
distance and track angle error. These circuits also
compute distance, bearing, and time to the selected
destination.
When navigation data, such as initial position coordinates and destination coordinates, are entered on the
CDU, they are stored in computer memory. This
memory is kept energized by a battery in the CDU to
prevent loss of data during temporary power interruptions or when all power is removed. During flights
over certain terrain, such as glassy smooth water, the
Set may lose signal. Under these nontrack conditions,
the CDU MEM indicator will light and navigation
will continue using the last remembered ground speed
and track.
The left, right, and center displays on the CDU light
to present the data, in alphanumeric characters, as
determined by the setting of the DISPLAY switch.
The distance cross track, track angle error, ground
speed, and track angle computed by the unit are displayed when the associated switch position is selected.
The coordinates of the present position are displayed
when the DISPLAY switch is set to PP. The UTM or
latitude and longitude coordinates of present position
are displayed, depending on the setting of the MODE
switch. With the DISPLAY switch set to DIST/BRG/
TIME, the left, right, and center displays provide the
distance, bearing, and time, respectively to the destination set on the FLY-TO DEST thumbwheel. The
DEST/TGT switch position displays the UTM zone,
UTM area easting, and UTM area northing of the destination set on the DEST DISP thumbwheel. The
spheroid code and magnetic variation of destination
configured on the DEST DISP thumbwheel are displayed in the SP/VAR position of the DISPLAY
switch.
Change 2
4-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
Set data is also applied to the HSI/VSI mode select
unit for display. The SDC applies a 15 vdc Doppler
power on signal to the pilots and copilots HSI/VSI
mode select panels. The CDU applies Doppler digital
data signals to the pilots and copilots HSIs. With
DPLR selected on the mode select panels, a range
shutter signal is applied from the mode select panels
to the HSI distance display windows to bias the shutters of the view. The Doppler navigational distance to
destination is displayed in the windows. The digital
data is also decoded in the HSIs to produce analog
signals to drive the No. 1 bearing pointers and to provide course deviation and navigation flag signals to
both HSIs and VSIs, through the mode select panels.
The data signals from the CDU are also applied to the
CIS for processing when the Set is selected for CIS. If
Set data becomes unreliable, the HSI distance display
window shutter and HSI and VSI NAV flags will
come into view to indicate this condition.
4.2.5. Test. The Set has a self-test capability. The
CDU is checked on a continuous basis by built-intest-equipment (BITE). The Doppler radar velocity
sensor, consisting of the RTA and SDC, is checked by
test signals transmitted when the CDU MODE switch
4-6
Change 2
is placed to TEST. All lamps on the CDU are checked

when the MODE switch is placed to LAMP TEST.
The power supply in the SDC is also monitored on a
continuous basis by BITE.
The computer program incorporates tests to verify that
the computer is functioning correctly. When the Set is
operating satisfactorily, a BITE timer reset pulse is
transmitted. If a failure occurs, the BITE timer is not
reset and the CDU MAL indicator lights. When the
CDU MODE switch is placed to LAMP TEST, the
left, right, and center displays light in a specific display, and all indicator, pushbutton, thumbwheel, and
panel lamps light.
When the CDU MODE switch is placed to TEST, the
Doppler radar velocity sensor transmits test velocities,
test angle, and test calibration constant signals to the
CDU. The CDU compares these signals to stored constants to determine the operating status of the Doppler
radar velocity sensor. If a failure occurs, the MAL
indicator lights and the Set switches into a backup
mode of operation. A failure in the SDC power supply
results in transmission of a failure discrete signal to
the CDU to light the MEM and MAL indicators.
TM 11-1520-237-23
PILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
COMPUTER
DISPLAY
UNIT
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LOWER
CONSOLE
RECEIVER /
TRANSMITTER
ANTENNA
SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
AA1335_1A
SA
Figure 4-1.
(4-7 Blank)/4-8
Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P301R
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P304R
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P305R
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH,

STA 197
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P307R
P111 / J111
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH,

STA 197
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P317R
P115 / J115

SELECT PANEL
P118
CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL
P318RA
COMMAND INSTRUMENT
SET PROCESSOR
P134
COMPASS CONTROL
PANEL
P318RB
COMMAND INSTRUMENT
SET PROCESSOR
P142 / J142
P319R
P149R
CIVIL NAVIGATION
RECEIVER
PILOTS PILOTS HSI / VSI

MODE SELECT PANEL
P422R
SAS / FPS COMPUTER
P193R
COPILOTS VERTICAL
DISPLACEMENT GYRO
P667R
RECEIVER / TRANSMITTER
ANTENNA
P242
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P668R
P247 / J247
SIGNAL SIGNAL DATA

CONVERTER
P249 / J249
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 LH, STA 247
P266 / J266

BREAKER PANEL,
BL 25 RH, STA 247
P696R
SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER
COPILOTS VSI / HSI MODE

SELECT PANEL
P902
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P914 / J914
COCKPIT, BL 24 LH,
STA 247
P1R / J1R
P14R / J14R
P16R / J16R
P21R / J21R
P110 / J110
P300R
P686R
P686R
COMPUTER DISPLAY UNIT
P687R
P695R
AA1335_2A
SA
Figure 4-1.
Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
4-9
TM 11-1520-237-23
DOPPLER
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
28 VDC
5
AMP
28 VDC

PANEL
SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER
26V
DOPPLER
AC
ESNTL
BUS
26 VAC
2
AMP
26 VAC
15 VDC DOPPLER POWER ON
TEST SIGNAL
15 VDC, 15 VDC, 5 VDC
2
3
4
5
6
7
DOPPLER RADAR VELOCITY

SENSOR DATA (DIGITAL DATA)

PANEL
COMPASS SET
COMPASS HEADING
30 KHZ FM SIGNAL
BEAM SWITCHING SIGNAL
ANTENNA CALIBRATION CONSTANT
DOPPLER SIGNAL
COPILOTS VERTICAL
DISPLACEMENT GYRO
PITCH SIGNAL
ROLL SIGNAL
POWER SUPPLY FAILURE

ON / OFF CONTROL SIGNAL
TEST SIGNAL
9
10
11
12
AA2258_1A
SA
Figure 4-2.
4-10
Change 2
Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
DECODED DOPPLER NAV FLAG

DECODED DOPPLER COURSE DEVIATION
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
SELECTED NAVIGATION FLAG
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
DOPPLER RANGE SHUTTER
DOPPLER
MODE ON

PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL

SELECTED NAV FLAG
2
3
4
5
6
7
SELECTED NAV FLAG
SELECTED NAV FLAG

PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
RECEIVER/TRANS
MITTERANTENNA
8
9
10
11
DIGITAL DATA
DOPPLER MODE ON
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
SELECTED NAV FLAG
12
COMPUTER DISPLAY
UNIT
AA2258_2A
SA
Figure 4-2.
Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
4-11/(4-12 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
4.3
TITLE
PAGE
4-14
Change 2
4-13
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.
Operational Check
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
23
Test Equipment
Operational

Cable Tester, Item 14, Appendix B
NOTE
indicated ( 23 ).

References
If digital display is incorrect or blank,

go to Table 4-2.
OPERATIONAL CHECK
1.

or safety.
2.
3.
Place MODE switch (CDU) to LAMP TEST.
4.
Adjust DIM control to obtain a desirable light

level.

Table 4-3.
5.
23
Place MODE switch (CDU) to TEST.
).
NOTE
RESULT:
a.
Left display indicates **888.8.
b.
Right display indicates *88888.8.
c.
Center display indicates 88*.
d.
Target storage display indicates 8.
e.
MEM and MAL indicator lamps are on.
If EN is displayed in first two positions

on left display, go to Table 4-1.
4-14
Change 2
In the following procedure, the letter 9A9

indicates any letter is acceptable for that
display character, and the letter 9X9 indicates any number is acceptable for that
display character.
RESULT: After about 15 seconds, GO shall be displayed in the first two positions on left display.
If MAL and MEM indicator lamps are
on, replace SDC (Para 4.9.).
If right display indicates CXXXXXX,
go to Table 4-4.
If right display indicates RXXXXXX,
go to Table 4-5.
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.

If right display indicates SXXXXXX,
go to Table 4-5.
RESULT:
If right display indicates HXXXXXX,

go to Table 4-5.
If right display indicates PXXXXXX,
go to Table 4-5.
6.
Place MODE switch (CDU) to LAMP TEST.
7.
Adjust DIM control fully clockwise, fully counterclockwise, and then fully clockwise.
a.
Left display shall indicate AAXXXX.
b.
Center display shall indicate XXA.
c.
Right display shall indicate XXXX.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
12.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to DEST/TGT.
13.
Place DEST DISP thumbwheel (CDU) to P.
RESULT:
RESULT:
a.
b.
All display characters shall go on bright,

then go off, then go on bright.
a.
MEM and MAL lamps shall be on.
b.
c.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
8.
Place MODE switch (CDU) to UTM.
9.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to WIND SP/DIR.
RESULT: Left display shall indicate an asterisk and

right display shall indicate an asterisk.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
14.
Place MODE switch (CDU) to LAT/LONG.
RESULT:
a.
Left display shall indicate N (or S)

XXXX. X.
b.
Right display shall indicate E (or W)

XXXXX. X.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
10.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to XTK/TKE.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
RESULT:
a.
b.
11.
Left display shall indicate R (or L)

XXX. X
Right display shall indicate R (or L)
XXX.
15.
Place MODE switch (CDU) to BACK UP.
RESULT:
a.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
b.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to PP.
c.
Change 2
4-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
16.
24.
Momentarily pressKYBD key (CDU).
25.
Momentarily press keys (CDU) in this order:

2,1,4,6,5,6,7,8,9,0,1, and then 2.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to SPH/VAR.
RESULT:
RESULT:
a.
Left display shall indicate AAO or AA6.
a.
Left display shall indicate DL5678.
b.
Right display shall indicate E (or W)

XXX. X.
b.
Right display shall indicate 9012.

CDU (Para 4.4.).

CDU (Para 4.4.).
17.
26.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to GS/TK .
27.
Momentarily press these keys (CDU) in this

order: KYBD, KYBD, 0,0,0, KYBD, 0,0,0, and
ENT.
18.
Place DEST DISP thumbwheel to P.
19.
Momentarily press KYBD key (CDU) twice,
20.
Momentarily press keyboard keys 1,2,4, and 6

CDU.
RESULT:
RESULT: Center display shall indicate 12L.
Performing steps 28. through 69. will

remove all stored destination coordinate
data.
28.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to SPH/VAR .
29.

order: KYBD, KYBD, 1,3,4,6,0, KYBD,
2,2,0,0,0,0, and ENT.
Momentarily press keys 2 and 1 (CDU).
RESULT: Center display shall indicate 12D.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
Momentarily press CLR key (CDU) twice.
RESULT: Center display shall be blank.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
4-16
NOTE

CDU (Para 4.4.).
23.
b.
Momentarily press CLR key (CDU).
RESULT: Center display shall indicate 12 (L clears).
22.
Left display shall indicate 000.

CDU (Para 4.4.).

CDU (Para 4.4.).
21.
a.
Change 2
RESULT:
a.
Left display shall indicate CLO.
b.
Right display shall indicate E000.0.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.
30.
39.
Place DEST DISP thumbwheel (CDU) to 5.
31.
Place DEST DISP thumbwheel (CDU) to P.
40.
Momentarily press ENT key (CDU).
32.

order: KYBD, KYBD, 3,1,5,5, KYBD,
2,2,5,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, and ENT.
RESULT: Displays shall indicate same as in step 34.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
RESULT:
a.
Left display shall indicate EM0000.
b.
Center display shall indicae 31N.
c.
41.
Momentarily press KYBD key (CDU).
42.
43.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
33.
34.

2,2,4,6,0,0,0,0,9,0,0,0, and ENT.
RESULT:

CDU (Para 4.4.).
44.
45.
46.
a.
Left display shall indicate EL0000.
b.
Center display shall indicate 31N.
c.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
47.
Place DEST DISP thumbwheel (CDU) to H.
48.
Momentarily press these Keys (CDU) in this

2,1,5,4,6,5,3,6,2,0,0,0 ENT.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
35.
36.
a.
Left display shall indicate DM6536.
37.
b.
c.
RESULT:

CDU (Para 4.4.).
38.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
49.
Change 2
4-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.
50.
51.

CDU (Para 4.4.).

64.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to DIST/BRG/

TIME.
65.
Place FLY-TO DEST thumbwheel (CDU) to

1,3,5,7, and 9 respectively.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
52.
53.
54.
RESULT:

CDU (Para 4.4.).
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
At each position of thumbwheel, left display shall indicate 010.0.
b.
At each position of thumbwheel, center

display shall indicate *.
c.
At each position of thumbwheel, right

display shall indicate 180.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
66.

CDU (Para 4.4.).
a.
Place FLY-TO-DEST thumbwheel (CDU) to

Blank,2,4,6,8, and 0 respectively.
RESULT:
a.
At each position of thumbwheel, left display shall indicate 040.0.
b.
At each position of thumbwheel, center

display shall indicate *.
c.
At each position of thumbwheel, right

display shall indicate 300.

CDU (Para 4.4.).

CDU (Para 4.4.).
67.
Place DEST DISP thumbwheel (CDU) to number displayed on TGT STR indicator.
68.
69.
Momentarily press TGT STR key (CDU).
61.
62.
63.
4-18
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.
RESULT:
72.
Push in DPLR circuit breaker on copilots circuit breaker panel.
73.
Push in 26 VAC DPLR circuit breaker on pilots

circuit breaker panel.
Place DEST DISP thumbwheel (CDU) to H.
a.
Left display shall indicate EM0000.
b.
c.
74.
d.
Number displayed in TGT STR indicator

shall be one greater than number displayed before TGT STR pushbutton was
pushed (if number was 9, it should now
be 6).
RESULT:

CDU (Para 4.4.).
70.
Pull out DPLR circuit breaker on copilots circuit breaker panel.
71.
Pull out 26 VAC DPLR circuit breaker on pilots

circuit breaker panel.
Table 4-1.
a.
Left display shall indicate DM6536.
b.
c.

Table 4-6).
75.

helicopter ( 23 ).
EN Is Displayed In First Two Positions (Computer Display Unit).
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Momentarily press KYBD key (CDU). Go to 2.
2. If displays are not as specified, place MODE switch (CDU) OFF. Go to 3.
3. Wait two (2) minutes. Go to 4.
4. Place MODE switch (CDU) to LAMP TEST.
Step 1. If EN is still displayed, replace battery (CDU) (Para 4.5.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace CDU (Para 4.4.).
Table 4-2.
Digital Display Is Incorrect Or Blank (Computer Display Unit).
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace associated digital display indicator (Para 4.6.). Go to 2.
Change 2
4-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.

Table 4-2.
Digital Display Is Incorrect Or Blank (Computer Display Unit). (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. If trouble remains, replace CDU (Para 4.4.).

Table 4-3.
MEM And/Or MAL Indicator Does Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace associated lamp (Para 4.7. or Para 4.8.). Go to 2.
Table 4-4.
Right Display (Computer-Display Unit) Indicates CXXXXXX.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P668R, P686R, and P687R) (Para 4.11.).
(Para 4.11.).
P668R and P686R
P668R and P687R
Step 1. If continuity is present, CDU (Para 4.4.).
4-20
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.
Table 4-5.
Right Display (Computer Display Unit) Indicates HXXXXXX, PXXXXXX, SXXXXXX, Or

RXXXXXX.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
(Para 4.11.).
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace RTA (Para 4.10.).
Table 4-6.
23
).
Data Does Not Remain in Memory After Aircraft Power Loss.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace CDU battery (Para 4.5.). Go to 2.
Change 2
4-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.

P110
J16R
J110
P16R
26 VAC DPLR
J266
26 VAC
CB220
2
2 AMP
AC ESNTL
BUS
P266
KK
MM
TO SHEET 3
J21R
DPLR
28 VDC
NO. 1
PRI DC
BUS
J249
CB115
5
2 AMP
P249
P21R
E
J902
P902
SG9027
SG9026
P111
J111
SGP1331
P914
LEFT RELAY PANEL
J914
J115
PFA
P115
J118
DIMMING
AND
LOGIC
P118
T
P668R
PFA
1J3
NOTE
PIN A OF CONNECTOR P668R SHOWS
TYPICAL CONFIGURATION FOR ALL
PIN FILTERED ADAPTERS (PFA).
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
Figure 4-3.
4-22
Change 2
Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128)Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 6)
AB1608_1
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.
SHIELD
LOW
HIGH
ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHTING
DIGITAL
DATA
COMPUTER DISPLAY
3J2
3J1
C E
F G L
P R N A B D
GG134
19 65
21
66
43
44
60
59 58
52
53
PFA
P686R
51
SCR72
SCR71
SG686R3
SG686R4
SG686R5
SG686R9
SG687R2
GG134
SG686R6
SG686R7
SG686R8
PFA
P687R
4
5
TO
SHEET
6
P1R J1R
SG687R1
P14R
Y b
J14R
6
7
8
SGR105
IDENT RTN
SENSE RTN
SPARE
ON / OFF
TEST
PWR SPLY FAIL
LOW
SHIELD
HIGH
15V
A B C S L M K T
IDENT
P668R
TO SHEET 3
DOPPLER RADAR
VELOCITY
SENSOR DATA
(DIGITAL DATA)
15V
DC RTN
(SEE DETAIL A)
28 VDC SENSE
PFA
1J3
5V
TO
SHEET
5
AB1608_2
SA
Figure 4-3.
Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 2
4-23
TM 11-1520-237-23

COPILOTS VERTICAL DISPLACEMENT GYRO
HEADING
OUTPUT
ROLL SIGNAL
OUTPUT
PITCH SIGNAL
OUTPUT
4.3.
J134R
J193R
PFA
P134R
PFA
P193R
W
SGR1341
GG123
TO SHEET 2
GG143
SGP16R1
SGP16R3
SGP16R5
SGP16R4
SGP16R6
TO SHEET 1
SGR85
SGR84
SGR86
SGP16R2
GG144
GG144
P696R
W T
Z D
26 VAC (L)
PITCH SIGNAL INPUT
ROLL SIGNAL INPUT
28 VDC RTN
CHASSIS GROUND
COMPASS
HEADING INPUT
28 VDC IN
26 VAC (H)
PFA
1J1
Figure 4-3.
4-24
Change 2
AB1608_3
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.
RECEIVER/TRANSMITTERANTENNA
12 13 10 25 5
1 16 15 18 11 24 21 22 2
9 14
k m n
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
CC1
CC2
CC3
CC6
CC7
CC8
F G H
J K L M N P R S
DC RTN
LOW
15V (SSS)
HIGH
W X Y E
36 37
LOW
C D
30 31
SHIELD
P695R
HIGH
29 23 17 26 19 20
HIGH
34 35
LOW
2J1
PFA
P667R
CC5
CC4
SPARE
DC RETURN
DC RTN (SPARE)
15V
15V
5V
DC RTN
15V RTN
TEMP
B3 + B4
IF OUTPUT
TEST 2
LOW
SHIELD
HIGH
FM
B2 + B3
LOW
PFA
1J2
AB1608_4
SA
Figure 4-3.

Change 2
4-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.3.
()
(+)
()
DOPPLER RANGE
SHUTTER ()
DOPPLER MODE
ON OUT
12
103
92
23
22
72
46
NAV FLAG
DOPPLER
NAV FLAG
(+)
124
DOPPLER
COURSE
DEVIATION
()
63
(+)
DOPPLER PWR ON
125
COURSE
DEVIATION
()
34
()
(+)
89
(+)
()
121
COURSE
DEVIATION
(+)
NAV / FM FLAG
J300R
PFA
P300R
128
13 66
10
GG335
11
8
SGLHS9
TO
SHEET
2
SGLHS8
12
6
SGLHS7
13
GG339
EE
FF
AA
DOPPLER RANGE
SHUTTER ()
()
(+)
DOPPLER
NAV FLAG
()
(+)
DOPPLER
COURSE
DEVIATION
()
NAV FLAG
COURSE
DEVIATION
HIGH
()
(+)
NAV / FM FLAG
COURSE
DEVIATION
()
PFA
J302R
(+)
PFA
J301R
P302R
(+)
X A
()
(+)
LOW
SHIELD
DIGITAL DATA
P301R
GG333
AB1608_5
SA
Figure 4-3.
4-26
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
J2
PFA
P319R
21
J317R
J1B
J1A
PFA
P317R 128 63 13 66
PFA
PFA
124 12
103 92
23 22
72 46
125 34
89 121
P318RB
37 38
39 40
P318RA
39
SHIELD
DIGITAL
DATA IN
HIGH
LOW
DOPPLER MODE ON
()
(+)
NAV FLAG
COURSE
DEVIATION
()
(+)
()
COURSE
DEVIATION
NAV / FM FLAG
(+)
()
DOPPLER RANGE
SHUTTER ()
DOPPLER MODE ON OUT
(+)
DOPPLER
NAV FLAG
COMMAND INSTRUMENT SET PROCESSOR
()
DOPPLER
COURSE
DEVIATION
(+)
()
NAV FLAG
(+)
()
(+)
()
COURSE
DEVIATION
DOPPLER MODE ON IN
(+)
4.3.
29 28 30
10
GG335
P14R
GG
SGRHS7
11
SGRHS8
SGRHS1
SGRHS2
J14R
TO
SHEET
2
4
5
12
13
GG334
GG337
s AA u
EE FF
m n
P304R
G H
W X
(+)
()
NAV / FM FLAG
()
(+)
DOPPLER RANGE
SHUTTER ()
()
(+)
DOPPLER
NAV FLAG
()
(+)
DOPPLER
COURSE
DEVIATION
()
(+)
NAV FLAG
()
(+)
COURSE
DEVIATION
115 VAC RTN
DIGITAL DATA
LOW
SHIELD
PFA
J304R
HIGH
PFA
J305R
COURSE
DEVIATION
P305R
AB1608_6
SA
Figure 4-3.

Change 2
4-27/(4-28 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
4.4
4-30
4.5
Battery
4-32
4.6
Digital Display Indicator
4-34
4.7
Keyboard Actuating Lens Lamp
4-36
4.8
MEM or MAL Lamp
4-38
4.9
Signal Data Converter
4-40
4.10
Receiver/Transmitter-Antenna
4-42
4.11
4-44
Change 2
4-29
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.4.
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
References

Appendix B
Appendix B
Appendix C

Materials/Parts
Para 4.3
23
b.5.
REMOVE
a.1.
Loosen fasteners.
b.2.
Carefully lift CDU until electrical connectors

can be disconnected.
b.3.
Disconnect pin filtered adapter/electrical connectors.

INSTALL
b.1.
Measure resistance between each pin filter

adapter and CDU electrical connector.

b.7.

through b.55.
b.8.
Position CDU on lower console.
b.9.
Tighten fasteners.
Clean area around mounting surface and electrical connector threads with cheesecloth dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
b.10.
b.2.
b.3.
Inspect chemical conversion coated surface

( 23 ).
b.12.

through b.10.
Connect pin filtered adapter/electrical connectors, P687R to 3J1 and P686R to 3J2.
b.13.
Do paragraph 4.3.
b.4.
4-30
Change 2
Measure resistance between CDU and lower

console.
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.4.
Computer Display Unit (cont.)

FASTENER
FR
B
(SEE NOTE)
ON
COMPUTER
DISPLAY
UNIT
D
(SEE NOTE)
PIN FILTERED ADAPTER /
P686R
F
(SEE NOTE)

P687R
A
(SEE NOTE)
C
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
LOWER
CONSOLE
E
(SEE NOTE)
AA1865A
SA
Figure 4-4.
Change 2
4-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.5.
Battery
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Para 4.4. CDU Removed
NOTE
References
Doppler must be programmed after battery replacement.
Appendix B
INSTALL
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws and battery cover.
a.2.
Remove snap-on connector.
a.3.
Remove battery.
4-32
Change 2
b.1.
b.2.
b.3.
Connect snap-on connector to battery.
Position battery in CDU.

Position battery cover on CDU and fasten with
screws.
b.4. Install CDU (Para 4.4.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.5.
Battery (cont.)
SCREW
BATTERY
COVER
BATTERY
SNAPON
CONNECTOR
REAR VIEW
AA2124A
SA
Figure 4-5.
Battery
Change 2
4-33
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.6.
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Para 4.3
References
a.4.
REMOVE
a.1.
Loosen set screws and remove DIM knob from

computer-display unit.
a.2.
Remove DIM knob.
a.3.
4-34
Firmly grasp digital display indicator and pull it

out.
INSTALL
b.1.
Press digital display indicator into socket.
NOTE
b.2.
Place bezel and gasket assembly in a

location where bezel will not get
scratched.
Place bezel and gasket assembly on front of

CDU and fasten with screws and lockwashers.
b.3.
Place DIM knob on CDU and tighten set

screws.
Remove screws, lockwashers, bezel and gasket

assembly.
b.4.
Do paragraph 4.3.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.6.
Digital Display Indicator (cont.)

SETSCREW
SCREW,
LOCKWASHER
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(NUMERIC)
DIM KNOB
SETSCREW
BEZEL AND
GASKET
ASSEMBLY
A
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(ALPHA)
B
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(DECIMAL / DEGREE)
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(NUMERIC)
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(NUMERIC)
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(ALPHA)
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(NUMERIC)
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(ALPHA)
FR
ON
COMPUTER
DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(NUMERIC)
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(NUMERIC)
DISPLAY
INDICATOR
(DECIMAL / DEGREE)
AA2123A
SA
Figure 46.
Change 2
4-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.7.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Appendix B
Para 4.3

Materials/Parts
NOTE
Each switch actuating lens has grooved
sides so that it can be grasped with fingernails.
Lamp
References
INSTALL
REMOVE
a.1.
Firmly lens from CDU.
a.2.
Pull lamp from lens.
4-36
Change 2
b.1.
Insert lamp into lens.
b.2.
Install slens into CDU.
b.3.
Do paragraph 4.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.7.
Keyboard Actuating Lens Lamp (cont.)

SWITCH
ACTUATING
LENS
LAMP
COMPUTER
DISPLAY UNIT
LOWER
CONSOLE
Figure 4-7.
AA2121A
SA
Change 2
4-37
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.8.
MEM or MAL Lamp
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References
Appendix B
Para 4.3
Materials/Parts
Lamp
Para 4.6. Bezel And Gasket Assembly Removed
INSTALL
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove yellow cap.
a.2.
Remove lamp.
4-38
Change 2
b.1.
Install lamp into socket and install yellow cap.
b.2.
Install bezel and gasket assembly (Para 4.6.).
b.3.
Do paragraph 4.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.8.
MEM or MAL Lamp (cont.)

SETSCREW
SCREW,
LOCKWASHER
DIM KNOB
SETSCREW
BEZEL AND
GASKET
ASSEMBLY
YELLOW
CAP
INCANDESCENT
LAMP
COMPUTER
DISPLAY UNIT
FR
ON
COMPUTER
DISPLAY UNIT
AA2122A
SA
Figure 4-8.
MEM or MAL Lamp
Change 2
4-39
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.9.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Appendix C

Appendix B
Para 4.3
23

Materials/Parts
Nose Door Opened
NOTE
Do not place component on chemical
conversion coated surface.
b.5.
Connect pin filtered adapter/electrical connectors, P696R to 1J1 and P668R to 1J3.
b.6.
Connect electrical connect P695R to 1J2.
b.7.
Measure resistance between each pin filtered

adapter and SDC electrical connector.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove pin filtered adapter/electrical and electrical connectors.
a.2.
Remove screws, lockwashers, and washers.
a.3.
Remove SDC.
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean area around mounting area and electrical

connector threads with cheesecloth dampened
with dry-cleaning solvent.
b.9.

b.2, b.5, b.7.
b.10.
Measure resistance between SDC and shelf.
b.2.
b.3.

( 23 ).
b.12.

b.2, b.4, b.5, b.10.
Position SDC on upper shelf and fasten with

screws, lockwashers, and washers.
b.13.
b.4.
4-40
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.9.
Signal Data Converter (cont.)
b.14.
Close nose door.
b.15.
Do paragraph 4.3.
SCREW,
WASHER
LOCKWASHER
D
(SEE NOTE)
F
(SEE NOTE)
P696R
E
(SEE NOTE)
SIGNAL
DATA
CONVERTER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P695R
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
UPPER
SHELF
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
(SEE NOTE)

P668R
Figure 4-9.
A
B
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
AA1866A
SA
Change 2
4-41
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.10.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install

References
Appendix B
Non-Metallic Scraper
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
Para 4.3
b.3.
Carefully position RTA until electrical connector and ground strap can be connected.
b.4.
Position ground strap on RTA and fasten with

screw, lockwasher, and washer.
b.5.
Connect electrical connector P667R to 2J1.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove sealing compound from around RTA.
a.2.
Remove screws and flat washers.
a.3.
Carefully tilt unit to one side until electrical

connector and ground strap can be disconneted.
a.4.
a.5.
Remove screw, lockwasher, and washer fastening ground strap.
a.6.
Carefully lower RTA through antenna opening.

INSTALL
b.1.
b.2.
4-42
NOTE
Make sure alignment pins and slots
mate.
b.6.
Carefully position RTA onto its mounting structure.
b.7.
Fasten RTA with screws and washers.
Clean area around mounting surface of RTA

and helicopter mounting surface with cheesecloth dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
NOTE

NOTE
b.8.
The RTAs electrical receptacle shall be

toward the rear of the helicopter when
RTA is installed.

it meets the mounting structure, screw heads,
and any unused mounting holes.
b.9.
Do paragraph 4.3.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.10.
Receiver/Transmitter-Antenna (cont.)
SCREW,
LOCKWASHER,
WASHER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P667R
FR
NT
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
2J1
GROUND
STRAP
SCREW,
FLAT
WASHER
DOPPLER NAVIGATION
ANTENNA
AA2119A
SA
Figure 4-10.
Change 2
4-43
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.11.
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B

References

Appendix B
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
b.3.

REMOVE
a.1.
b.4.

shall be indicated.
a.2.

b.5.

filtered adapter.
a.3.

connector.
INSTALL
c.1.
c.2.
c.3.
c.4.

CHECK
b.1.
b.2.

filtered adapter.
NOTE
4-44
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4.11.
c.6.

through c.4.
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
c.7.
RECEPTACLE
VIEW A
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
A
B
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
TIEDOWN STRAP
RECEPTACLE
VIEW B
Figure 4-11.
AA1920
SA
Change 2
4-45/(4-46 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 4A
DOPPLER/GPS NAVIGATION
(AN/ASN-128B)
SET
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
4A-3
II
Troubleshooting
4A-15
III
4A-45
Change 2
4A-1/(4A-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
4A.1
TITLE
4A.1.1
4A.1.2
4A.2
Purpose and Use
PAGE
4A-4
4A-4
4A-4
4A-5
4A.2.1
4A-5
4A.2.2
Set Operation
4A-5
4A.2.2.1
RTA
4A-5
4A.2.2.2
SDC
4A-6
4A.2.2.3
CDU
4A-6
4A.2.2.4
GPS Antenna
4A-7
4A.2.2.5
Self-Test
4A-7
Change 2
4A-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.1.
EQUIPMENT
DATA.
DESCRIPTION
AND
4A.1.1. Purpose and Use. Doppler/Global Positioning Set (GPS) Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set
(DGNS) is an Airborne Navigational Set that determines the three orthogonal components of helicopter
velocity from measurements of the Doppler frequency
shift. It computes present position and bearing, time,
and distance to selected destinations from internal
GPS measurements and Doppler frequency shift measurements.
When provided with a synchro reference signal and
pitch, roll, heading, true airspeed, and prime power
from the helicopter, the Navigation Set provides the
following displays:
4A-4
a.
Present position or destination in latitude

(LAT) and longitude (LONG) or Military
Grid Reference System (MGRS) coordinates.
b.
Ground speed in kilometers per hour

(kph) or knots.
c.
Track angle in degrees.
d.
Distance crosstrack (XTK) in kilometers

(k) or nautical miles (nmi).
e.
Track angle error (TKE) in degrees.
f.
Wind speed in kph or knots.
g.
Wind direction in degrees relative to true

north.
h.
Distance to destination in k and hectometer (hm) tenths of a k or nmi and tenths of

a nmi.
i.
Bearing to selected destination in degrees.
j.
Time to selected destination in hours,

minutes and tenths of a minute.
k.
DATUM code for coordinate set manually inserted or entered by downloading

DATA Transfer Module data (DTM).
Change 2
l.
Magnetic variation (MAG VAR) of destination (manually inserted).
m.
GPS Status (key, fault detection and

exclusion (FDE) and receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM), time,
and operating mode).
4A.1.2. Equipment Description and Data.

The Set consists of four major equipment components:
a radar signal data converter (SDC), in the nose compartment; a computer display unit (CDU), on the
lower console; a GPS antenna, on the top of main
rotot pylon aft of the main rotor; and a receiver/
transmitter-antenna (RTA), in the copilots seatwell.
The four components use convection and conduction
cooling (no blowers are used), and are interconnected
with multiconductor cables for transferring signals
and power within the Set. 27146722 In addition,
a zeroize switch on the lower console and a data
loader on the crewchief/right gunners ICS support
In addition, a zeroize
bracket.
6723SUBQ
switch on the lower console and a data loader on the
lower console.
The SDC processes the GPS antenna inputs and RTA
signals to provide input data to the CDU. A power
supply and heat sink with fins is located at the end of
the SDC. The Set is used in conjunction with vertical
and heading references and drives inputs to Vertical
Situation Indicators (VSIs) and/or Horizontal Situation Indicators (HSIs). Communications with the CDU
are by an ARINC 575, 24 bit data line. The SDC has
an RS-422 port available for accepting destination
data from a waypoint data loader. Interface with the
embedded GPS receiver (EGR) is also available via
an RS-422 interface.
The crypto variables can be zeroized by an external
discrete switch.
The RTA consists of a combined antenna/radome and
a receiver-transmitter housing. The combination
antenna/radome utilizes a printed-grid antenna that is
photo-etched on the inside surface of the radome. The
receiver-transmitter electronic components are contained in a housing mounted on top of the antenna/
radome.
The CDU contains all operating controls, indicators,
and displays for the Set. It also contains a keyboard to
TM 11-1520-237-23
permit entry of alphanumeric characters into memory.
The CDU display has a light emitting diode (LED)
display capable of displaying four lines of alphanumeric characters or symbols. The CDU provides for
mode control: OFF, LAMP TEST, TEST, MGRS,
LAT/LONG, and GPS/LDG, and also enables the
selection of combined Doppler/GPS, Doppler only
and GPS only modes. The Set provides position data
in MGRS and also in LAT/LONG; the operator can
select either coordinate system for displaying present
position, destinations, and targets of opportunity. The
CDU provides for the display of Groundspeed and
Track Angle, XTK and TKE, Distance, Bearing and
Time to Go to 100 destinations, wind speed and direction (if True Airspeed is available) GPS crypto data
status, GPS health and Estimated Position Error
(EPE). It also provides for the display and entry of
DATUMS, MAG VAR, vertical navigation and tactical landing capability (azimuth, glide slope guidance
and distance to go). Additionally position in LAT/
LONG format may be entered and displayed to a resolution of 0.01 arc minutes. Position, velocity, steering
and landing information are also provided on a 32 Bit
ARINC 575 output. Two route sequencing modes and
To-To navigation are also provided. The interface
includes lateral deviation for the digital Command
Instrument Set Processor ( DCISP ). The CDU is
capable of storing up to 10 targets of opportunity that
are entered and stored by depressing the target store
key. Waypoints can be selected by means of keyboard
and/or INC/DEC switch operations. The CDU shall
also display the results of initiated Built-In-TestEquipment (BITE) and display GPS satellite, and GPS
receiver status including the number of Space
Vehicles (SVs) being tracked. Waypoints can be
entered by the CDU keyboard or the DTM.
4A.2.
4A.2.1. Principles of Operation. The Set measures helicopter velocity by computing the Doppler
frequency shifts in four radar beams transmitted
toward and received back from the ground. The Set
also receives helicopter heading, roll, and pitch as
synchro inputs. After conversion to digital format, the
pitch and roll information is used with the Doppler
frequency shifts to produce three orthogonal components of helicopter velocity. The Set computer uses
helicopter velocity, heading information and GPS data
to perform navigation from an initial fix point. If a
true airspeed (TAS) input is available in the helicopter, the navigation set also computes windspeed and
direction. If barometric altitude (BARO) is available,
it will be used to aid the GPS.
4A.2.2. Set Operation. The Set is energized
when the CDU MODE switch is rotated from the OFF
position to any of the other positions. This causes an
on/off control discrete signal to be sent from the CDU
to the SDC. The SDC then supplies -15 vdc 15 vdc,
and 5 vdc power to the RTA and CDU. CDU also
supplies a beam switching signal and a 30 kHz frequency modulating signal to the RTA. The RTA generates a transmitter carrier frequency at 13.325 GHz
and frequency modulates this rf carrier with the 30
kHz sinusoidal signal. The resulting frequency modulated, continuous wave (FM-CW) signal is applied to
the RTA. The RTA simultaneously radiates and
receives four non-coplanar switched beam signals in a
sequential fashion. Within five seconds after turn on,
the Doppler radar will have searched for and locked
on to the received Doppler shifted signal. The Doppler radar velocity sensor, comprised of the SDC with
embedded GPS receiver and the RTA, processes the
beam velocity signals and GPS data and transmits the
Doppler/GPS information to the CDU together with
pitch, roll and magnetic heading (MAG HDG) data;
antenna calibration constants; and TAS (optional).
The CDU accepts these inputs and computes the three
orthogonal components of helicopter velocity in
ground coordinates, and combines helicopter velocity,
MAG HDG data, and GPS data to compute changes
in helicopter position.
During Set operation the Set is monitored by test signals to detect failures. The CDU, using its own computer as BITE, processes these test signals and displays coded data which indicates the defective unit or
circuit card of the navigation set. The primary
(default) navigation mode is combined for GPS/
Doppler automatic mixing. GPS only mode may be
selected automatically or manually when the Doppler
is in memory or there is a Doppler malfunction. Doppler only mode may be selected automatically or
manually when the GPS is jammed.
4A.2.2.1. RTA. The RTA receives a beam switching signal and a 30 kHz frequency modulating signal
from the SDC. The antenna generates a transmitter
carrier frequency and frequency modulates this rf car-
Change 2
4A-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
rier with the 30-kHz sinusoidal signal. The resulting
FM-CW signal is applied to the antenna. The antenna
radiates four non-coplanar switched beam signals; one
left forward, one right forward, one right aft, and one
left aft. A small portion of the rf signal is picked off in
the receiver/transmitter, processed, and applied to balanced mixers as a local oscillator signal.
Simultaneous with rf transmission, the antenna
receives reflected energy for each of the four transmitted beams. This energy is applied to the balanced
mixers in the receiver/transmitter where it is mixed
with the local oscillator signal. The resultant Doppler
shifted signals with sidebands at 30 kHz separations
are amplified and buffered in the receiver/transmitter
and applied to the SDC. An antenna calibration constant is also applied to the SDC.
4A.2.2.2. SDC. SDC circuits filter the Doppler
shift signals to eliminate all but the 30 kHz sideband
frequencies. The resultant 30 kHz sideband frequency
for each beam signal is applied to a frequency tracker
whose outputs are beam velocity pulse trains with frequencies proportional to the Doppler shifts in each of
the beams. The SDC also receives pitch and roll signals from the copilots vertical displacement gyro and
heading information from the compass set. These reference signals along with the antenna calibration constants are digitized in an A/D converter. The beam
velocity pulse trains and A/D converter outputs are
converted into a digital serial format and applied to
the CDU.
Signals received from four or more independent satellites by the GPS Fixed Reception Pattern Antenna
(FRPA) are processed by an Embedded GPS Receiver
(EGR) and GPS I/O circuitry to provide GPS (position, velocity, time) data for transmission to the CDU.
The CDU uses GPS data for automatic initialization
of position (with one second averaging), for periodic
position updates for precise navigation. The DGNS
also accepts barometric altitude for use by the EGR to
provide position, velocity, time data when the EGR is
tracking only three satellites. For interfacing with time
sequenced radios, the EGR provides a HAVE QUICK
interface for timing information.
4A-6
Change 2
The SDC also contains power supply circuitry that

converts 28 vdc prime power into the three regulated
voltages required by the set: -15 vdc, 15 vdc, and 5
vdc.
4A.2.2.3. CDU. The CDU is a control, a display,
and a general purpose digital computer for helicopter
navigation and guidance. The CDU has a capacity of
343, 216 words of electrically erasable programmable
read-only-memory
(EEPROM),
random-accessmemory (RAM) of 65,536 words, and non-volatile
RAM (NOVRAM) of 4096 words. Destinations and
other data can be modified whenever required, but
data that are unchanged need not be re-entered.
The front panel of the CDU provides for the display
of navigation data on a four line alphanumeric, LED
display. It also provides the controls for mode and
display selection. A keyboard is provided for input
and display navigation and guidance data.
A central processing unit performs the major navigation computations and comprises the computer portion of the CDU. Display and control of navigation
data are performed by the front panel assembly and
LED I/O. The CDU keyboard and MODE switch
allow the operator to enter wind speed and direction,
destination data and initial position in either MGRS or
LAT/LONG format using MGRS or LAT/LONG
position, respectively, of the MODE switch. The
DATUM of operation is also entered by setting the
DISPLAY switch to DATUM/ROUTE and entering
DATUM codes for the operational area.
When MGRS coordinates are used, the initial position
(IP) coordinates are first converted to LAT/LONG
coordinates, since all computations are performed in
geographical coordinates. These coordinates are then
computed with the north-south (VN) and east-west
(VE) components of velocity vectors and GPS
(position/velocity) to determine present position (PP).
After PP LAT/LONG coordinates are computed, the
coordinates are converted back to MGRS coordinates
and processed prior to display.
TM 11-1520-237-23
When LAT and LONG coordinates are used, the IP
coordinates are directly computed with VN and VE
components of velocity vectors on GPS position/
velocity to determine PP, PP LAT and LONG coordinates are then processed prior to display.
The CDU receives the following signals from the SDC
in digital format: beam velocities, GPS data, MAG
HDG, pitch, roll, antenna calibration constants and
TAS (optional) signals. The four beam velocities,
along with antenna calibration modified constants, are
converted and used to compute the helicopter velocity
vector in airframe coordinated, with corrections made
for antenna calibration constants.
Since PP computations are always performed in geographical coordinates, helicopter velocity in helicopter coordinates must be transformed into north and
east coordinates. To accomplish this, pitch, roll, and
MAG HDG are obtained from the helicopter vertical
gyro and heading reference by the SDC. True heading
(TH) is determined by adding variation (MAG VAR)
to MAG HDG. Using these inputs, helicopter velocity
in helicopter coordinates are converted into three
orthogonal components of helicopter velocity in geographical coordinates. Changes in LAT and LONG
are obtained either by GPS position or by integrating
the helicopter velocities properly scaled for earths
radius. The position changes are added to IP to obtain
the actual PP. If PP is to be read out in MGRS coordinates, it is obtained by converting from the computed LAT and LONG.
To compute variation, MAG VAR is entered into the
CDU by the keyboard, not only for IP but also for
each destination. PP is also inputted and variation is
continuously computed as a function of PP. Variation
data is then added to MAG HDG to comput TH.
Steering data is computed with respect to the destination selected by the operator by means of the FLY-TO
DEST on the CDU. The CDU establishes the course
from IP to the selected destination. Using this course
and PP, the steering computation circuits calculate the
XTK and TKE. These circuits also compute the distance, bearing, and time to the selected destination.
Another computation performed by the computer,

when the TAS is available, is wind speed and direction. The TAS input is converted into horizontal coordinates. The difference between these coordinates and
Doppler radar velocity sensor input is the wind velocity vector. The wind data is available for display and
is also stored in memory. If a Doppler malfunction
occurs and GPS and Doppler velocity are invalid,
TAS and stored wind data from previous computations are used to calculate the ground speed vector.
4A.2.2.4. GPS Antenna. The GPS antenna
receives position/velocity signals, GPS cyrpto signals,
and Universal Time Coordinates (UTC) from the GPS
satellites that it is tracking and forwards these signals
to the SDC for processing. The GPS antenna through
the SDC provides the TOD for the No. 1, No. 2 VHF/
FM, and UHF/AM Radio Sets
4A.2.2.5. Self-Test. The Set includes a self-test
capability. The CDU is checked on a continuous basis
by use of BITE. Doppler radar velocity sensor and
GPS are tested by setting the CDU MODE switch to
TEST. The SDC power supply is also monitored on a
continuous basis by BITE.
The computer program incorporates tests to verify that
the computer is functioning correctly. If a failure
occurs, the BITE circuitry causes the MAL indicator
lamp to light. A failure code is also displayed when
the MODE switch is set to TEST.
When the CDU MODE switch is placed to TEST, the
Doppler radar velocity sensor transmits test velocities,
test angle, and test calibration constant signals to the
CDU. The CDU compares these signals to stored constants to determine the operating status of the Doppler
radar velocity sensor; at the same time the GPS is
commanded to run a self test. If a failure occurs, a
failure code is transmitted which causes the MAL
indicator lamp to light.
Failure in the SDC power supply results in transmission of a failure discrete signal to light the MAL indicator lamp.
Change 2
4A-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
DATA LOADER
RECEPTACLE
(SEE NOTE 1)
GPS ANTENNA
REMOTE
FILL
PANEL
PILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
COMPUTER
DISPLAY
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
LOWER CONSOLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LOWER
CONSOLE
SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER
RECEIVER /
TRANSMITTER
ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
STOWAGE
PANEL
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
DATA LOADER
RECEPTACLE
(SEE NOTE 2)
GPS ZEROIZE
SWITCH
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
NOTES
1.
2.
2714 6722
6723 SUBQ
AB0012_1B
SA
Figure 4A-1.
4A-8
Doppler/GPS Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P1R / J1R
P12 / J12
REMOTE FILL PANEL
P14R / J14R
P16R / J16R
P21R / J21R
P107 / J107
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT

BREAKER PANEL
(SEE NOTE 1)
P110 / J110
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH,

STA 197
P111 / J111
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH,

STA 197
P113 / J113
INTERMEDIATE CONNECTOR
(SEE NOTE 2)
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P317R

SELECT PANEL
P318RA
COMMAND INSTRUMENT
SET PROCESSOR
P606R
UHF RECEIVER /
TRANSMITTER
P660R
GPS ANTENNA (SEE

NOTE 2)
P661R / 1J4

(SEE NOTE 2)
P662R
DATA LOADER
RECEPTACLE (SEE NOTE 2)
P663R / 1J5

(SEE NOTE 2)
P667R
ANTENNA
P668R / 1J3
P686R / 3J2
P687R / 3J1
P693R / J1
DATA LOADER RECEPTACLE

(SEE NOTE 1)
P115 / J115
P118 / J118
CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL
P694R
GPS ANTENNA
(SEE NOTE 1)
P134R
COMPASS CONTROL
PANEL
P695R
P193R
COPILOTS VERTICAL
DISPLACEMENT GYRO
P696R / 1J1
P697R / 1J5
P237 / J237
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 LH, STA 247
(SEE NOTE 2)

(SEE NOTE 1)
P698R / 1J4

(SEE NOTE 1)
P247 / J247
P249 / J249
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 LH, STA 247
P266 / J266

BREAKER PANEL,
BL 25 RH, STA 247
P300R

SELECT PANEL
P302R
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P305R
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P306R
PILOTS BAROMETRIC
ALTIMETER ENCODER
P699R / 1J7
P815R
NO. 2 VHF / FM RECEIVER /

TRANSMITTER
(SEE NOTE 2)
P815RA

TRANSMITTER
(SEE NOTE 1)
P818R
NO. 2 UHF / FM RECEIVER /

TRANSMITTER
(SEE NOTE 2)
P818RA

TRANSMITTER
(SEE NOTE 1)
P902 / J902
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P914 / J914
COCKPIT, BL 24 LH,
STA 247
AB0012_2B
SA
Figure 4A-1.
Doppler/GPS Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
4A-9
TM 11-1520-237-23
GPS ANTENNA
DPLR
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
5
AMP
28 VDC
SIGNAL
DATA
CONVERTER
28 VDC
GPS REMOTE FILL

(SA / AS FILL)
26 VAC DPLR
AC
ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
26 VAC
26 VAC
GPS DATA LOADER
GPS
ALERT
BATTERY
BUS
GPS ZEROIZE SWITCH

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
AMP
28 VDC
TEST SIGNAL
28 VDC
30 KHZ FM SIGNAL
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT

BREAKER PANEL
DOPPLER SIGNAL
AUXILIARY DATA (FROM CDU)
COMPASS SET
COMPASS HEADING
COPILOTS VERTICAL
DISPLACEMENT GYRO
PITCH SIGNAL
9
10
11

ROLL SIGNAL

TEST SIGNAL
12
ENCODING
ALTIMETER
ALTITUDE DATA
UHF / AM
RADIO SET
EFFECTIVITY
2714 6722
HAVE QUICK
TIMING
SIGNAL
NO. 1 AND NO. 2

RADIO SETS
AB0013_1B
SA
Figure 4A-2.
4A-10
Doppler/GPS Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23

COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
DOPPLER /
GPS
MODE ON

PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RECEIVER/
TRANSMITTER
ANTENNA

SELECTED NAV FLAG

SELECTED NAV FLAG
SELECTED NAV FLAG

PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
TO SIGNAL
DATA CONVERTER
8
9
10
11
AUXILIARY DATA
DIGITAL DATA
DOPPLER / GPS MODE ON
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET

SELECTED NAV FLAG
12
COMPUTER
DISPLAY
HSI / VSI MODE SELECT PANEL
AB0013_2A
SA
Figure 4A-2.
Doppler/GPS Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
4A-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
GPS ANTENNA
DOPPLER / GPS
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
5
AMP
28 VDC
SIGNAL
DATA
CONVERTER
28 VDC
26 VAC DPLR / GPS

AC
ESNTL
BUS
GPS REMOTE FILL

(SA / AS FILL)
2
AMP
26 VAC
26 VAC
GPS DATA LOADER
LIGHTS
CAUT ADVSY
GPS ZEROIZE SWITCH

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
7.5
AMP
TEST SIGNAL
28 VDC
30 KHZ FM SIGNAL
28 VDC

DOPPLER SIGNAL
AUXILIARY DATA (FROM CDU)
COMPASS SET
COMPASS HEADING
COPILOTS VERTICAL
DISPLACEMENT GYRO
PITCH SIGNAL
9
10
11

ROLL SIGNAL

TEST SIGNAL
12
ENCODING
ALTIMETER
ALTITUDE DATA
UHF / AM
RADIO SET
EFFECTIVITY
6723 SUBQ
HAVE QUICK
TIMING
SIGNAL
NO. 1 AND NO. 2

RADIO SETS
AB0086_1B
SA
Figure 4A-3.
4A-12
Doppler/GPS Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23

COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
DOPPLER /
GPS
MODE ON

PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RECEIVER/
TRANSMITTER
ANTENNA

SELECTED NAV FLAG

SELECTED NAV FLAG
SELECTED NAV FLAG

PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
TO SIGNAL
DATA CONVERTER
8
9
10
11
AUXILIARY DATA
DIGITAL DATA
DOPPLER / GPS MODE ON
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET

SELECTED NAV FLAG
12
COMPUTER
DISPLAY
HSI / VSI MODE SELECT PANEL
AB0013_2A
SA
Figure 4A-3.
Doppler/GPS Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
4A-13/(4A-14 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
4A.3
TITLE
PAGE
4A-16
Change 2
4A-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
Operational Check
INITIAL SETUP
23
Test Equipment

Operational

Helicopter Is Outside With A Clear Line Of Sight To

Satellites, Away From Obstructions Such As Buildings Or Trees
Data Transfer Device (DTD), Item 148, Appendix B
NOTE
indicated ( 23 ).
References
Appendix B
b.
Center of display shall have a rotating bar

indicating GPS is performing self test.
c.
After approximately 10 seconds, ALL

shall appear in the upper center display
(CDU).
OPERATIONAL CHECK
1.

or safety.
2.
3.
Turn MODE switch (CDU) to LAMP TEST.
23
).
RESULT:
a.
All LED segments on four-line display

are illuminated.
b.
MAL lamp (on right of CDU) shall be

on.

CDU (Para 4A.4.).
4.
Place MODE switch (CDU) to TEST.

Table 4A-1.
If GO is displayed in left display and P
is displayed in right display, go to
Table 4A-2.
If NG is displayed in left display and
C, R, S, or H followed by a numeric
code is displayed in right display, go to
Table 4A-3.
If DN is displayed in left display and
GPS failure code is displayed in right
display, go to Table 4A-4.
RESULT:
a.
4A-16
After 15 seconds GO shall appear in the

upper left display (CDU).
Change 2
If DF or GN is displayed in left display

and Doppler failure code is displayed
in right display, go to Table 4A-5.
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

NOTE
18.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to XTK/TKE/

KEY.
Steps 6. through 16. are for checking

downloading of waypoints from data
loader cartridge.
19.
Verify display (CDU) indicates DK: *.
20.
Connect fill device to SDC fill port (J7).
21.
Turn on fill device.
22.
Follow instructions on fill device menus to load

the appropriate fill.
23.
Turn off and disconnect fill device.
24.
Check display (CDU).
5.
Place MODE switch (CDU) to OFF.
6.
Insert a programmed data loader cartridge in

receptacle.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Place MODE switch (CDU) to MGRS.

At prompt to 9Select GPS Mode M or Y9, press
key 5 (MNO) to select mode M.
Make sure GPS: M is displayed (CDU).
RESULT: Display shall change from DK: *

to DK:IN *.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to WIND-UTC

DATA.
Momentarily press ENT key (CDU) twice to
display the selection menu.
12.
Enter 4 to select data load page.
13.
14.
Enter Y (yes).
RESULT:
If result is not as specified, repeat steps

18. through 24.
25.
Wait 15 minutes.
RESULT: Witnin 15 minutes, display shall change

from DK:IN * to DK:OK.
4A-7.
26.
Check SV field (CDU).
a.
CDU shall display DOWNLOAD WAYPTS WAIT during waypoint loading.
RESULT: SV field shall indicate SV: 04 (or higher

number).
b.
CDU shall display DOWNLOAD WAYPTS COMPLETE when waypoint loading is complete.

4A-8.
27.

28.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to DIST/BRG

TIME.
29.
Select several waypoints. Press KYBD key

(CDU) to scroll through each line; press ENT
key to make selection and proceed to next step.

Table 4A-6.
15.
16.
Remove data loader cartridge.
17.
Change 2
4A-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
RESULT: Four-line display (CDU) shall indicate distance, bearing and time for each waypoint.
36.


CDU (Para 4A.4.).
37.
Make sure GPS: M is displayed (CDU).
38.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to WIND-UTC

DATA.
39.
Momentarily press ENT key (CDU) twice to

display the selection menu.
40.
Enter 4 to select data load page.
41.
42.
Enter Y (yes).
30.
Momentarily press DPLR switch (pilots and

copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
RESULT: DPLR GPS indicator (HSI/VSI mode

select panel) shall go on.
If result is not as specified, troubleshoot CIS (Para 8.3.).
31.
Observe pilots and copilots HSIs.
RESULT:
RESULT:
a.
Number one needle shall show bearing to

station.
b.
Course deviation bar is centered.
c.
Range and Course indicators shall be

accurate.
If results are not as specified, troubleshoot CIS (Para 8.3.).

32.
Compare information displayed on HSIs with

data displayed on four-line display (CDU).
RESULT: Information displayed shall agree.

4A-9.
33.
34.
Insert a programmed data loader cartridge in

receptacle.
35.
4A-18
Change 2
CDU shall display DOWNLOAD WAYPTS WAIT during waypoint loading.
b.
CDU shall display DOWNLOAD WAYPTS COMPLETE when waypoint loading is complete.

Table 4A-6.
43.
44.
Remove data loader cartridge.
45.
46.
Place DISPLAY switch (CDU) to DIST/BRG

TIME.
47.
Select several waypoints. Press KYBD key

(CDU) to scroll through each line; press ENT
key to make selection and proceed to next step.
NOTE
Steps 33. through 42. are for verifying
the Set is functional and ready.
a.
RESULT: Four-line display (CDU) shall indicate distance, bearing and time for each waypoint.
CDU (Para 4A.4.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
48.
Pull out DPLR circuit breaker on

27146722
copilots circuit breaker panel.
52.
49.
Pull out DPLR/GPS circuit

breaker on copilots circuit breaker panel.
RESULT: Waypoint data shall remain loaded in

memory.
50.
Push in DPLR circuit breaker on

copilots circuit breaker panel.
51.
Push in DPLR/GPS circuit

breaker on copilots circuit breaker panel.
6723SUBQ
Check that waypoint data remains loaded in

memory.

4A-10.
27146722
53.
54.
Turn off and disconnect electrical power (
6723SUBQ
Table 4A-1.
23
).
GO ALL Is Not Displayed (CDU).
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Place MODE switch (CDU) to OFF. Go to 2.
2. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P668R, P686R, and P687R) (Para 4A.9.).
Step 2. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters (Para 4A.9.).
3. Install pin filtered adapters (Para 4A.9.). Go to 4.
4. Place MODE switch (CDU) to TEST.
Step 1. If GO ALL is not displayed, replace CDU (Para 4A.4.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.).
Table 4A-2.
GO Is Displayed In Left Display And P Is Displayed In Right Display.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P193R and P696R) (Para 4A.9.).
Change 2
4A-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

Table 4A-2.
GO Is Displayed In Left Display And P Is Displayed In Right Display. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. Check continuity of all wiring between copilots vertical displacement gyro and
SDC.
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/repair wiring as required (
Table 4A-3.
23
).
NG Is Displayed In Left Display And C, R, S, Or H Followed by A Numeric Code Is Displayed In Right Display.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. What code is displayed with the NG?
Step
Step
Step
Step
1.
2.
3.
4.
If
If
If
If
C is displayed, go
R is displayed, go
S is displayed, go
H is displayed, go
to
to
to
to
2.
8.
11.
35.
2. What is the numerial display following the C?

Step 1. If 001000 is displayed, go to 3.
Step 2. If any other number is displayed, go to 6.
4A.9.).
(Para 4A.9.).
5. Check cables between CDU and SDC (Para 4A.4.).
Step 1. If cables are good, replace CDU (Para 4A.4.).
Step 3. If cables are not good, replace cables as required.
4A-20
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
Table 4A-3.
NG Is Displayed In Left Display And C, R, S, Or H Followed by A Numeric Code Is

Displayed In Right Display. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4A.9.).
Step 1. If pin filtered adapters are good, replace CDU (Para 4A.4.), then go to 7.
(Para 4A.9.).
7. Install pin filtered adapters (Para 4A.9.).
(Para 4A.9.).
10. Check cable between RTA and SDC.
Step 1. If cable is good, replace RTA (Para 4A.8.).
Step 2. If If cable is not good, replace cable.
11. What is the numerial display following the S?
Step
Step
Step
Step
Step
Step
Step
Step
Step
Step
1. If 200000 is displayed, go to 12.

6. If 700000 or 800000 is displayed, go to 27.
7. If 010000 through 040000 is displayed, go to 27.
9. If 060000 through 080000 is displayed, go to 27.
12. Remove and check all pin filtered adapters on SDC (Para 4A.9.).
Step 1. If pin filtered adapters are good, , replace SDC (Para 4A.5.), then go to 13.
Change 2
4A-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
Table 4A-3.

TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
(Para 4A.9.).
13. Install pin filtered adapters (Para 4A.9.).
Step 1. If pin filtered adapters are good, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.), then go to 15.
(Para 4A.9.).
(Para 4A.9.).
18. Replace SDC (Para 4A.5.). Go to 19.
19. If trouble remains, go to 20.
Step 2. If cable is not good, replace cable.
4A.9.).
(Para 4A.9.).
4A-22
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
Table 4A-3.

TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
23. Replace SDC (Para 4A.5.). Go to 24.
24. If trouble remains, go to 25.
26. Check cable between CDU and SDC.
Step 1. If cable is good, replace CDU (Para 4A.4.).
4A.9.).
(Para 4A.9.).
29. Check cable between CDU and SDC.
Step 1. If cable is good, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace CDU (Para 4A.4.).
30. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P668R, P686R, P687R, P696R, and
P697R) (Para 4A.9.).
(Para 4A.9.).
Change 2
4A-23
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
Table 4A-3.

TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
32. Check for 26 vac between P696R-T and P696R-U.

33. Check cables between SDC and CDU.
Step 1. If cable is good, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.).
34. Check for 26 vac between P696R-T and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is good, repair/replace wiring between P696R-U and gnd (
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.).
23
).
(Para 4A.9.).
P134R-L and P696R-B
P134R-M and P696R-C
P134R-N and P696R-A
Step 1. If continuity is present, troubleshoot Compass Set (Para 5.3.).
4A-24
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
Table 4A-4.
DN Is Displayed In Left Display And GPS Failure Code Is Displayed In Right Display.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. What Failure Codes are displayed?
Step
Step
Step
Step
Step
27146722
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
If
If
If
If
If
1G
2G
3G
4G
7G
is displayed replace SDC battery (Para 4A.6.).

is displayed, go to 27146722 2. or 6723SUBQ 3.
is displayed, go to 27146722 2. or 6723SUBQ 3.
through 6G is displayed, go to 27146722 2. or 6723SUBQ 3.
through 0G is displayed, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.).

Step 2. If trouble remains, replace GPS antenna (Para 4A.7.).
6723SUBQ

Step 2. If trouble remains, replace GPS antenna (Para 4A.7.).
Table 4A-5.
DF Or GN Is Displayed In Left Display And Doppler Failure Code Is Displyed In Right

Display.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P134R, P193R, P667R, P668R, P686R,
P687R, P695R, and P696R) (Para 4A.9.).
P134R and P696R
P193R and P696R
Change 2
4A-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
Table 4A-5.
DF Or GN Is Displayed In Left Display And Doppler Failure Code Is Displyed In Right

Display. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P667R and P695R
P668R and P686R
P668R and P687R
Step 1. If continuity is present between P134R and P696R, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, troubleshoot Compass Set (Para 5.3.).
Step 4. If trouble remains, troubleshoot Attitude Indicating Unit (Para 6.3.).
Step 6. If trouble remains, replace RTA (Para 4A.8.).
Table 4A-6.
DOWNLOAD WAYPTS IN PROCESS And/Or DOWNLOAD WAYPTS COMPLETE Is

Not Displayed (CDU).
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Repeat steps 6. through 14. of Operational check. Go to 2.
2. If trouble remains, go to
27146722
27146722
3.
or
6723SUBQ
4.
3. Check continuity of all wires between P697R and P693R.

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace CDU (Para 4A.4.).
6723SUBQ
).
23
).
4. Check continuity of all wires between P662R and P663R.

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace data loader (Para 4A.11.).
4A-26
23
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

Table 4A-7.
Display (CDU) Does Not Change From DK:IN * To DK:OK.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Verify that fill device is good.
Step 1. If fill device is good, repeat steps 18. through 25. of OPERATIONAL CHECK.
Step 3. If fill is not good, repeat steps 18. through 25. of OPERATIONAL CHECK.
Step 4. If fill device is not good, replace fill device and repeat steps 18. through 25. of
OPERATIONAL CHECK.
Table 4A-8.
SV Field (CDU) Does Not Indicate SV: 04 (Or Higher Number).
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure GPS antenna is not obstructed.
Step 1. If GPS antenna is obstructed, relocate helicopter to a new locale, or remove
obstruction.
Step 2. If GPS antenna is not obstructed, go to 2.
2. Check GPS antenna cable.
Step 1. If GPS antenna cable is good, replace GPS antenna (Para 4A.7.).
Step 2. If GPS antenna cable is not good, replace antenna cable.
Table 4A-9.
Four-Line Display (CDU) And HSI Indications Do Not Agree.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace replace CDU (Para 4A.4.). Go to 2.
2. If trouble remains, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.).
Change 2
4A-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

Table 4A-10.
Doppler/GPS Does Not Zeroize.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
27146722
1. Check continuity of wiring between P697R and GPS ZEROIZE switch.

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace switch (Para 4A.10.).
6723SUBQ
).
2. Check continuity of wiring between P663R and GPS ZEROIZE switch.

Step 1. If continuity is present, replace switch (Para 4A.10.).
Table 4A-11.
1. Replace SDC battery (Para 4A.6.). Go to 2.

2. If trouble remains, replace SDC (Para 4A.5.).
Change 2
23
Data Does Not Remain in Memory After Aircraft Power Loss.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4A-28
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

P110 J110
26 VAC DPLR
26 VAC
AC ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
J266 P266
CB220
J16R P16R
KK
MM
P668R
PFA
1J3

28 VDC
DPLR
NO. 1
PRI DC
BUS
5
AMP
J21R P21R
J249 P249
CB115
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)

J902 P902
SG9027
P111 J111
SG9026
SGP1331
J21R P21R
FF
q
P914
J914
J115
P118
P115
SGR105
J118
PFA
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P115 J115
DIMMING AND LOGIC
GPS POS ALERT
GPS
ALERT
28 VDC
J107 P107
A
18
NOTE
PIN A OF CONNECTOR P668R SHOWS
TYPICAL CONFIGURATION FOR ALL PIN
Figure 4A-4.
(4A-29 Blank)/4A-30
Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7)

Change 2
28 VDC RTN
26 VAC (H)
GPS AVAIL
27146722
1J1
+
EFFECTIVITY
PFA
1J5
W T
26 VAC (L)
17
CHASSIS GROUND
P696R
P697R
28 VDC IN
LOWER CONSOLE
GG144
GG144
1
AMP
CB9
GG143
BATTERY
BUS
AB1609_1
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHTING
3J1
3J2
PFA
PFA
P687R
M J C E
F G L
P R N A B D
GG134
P686R
19
65
21
66
43
44
60
59 58
GG134
SG686R3
SG686R4
SG686R5
SG686R6
SG686R7
SG686R8
SG687R1
SG686R9
SG687R2
A B C S L M K
28 VDC SENSE
15V
15V
IDENT
IDENT RTN
SENSE RTN
SPARE
ON / OFF
TEST
PWR SPLY FAIL
LOW
HIGH
SHIELD
P668R
PFA
DOPPLER
RADAR
VELOCITY
SENSOR DATA
(DIGITAL DATA)
DC RTN
(SEE
DETAIL A)
5V
1J3
AB1609_2
Figure 4A-4.
SA
Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 2
4A-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
ROLL SIGNAL
OUTPUT
PITCH SIGNAL
OUTPUT
COPILOTS
VERTICAL DISPLACEMENT GYRO
J193R
PFA
SGP16R1
SGP16R2
P193R
SGP16R4
SGP16R5
SGP16R3
GPS
ANTENNA
P14R J14R
SGP16R6
P694R
SGLHS9
Change 2
PILOTS
HSI/VSI MODE
SELECT PANEL
1J1
PITCH SIGNAL
INPUT
1J4
J317R
J300R
GPS RF IN
PFA
DOPPLER
POWER ON
P698R
DOPPLER
POWER ON
4A-32
P696R
63
PFA
COPILOTS
HSI/VSI MODE
SELECT PANEL
Figure 4A-4.
P317R
ROLL SIGNAL
INPUT
63
PFA
P300R
AB1609_3
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
2J1
12 13 10 25 5
1 16 15 18 11 24 21 22 2
9 14
J K L M N P R S
k m n
HIGH
DC RTN
CC1
CC2
CC3
CC6
CC7
CC8
F G H
LOW
C D W X Y E
15V (SSS)
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
P695R
30 31
HIGH
36 37
LOW
34 35 29 23 17 26 19 20
HIGH
P667R
LOW
PFA
PFA
CC5
CC4
SPARE
DC RETURN
DC RTN (SPARE)
15V
15V
5V
DC RTN
15V RTN
TEMP
B3 + B4
TEST 2
IF OUTPUT
LOW
SHIELD
HIGH
FM
LOW
B2 + B3
SHIELD
1J2
AB1609_4
Figure 4A-4.
SA

Change 2
4A-33
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

COMPUTER
DISPLAY UNIT
ZEROIZE SWITCH
AUX DATA OUT
AUX DATA OUT
S32
51 52
53
3
2
NO. 1
VHF / FM
RADIO
SET
UHF / AM
RADIO
SET
NO. 2
VHF / FM
RADIO
SET
SHLD
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
3J2
P686R
P
GNDS321
TB2701
4
E
5
A
GD27011
GD27011
HF
RADIO
SET
GPS ZEROIZE
GPS RTN (SA / AS RTN)
HAVE QUICK
HAVE QUICK RTN
P697R
22 23
AUX DATA B
AUX DATA A
1J5
(SEE DETAIL B)
Figure 4A-4.
4A-34
Change 2
AB1609_5
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
P686R
52
P302R
AUX DATA IN
AUX DATA IN
SHIELD
AUX DATA IN
AUX DATA IN
P305R
30 28 29
AUX DATA IN
J1B
P318RA
SHIELD
3J2
PFA
AUX DATA IN
SHIELD
SHIELD
LOW
HIGH
DIGITAL
DATA
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
DIGITAL COMMAND
INSTRUMENT SET
PROCESSOR
53 51
P14R J14R
a
SCP688R11
c
b
SCP688R10
22
23
AUX DATA B
P697R
AUX DATA A
1J5

DETAIL B
AB1609_6
SA
Figure 4A-4.

Change 2
4A-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
P818RA
P815RA
TMP
NO. 2 VHF/FM
RECEIVER/
TRANSMITTER
TMP+
NO. 1 VHF/FM
RECEIVER/
TRANSMITTER
TMP
GND
P606R
EXT TDD
UHF RECEIVER/
TRANSMITTER
TMP+
4A.3.
SGP606R1
SGP606R2
4
HAVE QUICK RTN
P697R
HAVE QUICK
1J5

DETAIL B
AB1609_7
SA
Figure 4A-4.
4A-36
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

P110 J110
26 VAC DPLR / GPS
26 VAC
AC ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
CB220
J16R P16R
P668R
J266 P266
X
KK
MM
PFA
1J3
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
J902 P902
SG9027
P111 J111
SG9026
SGP1331
J21R P21R
FF
q
P914
J914
DIMMING AND LOGIC

GPS POS ALERT
J115
P118
P115
P1R J1R
C
SGR105
J118
PFA
LEFT RELAY PANEL
28 VDC
DPLR / GPS
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
5
AMP
J21R P21R
J249 P249
CB115
LIGHTS CAUT ADVSY

CB139
J237 P237
7.5
2 AMP 1
28 VDC
P113 J113
SG1181
F
P1R
28 VDC RTN
GPS AVAIL
NOTES
1J1
+
6723SUBQ
PFA
1J5
EFFECTIVITY
W T
26 VAC (L)
18
CHASSIS GROUND
17
28 VDC IN
P696R
P663R
GG144
GG143
COPILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
GG144
J1R
26 VAC (H)
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
1. PIN A OF CONNECTOR P668R SHOWS

TYPICAL CONFIGURATION FOR ALL PIN
2.
W/O HF
Figure 4A-5.
(4A-37 Blank)/4A-38
Doppler Navigation (AN/ASN-128B) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7)

Change 2
AB1610_1
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
ANNUNCIATOR
LIGHTING
3J1
3J2
PFA
PFA
P687R
M J C E
F G L
P R N A B D
GG134
P686R
19
65
21
66
43
44
60
59 58
GG134
SG686R3
SG686R4
SG686R5
SG686R6
SG686R7
SG686R8
SG686R9
SG687R2
SG687R1
GG134
A B C S L M K
28 VDC SENSE
15V
15V
IDENT
IDENT RTN
SENSE RTN
SPARE
ON / OFF
TEST
PWR SPLY FAIL
LOW
HIGH
SHIELD
P668R
PFA
DOPPLER
RADAR
VELOCITY
SENSOR DATA
(DIGITAL DATA)
DC RTN
(SEE
DETAIL A)
5V
1J3
AB1610_2
Figure 4A-5.
SA

Change 2
4A-39
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
ROLL SIGNAL
OUTPUT
PITCH SIGNAL
OUTPUT
COPILOTS
VERTICAL DISPLACEMENT GYRO
J193R
PFA
SGP16R1
SGP16R2
P193R
P660R
SGP16R6
SGP16R4
SGP16R5
SGP16R3
GPS
ANTENNA
P14R J14R
SGLHS9
Change 2
PILOTS
HSI/VSI MODE
SELECT PANEL
1J1
PITCH SIGNAL
INPUT
1J4
J317R
J300R
GPS RF IN
PFA
DOPPLER
POWER ON
P661R
DOPPLER
POWER ON
4A-40
P696R
63
PFA
COPILOTS
HSI/VSI MODE
SELECT PANEL
Figure 4A-5.
P317R
ROLL SIGNAL
INPUT
63
PFA
P300R
AB1610_3
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.
2J1
12 13 10 25 5
1 16 15 18 11 24 21 22 2
9 14
J K L M N P R S
k m n
HIGH
DC RTN
CC1
CC2
CC3
CC6
CC7
CC8
F G H
LOW
C D W X Y E
15V (SSS)
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
P695R
30 31
HIGH
36 37
LOW
34 35 29 23 17 26 19 20
HIGH
P667R
LOW
PFA
PFA
CC5
CC4
SPARE
DC RETURN
DC RTN (SPARE)
15V
15V
5V
DC RTN
15V RTN
TEMP
B3 + B4
TEST 2
IF OUTPUT
LOW
SHIELD
HIGH
FM
LOW
B2 + B3
SHIELD
1J2
AB1610_4
SA
Figure 4A-5.

Change 2
4A-41
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

COMPUTER
DISPLAY UNIT
ZEROIZE SWITCH
AUX DATA OUT
AUX DATA OUT
S32
51 52
53
3
2
NO. 1
VHF / FM
RADIO
SET
UHF / AM
RADIO
SET
NO. 2
VHF / FM
RADIO
SET
SHLD
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
3J2
P686R
P
GNDS321
TB2701
4
E
5
A
GD27011
GD27011
HF
RADIO
SET
GPS ZEROIZE
GPS RTN (SA / AS RTN)
HAVE QUICK
HAVE QUICK RTN
P663
22 23
AUX DATA B
AUX DATA A
1J5
(SEE DETAIL B)
Figure 4A-5.
4A-42
Change 2
AB1610_5
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.3.

COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
P14R J14R
SGR1193
P302R
AUX DATA IN
AUX DATA IN
SHIELD
a
c
b
SGR1192
SGR71
P
SGHLS7
22
23
AUX DATA B
HEADS UP
DISPLAY
AUX DATA A
P663R
AUX DATA IN
AUX DATA IN
P305R
30 28 29
53 51
SGLHS8
52
SGR72
P686R
AUX DATA IN
J1B
P318RA
SHIELD
3J2
PFA
AUX DATA IN
SHIELD
SHIELD
LOW
HIGH
DIGITAL
DATA
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
DIGITAL COMMAND
INSTRUMENT SET
PROCESSOR
1J5

DETAIL B
AB1610_6
SA
Figure 4A-5.

Change 2
4A-43
TM 11-1520-237-23

NO. 1 VHF/FM
RECEIVER/
TRANSMITTER
J3
P606R
NO. 2 VHF/FM
RECEIVER/
TRANSMITTER
TMP+
EXT TDD
UHF RECEIVER/
TRANSMITTER
TMP+
4A.3.
J2
Y
P818R
J2
P815R
SGR1202
4
HAVE QUICK RTN
P663
HAVE QUICK
1J5

DETAIL B
AB1610_7
SA
Figure 4A-5.
4A-44
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
4A.4
4A-46
4A.5
4A-48
4A.6
Battery
4A-52
4A.7
GPS Antenna
4A-54
4A.8
4A-56
4A.9
4A-58
4A.10
Zeroize Switch
4A-60
4A.11
Data Loader Receptacle
4A-62
Change 2
4A-45
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.4.
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
References

Appendix B
Appendix B
Appendix C

Materials/Parts
Para 4A.3
23
b.5.
REMOVE
a.1.
Loosen fasteners.
a.2.
Carefully lift CDU until pin filtered adapter/

electrical connectors can be disconnected.
a.3.

INSTALL
b.1.

adapter and CDU electrical connector.

b.7.
If resistance is not as specified, repeat steps b.1.

through b.5.
b.8.
Position CDU in lower console.
b.9.
Tighten fasteners.
Clean area around mounting surface and electrical connector threads with cheesecloth dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
b.10.
b.2.
b.3.
Inspect chemical conversion coated surface

( 23 ).
b.12.
If resistance is not as specified, repeat steps

b.1., b.2., b.8.,b. 9., and b.10.
Connect pin filtered adapter/electrical connectors P687R to 3J1 and P686R to 3J2.
b.13.
Do paragraph 4A.3.
b.4.
4A-46
Change 2
Measure resistance between CDU and lower

console.
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.4.
Computer Display Unit (cont.)

FASTENER
FR
ON
(SEE NOTE)
COMPUTER
DISPLAY
UNIT
D
(SEE NOTE)

P686R
P687R
F
(SEE NOTE)
A
(SEE NOTE)
C
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
E
(SEE NOTE)
AB0015A
SA
Figure 4A-6.
Change 2
4A-47
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.5.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Appendix C

Appendix B
Para 4A.3
23

Materials/Parts
Nose Door Opened
NOTE
b.5.
Connect pin filtered adapter/

27146722
electrical connectors, P696R to 1J1, P668R to
1J3; and electrical connectors P695R to 1J2,
P697R to 1J5, P698R to 1J4; and coaxial connector P699R to 1J7.
b.5.
Connect pin filtered adapter/

27146722
electrical connectors, P696R to 1J1, P668R to
1J3.
b.6.
Connect electrical connectors

27146722
P695R to 1J2, P697R to 1J5.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove pin filtered adapter/electrical connectors and coaxial connector.
a.2.
Remove screws, lockwashers, and washers.
a.3.
Remove SDC.
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean area around mounting areas and electrical

connector threads with cheesecloth dampened
with dry-cleaning solvent.
b.7.
6723SUBQ
Connect
coaxial
connector
P699R to 1J7.
b.8.

adapter and SDC electrical connector.
b.2.
b.3.

( 23 ).
b.4.
Position SDC on mounting surface and fasten

with screws, lockwashers, and washers.
b.10.
4A-48
Change 2

b.1. and b.2.; b.5. through b.8.
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.5.
b.11.

Measure resistance measurement between
SDC and nose compartment floor.

b.13.
b.14.
b.15.
Close nose door.
b.16.
Do paragraph 4A.3.

b.1. and b. 2.; b.4. through b.11.
Change 2
4A-49
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.5.
SCREW,
WASHER
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P699R
LOCKWASHER
SIGNAL
DATA
CONVERTER
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
(SEE NOTE 2)
J4
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
(SEE NOTE 3)
J5
J6
J7
F
(SEE NOTE 1)
J1
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER /
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
E
P696R
(SEE NOTE 1 )
D
(SEE NOTE 1)
J2
J3
NOSE
COMPARTMENT
FLOOR
C
(SEE NOTE 1)
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P695R
B
(SEE NOTE 1)
A
(SEE NOTE 1)

P668R
NOTES
POINTS
1. FROM TO
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
2.
3.
27146722
P698R
6723SUBQ
P661R
27146722
P697R
6723SUBQ
P663R
AB0016B
SA
Figure 4A-7.
4A-50
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.6.
Battery
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Materials/Parts
NOTE
Battery, Lithium
Doppler/GPS must be programmed after
battery replacement.
References
INSTALL
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws and washers.
b.1.
Place battery in SDC.
a.2.
Remove battery cover.
b.2.
Position battery cover on SDC and fasten with

screws and washers.
a.3.
Remove battery.
b.3.
Do paragraph 4A.3.
(4A-51 Blank)/4A-52
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.6.
Battery (cont.)
BATTERY
BATTERY
COVER
WASHER
SCREW
AB0017A
SA
Figure 4A-8.
Battery
Change 2
4A-53
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.7.
GPS Antenna
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP

b. Install
References
Appendix B
Torque Wrench, Item 135, Appendix B
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
Para 4A.3
b.2.
b.3.
Connect coaxial connector to GPS antenna.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove sealing compound from around GPS

antenna and screw heads.
a.2.
a.3.
Carefully lift GPS antenna until coaxial connector can be disconnected.
a.4.
Disconnect coaxial connector.
b.4. TORQUE COAXIAL CONNECTOR TO 8

INCH-POUNDS.
b.5.
Position GPS antenna on mounting surface and

fasten with screws and washers.
b.6.
Apply sealing compound around the GPS

antenna where it meets the mounting surface
and screw heads.
b.7.
Do paragraph 4A.3.
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean area around mounting surface of GPS

antenna and helicopter with cheesecloth dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
4A-54
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.7.
GPS Antenna (cont.)
GPS
ANTENNA
NOTE
27146722
P694R
6723SUBQ
P660R
SCREW
COAXIAL CONNECTOR
(TORQUE 8 IN. LBS)
(SEE NOTE)
AB0018B
SA
Figure 4A-9.
GPS Antenna
Change 2
4A-55
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.8.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References

Appendix B
Appendix C
Para 4A.3
Materials/Parts
Copilots Seat Tilted Back
Copilots Seat Fabric Cover Pulled Back
b.3.
Carefully tilt and insert RTA onto its mounting

structure.
REMOVE
a.1.
b.4.
Fasten RTA with screws and washers.
a.2.
Remove screw, lockwasher, and washer fastening ground strap to antenna.
b.5.
Fasten ground strap to RTA with screw, lockwasher, and washer.
a.3.
Remove sealing compound from around RTA.

b.6.
Connect electrical connector, P667R to 2J1.
a.4.
a.5.
Carefully lower antenna through antenna opening.
NOTE
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean area around mounting surface of RTA

and helicopter mounting surface with cheesecloth dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
b.7.
Apply sealing compound around RTA where it

meets the mounting structure, screw heads, and
any unused mounting holes.
b.2.
b.8.
Install fabric cover on rear edge of seatwell

cover.
b.9.
Return copilots seat to normal position.
NOTE
Make sure that alignment pins and slots
mate and that electrical receptacle 2J1 is
toward the rear of helicopter.
4A-56
Change 2
b.10.
Do paragraph 4A.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.8.
Receiver/Transmitter-Antenna (cont.)
SCREW,
LOCKWASHER,
WASHER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P667R
FR
NT
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
2J1
GROUND
STRAP
ANTENNA
SCREW,
WASHER
Figure 4A-10.
AA2119B
SA
Change 2
4A-57
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.9.
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B

References

Appendix B
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
b.3.

REMOVE
a.1.
b.4.

shall be indicated.
a.2.

b.5.

filtered adapter.
a.3.

connector.
INSTALL
c.1.
c.2.
c.3.
c.4.

CHECK
b.1.
b.2.

filtered adapter.
NOTE
4A-58
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.9.
c.6.

through c.4.
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
c.7.
RECEPTACLE
VIEW A
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
A
B
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
TIEDOWN STRAP
RECEPTACLE
VIEW B
Figure 4A-11.
AA1920
SA
Change 2
4A-59
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.10.
Zeroize Switch
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Lockwire, Item 19, Appendix C
Tags, Suitable
References
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
Para 4A.3
Insulation Sleeve, Item 4,

Appendix C
b.2.
Position switch in bracket.
b.3
Fasten switch and switch guard with nut and

lockwasher.
b.4.
Position bracket on lower console and fasten

with screws and washers.
b.5.
Lockwire switch cover to bracket.
b.6.
Do paragraph 4A.3.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove lockwire, nut, lockwasher, and switch

cover.
a.2.
Remove screws, washers, and bracket.
a.3.
Remove switch.
a.4.
Tag and remove wirng.
INSTALL
NOTE
If required, replace insulation tubing on
switch wiring.
b.1.
Install wiring on switch and remove tags.
4A-60
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.10.
Zeroize Switch (cont.)

NUT
LOCKWASHER
SWITCH
COVER
BRACKET
WASHER
FR
ON
SWITCH
SCREW
FT1432
SA
Figure 4A-12.
Zeroize Switch
Change 2
4A-61
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.11.
a. Remove
b. Install
References
INITIAL SETUP
Para 4A.3
b.2.
REMOVE
Position data loader in lower
console.
a.1.
Loosen fasteners.
a.2.
Carefully lift Data Loader until electrical connector can be disconnected.
a.3.
6723SUBQ
b.3.
39676722
Connect
b.4.
Position
data
loader
on
crewchief/right gunners ICS control panel support.
b.5.
Tighten fasteners.
b.6.
Do paragraph 4A.3.
39676722
INSTALL
6723SUBQ
Connect electrical connector,
P662R to J1.
4A-62
Change 2
connector,
P693R to J1.
b.1.
electrical
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.11.
Data Loader Receptacle (cont.)
FASTENER
R
E
L
DATA LOADER
RECEPTACLE
P
U
S
H
LOWER
CONSOLE
FR
ON
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P662R
EFFECTIVITY
6723 SUBQ
AB1279
SA
Figure 4A-13.
Change 2
4A-63
TM 11-1520-237-23
4A.11.
Data Loader Receptacle (cont.)
FASTENER
P
U
S
H
R
E
L
DATA LOADER
RECEPTACLE
FR
ON
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P693R
CREWCHIEF /
RIGHT GUNNERS
ICS STATION
EFFECTIVITY
2714 6722
AB1280
SA
Figure 4A-14.
4A-64
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 5
GYROMAGNETIC
COMPASS
(AN/ASN-43)
SET
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
5-3
II
Troubleshooting
5-11
III
5-25
Change 2
5-1/(5-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
5.1
5-4
5.2
5-4
5.2.1
Power Distribution
5-4
5.2.2
Slaved
5-4
5.2.3
Free
5-4
Change 2
5-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.1.
The Gyromagnetic Compass (AN/ASN-43) Set provides accurate heading information that is either
slaved to the earths magnetic field when operating in
the SLAVED mode or referenced to a free directional
gyro heading when operating in the FREE mode. The
heading information is applied to the pilots and copilots horizontal situation indicators (HSIs) for a visual
The Set
indication of helicopter headings.
HF
consists of: a directional gyro (gyro), in the nose compartment; a compass set control (control panel), in the
lower console; an induction compass transmitter (flux
valve), in the right side of the tail boom; and a magnetic flux compensator (compensator), on the flux
The Set consists of: a gyro, in
valve.
W/O HF
the nose compartment; a control panel, in the lower
console; a flux valve, in the left side of the transition
section; and a compensator, on the flux valve.
The Set interfaces with the HSI/VSI
W/O 128B
Mode Select Unit, Automatic Flight Control Set
(AFCS), Civil Navigation Set, Command Instrument
Set (CIS), and Doppler Navigation Set (Doppler).
The Set interfaces with the HSI/VSI Mode
128B
Select Unit, Automatic Flight Control Set (AFCS),
Civil Navigation Set, Command Instrument Set (CIS),
and Doppler Global Positioning Navigation Set
(DGNS).
5.2.

115 vac B phase is supplied by the AC ESNTL BUS
through the COMP circuit breaker (on pilots circuit
breaker panel) to the gyro and the control panel. The
gyro then supplies 23.5 vac to the induction flux valve
for excitation. The gyro also supplies B+ through the
control panel SLAVED-FREE switch to provide an
operating voltage for the gyro electronic control
amplifier (amplifier). B+ voltage is supplied directly
to the CIS and, through a series dropping resistor
within the audio junction box assembly (junction
box), to both HSIs.
5.2.2. Slaved. With the SLAVED-FREE switch
(control panel) set to SLAVED, the gyro is slaved to
the earths magnetic field to provide accurate heading
information to both HSIs. The control panel annunciator indicates when the Set is synchronized (electri-
5-4
Change 2
cally and mechanically aligned). If the annunciator

initially reads off-center, turning the PUSH TO SET
synchronizing knob in the direction indicated by the
annunciator will center the annunciator reading, indicating Set synchronization. The flux valve senses the
direction of the earths magnetic field and generates a
slaving differential (reference heading) signal. Deviation that may be caused by unwanted magnetic fields
is compensated for by the compensator. The slaving
differential signal is applied to an induction compass
differential transmitter in the control panel that applies
a slaving synchro signal to the slaving synchro in the
gyro. When the position of the HSI compass card is in
disagreement with the helicopters magnetic heading,
the slaving synchro applies a heading error signal to
the amplifier. The amplifier produces two outputs in
response to the heading error signal. One output is an
annunciator signal applied to the control panel annunciator to indicate the amount of Set misalignment
(non-synchronization). The other output is a dual
slaving output signal applied to the gyro torque motor
to precess the outer gimbal of the gyro. The outer
gimbal is mechanically linked to a heading synchro;
the resultant rotation of the outer gimbal with respect
to the gyro case creates a heading synchro signal. This
signal is applied to a heading differential transmitter
in the control panel. The transmitter applies a heading
differential signal to both HSIs to reposition the compass cards to the correct magnetic heading. The heading differential signal is also applied to the Civil Navigation Set, Doppler, and AFCS for magnetic heading
reference.
5.2.3. Free. With the SLAVED-FREE switch
(control panel) placed to FREE, the Set slaving circuits are de-energized. Free drift of the gyro outer
gimbal, as a result of changes in helicopter heading,
creates a heading synchro signal as in the SLAVED
mode. The heading synchro signal is applied to the
control panel heading differential transmitter. This
signal then applies a heading differential signal to both
HSIs to reposition the compass cards to the new heading. The rotation of the earth creates an apparent drift
in the output signal of the heading synchro. Drift cancellation is made by applying a dc voltage to the gyro
latitude reference circuit. Adjusting the gyro LATITUDE control to a position corresponding to the latitude at which the helicopter is operating, selects the
TM 11-1520-237-23
proper voltage to provide compensation for the earths
drift rate at that particular latitude. The latitude correction voltage is applied through the LATITUDE
N-S switch, placed to N for helicopter operation in the
northern hemisphere or S for operation in the southern
hemisphere. The latitude correction voltage causes the

gyro outer gimbal to precess in the direction and at
the rate required to cancel the apparent drift in the
output signal of the heading synchro due to the earths
rotation.
Change 2
5-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
COMPASS SET
CONTROL
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
A
(SEE NOTE)
LOWER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT PANEL
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
AUDIO JUNCTION
BOX ASSEMBLY
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P1R / J1R
COCKPIT, BL 6LH, STA 210
P266 / J266

BREAKER PANEL, BL 25 RH
P2R / J2R
COCKPIT TUB, BL 12 RH,

STA 247
P302R / J302R
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P26R / J26R
P305R / J305R
P110 / J110
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH,

STA 197
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P318RB / J1B
CIS PROCESSOR
P134R / J134R
COMPASS SET CONTROL
P428R / J428R
COMPUTER (SEE NOTE 2)
P136R / J136R
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
P656R / J656R
P142 / J142
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P149R / J149R
CIVIL NAVIGATION
RECEIVER
P696R / 1J1
DOPPLER SIGNAL DATA

CONVERTER
NOTES
1.
2.
HF INDUCTION COMPASS
TRANSMITTER AND MAGNETIC FLUX
COMPENSATOR ARE MOUNTED ON
PILOTS SIDE OF HELICOPTER.
SAS/FPS
OR
AFCC .
AA1819_1C
SA
Figure 5-1.
5-6
Change 4
Gyromagnetic Compass (AN/ASN-43) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
NS
ADJUSTING
SCREW
FR
ON
MAGNETIC
COMPENSATOR
EW
ADJUSTING
SCREW
INDUCTOR
COMPASS
TRANSMITTER
INDUCTION COMPASS TRANSMITTER

MAGNETIC FLUX COMPENSATOR
AA1819_2A
SA
Figure 5-1.
Gyromagnetic Compass (AN/ASN-43) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 2
5-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
INDUCTION
COMPASS
TRANSMITTER
COMP
AC
ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
INDUCTION
COMPASS
TRANSMITTER
115 VAC
115 VAC
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
SLAVING
SYNCHRO
K1
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL
AMPLIFIER
K1
LATITUDE
N SWITCH S
BIAS
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
K1
GYRO
ASSEMBLY
HEADING
SYNCHRO
5
6
23.5 VAC
TRANSMITTER
EXCITATION
POWER
SUPPLY
LATITUDE
CONTROL
INDUCTION
COMPASS
TRANSMITTER
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
AA0311_1A
SA
Figure 5-2.
5-8
Change 2
Gyromagnetic Compass (AN/ASN-43) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SLAVING
DIFFERENTIAL
SIGNAL
INDUCTION
COMPASS
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSMITTER
SYNC
KNOB
PUSH TO
SET
SLAVING
SYNCHRO
HEADING
DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSMITTER
HSI / VSI MODE

SELECT UNIT
ANNUNCIATOR
SIGNAL
HEADING
DIFFERENTIAL
SIGNAL
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
ANNUNCIATOR
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
HEADING
SYNCHRO
B+
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
CONTROL SYSTEM
SLAVED
FREE
SWITCH
CIVIL
NAVIGATION
SET
COMPASS SET CONTROL
AUDIO JUNCTION
BOX ASSEMBLY
B+
DOPPLER
NAVIGATION
SET
B+
(HDG FLAG)
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
B+
AA0311_2B
SA
Figure 5-2.
Gyromagnetic Compass (AN/ASN-43) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
5-9/(5-10 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
5.3
TITLE
PAGE
5-12
Change 2
5-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.
Operational Check
INITIAL SETUP
23
Test Equipment

Operational
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the

fault isolation procedure, a short circuit
is indicated ( 23 ).
References
Appendix B
RESULT:
OPERATIONAL CHECK
1.

2.
23
).
RESULT:
a.
HDG compass warning flags (pilots HSI)

are out of view.
b.
HDG compass warning flags (copilots

HSI) are out of view.

go to Table 5-1.
to Table 5-2.
3.
Place SLAVED-FREE switch (control panel) to

FREE.
4.
Press and turn PUSH TO SET control (control

panel) in + direction, then in 0 direction.
5-12
Change 2
a.
Compass card (pilots HSI) shall turn

smoothly in a counterclockwise direction,
then in a clockwise direction.
b.
Compass card (copilots HSI) shall turn

smoothly in a counterclockwise direction,
then in a clockwise direction.

go to Table 5-3.
to Table 5-4.
5.
Place SLAVED-FREE switch (control panel) to

SLAVED.
RESULT: Annunciator (control panel) moves off null

position.
5-5.
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.

NOTE
7.
Exact helicopter headings cannot be

obtained when helicopter is parked
within 100 yards of steel structures
(trucks, buildings, and other aircraft).
6.
RESULT: Annunciator needle (control panel) deflects

clockwise toward 0.
5-5.

panel) in same direction as indicated by annunciator until annunciator needle is centered.
8.
RESULT: Compass cards (both HSIs) shall indicate

approximate known heading of helicopter.
If compass cards (both HSIs) do not
move with a known heading, go to
Table 5-6.
If annunciator and compass cards move
but final heading indication is incorrect, adjust PUSH TO SET control
clockwise until compass cards (both
HSIs) change by 180 and annunciator
is centered.
Table 5-1.

panel) towards 0.
RESULT: Annunciator needle (control panel) deflects

counterclockwise toward +.
5-5.
9.
Place SLAVED-FREE SWITCH (control panel)

to FREE.
RESULT: Annunciator needle shall be centered.
If with a known heading, one HSI does

not agree, replace HSI (Para 8.4.).
If compass cards (both HSIs) indicate
incorrectly with a known heading, calibrate Set (Para 5.8.).
Press and turn PUSH TO SET (control panel)

control towards +.

control panel (Para 5.4.).
10.

helicopter ( 23 ).
HDG Flags (HSIs) Remain In View.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
(Para 5.9.).
Change 2
5-13
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.

Table 5-1.
HDG Flags (HSIs) Remain In View. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. Check for 40 vdc between P305R-GG and P305R-C.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot Command Instrument Set (Para 8.3.).
4. Check for 40 vdc between P656R-x and gnd.
5. Check for 82K ohms between J656R-x and J656R-y.
Step 1. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P656R-y and
P305R-GG ( 23 ).
Step 2. If resistance is not as specified, replace junction box (Para 19.9.).
6. Check for 40 vdc between P318RB-32 and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P318RB-32 and
P656R-x ( 23 ).
7. Check continuity between P318RB-32 and P136R-P.
23
).
8. Check for 115 vac between:

P136R-C and gnd
P136R-L and gnd
P136R-R and gnd
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace directional gyro (Para 5.5.).
9. Check for 115 vac between terminal 1 (COMP circuit breaker) and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 and P136R-R
( 23 ).
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker ( 23 ).
5-14
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.

Table 5-2.
HDG Flag On One HSI In View.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If pilots HSI is good, go to 2.
Step 2. If pilots HSI is not good, go to 6.
3. Install pin filtered adapter. (Para 5.9.). Go to 4.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace HSI. (Para 8.4.).
5. Check continuity between P302R-C and gnd.
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P302R-GG and P656R-y
( 23 ).
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace HSI (Para 8.4.).
9. Check continuity between P305R-C and GG336.
Change 2
5-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.

Table 5-2.
HDG Flag On One HSI In View. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P305R-GG and P656R-y
( 23 ).
Table 5-3.
Compass Cards (HSIs) Do Not Turn Smoothly.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace directional gyro (Para 5.5.). Go to 2.
2. If trouble remains, replace control panel (Para 5.4.).
Table 5-4.
Compass Card On One HSI Does Not Turn Smoothly.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If pilots HSI is good, go to 2.
Step 2. If pilots HSI is not good, go to 5.
P134R-L and P302R-H
P134R-M and P302R-F
P134R-N and P302R-G
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace HSI (Para 8.4.).
5-16
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.

Table 5-4.
Compass Card On One HSI Does Not Turn Smoothly. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

P134R-L and P305R-H
P134R-M and P305R-F
P134R-N and P305R-G
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace HSI (Para 8.4.).
Table 5-5.
23
).
Annunciator (Compass Control) Does Not Deflect Or Remains At Null.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P134R-A and TR501-A
P134R-B and TR501-B
P134R-C and TR501-C
P134R-D and P136R-Y
P134R-E and P136R-W
P134R-F and P136R-X
P136R-K and TR501-D
P136R-M and TR501-E
P134R-P and P136R-a
P134R-R and P136R-b
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace control panel (Para 5.4.).
Change 2
5-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.

Table 5-5.
Annunciator (Compass Control) Does Not Deflect Or Remains At Null. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace flux valve(Para 5.7.).
Step 3. If trouble still remains, replace compensator (Para 5.6.).
Table 5-6.
23
).
Compass Card (HSIs) Do Not Move With A Known Heading.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P134R-H and P136R-G
P134R-J and P136R-H
P134R-K and P136R-J
P134R-L and P305R-H
P134R-M and P305R-F
P134R-N and P305R-G
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace control panel (Para 5.4.).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace gyro (Para 5.5.).
5-18
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.

J266 P266
COMP
AC ESNTL
BUS
2
2 AMP
CB221
P110 J110
P1R J1R
115 VAC
B
J136R P136R
A
POWER GROUND
D
K
(C)
HEADING SYNCHRO ROTOR
(H)
115 VAC 400 Hz SPARE
115 VAC 400 Hz IN
23.5 VAC TRANSMITTER EXCITATION OUT
SHIELD
SLAVING SYNCHRO IN
P
SGR1362
SGR83
P
GG123
SGR1363
SGR1361
4
SGR82
5
6
7
T
HEADING SYNCHRO OUT
ANNUNCIATOR SIGNAL OUT
HIGH
LOW
B IN (40 VDC)
SLAVING SIGNAL IN
SLAVING SYNCHRO STATOR
HIGH
LOW
(C)
(H)
B OUT (40 VDC)
GROUND
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
SGR81
15
GND141
P318RB
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
NOTES
J1B
1. PIN A OF P134R SHOWS TYPICAL

FILTERED ADAPTERS.
2.
3.
SAS/FPS
OR
32
PFA
AFCC .
CIS PROCESSOR
SAS/FPS HAS A PIN FILTERED

ADAPTER CONNECTED TO P428R.
Figure 5-3.
(5-19 Blank)/5-20
Gyromagnetic Compass (AN/ASN-43) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)

Change 4
AB1611_1A
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.

P2R J2R
P
P26R J26R
P
TR501
TRANSMITTER INDUCTION COMPASS

COMPENSATOR MAGNETIC FLUX
P134R
PFA
(SEE DETAIL A)
J134R
P134R
SLAVING
DIFFERENTIAL
SIGNAL IN
POWER GROUND
115 VAC
PFA
J134R
B IN
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
HEADING
SYNCHRO
OUT
P134R
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
HEADING
SYNCHRO
IN
HI
LOW
B OUT (40 VDC)
B IN (40 VDC)
J134R
CHASSIS GROUND
PANEL LIGHTS
GROUND
HEADING
DIFFERENTIAL
SIGNAL OUT
ANNUNCIATOR
SIGNAL IN
PFA
5
6
7
SGR1341
GG123
16
17
18
19
GG123
TO
SHEET
3
15
P656R
J656R
R14
82 K
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
AB1611_2
SA
Figure 5-3.
Gyromagnetic Compass (AN/ASN-43) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 2
5-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.3.
20
21
22
J1R
T
TO
SHEET
2
SG8R4
16
17
18
19
P1R
k
p
SG8R5
n
SG8R6
m
q
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
AB1611_3
SA
Figure 5-3.
5-22
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23

P149R
20
21
22
PFA
5.3.
J149R
6
7
SGR1493
10
SGR1494
GG132
PFA
CIVIL NAGIVATION
RECEIVER
P305R
J305R
GG
HDG FLAG IN
GG336
COMPASS HEADINGS IN
AA
GG334
PFA
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P302R
J302R
GG
HDG FLAG IN
GG339
COMPASS HEADINGS IN
AA
GG333
23
24
25
26
SGA333
SGA332
SGA331
SGA334
P142 J142
PFA
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P428R
h
AA
J428R
A
T
27
28
29
P696R
PFA
COMPUTER
(SEE NOTES 2 AND 3)
1J1
B
C
A
DOPPLER SIGNAL DATA

CONVERTER
AB1611_4A
SA
Figure 5-3.

Change 4
5-23/(5-24 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
5.4
Compass Set Control
5-26
5.5
Directional Gyro
5-28
5.6
Magnetic Flux Compensator
5-30
5.7
Induction Compass Transmitter
5-34
5.8
Compass Compensation
5-38
5.9
5-44
Change 2
5-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.4.
Compass Set Control
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References
Test Equipment
Appendix B
Appendix B
Appendix C
Para 5.3
Para 13A.3

Para 13.3
Materials/Parts
23
b.5.
REMOVE

and control panel electrical connector.
a.1.
Loosen fasteners.
a.2.
Carefully lift control panel until pin filtered

adapter/electrical connector can be disconnected.
b.7.
If resistance is not as specified, do steps b.1.,

b.2., b.4., and b.5.
Disconnect pin filtered adapter/electrical connector and remove control panel.
b.8.
Carefully place control panel in lower console

and tighten fasteners.
b.9.
Measure resistance between control panel and

lower console.
a.3.
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean area around mounting surface and electrical connectors threads with cheesecloth
b.2.
b.11.

b.2., b.4., b.8., and b.9.
b.3.

( 23 ).
b.12.
Do paragraph 5.3., then refer to

AFCC
Chart 13A-1. (Para 13A.3.).

P134R to control panel.
b.13.
b.4.
5-26
Change 4
SAS/FPS
Do paragraph 5.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.4.
Compass Set Control (cont.)
FASTENER
COMPASS
SET
CONTROL
D
(SEE NOTE)
A
(SEE NOTE)
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER /
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P134R
C
(SEE NOTE)
LOWER
CONSOLE
NOTE
POINTS
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
FROM TO
A
B
(SEE NOTE)
AA1867B
SA
Figure 5-4.
Compass Set Control
Change 2
5-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.5.
Directional Gyro
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Nose Door Opened

CAUTION

References
Gyro can be damaged by shocks. Use

care when handling gyro.
Appendix B
Para 5.3
CAUTION
Para 13A.3
If gyro is still spinning, wait 20 minutes
before removing it to avoid damaging it.
b.3.
Connect electrical connector P136R to gyro.
b.4.
b.5.
Close nose door.
b.6.

AFCC
REMOVE
a.1.
a.2.
a.3.
Remove gyro.
INSTALL
b.1.
Position gyro over mounting holes on bracket.
b.2.
Fasten gyro with screws and washers.
5-28
Change 4
b.7.
SAS/FPS
Do paragraph 5.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.5.
Directional Gyro (cont.)

GYRO
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P136R
SCREW,
WASHER
AA2118A
SA
Figure 5-5.
Directional Gyro
Change 2
5-29
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.6.
Magnetic Flux Compensator
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
HF
Access Plate (6T-2D) Removed

CAUTION

To prevent damage to flux valve, use
extreme care while removing and replacing compensator.
References
Appendix B
Para 5.8
CAUTION
To prevent damage to threads of screws
and tapped threads in flux valve, do not
over tighten screws.

Access Plate (3T-3B-20) Removed
b.2.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws.
a.2.
Remove compensator.
INSTALL
b.1.
5-30
Position compensator on flux valve and fasten

with non-magnetic screws.
Change 2
Compensate Gyromagnetic Compass Set (Para

5.8.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.6.
Magnetic Flux Compensator (cont.)

SCREW
COMPENSATOR
N
RO
TRANSMITTER
ACCESS PLATE
SCREW,
WASHER
AA2075B
SA
Figure 5-6.
Magnetic Flux Compensator (
W/O HF
Change 2
5-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.6.
Magnetic Flux Compensator (cont.)

SCREW
COMPENSATOR
FR
ON
TRANSMITTER
EFFECTIVITY
ACCESS PLATE
HF
SCREW, WASHER
AB0842
SA
Figure 5-7.
5-32
Change 2
Magnetic Flux Compensator (
HF
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.7.
Induction Compass Transmitter
a. Remove
b. Install
References
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Para 5.8
Materials/Parts
Tags, Suitable
Compensator Removed (Para 5.6.)
WIRE NO.
REMOVE
a.1.
Tag wires.
a.2.
Remove nuts and wires.
a.3.
Remove screws and flux valve.
F442C22
F441C22
F440C22
F450F22
F443C22
SHIELD
INSTALL
b.1.
Position flux valve on bracket and fasten with

non-magnetic screws.
b.2.
Connect these wires to flux valve terminals:
(5-33 Blank)/5-34
Change 2
TRANSMITTER
TERMINAL
A
B
C
D
E
F
b.3.
Remove tags.
b.4.
Install compensator (Para 5.6.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.7.
Induction Compass Transmitter (cont.)
FR
ON
NUT
TERMINAL
SCREW
TRANSMITTER
AA2076B
SA
Figure 5-8.
Induction Compass Transmitter (
W/O HF
Change 2
5-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.7.
Induction Compass Transmitter (cont.)
FR
ON
TERMINAL
NUT
SCREW,
WASHER
TRANSMITTER
EFFECTIVITY
HF
AB0843
SA
Figure 5-9.
5-36
Change 2
Induction Compass Transmitter (
HF
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.8.
a. Reason
e. East/West Correction
b. Conditions
f. Transmitter Error Correction
c. Setup
g. Compensated Compass
Swing
d. North/South Correction
h. Shutdown
NOTE
INITIAL SETUP
It is not necessary to have the rotor

blades turning when swinging the compass.

Nonmagnetic Screwdriver, Item 32, Appendix B
Personnel Required
One (1)
Avionic Mechanic
One (1)
Tactical Helicopter Repairer
References
NOTE
Make sure that tug motor is at least 100
feet away from compass rose after positioning helicopter at the required compass rose heading.
NOTE
Appendix B
The deviation is positive (+) if the compass rose heading is greater than the
indicated heading. The deviation is
negative (-) if the compass rose heading
is less than the indicated heading.
MIL-STD-765A
10
23
APU Operational
Helicopter Positioned On Compass Rose, Heading
SOUTH
The Set must be properly synchronized

before taking any readings. Turn PUSH
TO SET knob (control panel) in the
direction indicated by the annunciator
(control panel) until the annunciator
pointer is centered.
Access Plate (3T-3B-20) Removed

NOTE
HF
Access Plate (6T-2D) Removed

NOTE
For any compass rose that does not meet
with MIL-STD-765A requirements
(level/smooth area), keep the helicopter
as level as possible during swing procedures.
(5-37 Blank)/5-38
Change 2
The Set may drift off the corrected heading during the transmitter adjustment. If
this occurs, reset the PUSH TO SET
(control panel) until the HSI compass
card indicates the North Corrected
Heading, then continue with the transmitter adjustment.
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.8.
Compass Compensation (cont.)

c.3.
Place SLAVED/FREE switch (control panel) to

SLAVED.
c.4.
Line up transmitter NS and EW adjusting

screws with 9dots9 on compensators.
c.5.
Start helicopter APU and place APU generator

switch ON ( 10 ).
c.6.
Turn on these helicopter systems:
REASON
a.1
When required by
a.2.
Additions or removals of equipment or any

other changes which affect the magnetic field
around the transmitter will require a calibration.
20423
CONDITIONS
b.1.
Calibrate the Set only when helicopter is in

flight configuration.
b.2.
Do this test procedure on a compass rose that

this surveyed yearly and which meets requirements of MIL-STD-765A.
b.3.
Keep compass rose free of auxiliary power

units, tug motor, and any other items containing
magnetic material not directly involved with
compass swing.
Store all helicopter fight equipment in its normal location.
b.5.
When doing this procedure, do not carry magnetic materials within 5 feet of transmitter. This
includes tools, watches, badges, headsets, etc.
All Communication and Navigation Sets.
b.
Cabin heater blower.
c.
AFCS.
d.
Anti-collision, position, cabin, console,

and instrument panel lights.
NORTH/SOUTH CORRECTION
d.1.
b.4.
a.
Position helicopter to compass rose SOUTH

heading.
NOTE
b.6.
Use a non-magnetic screwdriver to adjust compensator.
b.7.
Position helicopter on compass rose, with left

wheel secured on turntable.
b.8.
Tow helicopter to each heading on compass

rose.
Make sure that tug motor is at least 100

feet away from compass rose after positioning helicopter at the required compass rose heading.
When synchronizing (matching) the Set
with the PUSH TO SET knob (control
panel), the annunciator pointer can center 180 from actual helicopter heading.
Should this occur, resynchronize the Set
until the annunciator (control panel)
obtains a null (pointer centered) and the
compass cards (both HSIs) are in agreement with the helicopter heading.
SETUP
c.1.
c.2.

Remove access panel at transmitter, if not
already done.
d.2.
Synchronize Set by turning PUSH TO SET

knob (control panel) in the direction (+ or 0)
indicated by the annunciator (control panel)
until the annunciator pointer is centered.
Change 4
5-39
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.8.
d.3.

by the annunciator (control panel) until annunciator pointer is centered.
Record indicated compass card headings (both

HSIs) in Column 2 of Chart 5-1.
NOTE
d.8.
Record indicated compass card headings (both

HSIs) ( in Column 2 of Chart 5-1.
Use pilots HSI for Set calculations.
NOTE
d.4.
Determine compass deviation by subtracting

indicated heading from compass rose heading.
d.5.
Record deviation in Column 3 of Chart 5-1.
d.6.
Position helicopter to compass rose NORTH

heading.
d.9
d.7.

knob (control panel) in the direction indicated
d.10.
Chart 5-1.
COMPASS
ROSE HDG
Column 1
Use pilots HSI for calculations.

Compass Swing Test Data Sheet Uncompensated Swing
HSI
INDICATED
HEADING
Column 2
DEVIATION
Pilot Copilot
Pilot
(HSI)
(Pilot)
(2)-(1)
Column 3
N-S
Column 4
E-W
INDEX
Column 5
Column 6
180
360
270
090
Example:
Compass Rose
Heading
Column 1
180 (S)
000 (N)
d.11.
Deviation
Column 3
+3
-5
Determine North/South Correction as indicated:
North/South
5-40
Correction
HSI Indicated
Heading
(Pilots)
Column 2
177
005
Change 2
North Deviation
Example:
North/South
Correction
d.12.
South Deviation
2
=(-5) - (+3)
2
=-4
=-8
2
Determine the North Corrected Heading as

follows:
North Corrected Heading = (North Ind. Hdg)
+ (North/South Correction)
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.8.
Example:
North Corrected Heading
e.8.
=(005)
+(-004)
Record indicated HSI compass card heading in

Column 2 of Chart 5-1.
NOTE
=001
d.13.
Make sure helicopter is on the NORTH compass rose heading.
d.14.
Do the North/South adjustments as indicated:

a.
Turn PUSH TO SET knob (control panel)

until compass card (pilots HSI) indicates
North Corrected Heading.
b.
Record this heading in column 4 of Chart

5-1.
c.
Turn N-S screw (compensator) until

annunciator pointer (control panel) is centered.
EAST/WEST CORRECTION
e.1.
Position helicopter on compass rose WEST

heading.
e.2.

by the annunciator (control panel) until annunciator pointer is centered.
e.3.
Record indicated HSI compass card heading in

Column 2 of Chart 5-1.

e.9.

e.10.
e.11.
Determine East/West Correction as indicated:
East/West Correction =
East Deviation West Deviation
2
Example:
Compass Rose
Heading
Column 1
270 (W)
090 (E)
East/West Correction
e.4.

e.5.
e.6.
Position helicopter to compass rose EAST

heading.
e.7.

by the annunciator (control panel) until annunciator is centered.
Deviation
Column 3
+3
-5
=(-5) - (+3)
=-4
2
e.12.
Determine East Corrected Heading as follows:

East Corrected Heading =
(East Ind. Hdg) + (East/West Correction)
NOTE
HSI Indicated
Heading
Column 2
267
095
Example:
East Corrected
Heading
=(095)
+(-4)
=091
e.13.
Make sure helicopter is on the EAST compass

rose heading.
e.14.
Do the East/West adjustments as indicated:

a.
Turn PUSH TO SET knob (control panel)

until compass card (pilots HSI) indicates
East Corrected Heading.
Change 2
5-41
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.8.

b.
Record this heading in column 5 of Chart

5-1.
f.2.
c.
Turn compensator E-W screw until

annunciator pointer (control panel) is centered.
Index
Error
Corrected
TRANSMITTER INDEX ERROR CORRECTION

f.1.
Determine Index Error by adding North, South,

East and West deviations, Column 3 of Chart
5-1., and dividing by 4.
Example:
Compass Rose
Heading
Column 1
000 (N)
090 (E)
180 (S)
270 (W)
HSI Indicated
Heading
Column 2
005
095
177
267
Deviation
Index Error
(-5) + (-5) +
(+3) + (+3)
4
-1.0
Column 3
-5
-5
+3
+3
NOTE
Make sure helicopter is on compass rose

EAST heading.
MAGNETIC HEADING
0
345
5-42
Change 2
(East Corrected
Heading)
Heading
+
(Index Error)
East Corrected
Heading
091
Index Error
-1
Index
Error
Corrected
(091) + (-1)
Heading
090
f.3.
Turn PUSH TO SET knob (control panel) until

HSI compass card (pilots HSI) indicates Index
Error Corrected Heading.
f.4.
Record this heading in Column 6 of Chart 5-1.
f.5.
Loosen transmitter mounting screws and slowly

turn transmitter until annunciator (control panel)
is centered).
f.6.
Tighten transmitter mounting screws.
COMPENSATED COMPASS SWING
If the index error is 1 or greater, do the

index error adjustment as specified in
steps f.2. through f.5. If the index error
is less than 1, go to COMPENSATED
COMPASS SWING.
Chart 5-2.
Determine Index Corrected Heading as indicated:
g.1
Position helicopter to each heading in Chart 5-2.

NOTE
Deviation at any heading shall not be
over 62.
g.2
Record deviation at each heading for each HSI.
Compass Swing Test Data Sheet Compensated Swing

AN/ASN-43
PILOTS HSI
COMPASS
COPILOTS HSI
DEVIATIONS
TOL.
DEVIATION
SHALL NOT
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.8.

Chart 5-2.
Compass Swing Test Data Sheet Compensated Swing (Cont)

EXCEED
62.0
AT ANY
HEADING
330
315
300
285
270
255
240
225
210
195
180
165
150
135
120
105
90
75
60
45
30
15
h.3.
Position access plate on helicopter and fasten

with non-magnetic screws and washers.
h.4.
Remove helicopter from compass rose (
SHUTDOWN
h.1.
Shut down APU (
h.2.
10
).
Change 2
23
).
5-43
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.8.
NS
ADJUSTING
SCREW
COMPASS
SET
CONTROL
COMPENSATOR
COMPASS
+
SLAVED
FREE
PUSH TO
SET
EW
ADJUSTING
SCREW
ANNUNCIATOR
TRANSMITTER
AA2130A
SA
Figure 5-10.
5-44
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
5.9.
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B
Tiedown Straps, Item 16, Appendix C, (3 required)

References

Appendix B

Appendix C
Materials/Parts
b.3.

REMOVE
a.1.
b.4.
Continuity shall not be present; high resistance

shall be indicated.
a.2.

b.5.

filtered adapter.
a.3.

connector.
CHECK
b.1.

filtered adapter.
b.2.

NOTE
(5-45 Blank)/5-46
Change 2
INSTALL
c.1.
c.2.
c.3.
c.4.

TM 11-1520-237-23
5.9.
c.6.
c.7.
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

through c.4.
RECEPTACLE
VIEW A
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
A
B
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
TIEDOWN STRAP
RECEPTACLE
VIEW B
Figure 5-11.
AA1920
SA
Change 2
5-47/(5-48 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 6
ATTITUDE
INDICATING
SET
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
6-3
II
Troubleshooting
6-11
III
6-39
Change 4
6-1/(6-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
6.1
6-4
6.2
6-4
6.2.1
Power Distribution
6-4
6.2.2
Attitude Indications
6-4
Change 4
6-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.1.
The Attitude Indicating Set visually displays the helicopters pitch and roll attitudes. The Set consists of:
the pilots and copilots displacement gyroscopes
(gyros); and a GYRO ERECT switch, on the miscellaneous switch panel. The Set functionally interfaces
with both Horizontal Situation Indicator/Vertical Situation Indicator (HSI/VSI) mode select panels, and
vertical Situation Indicators (VSIs), and also provides
signal inputs to the Automatic Flight Control Set
(AFCS), 128B Doppler/Global Positioning Navigation Set (DGNS)
or
Doppler
W/O 128B
, and Command Instrument
Navigation Set (DNS)
Set (CIS).
The helicopters attitude is sensed by both gyros that
supply pitch and roll attitude signals to both HSI/VSI
mode select panels. Two HSI/VSI mode select panels
are installed on the instrument panel, one for each
pilot. Each panel contains a lighted push-on-push-off
switch labeled VERT GYRO. Pushing the VERT
GYRO switch changes its position from NORM to
ALTR, or ALTR to NORM. The VERT GYRO
switches allow the pilot and copilot to select the
pilots gyro output or the copilots gyro output to drive
the attitude indicators on each VSI. Two VSIs are
installed on the instrument panel, one for each pilot.
With both VERT GYRO switches (HSI/VSI mode
select panel) at NORM, the pilots gyro output drives
the attitude indicators on the pilots VSI, and the copilots gyro output drives the attitude indicators on the
copilots VSI. Each gyro can drive one or both VSI
attitude indicators, depending upon the position of the
VERT GYRO switches. With the VERT GYRO
switch at ALTR, the alternate gyro output drives the
attitude indicators. With the pilots VERT GYRO
switch placed to ALTR, the copilots gyro drives both
VSI attitude indicators. With the copilots VERT
GYRO switch placed to ALTR, the pilots gyro drives
both VSI attitude indicators. A fast erect signal is supplied to the both gyros by pressing the GYRO ERECT
switch (miscellaneous switch panel).
6.2.

115 vac, B phase, is supplied by the AC ESNTL BUS
through the VSI PLT circuit breaker (on pilots circuit
breaker panel) to the pilots gyro and VSI.
6-4
Change 4
When a failure of the AC ESNTL

BUS occurs, backup electrical power of 115 vac, B
is supplied by the NO. 2 AC PRI BUS and routed
through the CMPTR circuit breaker (on pilots circuit
breaker panel), through the deenergized contacts of
K13 AC ESNTL BUS FAIL relay (in pilots circuit
breaker panel) to the pilots gyro and VSI.
6031SUBQ
Electrical power of 115 vac, B is supplied by the

AC ESNTL BUS and routed through the VSI CPLT
circuit breaker (on pilots circuit breaker panel) to the
copilots gyro and VSI.
6.2.2. Attitude Indications. Helicopter pitch and
roll attitudes, referenced to a level attitude, are sensed
by both gyros. The gyros apply the pitch and roll attitude signals through the HSI/VSI mode select panels
to the attitude indicator portion of the VSIs for visual
display. The gyro consists of a gyro rotor spinning
within a gyro frame. The gyro rotor spins at a high
speed and revolves with its spin axis in an upright
position (perpendicular to the earths surface). The
gyro maintains this axis regardless of helicopter attitude changes, while the gyro frame remains fixed relative to the helicopter. A change in helicopter pitch
attitude, with respect to the earth, creates a relative
motion between the gyro rotor and gyro frame. This
motion causes the gyro pitch synchro to develop a
pitch displacement signal. The amplitude of the signal
is proportional to the amount of helicopter pitch displacement (forward and aft) from level flight, and the
phase of the signal indicates direction of pitch displacement. Similarly, a change in helicopter roll attitude, with respect to the earth, creates a relative
motion between the gyro rotor and gyro frame. This
motion causes the gyro roll synchro to develop a roll
displacement signal. The amplitude of the signal is
proportional to the amount of helicopter roll displacement (left and right) from level flight, and the phase
of the signal indicates the direction of roll displacement. Pitch and roll displacement signals from both
gyros are applied to both HSI/VSI mode select panels.
With both gyros operating properly and both VERT
GYRO switches (HSI/VSI mode select panel) at
NORM, the pilots gyro pitch and roll displacement
signals are routed through the pilots HSI/VSI mode
select panel and applied to the pilots VSI; and the
copilots gyro pitch and roll displacement signals are
routed through the copilots HSI/VSI mode select
TM 11-1520-237-23
panel and applied to the copilots VSI. The pilot and
copilot gyros pitch and roll displacement signals are
also applied directly from each gyro to the AFCS. The
copilots gyro pitch and roll displacement signals are
also applied directly from the copilots gyro to the
DGNS
or W/O 128B DNS
.
128B
Helicopter pitch and roll attitudes are visually displayed on both VSIs. The VSI dial face contains a
fixed bar representing the helicopter, a moving sphere
with a distinct white horizon line dividing the two
colors, white above and black below, a fixed bank
angle scale, and a bank index on the moving sphere.
The relative position of the fixed bar (helicopter) and
the horizon line indicates the helicopters attitude referenced to the earths horizon. Pitch and roll displacement signals from the gyro cause the indicator sphere
to move. The amount of pitch is shown on the indicator by the position of the fixed bar relative to the pitch
reference scale on the sphere. The position of the fixed
bar, relative to the sphere horizon line, indicates the
direction of pitch. The bar above the horizon line indicates climb, and the bar below the horizon line indicates dive. The amount of roll is shown by the position of the bank index on the sphere relative to the
bank angle scale. The right or left movement of the
bank index indicates the direction of roll. PITCH and

ROLL trim knobs (VSI) are each capable of being
turned about one-half turn clockwise and one-quarter
turn counterclockwise from the zero index. The ROLL
trim knob permits adjustment of the bank index 14 to
16 right and left from the zero index. The PITCH
trim knob permits adjustment of the sphere 14 to 16
for dive and 14 to 16 for climb, from the zero index.
If a power failure or low rpm occurs in either gyro, a
gyro power failure signal is applied through the
NORM position of the VERT GYRO switch (HSI/
VSI mode select panel) to the associated VSIs. The
signal causes an ATT warning flag to appear, warning
the pilot and copilot that pitch and roll attitude signals
are not being supplied to the indicator. To restore attitude information to the indicator, the pilot or copilot
presses the VERT GYRO switch (HSI/VSI mode
select panel) so that ALTR appears in the switch window. This action configures the VERT GYRO switch
to the alternate position and causes the ATT flag on
the indicator to disappear. Alternate roll and pitch displacement signals from the operating gyro are applied
through the ALTR position of the VERT GYRO
switch to restore attitude information to the indicator.
Change 4
6-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
PILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
MISCELLANEOUS
SWITCH PANEL
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LOWER
CONSOLE
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
PILOTS
DISPLACEMENT
GYRO
COPILOTS
DISPLACEMENT
GYRO
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P14R / J14R
P16R / J16R
P110R / J110R
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA

197
P111R / J111R

197
P142R / J142R
P191R / J191R
PILOTS DISPLACEMENT
GYRO
P193R / J193R
COPILOTS DISPLACEMENT
GYRO
P249 / J249
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 LH
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P266 / J266

BREAKER PANEL, BL 25 RH
P300R / J300R

SELECT PANEL
P301R / J301R
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P304R / J304R
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P317R / J317R

SELECT PANEL
P318RB / J1B
CIS PROCESSOR
P432R / J432R
SAS AMPLIFIER
P428R / J428R
COMPUTER (SEE NOTE)
P659R / J659R
MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH
PANEL
P696R / 1J1
DOPPLER SIGNAL DATA

CONVERTER
NOTE
SAS/FPS
OR
AFCC .
AA2259B
SA
Figure 6-1.
6-6
Change 4
Attitude Indicating Set Location Diagram
TM 11-1520-237-23
1
115 VAC
B
CMPTR
NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS
2
AMP
B3
VSI PLT
115 VAC
B
B2
2
AMP
B1
MANUAL
FAST ERECT
AC
ESNTL
BUS
PILOTS GYRO
ROLL SIGNAL
PILOTS
DISPLACEMENT
GYRO
K13 AC ESNTL
BUS FAIL
VSI CPLT
PILOTS
GYRO FAIL
PILOTS GYRO
PITCH SIGNAL
RELAY
2
AMP

(SEE DETAIL A)
MANUAL
FAST ERECT
MISCELLANEOUS
SWITCH
PANEL
COPILOTS
GYRO FAIL
COPILOTS GYRO
PITCH SIGNAL
COPILOTS GYRO
ROLL SIGNAL
COPILOTS
DISPLACEMENT
GYRO
VSI PLT
115 VAC
B
AC
ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
VSI CPLT
2
AMP
NOTE
27146031

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
AA0312_1A
SA
Figure 6-2.
(6-7 Blank)/6-8
Attitude Indicating Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
1
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
CONTROL
PILOTS
GYRO FAIL
PILOTS GYRO
PITCH SIGNAL
PILOTS GYRO
ROLL SIGNAL
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
SELECTED
GYRO PITCH
SIGNALS
SELECTED
GYRO ROLL
SIGNALS
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
ATTITUDE
FLAG
SELECTED
GYRO PITCH
SIGNALS
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
COPILOTS
GYRO FAIL
COPILOTS GYRO
PITCH SIGNAL
COPILOTS GYRO
ROLL SIGNAL
SELECTED
GYRO ROLL
SIGNALS
ATTITUDE
FLAG
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR

DOPPLER / GPS
NAVIGATION
SET
(SEE DETAIL B)
DOPPLER / GPS
NAVIGATION
SET
DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 2)
AA0312_2A
SA
Figure 6-2.
Attitude Indicating Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 4
6-9/(6-10 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
6.3
TITLE
PAGE
6-12
Change 4
6-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.
Operational Check
References
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Test Equipment
23

Protractor Assembly, Item 25, Appendix B
Operational.
NOTE
Personnel Required
Assistant

OPERATIONAL CHECK

go to Table 6-1.
One
68N
One
Avionic Mechanic
1.

2.
3.
Momentarily press VERT GYRO switch (both

HSI/VSI mode select panels) to turn on NORM
legend.
23

Table 6-2.
Table 6-3.
).
If results c. and d. are not as specified,

go to Table 6-4.
Table 6-5.
RESULT:
6-12

Table 6-6.
a.
ATT flag (pilots VSI) shall be out of

view.
b.
Sphere (pilots VSI) shall be erected and

stable.
4.
c.
ATT flag (copilots VSI) shall be out of

view.
RESULT: Sphere shall move when trim knob is

turned.
d.
Sphere (copilots VSI) shall be erected

and stable.
If result is not as specified, replace VSI

(Para 8.5.).
Change 4
Adjust both ROLL and PITCH trim knobs (pilots

VSI) to center sphere on pilots VSI.
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.
5.
Adjust both ROLL and PITCH trim knobs (copilots VSI) to center sphere on copilots VSI.
RESULT: Sphere shall move when trim knob is

turned.
10.
Carefully tilt gyro clockwise (right roll) then

counterclockwise (left roll).
RESULT: Sphere (copilots VSI) turns counterclockwise for right roll and clockwise for left
roll.
If result is not as specified, replace VSI

(Para 8.5.).

6-9.
NOTE
11.
Note the number and location of any
shim(s) installed under adapter plate.
Retain the shim(s) for installation.
Carefully lift rear (aft) part of gyro, then front

part.
6.
Remove mounting hardware from pilots gyro

mounting plate.
RESULT: Sphere (copilots VSI) turns upward (dive)

when back of gyro is lifted and turns
downward (climb) when front of gyro is
lifted.
7.
Carefully tilt gyro clockwise (right roll), then

counterclockwise (left roll).

6-10.
RESULT: Sphere (pilots VSI) turns counterclockwise for right roll input and clockwise for
left roll input.
6-7.
8.
Carefully lift rear (aft) part of gyro, then front

part.
12.
Momentarily press VERT GYRO switch (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel) to turn on
ALTR legend.
13.
Carefully tilt pilots gyro in both directions in

both pitch and roll axes.
RESULT: Both VSIs shall respond same.

If copilots VSI does not respond properly, go to Table 6-11.
RESULT: Sphere (pilots VSI) turns upward (dive)

when back of gyro is lifted and turns
downward (climb) when front of gyro is
lifted.
14.
Momentarily press VERT/GYRO switch (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel) to turn on
NORM legend.

6-8.
15.
Momentarily press VERT GYRO switch (pilots

HSI/VSI mode select panel) to turn on ALTR
legend.
16.
Carefully tilt copilots gyro in both directions, in

both pitch and roll axes.
NOTE
Note the number and location of any
shim(s) installed under adapter plate.
Retain the shim(s) for installation.
9.
Remove mounting hardware from mounting plate

(copilots gyro).
RESULT: Both VSIs shall respond same.

If pilots VSI does not respond properly, go to Table 6-12.
Change 4
6-13
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

NOTE
Install the shim(s) in the location noted
in steps 6. and 11.
17.
Install both gyros. (Refer to Para 6.4.)
18.
Pull out AC ESNTL BUS

SPLY circuit breaker (on copilots circuit
breaker panel).
6031SUBQ
21.
Remove soundproofing panels from cabin ceiling between stations 360 and 398 ( 23 ).
22.
Position protractor assembly against bottom side

of transmission beam.
23.
Calibrate protractor assembly for 0.
24.
Place protractor assembly on cabin floor and

measure pitch and roll attitude of the helicopter.
Compare protractor assembly indications with
both VSI indications.
RESULT:
a.
ATT flag (pilots VSI) remains out of

view.
25.
b.
Sphere (pilots VSI) remains erect and

stable.
RESULT: Protractor assembly and both VSIs agree.

If result is not as specified, go to Para
6.6.

K13 AC ESNTL BUS FAIL relay
( 23 ).
19.
6031SUBQ
Push in AC ESNTL BUS SPLY
26.
Install soundproofing panels on cabin ceiling

between stations 360 and 398 ( 23 ).
27.

helicopter ( 23 ).
circuit breaker.
20.
Momentarily press VERT GYRO switch (pilots

HSI/VSI mode select panel) to turn on NORM
legend.
Table 6-1.
ATT Flag In View, Sphere Not Stable and Erect.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Select VERT GYRO ALTR (pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Step 1. If pilots VSI indicates same as copilots VSI, go to 2.
Step 2. If pilots VSI does not indicate same as copilots VSI, go to 9.
2. Check for 115 vac between P191R-B and P191R-A.
6-14
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-1.
ATT Flag In View, Sphere Not Stable and Erect. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P191R-A and gnd
P191R-G and gnd
P191R-K and gnd
P191R-L and gnd
P191R-V and gnd
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace pilots gyro (Para 6.4.).
23
).
4. Check for 115 vac between P191R-B and gnd.

Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P191R-A and
gnd( 23 ).
or
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, go to 6031SUBQ
MOD 5.
2714 6030 8.
6031SUBQ
5. Check for 115 vac between terminal B2 (K13 AC ESNTL BUS FAIL relay) and gnd.
MOD
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal B2 and

P191R-B ( 23 ).
6031SUBQ
6. Check for 115 vac between terminal B1 (K13 AC ESNTL BUS FAIL relay) and gnd.
MOD
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace relay (

6031SUBQ
23
).
7. Check for 115 vac between terminal 1 (VSI PLT circuit breaker) and gnd.
MOD
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 (VSI

PLTcircuit breaker) and terminal B2 (K13 AC ESNTL BUS FAIL relay)
( 23 ).
27146030
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 and P191R-B
( 23 ).
Change 4
6-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-1.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace pilots VSI (Para 8.5.).
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P304R-A and gnd
( 23 ).
or
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, go to 6031SUBQ
MOD 13.
2714 6030 16.
6031SUBQ
13. Check for 115 vac between terminal B2 (K13 AC ESNTL FAIL) and gnd.
MOD
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal B2 and

P304R-B ( 23 ).
6031SUBQ
14. Check for 115 vac between terminal B1 (K13 AC ESNTL BUS FAIL relay) and
gnd.
MOD
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace relay (

6031SUBQ
23
).
MOD
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 (VSI PLT

circuit breaker) and terminal B2 (K13 AC ESNTL BUS FAIL relay) ( 23 ).
27146030
6-16
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-1.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
( 23 ).
Table 6-2.
ATT Flag Is In View But Sphere Is Erect And Stable.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If ATT flag goes out of view, go to 2.
Step 2. If ATT flag does not go out of view, replace pilots VSI (Para 8.5.).
2. Select VERT GYRO NORM (pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel). Go to 3.
3. Disconnect P659R (miscellaneous switch panel).
Step 1. If ATT flag goes out of view, replace miscellaneous switch panel (
Step 2. If ATT flag does not go out of view, go to 4.
23
).
(Para 6.5.).
6. Check for 115 vac between P317R-32 and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace gyro (Para 6.4.).
7. Check for 28 vdc between P304R-j and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para
8.11.).
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, replace pilots VSI (Para 8.5.).
Change 4
6-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-3.
ATT Flag Is Out Of View, But Sphere Is Not Stable.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Select VERT GYRO ALTR (pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel). Go to 2.
2. Check pilots VSI sphere.
Step 1. If pilots sphere is same as copilots sphere, go to 3.
Step 2. If pilots sphere is not the same as copilots sphere, go to 8.
Pitch Axis
P191R-P and P317R-28
Roll Axis
P191R-D and P317R-30
P191R-F and P317R-40
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace gyro (Para 6.4.).
23
).

6-18
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-3.
ATT Flag Is Out Of View, But Sphere Is Not Stable. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Pitch Axis
P304R-c and P317R-18
Roll Axis
P304R-f and P317R-29
Table 6-4.
23
).
ATT Flag Is In View and Sphere Is Not Stable And Erect.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Select VERT GYRO ALTR (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel). Go to 2.
2. Check copilots VSI.
Step 1. If copilots VSI indications are same as pilots VSI, go to 3.
Step 2. If copilots VSI indications are not the same as pilots VSI, go to 9.
3. Remove and check pin filtered adapter ( P301R) (Para 6.5.).
P193R-G and gnd
Change 4
6-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-4.
ATT Flag Is In View and Sphere Is Not Stable And Erect. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P193R-K and gnd
P193R-L and gnd
P193R-T and gnd
P193R-V and gnd
P193R-Y and gnd
23
).

( 23 ).
8. Check for 115 vac between terminal 1 (VSI CPLT circuit breaker) and gnd.
( 23 ).
11. Check for 115 vac between P301R-B and P301-A.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace copilots VSI (Para 8.5.).
( 23 ).
6-20
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-4.
ATT Flag Is In View and Sphere Is Not Stable And Erect. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

( 23 ).
Table 6-5.
ATT Flag Is In View But Sphere Is Erect And Stable.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Select VERT GYRO ALTR (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Step 1. If ATT flag goes out of view, go to 2.
Step 2. If ATT flag does not go out of view, replace copilots VSI (Para 8.5.).
2. Select VERT GYRO NORM (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel). Go to 3.
3. Disconnect P659R (miscellaneous switch panel).
Step 1. If ATT flag goes out of view, replace miscellaneous switch panel (
Step 2. If ATT flag does not go out of view, go to 4.
23
).
Step 2. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters (Para 6.5.).
6. Check for 115 vac between P300R-32 and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace gyro (Para 6.4.).
7. Check for 28 vdc between P301R-j and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para
8.11.).
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, replace copilots VSI (Para 8.5.).
Change 4
6-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-6.
ATT Flag Is Out Of View, But Sphere Is Not Stable.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Check copilots VSI sphere.
Step 1. If copilots sphere is same as pilots sphere, go to 3.
Step 2. If copilots sphere is not the same as pilots sphere, go to 8.
Step 2. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters as required(Para 6.5.).
Pitch Axis
P300R-18 and
P300R-67 and
Roll Axis
P300R-20 and
P300R-50 and
P301R-c
P301R-b
P301R-e
P301R-d

23
).

6-22
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-6.
ATT Flag Is Out Of View, But Sphere Is Not Stable. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Pitch Axis
Roll Axis
Table 6-7.
23
).
Pilots VSI Does Not Respond To Roll.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If copilots VSI responds to roll, go to 2.
Step 2. If copilots VSI does not respond to roll, go to 11.
4. Loosen mounting plate and carefully tilt copilots gyro clockwise and counterclockwise.
Step 1. If pilots VSI responds to roll inputs, go to 5.
Step 2. If pilots VSI does not respond to roll inputs, go to 8.
Change 4
6-23
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-7.
Pilots VSI Does Not Respond To Roll. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P191R-E and P317R-43
(Para 6.5.).
P304R-e and P317R-20
P304R-f and P317R-29
6-24
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-7.
Pilots VSI Does Not Respond To Roll. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Table 6-8.
23
).
Pilots VSI Does Not Respond To Pitch.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If copilots VSI responds to pitch, go to 2.
Step 2. If copilots VSI does not respond to pitch, go to 11.
4. Tilt copilots gyro aft and forward.
Step 1. If pilots VSI responds to pitch inputs, go to 5.
Step 2. If pilots VSI does not respond to pitch inputs, go to 8.
Change 4
6-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-8.
Pilots VSI Does Not Respond To Pitch. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters as required(Para 6.5.).
P304R-c and P317R-18
Table 6-9.
Copilots VSI Does Not Respond To Roll.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If pilots VSI responds to roll, go to 2.
Step 2. If pilots VSI does not respond to roll, go to 11.
6-26
Change 4
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-9.
Copilots VSI Does Not Respond To Roll. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4. Tilt pilots gyro clockwise and counterclockwise.
Step 1. If copilots VSI responds to roll inputs, go to 5.
Step 2. If copilots VSI does not respond to roll inputs, go to 8.
8.11.).
(Para 6.5.).
P300R-20 and P301R-e
P300R-29 and P301R-f
P300R-50 and P301R-d
Change 4
6-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-9.
Copilots VSI Does Not Respond To Roll. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.).
Table 6-10.
23
).
Copilots VSI Does Not Respond To Pitch.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If pilots VSI responds to pitch, go to 2.
Step 2. If pilots VSI does not respond to pitch, go to 11.
4. Tilt pilots gyro aft and forward.
Step 1. If copilots VSI responds to pitch inputs, go to 5.
Step 2. If copilots VSI does not respond to pitch inputs, go to 8.
6-28
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-10.
Copilots VSI Does Not Respond To Pitch. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
8.11.).
(Para 6.5.).
P300R-18 and P301R-c
P300R-67 and P301R-b
P300R-80 and P301R-a
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.).
Change 4
6-29
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-10.
Copilots VSI Does Not Respond To Pitch. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Table 6-11.
23
).
Copilots VSI Does Not Indicate Same As Pilots VSI.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. Check copilots VSI for pitch attitude indication.
Step 1. If copilots VSI indicates same as pilots VSI, go to 4.
Step 2. If copilots VSI does not indicate same as pilots VSI, go to 5.
8.11.).
6-30
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

Table 6-11.
Copilots VSI Does Not Indicate Same As Pilots VSI. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
8.11.).
Table 6-12.
Pilots VSI Does Not Indicate Same As Copilots VSI.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. Check pilots VSI for pitch attitude indication.
Step 1. If pilots VSI indicates same as copilots VSI, go to 4.
Step 2. If pilots VSI does not indicate same as copilots VSI, go to 5.
Change 4
6-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.
VSI CPLT
AC
ESNTL
BUS
B
2
115 VAC
2
AMP
J266 P266
CB223
1
P110 J110
TO SHEET 3
AA
TO SHEET 5
BB
TO SHEET 4
TO SHEET 3
CMPTR
NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS
B
CB257
2
B1 AMP B2
115 VAC
B3
B2
B1
VSI PLT
AC
ESNTL
BUS
B
2
115 VAC
2
AMP
CB222
1
PILOT MODE
SELECT
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
2
AMP
K13 AC ESNTL BUS FAIL
CB203
RELAY
28 VDC

(SEE DETAIL A)
CPLT
MODE SEL
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
J249 P249
CB107
2
2 AMP 1
28 VDC
P111 J111
P696R
PFA
J1
VSI CPLT
B
AC
ESNTL
BUS
115 VAC
2
2 AMP
J266 P266
CB223
1
VSI PLT
2
2 AMP
CB222
DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 2)
NOTES
1.
28 VDC
2714 6030
2. PIN E OF P696R SHOWS TYPICAL

FILTERED ADAPTERS.
3. SAS/FPS OR AFCC .
4.
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
SAS/FPS HAS A PIN FILTERED
PILOT MODE
SELECT
2
2 AMP
CB203
1

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 1)
AB1612_1A
SA
Figure 6-3.
6-32
Change 4
Attitude Indicating Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 6)
TM 11-1520-237-23
X Y
J1
R H P
D E
P696R
ROLL
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
ROLL
SIGNAL
INPUT
PITCH
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
115 VAC IN
POWER FAIL OUTPUT
AC POWER NEUTRAL
MANUAL FAST ERECT
Y V K A N B
PITCH ERECT COM
ROLL MAN. TORQUE
PITCH MAN. TORQUE
ROLL ERECT COM
J193R
PFA
(SEE
DETAIL B)
SGR1932
SGR1933
GND1931
P193R G T
GND1931
5
SGP16R1
GND1931
SGP16R2
7
SGP16R3
TO
SHEET
3
8
SGP16R4
9
SGP16R5
10
SGP16R6
11
12
GG141
GG142
N A K V Y L
J R H P D E
POWER FAIL OUTPUT
P191R
115 VAC IN
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CHASSIS GROUND
TO SHEET 5
TO
SHEET
4
GND1911
X Y
ROLL
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
X Y
PITCH
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
ROLL MAN. TORQUE
PITCH ERECT COM
PITCH MAN. TORQUE
MANUAL FAST ERECT
NO
NC
NO
J191R
NC
J659R
AC POWER NEUTRAL
P659R
SGR1911
SGR1912
GG141
13
POWER FAIL COM
CHASSIS GROUND
POWER FAIL COM
X Y
PITCH
SIGNAL
INPUT
DOPPLER SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER
COPILOTS DISPLACEMENT GYRO
ROLL ERECT COM
6.3.
GYRO
ERECT
MISCELLANEOUS SWITCH
PANEL
Figure 6-3.
PILOTS DISPLACEMENT GYRO

AB1612_2
SA
Attitude Indicating Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 4
6-33
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.
21
22
23
24
25
26
TO
SHEET
1
TO
SHEET
6
P16R J16R
SG16R
1
J
K
TO
SHEET
2
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
L
M
N
P
10
11
12
SG16R8
115 VAC IN
PITCH
SIGNAL
INPUT
ATT FLAG
ROLL
SIGNAL
INPUT
SIG GND
115 VAC RTN
CHASSIS GND
39
SG16R7
R
S
HH
J301R
PFA
P301R
40
GG336
A
44 29 20 50 18 67 80
78
40
43
30
28
56
68 41
28 VDC PWR IN
32 55 19 31 39 91 79 21
PFA
Y X
ALTERNATE GYRO
FAIL IN
Y X
ALTERNATE
PITCH SIGNAL
INPUT
ALTERNATE
ROLL SIGNAL
INPUT
GYRO FAIL IN
Y X
28 VDC PWR RTN
PITCH
SIGNAL
INPUT
Y X
PITCH
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
ROLL
SIGNAL
INPUT
J300R
ROLL
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
GG333
GG339
P300R
ATT FLAG
SG301R1
AB1612_3
SA
Figure 6-3.
6-34
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

15
16
17
18
19
20
TO
SHEET
2
14
P16R
CC EE BB PP AA NN GGMM FF LL JJ KK
J16R
TO SHEET 1
3
SG317R
1
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
41
2
42
3
43
4
44
TO
SHEET
6
45
6
46
47
39
48
49
50
TO
SHEET
5
51
52
40
SG3178
53
P317R
21 41
79 91 39 31 19 55 78 32
40
43
30
28
56
68
80 67 18
50 20 29
44
X Y
X Y
ATT FLAG
GG336
PFA
Z
ROLL
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
PITCH
SIGNAL
OUTPUT
PITCH
SIGNAL
INPUT
ROLL
SIGNAL
INPUT
GYRO FAIL IN
X Y
28 VDC PWR IN
ALTERNATE
ROLL SIGNAL
INPUT
X Y
ALTERNATE
PITCH SIGNAL
INPUT
28 VDC PWR RTN
ALTERNATE GYRO
FAIL IN
J317R
AB1612_4
SA
Figure 6-3.

Change 4
6-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.
PITCH
SIGNAL
INPUT
ATT FLAG
ROLL
SIGNAL
INPUT
COMMAND INSTRUMENT SET

PROCESSOR
P318RB
22
21
20
26
25
24
P14R
J1B
PFA
P304R
47
PFA
J14R
J304R
ATT FLAG
115 VAC RTN
SGRHS9
48
SGRHS10
49
TO
SHEET
4
PITCH
SIGNAL
INPUT
SGRHS11
50
SGRHS12
51
SGRHS13
52
ROLL
SIGNAL
INPUT
SGRHS14
53
SGRHS15
SGR3041
GG337
P16R J16R
TO SHEET 2
TO SHEET 1
13
DD
CHASSIS GND
SIG GND
115 VAC IN
SG16R9
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AB1612_5
SA
Figure 6-3.
6-36
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.3.

P142 J142
TO
SHEET
3
P428R J428R
21
22
23
24
25
26
41
CC
k
p
ROLL
SIGNAL
INPUT
PITCH
SIGNAL
INPUT
COPILOTS
GYRO
SG110511
SG110510
r
43
BB
44
45
46
Y
r
v
u
ROLL
SIGNAL
INPUT
SG11059
PILOTS
GYRO
PITCH
SIGNAL
INPUT
COMPUTER
(SEE NOTES 3 AND 4)
P423R
J423R
ROLL
SIGNAL
INPUT
TO
SHEET
4
42
SAS AMPLIFIER
AB1612_6A
SA
Figure 6-3.

Change 4
6-37/(6-38 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
6.4
Gyro
6-40
6.5
6-42
6.6
Leveling Gyro
6-44
Change 4
6-39
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.4.
Gyro
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Para 6.3
Para 13A.3
Materials/Parts
Nose Door Opened

CAUTION

To avoid damaging gyro, allow at least
10 minutes to let it run down before trying to remove from helicopter.

References
NOTE
Appendix B
Replacement of pilots and copilots

gyros is the same.
Appendix C
b.2.
b.3.
Position adapter plate on bottom of gyro and

fasten with screws.
REMOVE
a.1.
a.2.
a.3.

NOTE
NOTE
Note number and location of shims

(washers) between adapter plate and
shelf, if installed.
Install shims (washers) between adapter

plate and shelf as noted in step a.2.
b.4.
Position gyro (arrow pointing forward) and

adapter plate on shelf and fasten with screws,
washers, lockwashers, and shims.
b.5.
Connect electrical connector P191R (pilots) or

P193R (copilots).
Remove screws, washers, lockwashers, and

shims (if installed) and remove adapter plate
from shelf.
Remove screws and adapter plate from bottom
of gyro.
b.6.
SAS/FPS
Do paragraph 6.3.
INSTALL
b.1.
6-40
Clean area around mounting holes with cheesecloth dampened with dry-cleaning solvent for
good electrical bonding.
Change 4
b.7.

b.8.
AFCC
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.4.
Gyro (cont.)
b.9.
Close nose door.

DISPLACEMENT
GYRO
NT
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P191R (PILOTS)
P193R (COPILOTS)
FR
SCREW,
LOCKWASHER,
WASHERS
SHIM
ADAPTER
PLATE
AB0903B
SCREW
Figure 6-4.
SA
Gyro
Change 4
6-41
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.5.
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B

References

Appendix B
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
b.3.

REMOVE
a.1.
b.4.

shall be indicated.
a.2.

b.5.

filtered adapter.

connector.
INSTALL
a.3.
CHECK
b.1.

filtered adapter.
b.2.

NOTE
6-42
Change 4
c.1.
c.2.
c.3.
c.4.

TM 11-1520-237-23
6.5.
c.6.
c.7.
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

through c.4.
RECEPTACLE
VIEW A
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
A
B
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
TIEDOWN STRAP
RECEPTACLE
VIEW B
Figure 6-5.
AA1920
SA
Change 4
6-43
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.6.
Leveling Gyro
Level
References
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
23
Test Equipment
Protractor Assembly, Item 25, Appendix B
Nose Door Opened

Cabin Soundproofing Panels Between Stations 360 And 398 Removed

23
Materials/Parts
NOTE
Shim (Washer), AN960JD10L

(as required)
Leveling of both gyros is the same.
7.
Check both VSIs for level condition in pitch and

roll.
8.
Remove mounting hardware from adapter plate of

gyro(s) to be leveled.
9.
Level gyro(s) by adding or removing shim(s) to

the underside of adapter plate.
10.
Fasten adapter plate to shelf with screws, lockwashers, and washers.
11.

helicopter ( 23 ).
12.
Install cabin soundproofing panels between stations 360 and 398 ( 23 ).
LEVEL
1.
Position protractor assembly against bottom side

of transmission beam.
2.
Calibrate protractor assembly for 0.
3.
Level helicopter in pitch and roll, verifying level

with protractor assembly.
4.

).
5.
6.
Momentarily press VERT GYRO switch (both

HSI/VSI mode select panels) to turn on NORM
legend.
6-44
Change 4
23
TM 11-1520-237-23
6.6.
Leveling Gyro (cont.)
SCREW,
LOCKWASHER,
WASHERS
NT
DISPLACEMENT
GYRO
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P191R (PILOTS)
P193R (COPILOTS)
FR
SHIM
ADAPTER
PLATE
AB1278A
SA
Figure 6-6.
Leveling Gyro
Change 4
6-45/(6-46 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 7
RATE-OF-TURN
INDICATING
UNIT
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
7-3
II
Troubleshooting
7-7
III
7-17
7-1/(7-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
7.1
Equipment Description and Data.
7-4
7.2
7-4
7.2.1
Power Distribution
7-4
7.2.2
Rate-of-Turn Indications
7-4
7-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.1.
The rate-of-turn indicating unit visually displays the

helicopters slip/skid and turn rate. The unit consists
of the pilots and copilots rate gyroscopes (gyro). The
rate-of-turn indicating unit functionally interfaces
with the pilots and copilots horizontal situation
indicator/vertical situation indicators (HSI/VSIs),
mode select panels (mode select panel), and the pilots
and copilots vertical situation indicators (VSIs).
The helicopters turn rate is sensed by the pilots and
copilots gyros that supply signals to both mode select
panels. Two mode select panels are installed on the
instrument panel, one for each pilot. Each mode select
panel contains a lighted push-on, push-off switch
labeled TURN RATE. Pushing the TURN RATE
switch changes its position from NORM to ALTR, or
ALTR to NORM. The TURN RATE switches allow
the pilot and copilot to select between the pilots rate
gyro output or copilots rate gyro output to drive the
rate-of-turn indicator on each VSI. Two VSIs are
installed on the instrument panel, one for each pilot.
With both HSI/VSI mode select panel TURN RATE
switches at NORM, the pilots rate gyro output drives
the rate-of-turn indicator on the pilots VSI and the
copilots rate gyro output drives the rate-of-turn indicator on the copilots VSI. Each rate gyro can drive
one or both VSI rate-of-turn indicators, depending
upon the position of the HSI/VSI mode select panels
TURN RATE switches. With the TURN RATE
switch at ALTR, the alternate rate gyro output drives
the rate-of-turn indicator. With the pilots TURN
RATE switch placed to ALTR, the copilots rate gyro
supplies the pilots and copilots VSI rate-of-turn
indicators. With the copilots TURN RATE switch
placed to ALTR, the pilots rate of gyro supplies the
pilots and copilots VSI rate-of-turn indicators.
The relationship between lateral force and centrifugal
force is indicated by mechanical slip/skid indicator on
both the pilots and copilots VSI.
7.2.
7.2.1. Power Distribution. The rate-of-turn indicating unit gets ac and dc electrical power from the
copilots and upper console circuit breaker panels. The
28 vdc for the pilots rate gyro is supplied by the dc
7-4
essential bus through the PILOT TURN RATE circuit

breaker. The 28 vdc for the copilots rate gyro is supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus through the COPILOT TURN RATE GYRO circuit breaker.
7.2.2. Rate-of Turn Indications. The pilots and
copilots gyros sense the helicopters turning rate, and
develop turn rate signals. The amplitude of the turn
rate signals is proportional to rate-of-turn, and the signal polarity indicates the direction (left or right) of
turn. Both the pilots and copilots gyro turn rate signals are applied to the pilots and copilots mode
select panels. With both gyros operating properly and
TURN RATE switches set to NORM, each gyro turn
rate signal is routed through the HSI/VSI mode select
panel to the pilots and copilots VSIs. Each VSI contains a moving turn needle and a fixed turn rate scale
for indicating rate and direction of turn. During
straight flight, the needle is positioned at the center of
the scale. When the helicopter turns, the rate-of-turn
signal from the gyro deflects the needle in the proper
direction to indicate the turn. The amount of deflection is proportional to the rate-of-turn. A one-needle
width deflection represents a turn of 1.5 per second
(a 4-minute turn). Each VSI also contains a slip indicator that indicates uncoordinated turns. The slip indicator consists of a ball in a liquid-filled tube. In a
coordinated turn, the centrifugal force and gravity acting on the ball are in balance and the ball remains in
the center of the tube. In a skid, the rate-of-turn is too
great for the angle of bank of the helicopter. The centrifugal force and gravity is toward the outside of the
turn, causing the ball to move in that direction. In a
slip, the rate-of-turn is too slow for the angle of bank.
There is not enough centrifugal force, and the resultant of centrifugal force and gravity causes the ball to
move toward the inside of the turn. If a power failure
of malfunction occurs in the pilots or copilots rate
gyro, the associated VSI loses its rate-of-turn input
signals. To restore rate-of-turn information to the
indicator, the pilot or copilot presses the TURN RATE
switch on the HSI/VSI mode select panel so the ALTR
appears in the switch window. This sets the TURN
RATE switch to the alternate position and applies
alternate gyro signals from the operating gyro to the
indicator.
TM 11-1520-237-23
COPILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
UPPER
CONSOLE
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
PILOTS
RATE GYRO
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
COPILOTS
RATE GYRO
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P1R / J1R
P20R / J20R
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P266 / J266

BREAKER PANEL, BL 25
RH, STA 247
P21R / J21R
P300R
P110 / J110

197

SELECT PANEL
P301R
P111 / J111
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH, STA

197
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P304R
P230 / J230

STA 247
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P317R
P249 / J249
BEHIND COPILOTS CIRCUIT

BREAKER PANEL, BL 23 LH,
STA 247

SELECT PANEL
P691R
COPILOTS RATE GYRO
P692R
PILOTS RATE GYRO

AA2260A
SA
Figure 7-1.
Rate-of-Turn Indicating Unit Location Diagram
7-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
28 VDC
PILOT TURN RATE
DC
ESNTL
BUS
28 VDC
2
AMP
PILOTS
RATE
GYRO
PILOTS TURN
RATE SIGNAL
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE
SELECT PANEL
COPILOTS TURN
RATE SIGNAL
UPPER CONSOLE
SELECTED TURN
RATE SIGNAL
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
(VSI)
28 VDC
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
COPILOT TURN
RATE GYRO
2
AMP
PILOTS TURN
RATE SIGNAL
28 VDC
COPILOTS
RATE
GYRO
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE
SELECT PANEL
COPILOTS TURN
RATE SIGNAL
SELECTED TURN
RATE SIGNAL
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
(VSI)
HSI/VSI MODE
SELECT UNIT
AA0313
SA
Figure 7-2.
7-6
Rate-of-Turn Indicating Unit Block Diagram
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
7.3
TITLE
PAGE
7-8
7-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.3.
Operational Check
INITIAL SETUP
23
Test Equipment

Operational
NOTE

indicated ( 23 ).
References
Appendix B
RESULT: Copilots VSI turn rate pointer shall

deflect left and right of center:
OPERATIONAL CHECK
1.
2.

or safety.
3.
23
).
Press TURN RATE pushbuttons on pilots and

copilots HSI/VSI mode select panels until
NORM is displayed.
4.
Remove hardware securing pilots rate gyro.
5.
Slowly turn rate gyro counterclockwise (yaw

axis) and then clockwise, and observe pilots VSI
turn rate pointer.
If result is not
go to TABLE 7-2.
as
specified,
6.
Remove hardware securing copilots rate gyro.
7.
Slowly turn rate gyro counterclockwise (yaw

axis) and then clockwise, and observe copilots
VSI turn rate pointer.
7-8
specified,
8.
Press TURN RATE pushbutton on copilots mode

select panel until ALTR is displayed.
9.
Slowly turn pilots gyro counterclockwise (yaw

axis) and then clockwise, and observe copilots
and pilots VSI turn rate pointer.
RESULT: Copilots VSI shall indicate same as pilots

VSI.
If result is not
go to TABLE 7-2.
RESULT: Pilots VSI turn rate pointer shall deflect

left and right of center.
If result is not
go to TABLE 7-1.
as
as
specified,
10.
Press TURN RATE pushbuttons on copilots

and pilots mode select panels until NORM is
displayed on copilots and ALTR is displayed
on pilots.
11.
Slowly turn copilots gyro counterclockwise

(yaw axis) and clockwise, and observe pilots
and copilots VSI turn rate pointer.
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.3.
RESULT: Pilots VSI shall indicate same as copilots

VSI.
If result is not
go to TABLE 7-1.
Table 7-1.
as
specified,
12.
Install both pilots and copilots rate gyros (Para

7.4).
13.

helicopter ( 23 ).
Turn Rate Pointer (Pilots VSI) Does Not Respond Properly.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Select TURN RATE ALTR (pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Step 1. If pilots VSI indications are the same as the copilots VSI go to 2.
Step 2. If pilots VSI indications are not the same as the copilots VSI go to 8.
4. Check for 28 vdc between P692R-B and P692R-A.
P317R-87 and P692R-C
P317R-112 and P692R-D
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace pilots rate gyro (Para 7.4.).
23
).
6. Check for 28 vdc between P692R-B and gnd.

Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P692R-A and GG14-1
( 23 ).
7. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 (PILOT TURN RATE circuit breaker) and
gnd.
7-9
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.3.

Table 7-1.
Turn Rate Pointer (Pilots VSI) Does Not Respond Properly. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

( 23 ).
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace pilots VSI (Para 8.5.).
( 23 ).
( 23 ).
Table 7-2.
Turn Rate Pointer (Copilots VSI) Does Not Respond Properly.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Select TURN RATE ALTR (copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Step 1. If copilots VSI indications are the same as the pilots VSI go to 2.
Step 2. If copilots VSI indications are not the same as the pilots VSI go to 8.
7-10
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.3.

Table 7-2.
Turn Rate Pointer (Copilots VSI) Does Not Respond Properly. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4. Check for 28 vdc between P691R-B and P691R-A.
P300R-87 and P691R-C
P300R-112 and P691R-D
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace copilots rate gyro (Para 7.4.).
23
).
6. Check for 28 vdc between P691R-B and gnd.

( 23 ).
7. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 (CPLT TURN RATE GYRO circuit breaker)
and gnd.
( 23 ).
7-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.3.

Table 7-2.
Turn Rate Pointer (Copilots VSI) Does Not Respond Properly. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace copilots VSI (Para 8.5.).

( 23 ).
( 23 ).
7-12
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.3.
COPILOT MODE
SELECT
J249 P249
CB107
2
2 AMP 1
P111 J111
f
28 VDC
NO. 1
PRI DC
BUS
COPILOT TURN
RATE GYRO
J21R P21R
CB109
2
2 AMP 1
SG16R8
COPILOTS RATE GYRO
VSI CPTL
J266 P266
CB223
2
2 AMP 1
115 VAC
B
P110 J110
y
J691R P691R
28 VDC PWR IN
(+)
TURN RATE
OUTPUT
AC
ESNTL
BUS
VSI PLT
CB222
2
2 AMP 1
()
GROUND
A
GG143
AA
J692R P692R
TURN RATE
OUTPUT
PILOT MODE
SELECT
28 VDC
NO. 2
PRI DC
BUS
CB203
2
2 AMP 1
BB
(+)
()
GROUND
28 VDC PWR IN
B
GG141
PILOTS RATE GYRO

SG16R9
28 VDC
PILOT TURN RATE

J230 P230
DC
ESNTL
BUS
CB305
2
2 AMP 1
J20R P20R
V
UPPER CONSOLE
NOTE
FILTERED ADAPTERS.
AA1981_1
SA
Figure 7-3.
(7-13 Blank)/7-14
Rate-of-Turn Indicating Unit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
(+)
()
(+)
()
J300R
J301R
PFA
P300R
115 VAC RTN
()
TURN
RATE
OUTPUT
ALT
TURN RATE
INPUT
TURN
RATE
INPUT
28 VDC PWR RTN
28 VDC PWR IN
(+)
115 VAC IN
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
PFA
78
41
87
112 120 123
70
P301R
127
GG336
J1R P1R
SGV333
SGV334
GG339
N
P
J317R
PFA
P317R
SGV331
SGV332
78
R
S
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
GG336
78
41
120 123
87
112
70
127
P304R
PFA
J317R
J304R
(+)
()
(+)
()
TURN RATE
OUTPUT
()
TURN RATE
INPUT
(+)
ALT TURN
RATE INPUT
28 VDC PWR RTN
PFA
115 VAC RTN
P317R
(SEE DETAIL A)
115 VAC IN
GG337
28 VDC PWR IN
7.3.
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AA1981_2
SA
Figure 7-3.
Rate-of-Turn Indicating Unit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

7-15/(0-16 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
7.4
Gyro
7-18
7.5
7-20
7-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.4.
Gyro
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install

Nose door opened
References
NOTE
Appendix B
Replacement of pilots and copilots

gyros is the same.
Para 7.3
2.
Place gyro on bracket and fasten with screws,

lockwashers, and washers.
3.
4.
Close nose door.
5.
Do paragraph 7.3.
REMOVE
1.
Remove screws, lockwashers, washers, and pull

gyro forward to reach electrical connector.
2.
Disconnect electrical connector from gyro and

remove gyro.
INSTALL
1.
Connect P691R (left) or P692R (right) to gyro.
7-18
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.4.
Gyro (cont.)
SCREW,
WASHER
LOCKWASHER
RATE
GYRO
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P691R (LEFT)
P692R (RIGHT)
A
A
FR
ON
T
BRACKET
AA2116
SA
Figure 7-4.
Gyro
7-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.5.
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B

References

Appendix B
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
All electrical power off.
3.

pin filtered adapter.
REMOVE
1.
4.

shall be indicated.
2.

5.

filtered adapter.
3.

connector.
CHECK
1.
Check continuity of each pin through the pin filtered adapter.
2.

NOTE
7-20
INSTALL
1.
Clean threads of pin filtered adapter and electrical

connector with cheesecloth dampened with drycleaning solvent.
2.
3.
4.
Take resistance measurement between pin filtered

adapter and electrical connector.
TM 11-1520-237-23
7.5.
5.
RESISTANCE SHALL BE 2.5 MILLIOHMS

OR LESS.
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
6.
If resistance is not as specified, repeat steps 1.

through 5.
7. Fasten pin filtered adapter to electrical connector
with tiedown straps.
RECEPTACLE
VIEW A
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
A
B
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
TIEDOWN STRAP
RECEPTACLE
VIEW B
Figure 7-5.
AA1920
SA
7-21/(0-22 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 8
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
8-3
II
Troubleshooting
8-15
III
8-49
Change 2
8-1/(8-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
8.1
8-4
8.2
8-4
Power Distribution
8-4
8.2.1
8.2.2
CIS Off
8-4
8.2.3
Heading
8-4
8.2.4
Altitude Hold
8-4
8.2.5
Navigation
8-5
8.2.6
VOR
8-5
8.2.7
ILS
8-5
8.2.8
ILS Approach
8-6
8.2.9
ILS Back Course Approach
8-6
8.2.10
Low Altitude Hold
8-6
8.2.11
Go-Around
8-6
8.2.12
Doppler Navigation
8-7
8.2.13
FM Homing
8-7
8.2.14
Turn Rate
8-7
8.2.15
CRS HDG
8-8
8.2.16
VERT GYRO
8-8
8.2.17
No. 2 Bearing
8-8
8.2.18
Flag and Validity Signals
8-8
8.2.19
Self-Test
8-8
Change 2
8-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.1.
The Command Instrument Set (CIS) is an Integrated

Navigation Set. It is based on a central computer that
processes signals from Navigation Sets, No. 1
VHF/FM Radio Set, and Flight Instruments System to
produce visible steering commands for the pilot and
copilot. The steering commands allow the pilot to: fly
a desired heading, reach a selected course, make an
ILS landing, keep at a fixed altitude, and make a programmed deceleration and descent to a predetermined
airspeed and altitude. The Set consists of: the
digital CIS processor (DCISP)
or
DCISP
CIS processor (CISP)
, in the avionics
CISP
compartment; and the CIS mode select panel, on the
instrument panel. When the function of either the
DCISP or the CISP is the same it will be referred to as
processor. Related equipment includes the pilots and
copilots Horizontal Situation Indicator/Vertical Situation Indicator (HSI/VSI) mode select panels on the
instrument panel, the go-around switch on both cyclic
sticks, and both VSIs and HSIs on the instrument
panel. The Set receives primary flight information
from these helicopter Sets: Automatic Flight Control
Set (AFCS) (barometric altitude, airspeed, and collective stick position), Attitude Indicating Set (pitch and
roll attitudes), Compass Set (magnetic heading), and
Radar Altimeter (radar altitude). Navigational inputs
are obtained from the Civil Navigation Set and
Doppler/Global Positioning Set Navigation
128B
Set (DGPNS)
or W/O 128B Doppler Naviga. The Set operating mode is
tion Set (DNS)
selected by the CIS mode select panel and the pilots
HSI/VSI mode select panel. The pilots VSI displays
commands for all selected modes. The copilots VSI
is used only in the CIS HDG (heading) mode and
when the copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel is set
to the same mode as the pilots.
8.2.
8.2.2. CIS Off. The Set off mode (no switch legends on) causes the cyclic roll, cyclic pitch and collective command pointers on both VSIs to be stowed
out of view and the command warning flag on both
VSIs to be biased out of view. The processor is in the
off mode upon initial application of electrical power,
before the pilot selects either HDG, NAV, or ALT
mode on the CIS mode select panel. When NAV mode
is selected, the processor remains in the off mode
unless the DPLR, VOR ILS, or FM HOME navigation data has been selected on the pilots HSI/VSI
mode select panel. The processor will return to the off
mode whenever the HDG, NAV, and ALT HOLD
modes are disengaged, as indicated by the respective
ON legends going off, or by turning off the associated
navigation receiver. Separate modes are manually disengaged by pressing the mode switch when ON is on.
8.2.3. Heading. The heading mode processes the
heading error and roll attitude signals to supply a limited cyclic roll command, which when followed,
causes the helicopter to acquire and track the heading
manually selected on either pilots HSI. The processed
signal causes the VSI cyclic roll command bar to
deflect in the direction of the required control
response; i.e., bar deflection to the right indicates a
coordinated right turn is required. When properly followed, the command results in not more than one
overshoot in acquiring the selected heading and a
tracking error of not more than 2. The processor gain
provides 1 of roll command for each degree of heading error up to a roll command limit of approximately
20. The processor heading mode is engaged by
momentarily pressing the HDG switch on the CIS
mode select panel.

the CIS circuit breaker (on pilots circuit breaker
panel) to the processor.
CIS mode select panel legends receive power through
the left relay panel from either of two sources. One
source is the LIGHTED SWITCHES control, on the
8-4
upper console. The alternate source of power is the

LIGHTS ADVSY circuit breaker (on copilots circuit
breaker panel).
Change 2
8.2.4. Altitude Hold. The altitude hold mode processes barometric pressure signals from the Air Data
Transducer in addition to the collective stick position
signal. When the ALT switch on the CIS mode select
panel is pressed, the processor provides collective
command signals, which, when properly followed,
causes the helicopter to maintain altitude to within
650 feet. The altitude hold mode synchronizes on the
TM 11-1520-237-23
engagement altitude for vertical rates up to 200 feet
per minute and provides performance for altitude
inputs between -1000 and +10,000 feet at air speeds
from 70 to 150 knots indicated airspeed (KIAS). It is
possible to engage the altitude hold mode, regardless
of whether the heading mode or navigation mode is
engaged, except that the processor logic prevents
manual selection of the altitude hold mode whenever
the NAV mode is engaged and an ILS frequency is
selected. This prevents the operator from selecting
altitude hold during an instrument approach. The altitude hold is manually engaged by pressing the ALT
hold switch on the CIS mode select panel. The CIS
processor will cause the ALT ON legend to light
whenever the altitude hold mode is engaged. The altitude hold mode may be manually disengaged by
pressing the ALT hold switch when the ON legend is
on. Altitude hold mode may be disengaged also by
selecting any other mode which takes priority (e.g.,
Go Around).
8.2.5. Navigation. The navigation mode causes
the processor to enter the VOR NAV, ILS NAV,
DPLR NAV, or FM NAV mode according to the
navigation data preselected on the HSI/VSI mode
select panel. During the navigation mode the processor provides steering commands based on the navigation signals displayed on the pilots VSI. The processor navigation mode is engaged by pressing the NAV
switch on the CIS mode select panel.
8.2.6. VOR. The VOR NAV mode is established
by selecting the VOR/ILS switch on the HSI/VSI
mode select panel and pressing the NAV switch on
the CIS mode select panel. The CIS processes the
heading and course signals derived from either the
pilots or copilots HSI in addition to the lateral deviation and lateral flag signals applied to the pilots VSI.
The processor provides a limited cyclic roll command,
which when followed, shall cause the helicopter to
acquire and track the course manually selected on the
HSI. Engagement of the VOR NAV when the helicopter position is in excess of 10 - 20 from the
selected radial will cause the initial course intersection to be made in the heading mode as described in
paragraph 8.2.3. The processor logic will light the CIS
mode select panel HDG switch ON legend during the
initial course intersection. When the helicopter is
within 10 - 20 of the selected course, the processor
beam sensor will capture the VOR lateral beam. The

processor logic will turn off the HDG ON legend and
the final course interception, about 45 acquisition and
tracking, will be based on the VOR lateral deviation
signals. The processor causes the roll command
pointer to deflect in the direction of the required control response. When properly followed, the command
will result in not more than one overshoot at a range
of 10 NM at a cruise speed of 100 6 10 knots, and
not more than two overshoots at ranges between 5 and
40 NM at speeds from 70 to 140 knots. When passing
over the VOR station, the processor reverts to a Station Passage submode and remains in this submode
for 30 seconds. Cyclic roll commands during the station passage submode will be obtained from the HSI
Course Datum signal. Outbound course changes may
be implemented by the HSI CRS SET knob during the
station passage submode. Course changes to a new
radial, or identification of VOR intersections, may be
made before station passage by setting the HSI HDG
control to the present heading and actuating the HDG
switch. This will disengage the NAV mode and allow
the pilot to continue on the original radial in the heading mode. A VOR intersection fix or selection of a
new radial course may be made without affecting the
CIS steering commands. Actuating the NAV switch
reengages the VOR NAV mode to either continue on
the original VOR radial or to initiate an intercept to
the new selected radial.
8.2.7. ILS. The ILS NAV mode is established by
selecting the VOR/ILS switch on the HSI/VSI mode
select panel, tuning a localizer frequency on the navigation receiver, and actuating the NAV switch on the
CIS mode select panel. During the ILS NAV mode,
the Set processes the following signals in addition to
those processed during the VOR NAV mode: vertical
deviation and vertical flag signals, indicated airspeed
(IAS) and barometric altitude signals, and collective
stick position sensor and helicopter pitch attitude signals. The indicated airspeed and pitch attitude signals
are processed to provide a limited cyclic pitch command, which when properly followed, will result in
maintaining an airspeed that should not deviate more
than 5 knots from the IAS existing at the time the ILS
NAV mode is engaged. The pitch command bar will
deflect in the direction of the required aircraft
response (i.e. an upward deflection of the pitch bar
Change 2
8-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
indicates a pitch up is required). The BAR ALT and
collective stick position signals are processed to provide a limited collective position indication, which
when properly followed, will cause the helicopter to
maintain the altitude existing at the time the ILS NAV
mode is engaged. The collective position indicator
will deflect in the opposite direction of the required
control response (i.e. an upward deflection of the collective position indicator indicates a descent is
required). Desired approach runway course must be
set on the CRS window on the HSI selected by the
PLT/CPLT indication of the CRS HDG switch. The
initial course intersection and the localizer course
interception, about 45 acquisition and tracking, will
be done as described for the VOR NAV except that
not more than one overshoot at a range of 10 NM at
100 6 10 KIAS, and not more than two overshoots at
ranges between 5 and 20 NM should occur for airspeeds between 70 and 130 KIAS.
8.2.8. ILS Approach. The approach mode, a submode of the ILS NAV mode, will be automatically
engaged when the helicopter captures the glide slope.
During the approach mode, the Set processes the vertical deviation, GS flag, and collective stick position
signals to provide a limited collective position indicator, which when properly followed, shall cause the
helicopter to acquire and track the glide slope path
during an approach to landing. When the glide slope
is intercepted, the processor logic disengages the altitude hold mode and causes the ALT ON hold switch
to go off. The processor will provide a downward
movement of the collective position indicator to
advise the pilot of the transition from altitude hold to
glide slope tracking, and to assist in acquiring the
glide slope path. The cyclic roll commands are limited
to 6 15 during the approach submode. When properly followed, the roll commands will result in the
helicopter tracking the localizer to an approach. The
collective position indicator will result in not more
than one overshoot in acquiring the glidepath and will
have a glidepath tracking free of oscillations. The
cyclic roll and collective steering performance is
applicable for approach airspeeds from 130 KIAS
down to 50 KIAS.
8.2.9. ILS Back Course Approach. The back
course mode is a submode of the ILS NAV mode and
is engaged by concurrent ILS ON and BACK CRS
ON signals from the pilots HSI/VSI mode select
8-6
Change 2
panel. The processor monitors the localizer lateral

deviation signals to provide cyclic roll commands,
which when properly followed, will allow the pilots to
complete back course localizer approach in the same
manner as the front course ILS. The desired final
approach course should be set on the selected HSI
CRS window.
8.2.10. Low Altitude Hold. The low altitude hold
mode will be activated when either the VOR NAV or
ILS NAV modes are engaged, and will be deactivated
by selection of another mode or when a radar altitude
valid signal is not present. The low altitude hold mode
is not a function of a VOR or ILS CIS approach.
During ILS or VOR approaches, the barometric altimeter must be used to determine arrival at the minimum
altitude. Radar Altimeter setting shall not be used for
level off commands in the VOR NAV/ILS NAV
modes because variations in terrain cause erroneous
altitude indications. The low altitude hold mode provides the pilots with a selectable low altitude command. This mode is automatically engaged when the
radar altitude goes below either the pilots or copilots
Radar Altimeter low altitude warning bug setting,
whichever is at the higher setting. A DH legend on the
VSI and a LO light display on the Radar Altimeter
indicator goes on whenever the radar altitude is less
than the LO bug setting. The processor monitors the
Radar Altimeter and the collective stick position sensor to provide a collective pointer command, which
when properly followed, will cause the helicopter to
maintain an altitude within 10 feet of the low altitude
setting for settings below 250 feet, and 20 feet for
settings above 250 feet. The processor causes the ALT
ON legend to light and the altitude hold mode to be
engaged. DCISP Engaging the ALT mode, then
pressing the NAV switch, cause the low altitude hold
mode to drop out.
8.2.11. Go-Around. The go-around mode processes roll and pitch attitude, altitude rate, collective
stick position, and airspeed inputs in addition to internally generated airspeed and vertical speed command
signals to provide cyclic roll, cyclic pitch, and collective position indications. The go-around mode will
engage when either pilot presses the GA button on his
cyclic stick grip. When the go-around mode is
engaged, the processor immediately provides a collective position indication, which when followed, will
result in a 500 6 50 fpm rate-of-climb at zero bank
TM 11-1520-237-23
angle. Five seconds after the GA switch is pressed,
the processor will provide a cyclic pitch bar command, which when properly followed, will result in an
80 KIAS for the climbout. The go-around mode is
disengaged by changing to any other mode on the
pilots CIS mode select panel or HSI/VSI mode select
panel.
8.2.12. Doppler Navigation 128B The Doppler Navigation mode is engaged by selecting the
DPLR/GPS switch on the HSI/VSI mode select panel
and the NAV switch on the CIS mode select panel.
During the Doppler navigation mode, the Set processes Doppler track angle error and the Doppler
NAV flag signals in addition to the roll angle input
from the attitude gyro. The processor provides cyclic
roll bar commands, which when properly followed,
result in a straight line, wind-corrected, flight over
distances greater than 0.2 kilometers from the destination. The course deviation bar and course deviation
pointer provide a visual display of where the initial
course lies in relationship to the helicopters position.
The initial course is the one the DGNS computes from
the helicopters position to the destination at the time
the fly to destination thumbwheel is rotated. The
DPLR NAV logic detects the condition of station pass
over, and automatically switches to heading mode.
The switch to heading mode will be indicated by the
HDG ON legend going on, and the NAV ON legend
going off. The Doppler Navigation mode will not
automatically reengage, but will require manual reengagement of the NAV ON switch on the CIS mode
select panel. Activating NAV ON while in the Doppler mode of navigation, and when the difference
between magnetic heading bearing to destination is
large (90), will also automatically activate heading
mode.
The Doppler Navigation mode is
W/O 128B
engaged by selecting the DPLR switch on the HSI/
VSI mode select panel and the NAV switch on the
CIS mode select panel. During the Doppler navigation
mode, the Set processes Doppler track angle error and
the Doppler NAV flag signals in addition to the roll
angle input from the attitude gyro. The processor provides cyclic roll bar commands, which when properly
followed, result in a straight line, wind-corrected,
flight over distances greater than 0.2 kilometers from
the destination. The course deviation bar and course
deviation pointer provide a visual display of where
the initial course lies in relationship to the helicopters

position. The initial course is the one the DNS computes from the helicopters position to the destination
at the time the fly to destination thumbwheel is
rotated. The DPLR NAV logic detects the condition
of station pass over, and automatically switches to
heading mode. The switch to heading mode will be
indicated by the HDG ON legend going on, and the
NAV ON legend going off. The Doppler Navigation
mode will not automatically reengage, but will require
manual reengagement of the NAV ON switch on the
CIS mode select panel. DCISP Activating NAV
ON while in the Doppler mode of navigation, and
when the difference between magnetic heading bearing to destination is large (90), will also automatically activate heading mode.
8.2.13. FM Homing. The FM homing mode is
engaged by selecting the FM HOME switch on the
pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel and the NAV
switch on the pilots CIS mode select panel. Selecting
FM HOME on the HSI/VSI mode select panel directs
FM homing signals only to the VSI. Other NAV
modes will be retained on the HSI if previously
selected. During the FM HOME mode, the Set processes the lateral deviation and flag signals displayed
on the pilots VSI in addition to the roll angle input
from the attitude gyro. The processor filters and
dampens the FM homing deviation signals and provides cyclic roll commands to aid the pilot in homing
on a radio station selected on the NO. 1 VHF/FM
Radio Set. When properly followed, the roll commands result in not more than two overshoot heading
changes before maintaining a tracking error not to go
over 3. The processor will revert to the heading mode
whenever the lateral deviation rate is over 1.5 per
second for a period of over one second. The processor
will cause the CIS mode select panel HDG ON legend
to go on, and remain in the heading mode until the
FM HOME mode or some other mode is manually
selected. Concurrent VOR and FM HOME or concurrent DPLR and FM HOME mode inputs will be considered an FM HOME mode input to the processor.
The roll command does not move out of
DCISP
view when switching the radio out of FM HOME
mode.
8.2.14. Turn Rate. The turn rate gyro selection
provides each pilot the option of having his VSI display his own turn rate gyro signal (NORM operation)
Change 2
8-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
or of having the other pilots turn rate gyro signal
displayed (ALTR operation). The turn rate gyro selection is independent of the navigation modes selected
by the top row of switches and is independent of
which turn rate gyro the other pilot has selected. The
NORM selection connects each pilots VSI to his own
gyro. The selection of NORM or ALTR operation is
indicated by lighting the respective legend on the
TURN RATE select switch. The lamp power to the
indicator legends is controlled though a relay so that
the NORM legend is on in case the mode select logic
or lamp drivers fail. Sequential operation of the
TURN RATE switch alternates the gyro connected to
the VSI.
8.2.15. CRS HDG. The CRS HDG switch on the
mode select panel provides for either the pilots or the
copilots CRS to be connected to the navigation
receiver, and for concurrent connection of the same
pilots HSI course and heading information to the processor. The CRS resolver is normally connected to the
pilots HSI until selected by the copilot on his mode
select panel. CRS HDG control is transferred by
pressing the CRS HDG switch. The pilot having the
CRS HDG control is indicated by lighting of either
the PLT or the CPLT legend on each mode select
panel. When power is first applied to the mode select
panel, the pilots position is automatically selected.
The CRS HDG selection is independent of the navigation modes selected by the top row of switches.
8.2.16. VERT GYRO. The vertical gyro selection
provides each pilot the option of having his VSI display his own gyro attitude (NORM operation), or of
having the other pilots gyro attitude displayed (ALTR
operation). The vertical gyro selection is independent
of the navigation modes selected by the top row of
switches and is independent of which gyro the other
pilot has selected. Each pilots VSI is normally connected to his own gyro. The selection of NORM or
ALTR operation is indicated by lighting the respective legend on the VERT GYRO select panel switch.
The lamp power to the indicator legends is controlled
through a relay so that the NORM legend is on in case
the mode select logic or lamp drivers fail. Sequential
operation of the VERT GYRO switch alternates the
gyro connected to the VSI.
8-8
Change 2
8.2.17. No. 2 Bearing. The HSI No. 2 bearing

pointer selection allows the option of either the
LF/ADF bearing or the VOR bearing to a selected
station. The ADF/VOR selection is independent of the
navigation modes selected by the top row of switches,
and either pilot selects ADF or VOR, independent of
the other pilots selection. The No. 2 bearing pointer
is normally connected to the LF/ADF bearing output.
The selection of either ADF or VOR bearing is indicated by lighting of the respective legend on the select
switch. The lamp power to the indicator legends is
controlled through a relay, so that the ADF legend is
on in case the mode select logic or lamp drivers fail.
Sequential operation of the ADF/VOR switch alternates the bearing source connected to the No. 2 bearing pointer between ADF or VOR.
8.2.18. Flag and Validity Signals. The processor contains internal monitoring circuits that continually check the reliability of the processing circuitry.
If an equipment power failure or an unreliCISP
able condition develops, the monitoring circuits produce a command flag signal that causes the CMD flag
The CMD flag
on both VSIs to appear.
DCISP
will not come into view when the navigation signal
becomes unreliable or lost.
When the CMD flag is
in view, the respective CIS command bars or pointers
are biased out of view. Similarly, the VSI NAV flag
for navigation localizer inputs, the ATT flag for the
attitude gyro, and the GS flag for ILS glide slope signals are displayed when power failure or unreliable
operation occurs in the selected Set. The navigational
signals include Heading, VOR, ILS, FM Homing, and
Doppler.
8.2.19. Self-Test. The self-test feature causes the
processor to produce calibrated command outputs to
the VSIs. The feature is enabled by pressing the CIS
mode select panel NAV switch and pressing the TEST
button the processor front panel. The self-test indications are: roll command bar 1/2-inch right of center,
pitch command bar 1/2-inch below center, collective
command pointer 1/2-inch below center, and CMD
flag in view.
TM 11-1520-237-23
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
PILOTS CIS
MODE SELECT
PANEL
PILOTS
HSI / VSI MODE
PILOTS
SELECT PANEL
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
CIS
PROCESSOR
JUNCTION
BOX
ASSEMBLY
A
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
COPILOTS
SITUATION COPILOTS
HSI / VSI MODE
INDICATOR HORIZONTAL
SELECT PANEL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P1R / J1R
P13R / J13R
P14R / J14R
P15R / J15R
CABIN BL 20 LH, STA 247
P136R / J136R
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
P20R / J20R
P220 / J220
P110 / J110
COCKPIT
BL 7.5 RH, STA 197
MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK

BL 3 RH, STA 243
P249 / J249
P111 / J111
COCKPIT
BL 7.5 LH, STA 197
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 LH
P114 / J114
P266 / J266

BREAKER PANEL BL 25 RH
P300R / J300R

SELECT PANEL
P301R / J301R
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P302R / J302R
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P304R / J304R
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P115 / J115
P118 / J118
CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL
P119 / J119
COCKPIT TUB
BL 30 LH, STA 220
P120 / J120
COCKPIT TUB
BL 30 RH, STA 220
P134R / J134R
COMPASS SET CONTROL
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
NOTE
SAS/FPS
OR
AFCC .
AA2261_1C
SA
Figure 8-1.
(8-9 Blank)/8-10
Command Instrument Set Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
GA
PILOTS AND COPILOTS

CYCLIC STICK GRIP
A
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P420R / J420R
COCKPIT TUB BL 0, STA 187
P422R / J422R
COMPUTER (SEE NOTE)
P305R / J305R
PILOTS HORIZONTAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P653R / J653R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P315R / J315R
STABILATOR NO. 2 AIR

DATA TRANSDUCER
P655R / J655R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P316R / J316R
CIS MODE SELECT PANEL
P656R / J656R
AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
P317R / J317R
PILOTS VSI / HSI MODE

SELECT PANEL
P674R / J674R
P318 / J318
STABILATOR NO. 2
COLLECTIVE STICK
POSITION SENSOR
COPILOTS RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER HEIGHT
INDICATOR
P675R / J1
P318RA / J1A
CIS PROCESSOR
COPILOTS RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER HEIGHT
INDICATOR
P318RB / J1B
CIS PROCESSOR
P676R / J676R
P319R / J2

SELECT PANEL
PILOTS HEIGHT
INDICATOR
P686R / 3J2
P404R / J404R
NO. 2 STABILATOR
AMPLIFIER
DOPPLER COMPUTER
DISPLAY
P902 / J902
LEFT RELAY PANEL
AA2261_2C
SA
Figure 8-1.
Command Instrument Set Location Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 4
8-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
CIS
AC
ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
115 VAC
115 VAC B
2
3
4
5

MODE SELECT PANEL
GO AROUND
GO AROUND
SWITCH
AUDIO
JUNCTION
BOX
ASSEMBLY
PILOTS CYCLIC
STICK GRIP
GO AROUND
7
AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT
CONTROL
SET
10
GO AROUND
RADAR
ALTIMETER
SET
SWITCH
11
12
COPILOTS CYCLIC
STICK GRIP
COMPASS
SET
DOPPLER / GPS
NAVIGATION
SET
DOPPLER
DIGITAL
DATA
13
14
(SEE DETAIL A)
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
DOPPLER
NAVIGATION
SET
DECODED DOPPLER REL BRG
15
PILOT
HEADING
PILOT
COURSE
16
17
18
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 2)
COPILOT
HEADING
COPILOT
COURSE
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE
SELECT
PANEL
19
20
21
NOTES
1. CUE COMMAND TO VSI:
CYCLIC ROLL COMMAND TO VERTICAL
BAR
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
COURSE / HDG
SELECT
22
CYCLIC PITCH COMMAND TO

HORIZONTAL BAR
COLLECTIVE COMMAND TO LEFT SIDE
VERTICAL POINTER
2.
W/O 128B
AA2262_1B
SA
Figure 8-2.
8-12
Change 2
Command Instrument Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET PROCESSOR
1
2
3
4
5
NAV MODE
HDG MODE
ALT HOLD MODE
MODE LAMPS
GOAROUND
AIRSPEED
BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE
COLLECTIVE
STICK POSITION
10
RADAR ALTITUDE
11
RADAR ALTIMETER VALID
12
LOW ALTITUDE WARNING
13
HDG GYRO VALID
14
DOPPLER DIGITAL DATA
HSI / VSI
MODE
SELECT
UNIT
15
16
17
18
GOAROUND LT
CUE COMMANDS
AND CMD FLAG
(SEE NOTE)
SELECTED MODE
SELECTED
HEADING
SELECTED
COURSE
19
SELECTED DEV.
G.S. & FLAG SIGNALS
20
PITCH
21
ROLL
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
PWR ON CMD ENABLE
LOW ALTITUDE WARNING

(DH LT)
22
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
MODE COMPARE CMD ENABLE
AA2262_2A
SA
Figure 8-2.
Command Instrument Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 2
8-13/(8-14 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
8.3
TITLE
PAGE
8-16
Change 2
8-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
a. Setup
g. VOR
b. Lamp
h. LOC/GS
c. Self Test
i. Level-Off
d. Heading
j. FM Homing
e. Altitude Hold
k. Doppler
f. Go-Around
l. Shutdown
References
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Appendix D
23


Operational
NOTE
Personnel Required
One
Avionics Mechanic
One
Assistant

a.6.
Adjust CRS knobs (both HSIs) until selected

course pointers are lined up with 0.
a.7.
Do LAMP check.
SETUP
a.1.

).
a.2.
a.3.
Place SLAVED-FREE switch (compass control

panel) to FREE.
23
a.4.
Press and turn PUSH-TO-SET knob (compass

control panel) until compass cards (both HSIs)
indicate 0 (North).
a.5.
Adjust HDG knobs ( both HSIs) until heading

markers are lined up with 0.
8-16
Change 2
LAMP
b.1.
Place and hold BRT/DIM-TEST

(caution/advisory panel) to TEST.
switch
RESULT:
a.
All legends (both HSI/VSI mode select

panels) shall go on.
b.
All legends (CIS mode select panel) shall

go on.
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.

c.
Mode lamps marked GA, DH, and MB

(both VSIs) shall go on.
RESULT:
a.
Pitch and roll command bars (both VSIs)

shall be out of view.
b.
Collective command pointers (both VSIs)

shall be out of view.
c.
CMD flags (both VSIs) shall be out of

view.
If result a. is not as specified, replace

panel lamps (Para 8.12.).
If result b. is not as specified, replace
panel lamps (Para 8.10.).
mode lamp ( 23 ).
b.2.
b.3.

Table 8-2.
If results are not as specified, troubleshoot Caution/Advisory Warning System ( 23 ).
c.7.
If legends on either HSI/VSI mode

select panel do not go on, go to Table
8-1.

HSI/VSI mode select panel) to turn off VOR
legend.
c.8.

select panel).
Release BRT/DIM-TEST
advisory panel).
switch
(caution/
RESULT:
Do SELF-TEST check.
a.
NAV ON and HDG ON legends shall go

on.
b.
Roll command bar (both VSIs) shall

come into view.
c.
CMD flag (both VSIs) shall be out of

view.
SELF-TEST
c.1.
Momentarily press switches (CIS mode select

panel) to turn off all ON legends.
c.2.
Adjust NAV VOL control (VOR/ILS

control panel) to midposition.
c.3.
Adjust frequency controls (VOR/ILS

control panel) to 108.00 MHz.
c.4.
Adjust NAV VOL control (Civil

Navigation receiver control unit) to midposition.
NAV

Table 8-3.
NAV

Table 8-4.
W/O NAV

Table 8-5.
c.5.
c.6.
Adjust frequency controls (Civil

Navigation receiver control unit) to 108.00
MHz.
W/O NAV
Momentarily press VOR/ILS switch (both HSI/

VSI mode select panels) to turn on VOR legend.

Table 8-6.
c.9.

HSI/VSI mode select panel) to turn on VOR
legend.
Change 2
8-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
c.10.
Press and hold TEST button (processor front

panel).
b.
RESULT:
a.
b.
c.
d.

move about 1/2 inch right of center.
Pitch command bar (both VSIs) shall
come into view and move about 1/2 inch
below center.

processor (Para 8.6.).
c.11.
Release TEST button (processor).
c.12.
d.2.
d.3.
d.5.
RESULT: Roll command bar (both VSIs) shall move

right.
8-9.
d.6.

8-9.
Adjust HDG knob (pilots HSI) clockwise until
heading marker indicates 0.
Do SETUP, LAMP, and SELF-TEST if not

already done.
d.8.
Momentarily press HDG switch (CIS mode

select panel) to turn off ON legend.
Momentarily press each switch (CIS mode

select panel) to turn off all ON legends.
d.9.
Momentarily press CRS HDG switch (pilots

HSI/VSI mode select panel) to turn on PLT legend.
ALTITUDE HOLD
CAUTION

8-7.
select panel).
Do not operate backup hydraulic pump

for more than 30 minutes of continuous
duty to prevent overheating.
e.1.
Do SETUP, LAMP, and SELF-TEST, if not

already done.
e.2.
Place BACKUP HYD PUMP switch (upper

console) ON.
RESULT:
a.
8-18
Adjust HDG knob (pilots HSI) counterclockwise until heading marker indicates 330.
RESULT: Roll command bar (both VSIs) shall move

left.
RESULT: PLT legend (both HSI/VSI mode select

d.4.
Adjust HDG knob (pilots HSI) clockwise until

heading marker indicates 30.
d.7.
HEADING
d.1.

Table 8-8.
Collective command pointer (both VSIs)

shall come into view and move about 1/2
inch below center.
CMD flag (both VSIs) shall be in view.
Roll command bar (both VSIs) shall center.
HDG ON legend (CIS mode select panel)

shall go on.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
e.3.
Move collective stick (pilots) to midposition.
e.4.
Momentarily press ALT switch (CIS mode

select panel).
f.2.
Make sure NAV VOL control (VOR/

NAV
ILS control panel) is adjusted to midposition.
f.3.
Make sure NAV VOL control

W/O NAV
(Civil Navigation receiver control unit) is
adjusted to midposition.
RESULT:
a.
ALT ON legend (CIS mode select panel)

shall go on.
f.4.

VSI mode select panels).
b.
Collective command pointer (pilots VSI)

shall center.
f.5.
Momentarily press switches (CIS mode select

panel) to turn off all ON legends.

Table 8-10.
e.5.
RESULT:
RESULT: Collective command pointer (pilots VSI)

shall move down from center, then slowly
drift back toward center.
f.6.
Move collective stick (pilots) up.
RESULT: Collective command pointer (pilots VSI)

shall move up from center, then slowly
drift back toward center.
b.
CMD flags (both VSIs) shall be out of

view.
e.7.
Move collective stick (pilots) to bottom stop.
e.8.
Place BACKUP HYD PUMP switch (upper

console) OFF.
e.9.
a.

shall come into view below center scale.
b.
Pitch command bar (both VSIs) shall

come into view, and after about 5 seconds, shall move down.
c.
Roll command bar (both VSIs) shall come

into view.
d.
Mode lamps marked GA (both VSIs)

shall go on.

Table 8-12.
GO-AROUND
already done.
Momentarily press GA switch (pilots cyclic

stick grip).
RESULT:

8-11.
f.1.
All command bars and pointers (both

VSIs) shall be out of view.


8-11.
e.6.
a.
Move collective stick (pilots) down.
f.7.
Momentarily press DPLR switch

W/O 128B
(pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Change 2
8-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
f.8.

Momentarily press DPLR/GPS switch
(pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
128B
f.9.
VOR
NOTE
This check requires a VOR input from a
local station or signal generator (test
set).
SWITCH
MODE
VOR/ILS
VOR
BRG 2
VOR
CRS HDG
PLT
TURN RATE
NORM
VERT GYRO
NORM
RESULT:
Steps g.2. and g.3. are setup procedures

for the test set.
Place test set about 40 feet in front of
helicopter.
a.
NAV flags (both VSIs and HSIs) shall go

out of view.
b.

indicate bearing of VOR signal.
If results are not as specified, troubleshoot Civil Navigation Set (Para 2.3.
or Para 2A.3.).
g.1.

already done.
g.2.
Place BATTERY PWR switch (test set) ON.
g.7.
g.3.
Place controls on VOR section (test set) as indicated:
RESULT:
CONTROL
POSITION
PWR
ON
Frequency Selector
108.00
Bearing Selector
45
VAR 6 10
OFF
1020 Hz
OFF
g.4.
g.5.
g.6.
8-20
Adjust frequency controls (VOR/ILS

NAV
control panel) to frequency of local station.
Change 2
a.
HDG ON legend (CIS mode select panel)

shall go on.
b.

come into view.

Table 8-8.
g.8.
Adjust HDG knob (pilots HSI) in both directions.
RESULT: Roll command bar (both VSIs) shall follow movement of knob.
Adjust frequency controls (Civil

W/O NAV
Navigation receiver control unit) to frequency
of local station or test set.
Momentarily press switches (both HSI/VSI
mode select panels) to turn on these legends:

select panel).

8-9.
g.9.
Adjust HSI HDG knob (pilots HSI) to 0 heading.
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
g.10.
Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) to line up

course arrow with No. 2 bearing pointer.
RESULT: Lateral deviation pointer (both VSIs) shall

move to center position.
(2)
HDG ON legend (CIS mode select

panel) shall go off.
b.
After 15 to 20 seconds, roll command bar

(pilots VSI) shall be on same side of
center as course course deviation bar
(pilots HSI).

8-13.
g.11.
Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) clockwise 15

to 20 from No. 2 bearing pointer.

g.14.

move full left and stop beyond second dot.
8-13.
g.12.
RESULT:
a.
Roll command bar (pilots VSI) shall

move in same direction as CRS course
deviation bar (pilots HSI) for short
period (first dot from center).
b.

move to right past second dot.

select panel).
RESULT:
a.
b.
NAV ON and HDG ON legends (CIS

mode select panel) shall go on.
move to center.
If roll command bar (both VSIs) does

not move to center, momentaily press
NAV switch (CIS mode select panel)
off and then back to ON.
g.13.
Continue to slowly adjust CRS knob (pilots

HSI) counterclockwise to 15 to 20 past No.
2 bearing pointer.
Slowly adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) counterclockwise toward No. 2 bearing pointer.
RESULT:
a.
When course deviation bar (pilots HSI)

moves within second dot from center:
(1)

move off center.

g.15.
Quickly adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) clockwise 15 past No. 2 bearing pointer.
RESULT: Roll command bars (pilots VSI) shall

move left, then return to center.
If result is not as specified, replace processor (Para 8.6.).
g.16.
Adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) counterclockwise 15 past No. 2 bearing pointer.
RESULT: Roll command bar (pilots VSI) shall

move to right.
g.17.

select panel) to turn NAV ON legend off and
back on.
Change 2
8-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
RESULT:
a.
NAV ON and HDG ON legends (CIS

b.

move to center.

g.18.
Slowly adjust CRS knob (pilots HSI) clockwise toward No. 2 bearing pointer.
RESULT:
a.
When course deviation bar (pilots HSI)

moves within second dot from center:
(1)

move from center.
(2)
b.
After 15 to 20 seconds, roll command bar

(pilots VSI) shall be on same side of
center as course deviation bar (pilots
HSI).
If no other steps are to be done, go to SHUTDOWN.
LOC/GS
h.1.
h.3.
Place controls on LOC section (test set) as indicated:
CONTROL
POSITION
PWR
ON
Frequency Selector
108.00
Course Selector
OC
VAR 6 10
OFF
1020 Hz
OFF
h.4.

NAV
h.5.
Make sure frequency controls (VOR/

ILS control panel) are adjusted 108.10 MHz.
h.6.

W/O NAV
(receiver control unit) is adjusted to midposition.
h.7.
Make sure frequency controls

W/O NAV
(receiver control unit) are adjusted 108.10 MHz.
h.8.

VSI mode select panels).
NAV
HDG ON legend (CIS mode select

panel) shall go off.

g.19.
h.2.

already done.
RESULT:
a.
ILS legend (both HSI/VSI mode select

b.
NAV flags (both VSIs and HSIs) shall go

out of view.
c.
Course deviation bars (both VSIs) shall

be centered.
NOTE
This check requires localizer/glide slope
inputs from test set.
Steps h.2. and h.3. are setup procedures
for the test set.
8-22
Change 2
If results are not as specified, troubleshoot Civil Navigation Set (Para 2.3.
or Para 2A.3.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
h.9.

select panel).
RESULT:
b.
NAV flags (both VSIs and HSIs) shall be

in view.
c.
CMD flag (both VSIs) shall be out view.
a.
NAV ON and ALT ON legends (CIS

d.

shall be in view and centered.
b.
Command bars and pointers (both VSIs)

shall center.
e.
Pitch command bar (both VSIs) shall be

in view.
c.
CMD flag (both VSIs) shall be out of

view.
f.
ALT ON legend shall go off and NAV

ON legend (CIS mode select panel) shall
remain on.

8-3.
h.10.
Place LOC source selector (test set) to RIGHT,

then LEFT.

troubleshoot Civil Navigation Set (Para
2.3. or Para 2A.3.).
h.11.
Return LOC course selector (test set) to OC

until bars and pointers (both VSIs and HSIs)
move to center.
If results c. through f. are not as specified, replace processor (Para 8.6.).
RESULT: Command bars (both VSIs) shall center in

about 60 seconds.
If glide slope signal is lost during step
h.11. (indicated when command pointers do not respond and ALT or HDG
legend goes on) procedure must be
repeated from step h.2.
h.12.
h.13.
Place glide slope course selector (test set) to

UP, then DOWN.
RESULT:
Place controls (test set) as indicated:
a.
Glide slope pointer (both VSIs) shall

move in same direction as switch position.
b.

shall move in opposite direction of switch
position.
CONTROL
POSITION
LOC PWR
OFF
GS PWR
ON
GS Frequency Selector
334.70
VAR 6 10
OFF
GS Course Selector
OC
h.14.
Return glide slope course selector (test set) to

OC.
Glide Slope (GS) flags (both HSIs) shall

be out of view.
h.15.
If result a. is not as specified, troubleshoot Civil Navigation Set (Para 2.3.

or Para 2A.3.).
RESULT:
a.
Change 2
8-23
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.

i.9.
Momentarily press, as many times as necessary,

ALT switch (CIS mode select panel) to turn off
ALT legend and drive collective command
pointer (both VSIs) out of view.
i.10.
Slowly adjust LO SET control (both radar

altimeters) until low altitude set bug is past the
altitude pointer.
LEVEL-OFF
i.1.

already done.
i.2.

i.3.
Make sure frequency controls (VOR/

ILS control panel) are adjusted 108.10 MHz.
NAV
RESULT:
i.4.
i.5.
i.6.
NAV

W/O NAV
(receiver control unit) is adjusted to midposition.
Make sure frequency controls
(receiver control unit) are adjusted 108.10 MHz.
W/O NAV
Adjust LO SET controls (both radar altimeters)

counterclockwise until LO warning indicators
are off.
i.7.

VSI mode select panels) to turn on ILS legend.
i.8.

select panel).
b.
ALT, HDG, and NAV legends

CISP
(CIS mode select panel) shall go on.
Only HDG ON and NAV ON
DCISP
legends (CIS mode select panel) shall go
on.
Roll command bar, pitch command bar,
and collective command pointer (both
VSIs) shall come into view.
b.

shall come into view.
c.
DH advisory lamp (pilots VSI) shall go

on.
d.
ALT ON legend (CIS mode select panel)

shall be on.

Table 8-14.
i.11.
FM HOMING
j.1.
c.
LO altitude warning flag (both radar

altimeters) shall go on.
If result a. is not as specified, troubleshoot Radar Altimeter Set (Para 10.3.).
RESULT:
a.
a.
j.2.

already done.
27143952
39543961
Place function selector (No. 1

VHF/FM Radio Set) to HOMING.
W/O RIS
d.
CMD flag shall (both VSIs) be out of

view.
j.3.

8-24
Change 2
Place
3962SUBQ
3953
W/O RIS
function selector (No. 1 VHF/FM Radio Set) to
DF.
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.

NOTE
If the No. 1 VHF/FM Radio Set has an
AN/ARC-186, in place of an AN/ARC201, do step j.3.
k.3.
Momentarily
press
DPLR/GPS
128B
switch (both HSI/VSI mode select panels).
RESULT: DPLR/GPS legend (both HSI/VSI mode

select panels) shall go on.
j.4.
Place function selector (No. 1 VHF/FM

RIS
Radio Set) to HOM.
j.5.
Adjust frequency controls (No. 1 VHF/FM

Radio Set) to local FM homing signal.
k.4.
Place MODE switch (Doppler

W/O 128B
computer display unit) to UTM.
Momentarily press FM HOME switch (both

k.5.
Momentarily press DPLR switch

W/O 128B
(both HSI/VSI mode select panels).
j.6.

indicate direction of FM signal.
If result is not as specified, troubleshoot Doppler/GPS Navigation Set

(Para 4A.3.).
RESULT: DPLR legend (both HSI/VSI mode select

If result is not as specified, troubleshoot No. 1 VHF/FM Radio Set (Para

15.3., Para 15A.3., Para 15B.3., or Para
15C.3.).
j.7.

select panel) to turn on NAV ON legend.
If result is not as specified, troubleshoot Doppler Navigation Set (Para

Doppler Navigation Set (Para 4.3.).3.).
k.6.
Momentarily press FM HOME

DCISP
switch (both HSI/VSI mode select panels) to
turn off FM HOME legend.
RESULT: Roll command bar (both VSIs) shall come

into view and move in same direction as
course deviation bar (both HSIs).
RESULT: Roll command bars (both VSIs) shall

move out of view.
If NAV ON legend does not go on, go

to Table 8-3.
If roll command bar (both VSIs) does

not respond, replace processor (Para
8.6.).
NOTE
j.8.
DOPPLER
k.1.
k.2.
If the difference between

DCISP
magnetic heading and bearing to destination is large (90), the heading mode
will be activated.

already done.
Place MODE switch (Doppler com128B
puter display unit) to MGRS.
k.7.

select panel).
RESULT:
a.
NAV ON legend (CIS mode select panel)

shall go on.
Change 4
8-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.

b.
k.8.

come into view and center.
SHUTDOWN

Table 8-3.
l.1.
Place SET LINE TO 21V switch (test set) to

OFF.

Table 8-15.
l.2.
Disconnect AT-170/ARN antenna from OUTPUT (GS or NAV) connector (test set).
l.3.

helicopter ( 23 ).

Table 8-1.
Legends (HSI/VSI Mode Select Panels) Do Not Go On With BRT/DIM-TEST Switch

(Caution/Advisory Panel) In TEST.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Swap pilots and copilots HSI/VSI mode select panels. Go to 2.
2. Check HSI/VSI mode select panels.
Step 1. If trouble follows to new position, replace HSI/VSI mode select panel as
(Para 8.14.).
5. Place and hold BRT/DIM-TEST switch (caution/advisory panel) to TEST.
6. Check for 26 vdc between:
Copilots:
P300R-27 and P300R-41
Pilots:
P317R-27 and P317R-41
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, check connector pins for proper mating.
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring ( 23 ).
8-26
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.

Table 8-2.
Command Indicators (VSI) Does Not Go Out Of View.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check both VSIs.
Step 1. If trouble applies only to one VSI, go to 2.
Step 2. If trouble applies to both VSI, go to 6.
2. Swap VSIs.
Step 1. If trouble follows to new position, replace VSI as required, (Para 8.5.).
P301R-K and P304R-K
P301R-L and P304R-L
P301R-M and P304R-M
P301R-N and P304R-N
P301R-P and P304R-P
P301R-R and P304R-R
P301R-Y and P304R-Y
P301R-Z and P304R-Z
Step 1. If continuity is present, check for proper mating of VSI connector.
6. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P301R, P318RA, and P318RB) (Para 8.14.
and Para 8.8.).
(Para 8.14. and Para 8.8.).
Change 2
8-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.

Table 8-2.
Command Indicators (VSI) Does Not Go Out Of View. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P301R-K and P318RB-57
P301R-N and P318RA-34
P301R-R and P318RB-55
P301R-Y and P318RB-44
P318RA-35 and P318RB-50
P318RA-35 and P318RB-54
P318RA-35 and P318RB-56
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace processor (Para 8.6.).
Table 8-3.
Legends (CIS Mode Select Panel) Do Not Go On And Pilots VSI Does Not Respond When
NAV Button (CIS Mode Select Panel) Is Pressed.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Check continuity between J1-2 and J1-6 (NAV button-CIS mode select panel).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace CIS mode select panel (Para 8.9.).
3. Press and hold NAV button (CIS mode select panel). Go to 4.
4. Check continuity between J1-2 and J1-6 (CIS mode select panel).
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace CIS mode select panel (Para 8.9.).
5. Release NAV button (CIS mode select panel). Go to 6.
8-28
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-3.
Legends (CIS Mode Select Panel) Do Not Go On And Pilots VSI Does Not Respond When
NAV Button (CIS Mode Select Panel) Is Pressed. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
6. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P317R and P318RA) (Para 8.14. and Para
8.8.).
8. Check for 115 vac between P318RA-1 and gnd.
P316R-2 and P318RA-32
P316R-6 and P318RA-6
P317R-46 and P318RA-39
P317R-94 and P318RA-16
P317R-105 and P318RA-18
P317R-106 and P318RA-17
10. Check for 115 vac between terminal 1 (CIS circuit breaker) and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 and
P318RA-1 ( 23 ).
Change 2
8-29
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-4.
HDG ON Legend (CIS Mode Select Panel) Does Not Go On When NAV Button (CIS Mode
Select Panel) Is Pressed.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove and check pin filtered adapter (P318RA) (Para 8.8.).
3. Check continuity between P316R-11 and P318RA-41.
Table 8-5.
Roll Command Bar (VSI) Does Not Come Into View with NAV ON and HDG ON (CIS
Mode Select Panel) Legends On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check VSIs.
Step 1. If only one VSI has trouble, go to 2.
Step 2. If both VSIs have trouble, go to 3.
2. Swap VSIs.
Step 1. If trouble moves to new position, replace VSI as required (Para 8.5.).
Step 2. If trouble does not move to new position, replace HSI/VSI mode select panel
as required (Para 8.11.).
8-30
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-5.
Roll Command Bar (VSI) Does Not Come Into View with NAV ON and HDG ON (CIS Mode
Select Panel) Legends On. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
5. With Set operating, check continuity between P318RA-12 and gnd.
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring ( 23 ).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace processor (Para 8.6.).
Table 8-6.
CMD Flag (VSI) Does Not Go Out Of View When NAV Button (CIS Mode Select Panel) Is
Pressed.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check VSIs.
Step 1. If only one VSI has trouble, go to 2.
Step 2. If both VSIs have trouble, go to 6.
2. Swap VSIs.
P301R-Y and P304R-Y
P301R-Z and P304R-Z
Step 1. If continuity is present, check for proper mating of VSI connector.
6. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P301R and P318RB) (Para 8.14. and Para
8.8.).
Change 2
8-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-6.
CMD Flag (VSI) Does Not Go Out Of View When NAV Button (CIS Mode Select Panel) Is
Pressed. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters (Para 8.14.
and Para 8.8.).
P301R-Y and P318RB-44
P301R-Z and P318RB-50
Table 8-7.
23
).
PLT Legends (HSI/VSI Mode Select Panels) Do Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace HSI/VSI mode select panel (Para 8.11.).
Table 8-8.
HDG ON Legend (CIS Mode Select Panel) Does Not Go On And Roll Command Bars (VSI)
Do Not Respond When HDG Button (CIS Mode Select Panel) Is Pressed.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
8-32
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-8.
HDG ON Legend (CIS Mode Select Panel) Does Not Go On And Roll Command Bars (VSI)
Do Not Respond When HDG Button (CIS Mode Select Panel) Is Pressed. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Press and hold HDG button (CIS mode select panel). Go to 3.
4. Remove and check pin filtered adapter (P318RA) (Para 33.8).
Step 2. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (Para 33.8).
5. Install pin filtered adapter (Para 33.8). Go to 6
6. Check continuity between P316R-1 and P318RA-31.
Table 8-9.
Roll Command Bars (VSI) Do Not Move When HDG Knob (Pilots HSI) is Turned.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Select CPLT (CRS-HDG legend pilots HSI/VSI mode select panel).
Step 1. If roll command bars move, go to 2.
Step 2. If roll command bars do not move, go to 5.
(Para 8.14.).
Change 2
8-33
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-9.
Roll Command Bars (VSI) Do Not Move When HDG Knob (Pilots HSI) is Turned. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P305R-M and P319R-5
P305R-N and P319R-15
5. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P318RB and P319R) (Para 8.8. and Para
8.14.).
P318RB-18 and P319R-8
P318RB-19 and P319R-14
Table 8-10.
ALT ON Legend (CIS Mode Select Panel) Does Not Go On And Collective Pointer (Pilots
VSI) Does Not Respond When ALT Button (CIS Mode Select Panel) Is Pressed.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Press and hold ALT button (CIS mode select panel). Go to 3.
8-34
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-10. ALT ON Legend (CIS Mode Select Panel) Does Not Go On And Collective Pointer (Pilots
VSI) Does Not Respond When ALT Button (CIS Mode Select Panel) Is Pressed. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P315R, P318RA, and P318RB) (Para 8.14.
and Para 8.8.).
P315R-F and P318RB-30
P315R-G and P318RB-41
P315R-H and P318RB-31
P315R-K and P404-w
P316R-3 and P318RA-33
P318RB-60 and P404-g
Step 2. If trouble remains, troubleshoot Stabilator Units (Para 14.3.).
Table 8-11.
23
).
Collective Command Pointer (Pilots VSI) Does Not Move When Collective Stick Is Moved.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for changing resistance between P318-1 and P318-2 as collective stick is
moved.
Step 1. If resistance changes, go to 2.
Change 2
8-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-11.
Collective Command Pointer (Pilots VSI) Does Not Move When Collective Stick Is Moved.
(Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2. If resistance does not change, replace collective stick sensor (Para 13.15. or
Para 13.16.).
2. Remove and check pin filtered adapter (P318RB) (Para 8.8.).
J318-1 and P318RB-6
J318-2 and P318RB-12
J318-3 and P318RB-8
Table 8-12.
23
).
Command Indicators And GA Advisory Lamps (VSI) Do Not Respond When GA Switch
(Pilots Cyclic Stick) Is Pressed.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Momentarily press GA switch (copilots cyclic stick).
Step 1. If GA mode engages, repair pilots cyclic stick (
Step 2. If GA mode does not engage, go to 2.
23
).
2. Remove and check pin filtered adapter (P318RB) (Para 8.8.).

4. Press and hold either GA switch. Go to 5.
8-36
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-12.
Command Indicators And GA Advisory Lamps (VSI) Do Not Respond When GA Switch
(Pilots Cyclic Stick) Is Pressed. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
5. Check continuity between P318RB-61 and gnd.
Table 8-13.
Lateral Deviation Pointers (VSI) Do Not Move When CRS Knob (Pilots HSI) Is Turned.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Select CPLT (CRS-HDG copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel). Go to 2.
2. Turn CRS knob (copilots HSI); check lateral deviation pointers.
Step 1. If lateral deviation pointers move, go to 3.
Step 2. If lateral deviation pointers do not move, go to 6.
(Para 8.14.).
P305R-W and P319R-7
P305R-X and P319R-11
6. Remove and check pin filtered adapters (P318RB and P319R) (Para 8.8. and Para
8.14.).
Change 2
8-37
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
Table 8-13.
Lateral Deviation Pointers (VSI) Do Not Move When CRS Knob (Pilots HSI) Is Turned.
(Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P318RB-28 and P319R-6
P318RB-29 and P319R-13
Table 8-14.
DH Advisory Lamp (Pilots VSI) Does Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Place BRT/DIM-TEST switch (caution/advisory panel) to TEST.
Step 1. If DH lamp goes on, go to 2.
Step 2. If DH lamp does not go on, replace DH lamp (
23
).
(Para 8.14.).
4. Check continuity between P304R-p and P317R-33.
8-38
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.

Table 8-15.
Roll Command Bars (VSI) Do Not Respond In Doppler Mode.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Swap HSIs.
Step 2. If trouble moves to new position, replace HSI (Para 8.4.).
3. Install pin filtered adapter (Para 8.8.).
HF
HF
Go to 4.
or
W/O HF

P318RA-28 and TB2701-4B
P318RA-29 and TB2701-5B
Step 1. If continuity is present, go to 5..
W/O HF
Go to 6.
23
).

TB2701-4C and P686R-52
TB2701-5C and P686R-53
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace Doppler/GPS CDU(Para 4A.4.).
Step 3. If trouble still remains, replace TB2701-4 and/or TB2701-5 (Para 8.15.).
W/O HF

P318RA-28 and P686R-52
P318RA-29 and P686R-53
23
Change 2
).
8-39
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
J266 P266
CIS
CB216
2
2 AMP 1
P110
EE
CC
J110
COMPASS
CONTROL PANEL
J14R P14R
D
HSI PLT
CPLT
AC
ESNTL
BUS
CB215
2
2 AMP 1
115 VAC
B
TO SHEET 6
VSI CPLT
J134R
CB223
2
2 AMP 1
115 VAC
B
PFA
TO SHEET 9
P134R
CMPTR
NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS
2
B1 AMP
CB257
B2
B2
B3
SGR81
b
AA
TO SHEET 8
VSI PLT
B1
CB222
2
2 AMP 1
AC
ESNTL
BUS
115 VAC
B
P136R
J136R

(SEE DETAIL A)
RELAY
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
PILOT MODE
SELECT
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
CB203
2
2 AMP 1
BB
TO SHEET 3
J1R P1R
28 VDC

CPLT MODE
SEL
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
2
2 AMP
TO SHEET 6
P111 J111
f
TO SHEET 9
J249 P249
CB107
R14
J656R P656R
10
NN
11
J653R P653R
C
D
P13R
NOTES
D C
J13R
27146030
1.
2. PIN 32 OF P318RB SHOWS TYPICAL

3.
W/O HF
4.
SAS/FPS
5.
SAS/FPS
OR
J655R P655R
12
b
P15R
AFCC .
HAS A PIN FILTERED

AUDIO JUNCTION BOX

ASSEMBLY
J15R
AB1614_1A
SA
Figure 8-3.
8-40
Change 4
Command Instrument Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 9)
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
J1B
PFA
P318RA
P318RB 32
(SEE
DETAIL B)
58 64 63
15 VDC RTN
COLL STICK POSN IN
15 VDC OUT
15 VDC OUT
RAD ALT SIG (H)
RAD ALT SIG (C)
RAD ALT VALID IN
AIRSPEED (H)
AIRSPEED (C)
ALTITUDE RATE (H)
31 59 42 30 41 60
BAROMETRIC ALT (H)
61
BAROMETRIC ALT (C)
ALTITUDE RATE (C)
J1A
PFA
GOAROUND MODE IN
115 VAC PWR IN
HDG GYRO VALID
6 12 8
6
P20R
SG318B2
H G
GG142
J20R
J220
P220
STABILATOR NO. 2
COLLECTIVE STICK
POSITION SENSOR
J318
1
P318
P14R
F H G E
J14R
9
PILOTS CYCLIC
STICK GRIP
SGR6752
J120 P120
SGR6742
10
13
14
S51
15
16
Z
GO AROUND
GO AROUND
STABILATOR NO. 2
AIR DATA
TRANSDUCER
Figure 8-3.
LOW WARNING OUT
(C)
J674R
(HI)
S44
11 2
TO SHEET 3
PFA
J676R
COPILOTS RADAR
ALTIMETER RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER INDICATOR
RAD ALT
SIGNAL
J675R
P674R
(C)
J315R
12 1
(HI)
P675R
COPILOTS
CYCLIC STICK
GRIP
P676R
G K
RELIABILITY SIGNAL
GND1191
12
H F
PFA
LOW WARNING OUT
P315R
J119 P119
TO SHEET 5
SGR6741
RAD ALT
SIGNAL
11
TO
SHEET
8
PILOTS RADAR
ALTIMETER HEIGHT
INDICATOR
AB1614_2
SA
Command Instrument Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 2
8-41
PWR GROUND
8-42
Change 2
Figure 8-3.

MODE SELECT PANEL
P317R
8 41 78
106 105
46
94 116 77 38 33
18 2
COMPUTER POWER ON
CIS HDG MODE ON
13
COMPUTER INTERLOCK
DH LT RTN
SGR3179
16
DH LT TEST
11 12
ALT HOLD
MODE LIGHT
CISP SIG GND
HDG MODE LIGHT
CIS NAV MODE ON IN

CIS ALT HOLD
MODE ON IN
CIS HDG MODE ON IN
CHASSIS GND
VOR MODE ON IN
ILS MODE ON IN
DOPPLER MODE ON IN
FM MODE ON IN
BACK COURSE
MODE ON IN
PLT DECISION
HT LT RTN
GOAROUND LT RTN
CIS HDG MODE ON

COMPUTER
INTERLOCK
COMPUTER
POWER ON
GG143
GA LT TEST
3
GG142
FM MODE ON OUT
BACK COURSE
MODE ON OUT
2
X
ILS MODE ON OUT

BACK COURSE
MODE ON OUT
J316R
115 VAC PWR RTN
SG318A2
2
VOR MODE ON OUT
GG3310
28 VDC POWER RTN
1
N
LAMP TEST OUT
7
V W
43 48
28 VDC POWER RTN
P316R
6
LAMP TEST IN
TO SHEET 2
U
NAV MODE LIGHT
J1A
41 42
ALT HOLD MODE LIGHT
TO SHEET 1
S T
CISP SIG GROUND
31 32 33
HDG MODE LIGHT

NAV MODE LIGHT
P14R
CIS ALT HOLD MODE

ON OUT
PFA
P318RA
CIS NAV MODE ON OUT
8.3.
CIS HDG MODE ON OUT
TM 11-1520-237-23
15
17
18
39
16 19
11 9
14 21
12
J14R
EE
FF
GG HH JJ KK LL
PP R
NN
SGR31710
PFA
20
J317R
17
TO SHEET 7
18
TO SHEET 9
19
TO SHEET 7
SGR3161
GG336
PFA
P319R
J2
AB1614_3
SA
8 14 6 13
P317R 121 89
Figure 8-3.
20
29
44
ALTITUDE FLAT OUT
50
18
ROLL SIGNAL
OUTPUT
67
80
125
34
PITCH SIGNAL
OUTPUT
26
16
NAV FLAG OUT ()
J317R
71
NAV FLAG OUT (+)
J2
14
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT ()
PFA
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVN OUT (+)
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVN OUT ()
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG OUT (+)
PFA
SGRHS15
SGRHS14
SGRHS13
SGRHS12
SGRHS11
SGRHS10
SGRHS9
SGRHS8
SGRHS7
SGRHS6
SGRHS5
SGRHS4
SGRHS3
SGRHS2
SGRHS1
COURSE DEVN IN (+)

COURSE DEVN IN ()
NAV FLAG IN (+)

NAV FLAG IN ()
X
Y
Z
X
Y
Z
ALTITUDE FLAG IN
37
38
33
34
35
36
39
40
24
25
26
20
21
22
9
p
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
u
v
w
r
s
t
ROLL SIGNAL
INPUT
PITCH SIGNAL
INPUT
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVN IN (+)
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVN IN ()
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN (+)
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN ()
COURSE DATUM IN (H)
HDG DATUM IN (C)
18 19 28 29
q m n
COURSE DEVN OUT ()
P319R
COURSE DEVN OUT (+)
J1B
COURSE DATUM IN (C)
P14R
COURSE DATUM OUT (C)
PFA
P318RB
COURSE DATUM OUT (H)
HDG DATUM IN (H)
8.3.
HDG DATUM OUT (C)
COURSE DATUM OUT (H)
TM 11-1520-237-23
J14R
y
x
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Change 2
TO
SHEET
7
30
31
32
33
34
AB1614_4
SA
8-43
TM 11-1520-237-23
44
55
57
54 50 56
DIGITAL
DATA IN
COURSE
DATUM OUT
(C)
(H)
(C)
HIGH
HDG DATUM
OUT
DIGITAL
DATA IN
SHIELD
LOW
CHASSIS GND
LOW
J1A
PFA
P318RA
HIGH
J1B
PFA
P318RB
CPLT DECISION
HT LT RTN
CMD COLL (+)
CMD COLL ()
CMD PITCH ()
CMD FLAG ()
CMD ROLL ()
CMD PITCH (+)
CMD ROLL (+)
CMD FLAG (+)
(H)
8.3.
J305R
35
20 34
PFA
P305R
30 29 28
M N
W X
SG318A1
SG318B1
SGR71
GG144
SGR72
P14R BB
AA
CC MM DD
35
36
37
38
J14R
39
40
SGLHS7
SGLHS8
SG300R8
15
5 15
7 11
19
MODE COMPASS OUT
CRS RSVR A (RW1)
CRS RSVR C (RW1 / 2)
LAMP TEST
CHASSIS GROUND
COURSE SEL PILOT
J2
COURSE SEL OUT
J317R
COURSE SEL CPLT
PFA
(C)
P319R
(H)
62 61
COURSE DATUM IN
27
(C)
119 118 117 128
PFA
(H)
P317R
Figure 8-3.
8-44
TO
SHEET
8
46
47
48
49
50
TO
SHEET
9
GG335
HDG DATUM IN
SG317R7
TO
SHEET
2
41
42
43
44
45
Change 2
AB1614_5
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
PFA
P302R
W X
AZIMUTH
VALID
()
(+)
115 VAC RTN
AA GG C
SG302R2
SGR3052
SIGNAL GROUND
J U
SGR332
SG331
SGA334
GG334
CHASSIS GND
COURSE
DATUM OUT
(C)
(C)
(H)
(H)
r BB M N
HDG DATUM
OUT
115 VAC PWR IN
HIGH
LOW
DIGITAL
DATA IN
CRS RSVR C IN (RW1/2)

CRS RSVR A IN (RW1)
J302R
BB C GG Y
GG339
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
AUX DATA OUT
J305R
J
53
3J2
P686R
PFA
P305R AA U
51 52
SHIELD
PANEL LIGHTS RTN
HDG VALID IN
DOPPLER COMPUTER
DISPLAY UNIT
(+)
()
115 VAC PWR RTN
SIGNAL GROUND
CHASSIS GND
115 VAC RTN
PILOTS HORIZONAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
AUX DATA OUT
8.3.
GG336
TO SHEET 1 8
GG333 GG338 GG339
35
36
37
38
SGR3021
SGR31711
39
40
TO SHEET 1 1
SGV335
TB2701
B
TO
51 SHEET
(SEE DETAIL C
CIS
J266 P266
2
2 AMP 1
CB216
P110
EE
CC
2
2 AMP 1
12 4
10 9
22
CMD ENABLE
115 VAC
fB
P319R
PFA
CB223
AA
J2
(C)
VSI CPLT
(H)
AC
ESNTL
BUS
CB215
(C)
2
2 AMP 1
(H)
HSI PLT
CPLT
CB222

DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 1)
Figure 8-3.
ALTERNATE
COURSE
DATUM IN
2
2 AMP 1
ALTERNATE
GDH DATUM IN
VSI PLT
PILOTS HSI/VSI MODE

SELECT PANEL
AB1614_6
SA

Change 2
8-45
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
PFA
J1B
LOW
32
HIGH
SHIELD
P318RB
DIGITAL
DATA
OUT
DOPPLER COMPUTER
DISPLAY UNIT
51 52
53
3J2
PFA
P686R
DETAIL B
35
36
(SEE NOTE 2)
X W
V U
T S
H G
()
GA LT RTN
DH LT RTN
CMD ENABLE
()
()
()
P304R
TO
SHEET
4
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
19
17
TO
SHEET
3
DETAIL C
(SEE NOTE 3)
51
ALTITUDE FLAG IN
TO SHEET 6
PFA
(+)
COURSE
DEVIATION IN
(+)
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION IN
(+)
GLIDE SLOPE
FLAG IN
(+)
NAV / FM FLAG
SLOPE IN
PITCH SIGNAL
INPUT
ROLL SIGNAL
INPUT
J304R
AB1614_7
SA
Figure 8-3.
8-46
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.
P20R J20R
13
A
P422R
P420R J420R
TO
SHEET
2
J1R P1R
14
SG4042
J110 P110
KK
NN
CC
PP
J422R
AIRSPEED (H)
COMPUTER
w
P404
(SEE NOTES 4 AND 5)
PFA
J404
NO. 2 STABILATOR AMPLIFIER

SGLHS1
45
52
SGLHS3
44
TO
SHEET
5
53
SGLHS2
54
43
SGLHS4
TO
SHEET
9
55
41
SGLHS5
56
42
TO SHEET 1
SG16R9
GG337
GG337
SGR3043
SGR3042
CHASSIS GND
SIGNAL GND
115 VAC RTN
CMD FLAG ()
COLL PTR ()
VERT BAR ()
HOR BAR ()
COLL PTR (+)
HOR BAR (+)
VERT BAR (+)
CMD FLAG
P304R
115 VAC IN
SGR3041
PFA
J304R
AB1614_8A
Figure 8-3.
SA

Change 4
8-47
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.3.

CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL
LAMP TEST
COURSE SEL CPLT
COURSE SEL OUT
COURSE SEL
PILOT
GA LT TEST
DH LT RTN
28 VDC PWR IN
DH LT TEST
CHASSIS GROUND
28 VDC PWR RTN
LEFT RELAY PANEL
DIMMING
LOGIC
J300R
J118
J902
PFA
PFA
P902
P114
P300R
41
128
77
72
33
38
117 118 119
P118
27
SG1301
SG300R3
GG336
SG3381
GG335
SG33T1
46
TO SHEET 5
P115
J115
J114
TO SHEET 1
SGJ9141
TO SHEET 3
18
SGR31714
TO
SHEET
5
48
47
49
50
TO
SHEET
8
56
52
53
54
55
TO SHEET 1
SG16R8
GG333
A B
N K R Y L
115 VAC RTN
COLL PTR (+)
VERT BAR ()
COLL PTR ()
CMD FLAG ()
CMD ENABLE
DH LT RTN
GA LT RTN
CHASSIS GND
SIGNAL GND
P301R
SG301R1
SG3012 SG301R1
GG339
PFA
HOR BAR ()
VERT BAR (+)
CMD FLAG (+)
HOR BAR (+)
115 VAC IN
J301R
Figure 8-3.
8-48
Change 2
AB1614_9
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
8.4
HSI
8-50
8.5
VSI
8-52
8.6
CIS Processor
8-56
8.7
Mounting Rack
8-58
8.8
Processor Pin Filtered Adapter
8-60
8.9
8-62
8.10
Lamp
8-64
8.11
HSI / VSI Mode Select Panel
8-66
8.12
Switch Lamp
8-68
8.13
Plate Lamp
8-70
8.14
8-72
8.15
Terminal
8-74
HF
Change 2
8-49
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.4.
HSI
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Appendix C
Para 8.3
Test Equipment
23

Appendix B
CAUTION
Socket Head Key Set, Item 140, Appendix B

Pulling on lighted bezel assembly can
cause damage to unit. Exercise care
when removing assembly from HSI.
Materials/Parts
NOTE


References
NOTE
Appendix B
Replacement of both HSIs is the same.
a.4.
a.5.
Remove and retain HDG and CRS knobs.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws.
INSTALL
CAUTION
Carefully place bezel assembly in a position that will allow removal of HSI
without damaging bezel wiring.
a.2.
Carefully lift lighted bezel assembly from HSI.
a.3.
Carefully pull HSI from instrument panel until

pin filtered adapter/electrical connector can be
disconnected.
8-50
Change 2
b.1.
Clean area around mounting surface and electrical connector threads with cheesecloth dampened with dry cleaning solvent.
b.2.
b.3.

( 23 ).
b.4.

P305R (pilots) or P302R (copilots) to indicator.
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.4.
HSI (cont.)
Measure resistance measurement between pin
filtered adapter and HSI electrical connector.
b.10.
Carefully fasten HSI with lighted bezel assembly into instrument panel with screws.
b.11.
Measure resistance measurement between HSI

and instrument panel.
b.7.

b.2., b.4., and b.5.
b.8.
Install HDG and CRS knobs.
b.9.
Carefully install lighted bezel assembly on HSI.
b.5.
b.13.

b.2., b.4., b.5., b.6., b.8., b.9., b.10., and b.11.
b.14.
Do paragraph 8.3.
Change 2
8-51
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.4.
HSI (cont.)
D
(SEE NOTE)
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER /
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P305R PILOT
P302R COPILOT
LIGHTED
BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
C
(SEE NOTE)
FR
B
ON
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
(SEE NOTE)
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
SCREW
POINTS
FROM TO RESISTANCE SHALL BE
A
B 2.5 MILLIOHMS OR LESS
C
AA1861B
SA
Figure 8-4.
8-52
Change 2
HSI
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.5.
VSI
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Para 8.3
23
Test Equipment
Appendix B

CAUTION

Pulling on lighted bezel assembly can
when removing assembly from instrument panel.
Materials/Parts
NOTE
References

Appendix B
NOTE
Appendix C
Replacement of both VSI is the same.
REMOVE
INSTALL
a.1.
Remove screws.
b.1.
a.2.
Carefully lift lighted bezel assembly from VSI

to gain until connector can be disconnected.
b.2.
a.3.
Disconnect connector.
b.3.

( 23 ).
a.4.
Carefully pull VSI from instrument panel until

pin filtered adapter/electrical connector can be
disconnected.
b.4.

P304R (pilots) or P301R (copilots) to indicator.
a.5.
b.5.
Measure resistance measurement between pin

filtered adapter and VSI electrical connector.
(8-53 Blank)/8-54
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.5.
VSI (cont.)
b.10.
Measure resistance measurement between

indicator and instrument panel.
b.7.

b.2., b.4., and b.5.
b.8.
Connect electrical connector P184 (pilots) or

P170 (copilots) to lighted bezel assembly.
b.12.

b.2., b.4., b.5., b.8., b.9., and b.10.
b.9.
Carefully place indicator with lighted bezel

assembly into instrument panel and fasten with
screws.
b.13.
b.14.
Do paragraph 8.3.
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER /
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P304R PILOT
P301R COPILOT
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P184 PILOT
P190 COPILOT
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
B
(SEE NOTE)
FR
ON
(SEE NOTE)
D
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
LIGHTED
BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
A
(SEE NOTE)
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
SCREW
POINTS
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
FROM TO
A
AA1862A
SA
Figure 8-5.
VSI
Change 2
8-55
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.6.
CIS Processor
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Appendix C

Appendix B
Para 8.3
23

Materials/Parts
Nose Door Opened
NOTE
b.4.
Place processor on mounting rack.
b.5.
Push processor to rear of rack until guide pins

and connectors are engaged.
b.6.
Tighten fasteners.
b.7.
Measure resistance between processor and

mount.
REMOVE
a.1.
Loosen fasteners.
a.2.
Carefully pull processor forward to disengage

from connectors in mounting rack.
a.3.
Remove processor.
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean area around mounting surface with

cheesecloth, dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
b.9.
b.2.
b.10.
Do paragraph 8.3.
b.3.

( 23 ).
b.11.
b.12.
Close nose door.
8-56
Change 2

through b.7.
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.6.
CIS Processor (cont.)

CIS PROCESSOR
A
(SEE NOTE)
THUMBSCREW
B
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
MOUNTING
RACK
AA1868A
SA
Figure 8-6.
CIS Processor
Change 2
8-57
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.7.
Mounting Rack
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Appendix B
Appendix C
23
Nose Door Opened
Materials/Parts
Para 8.6. CIS Processor Removed
NOTE
b.3.

( 23 ).
b.4.
Place mounting rack on shelf and fasten with

screws, washers, and lockwashers.
b.5.
Position pin filtered adapter on rear of rack and

fasten with screws, washers, and lockwashers.
b.6.
Measure resistance between mount and shelf.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws, washers, lockwashers and

spacers fastening pin filtered adapter to rear
mounting rack and connector.
a.2.
Remove screws, washers, and lockwashers fastening mounting rack to shelf.
a.3.
Remove mounting rack.
INSTALL
b.1.
b.8.

through b.6.
b.9.
Install CIS processor on mounting rack (Para

8.6.).
b.2.
8-58

cheesecloth, dampened with dry-cleaning solvent.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.7.
Mounting Rack (cont.)

CONNECTOR
LOCKWASHER
SCREW,
WASHER
C
(SEE NOTE)
SCREW,
WASHER
SPACER
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
LOCKWASHER
B
(SEE NOTE)
A
(SEE NOTE)
MOUNTING
RACK
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
SHELF
READING MUST NOT

BE GREATER THAN
2.5 MILLIOHMS
2.5 MILLIOHMS
AA1869A
SA
Figure 8-7.
Mounting Rack
Change 2
8-59
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.8.
Processor Pin Filtered Adapter
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B
References
Appendix B

Appendix C
Materials/Parts
Para 8.6. CIS Processor Removed
b.4.
Continuity shall not be presen;, high resistance

shall be indicated.
filtered adapter.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws, lockwashers, washers, and pin

filtered adapter/electrical connector from rack.
b.5.
a.2.
Remove screws, lockwashers, spacers, washers,

INSTALL
c.1.
Clean threads of pin filtered adapter and electrical connector with cheesecloth, dampened with
c.2.
c.3.
Position pin filtered adapter on electrical connector and fasten with screws, lockwashers,
washers, and spacers.

c.4.


CHECK
b.1.

filtered adapter.
b.2.

NOTE
b.3.
8-60
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.8.
c.6.
Processor Pin Filtered Adapter (cont.)

through c.4.
c.7.
Position pin filtered adapter/electrical connector

on mounting rack and fasten with screws, washers, and lockwashers.
c.8. Install CIS processor (Para 8.6.).
SCREW,
WASHER
LOCKWASHER
SPACER
B
(SEE NOTE)
LOCKWASHER
SCREW,
WASHER
CONNECTOR
A
(SEE NOTE)
MOUNTING
RACK
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
AA2136
SA
Figure 8-8.
Change 2
8-61
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.9.
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Para 8.3
References
REMOVE
INSTALL
a.1.
b.1.
Connect electrical connector P316R to mode

select panel.
Carefully pull mode select panel from instrument panel until electrical connector can be disconnected.
b.2.
Position mode select panel on instrument panel

b.3.
Do paragraph 8.3.
a.2.
a.3.
8-62
Remove screws.
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.9.
CIS Mode Select Panel (cont.)

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P316R
CIS MODE
SELECT
PANEL
FR
ON
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
SCREW
AA2128A
SA
Figure 8-9.
Change 2
8-63
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.10.
Lamps
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References
Appendix B

23

Materials/Parts
Lamp
b.4.
b.5.
Check that all lamps in upper portion of

switches are on.
b.6.
Place and hold BRT/DIM-TEST

(caution/advisory panel) to TEST.
b.7.
Check that all lamps in lower portion of

switches are on.
23
).
REMOVE
a.1.
Pull switch from mode select panel.
a.2.
Remove lamp(s).
switch
INSTALL
b.1.
Insert lamp(s) into opening at rear of switch.
b.2.
Insert switch into mode select panel.
b.8
Release BRT/DIM-TEST
advisory panel).
b.3.

b.9.

helicopter ( 23 ).
8-64
Change 2
switch
(caution/
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.10.
Lamps (cont.)
CIS MODE
SELECT PANEL
LAMP
INDICATOR
SWITCH
AA2129A
SA
Figure 8-10.
Lamp
Change 2
8-65
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.11.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
Appendix B
b. Install
Appendix C
Para 8.3
23
NOTE
Materials/Parts
Replacement of both HSI/VSI mode

select panel is the same.

NOTE

HSI/VSI mode select panels with a
DPLR switch labeled either DPLR GPS
or DPLR can be used on 128B or
W/O 128B .
References
Appendix B
b.3.
REMOVE
a.1.
Loosen fasteners.
a.2.
Carefullyly pull HSI/VSI mode select panel

from instrument panel until pin filtered adapter/
electrical connectors can be disconnected.
a.3.
NOTE
Leave protective cap on connector J2
(copilotsHSI/VSI mode select panel).
This connector is not used.
b.4.
Connect pin filtered adapter/electrical connectors P317R to J1 and P319R to J2 (pilots) or

P300R to J1 (copilots) to HSI/VSI mode select
panel.
b.5.

and HSI/VSI mode select panel electrical connector.
INSTALL
b.1.
b.2.
8-66
Change 2

( 23 ).
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.11.
HSI/VSI Mode Select Panel (cont.)
b.7.

b.2., b.4., and b.5.
b.8.
b.9.
b.11.

b.2., b.4., b.5., b.6., b.8., and b.9.
Position HSI/VSI mode select panel on instrument panel and tighten fasteners.
b.12.
Make sure area is free of foreign material.
Measure resistance between HSI/VSI mode

select panel and instrument panel.
b.13.
Do paragraph 8.3.
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER /
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P300R COPILOT
P317R PILOT
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
B
(SEE NOTE)
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
C
(SEE NOTE)
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P319R PILOT
FR
ON
D
(SEE NOTE)
FASTENER
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
FROM TO
A
AA1860A
SA
Figure 8-11.
Change 2
8-67
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.12.
Switch Lamp
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Para 8.3

NOTE
Materials/Parts
Switches with one-line legend have two

lamps, and switches with two-line legends have four lamps.
Lamp
References
NOTE
Appendix B
Replacement of all lamps is the same.
INSTALL
REMOVE
a.1.
a.2.
8-68
Pull switch from HSI/VSI mode select panel.

Pull out lamp(s).
Change 2
b.1.
Insert lamp(s) into switch.
b.2.
Install switch into HSI/VSI mode select panel.
b.3.
Do paragraph 8.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.12.
Switch Lamp (cont.)
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
FR
ON
LAMP
HSI / VSI MODE
SELECT PANEL
SWITCH
ASSEMBLY
(TYPICAL)
AA2031A
SA
Figure 8-12.
Switch Lamp
Change 2
8-69
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.13.
Plate Lamp
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP

b. Install
23
NOTE
Materials/Parts
Lamp is embedded in information plate.
Lamp
NOTE
References
Replacement of both information plates
is the same.
Appendix B
b.2.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws.
a.2.
Remove information plate.
INSTALL
b.1.
8-70
Position information plate on HSI/VSI mode

select panel and fasten with screws.
Change 2
Do an operational check of Instrument Panel

Lighting ( 23 ).
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.13.
Plate Lamp (cont.)
INFORMATION
PLATE
SCREW
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
FR
SCREW
ON
INFORMATION
PLATE
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
AA2127A
SA
Figure 8-13.
Plate Lamp
Change 2
8-71
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.14.
a. Remove
c. Install
b. Check
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment

Appendix B

References

Appendix B
Appendix C
Materials/Parts
b.3.

REMOVE
a.1.
b.4.

shall be indicated.
a.2.

b.5.

filtered adapter.

connector.
INSTALL
a.3.
CHECK
b.1.

filtered adapter.
b.2.

NOTE
8-72
Change 2
c.1.
c.2.
c.3.
c.4.

TM 11-1520-237-23
8.14.
c.6.
c.7.
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

through c.4.
RECEPTACLE
VIEW A
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER
A
B
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
TIEDOWN STRAP
RECEPTACLE
VIEW B
Figure 8-14.
AA1920
SA
Change 2
8-73
TM 11-1520-237-23
8.15.
Terminal HF
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP

b. Install
Appendix B
Para 8.3
Insert/Extract Tool, Item 22, Appendix B

Gain Acess to Interior Of Lower Console
Materials/Parts
NOTE
Tags, Suitable
Replacement of all terminals of TB2701
is the same.
References
b.3.
Carefully move slide snugly against terminals

and tighten screw.
b.4.
If required, crimp new contacts on wiring.
b.5.
Insert contacts into terminaland remove tags.
b.6.
b.7.
Install all components removed when gaining

access to lower console.
b.8.
Do paragraph 8.3.
REMOVE
a.1.
Tag and disconnect wiring.
a.2.
Loosen screw on slide.
a.3.
Carefully remove slide.
a.4.
Remove terminal.
INSTALL
b.1.
Position terminal on terminal rail.
b.2.
Install slide on terminal rail.
8-74
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
Terminal HF
(cont.)
SCREW
ON
T
SLIDE
TERMINAL
FR
8.15.
TERMINAL
RACK
PIN
AB1697
SA
Figure 8-15.
Terminal
Change 2
8-75/(8-76 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 9
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
UNIT
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
9-3
II
Troubleshooting
9-15
III
9-17
9-1/(9-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
9.1
9-4
9.2
9-4
9.2.1
Power Distribution
9-4
9.2.2
Operating Modes
9-4
9.2.2.1
Doppler or Doppler/GPS
9-4
9.2.2.1.1
Doppler
9-4
9.2.2.1.2
Doppler/GPS
9-5
9.2.2.2
VOR/ILS
9-5
9.2.2.3
Back Course
9-5
9.2.2.4
FM Homing
9-6
9.2.3
Turn Rate Gyro Select
9-6
9.2.4
Course-Heading Select
9-6
9.2.5
Vertical Gyro Select
9-6
9.2.6
No. 2 Bearing Pointer Select
9-6
9.2.7
CIS Mode Compare
9-6
9-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
9.1.
The horizontal situation indicator/vertical situation

indicator (HSI/VSI) mode select unit provides switching and display of navigation information. The unit
consists of: two vertical situation indicators (VSIs);
two horizontal situation indicators (HSIs); and two
HSI/VSI mode select panels. Unit components are
mounted on the pilots and copilots sides of the
instrument panel. The mode select panels select navigation information for display on their respective VSI
and HSI. The pilots mode select panel also provides
the command instrument set (CIS) with selected navigation information for display on the pilots VSI. The
VSI displays pitch and roll attitude, turn rate, slip and
skid, and CIS steering commands. The HSI displays
heading, bearing, and course deviation information
and provides selected course and heading information
to CIS. The unit functionally interfaces with the civil
navigation set (VOR/LOC, glide slope, and marker
beacon input), attitude indicating set (pitch and roll
attitude), No. 1 VHF/FM radio set (FM homing), rateof-turn indicating unit (turn rate), LF/ADF set (ADF
bearing), gyromagnetic compass set (magnetic heading), CIS (steering commands), and Doppler (lateral
deviation).
9.2.

115 vac is supplied by the ac essential bus through the
HSI PLT/CPLT, VSI PLT, and VSI CPLT circuit
breakers. From the HSI PLT/CPLT circuit breakers,
electrical power is supplied to the pilots and copilots
HSIs. From the VSI PLT and VSI CPLT circuit
breakers, electrical power is supplied to the respective
pilots and copilots VSIs.
6031SUBQ Power for the pilots VSI has a backup
source if the ac essential bus experiences a malfunction. Alternate 115 vac, B phase is supplied by the
No. 2 primary ac bus through the CMPTR circuit
breaker (pilots circuit breaker panel) through the
deenergizing contacts of K13 ac essential bus fail
The 28 vdc is supplied by
relay to the pilots VSI.
the No. 2 dc primary bus through the PILOT MODE
SELECT circuit breaker to the pilots HSI/VSI mode
select panel. Electrical power of 28 vdc is also supplied by the No. 1 dc primary bus through the CPLT
MODE SEL circuit breaker to the copilots HSI/VSI
mode select panel. Panel lighting of the pilots HSI/
9-4
VSI mode select panel, VSI, and HSI is controlled by

the INSTR LT PILOT FLT control on the upper console. Panel lighting of the copilots HSI/VSI mode
select panel, VSI, and HSI is controlled by the CPLT
FLT INST LTS control on the upper console. Pilots
and copilots HSI/VSI mode select panel switch legends receive power through the left relay panel from
either of two sources. One source is the LIGHTED
SWITCHES control on the upper console. The alternate source of power is the LIGHTS ADVSY circuit
breaker, on the copilots circuit breaker panel. Electrical power for the pilots and copilots VSI advisory
lamps is provided through the left relay panel from
either of two sources. One source is the indicator
lights dimmer, on the left side of the lower console.
The alternate source of power is the LIGHTS ADVSY
circuit breaker, on the copilots circuit breaker panel.
9.2.2. Operating Modes. Each HSI/VSI mode
select panel has two rows of four selector switches.
The top row of switches selects a particular navigation function for display on the VSI and HSI. The
bottom row permits each pilot to transfer VSI gyro
and turn rate inputs, select HSI CRS and HDG outputs, and select HSI No. 2 pointer input. When power
is applied to the set, the upper legends on the bottom
row of switches will go on, selecting normal inputs
for TURN RATE and VERT GYRO, pilots CRS
HDG input, and LF/ADF input for HSI No. 2 pointer.
The top row of switch legends, however, will be off
until a mode is selected at each pilots station.
9.2.2.1.
Doppler or Doppler/GPS.
9.2.2.1.1 Doppler. The Doppler mode is

selected by turning on the Doppler navigation set and
pressing the DPLR switch. Mode engagement is verified when the DPLR legend is lit. Selection of the
DPLR mode causes the VOR/ILS and FM modes to
be disengaged if previously selected. The information
displayed on the respective indicators are course
deviation from a selected target, target bearing, and
target distance. The Doppler computer display provides the information in two-wire digital form to the
pilots and copilots HSIs for decoding. Within the
HSI, each signal is converted to analog and checked
for validity. Target distance is displayed on the range
indicator (marked MK) when the shutter is retraced
by a valid signal. The course deviation signal is
TM 11-1520-237-23
applied to the HSI course deviation bar and VSI lateral deviation pointer through the respective HSI/VSI
mode select panel. The relative target bearing signal
drives the HSI No. 1 pointer. If either the course
deviation or relative bearing signal is not valid, a signal is applied to the NAV flags on the VSI and HSI
through the respective HSI/VSI mode select panel.
The NAV flags will come into view to indicate unreliable Doppler mode operation. The TO-FROM
pointer, glide slope pointer, and glide slope flag are
biased out of view. The DPLR mode is disengaged
when the VOR/ILS is selected or when the lighted
DPLR switch is pressed.
9.2.2.1.2 Doppler/GPS. The Doppler/Global
Position System (GPS) mode is selected by turning on
the Doppler/GPS navigation set and pressing the
DPLR GPS switch. Mode engagement is verified
when the DPLR GPS legend is lit. Selection of the
DPLR GPS mode causes the VOR/ILS and FM modes
to be disengaged if previously selected. The information displayed on the respective indicators are course
deviation from a selected target, target bearing, and
target distance. The Doppler computer display provides the information in two-wire digital form to the
pilots and copilots HSIs for decoding. Within the
HSI, each signal is converted to analog and checked
for validity. Target distance is displayed on the range
indicator (marked MK) when the shutter is retraced
by a valid signal. The course deviation signal is
applied to the HSI course deviation bar and VSI lateral deviation pointer through the respective HSI/VSI
mode select panel. The relative target bearing signal
drives the HSI No. 1 pointer. If GPS, course deviation, or relative bearing signal is not valid, a signal is
applied to the NAV flags on the VSI and HSI through
the respective HSI/VSI mode select panel. The NAV
flags will come into view to indicate unreliable Doppler and/or GPS mode of operation. The TO-FROM
pointer, glide slope pointer, and glide slope flag are
biased out of view. The DPLR/GPS mode is disengaged when the VOR/ILS is selected or when the
lighted DPLR GPS switch is pressed.
9.2.2.2. VOR/ILS. The VOR/ILS mode is selected
by turning on the civil navigation set and pressing the
VOR/ILS switch. Either the VOR or ILS legend will
go on to verify engagement, depending on the frequency set on the receiver control unit. ILS frequencies are the odd tenth-MHz channels between 108.00
and 112.00 MHz, and all channels between 112.00

and 117.95. Modes may be changed after selection by
changing channels on the receiver control unit. Selection of the VOR/ILS mode causes the Doppler and
FM modes to be disengaged if previously selected.
VOR mode selection provides display of course deviation from a selected VOR radial and TO - FROM
pointer information. All signals are routed through the
respective HSI/VSI mode select panel to the indicators. The course deviation signal is produced in the
civil navigation receiver by comparing the CRS output from the selected pilots or copilots HSI with the
received VOR signal. The signal is applied to the HSI
course deviation bar and VSI lateral deviation pointer.
The TO - FROM signal is routed from the receiver to
the HSI TO - FROM pointer. When received signals
become weak or erratic, a signal is applied to the NAV
flags on the VSI and HSI through the respective HSI/
VSI mode select panel. The NAV flags will come into
view to indicate unreliable VOR mode operation. The
glide slope pointer and flag are not used in VOR mode
and are biased out of view. The VOR mode is disengaged when an ILS channel is selected, when Doppler
mode is selected, or when the lighted VOR switch is
pressed.
ILS mode selection provides display of course deviation from a localizer beam, TO-FROM pointer information, and glide slope information. Display inputs
are provided by the civil navigation receiver through
the respective HSI/VSI mode select panel. Course
deviation signals are displayed on the HSI course
deviation bar and VSI lateral deviation pointer. The
TO - FROM signal is routed from the receiver to the
HSI TO - FROM pointer. Glide slope deviation signals are displayed on the vertical pointer on the right
side of the VSI. There are separate flag indicators for
unreliable localizer and glide slope inputs. Localizer
flag indications are displayed by the NAV flags on the
VSI and HSI. Glide slope flag indications are displayed by the GS flag on the VSI. The ILS mode is
disengaged when a VOR channel is selected, when
Doppler mode is selected, or when the lighted ILS
switch is pressed.
9.2.2.3. Back Course. The back course mode is
selected by engaging the ILS mode and pressing the
BACK CRS switch. The back course mode reverses
the polarity of localizer deviation signals applied to
9-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
the VSI and HSI to permit direct pilot readout during
a back course approach. The glide slope pointer and
flag are not used and are biased out of view, the back
course mode is disengaged along with the ILS mode
and will automatically reengage when ILS mode
returns. The back course mode is permanently disengaged by pressing the lighted BACK CRS switch.
9.2.2.4. FM Homing. The FM homing mode is
selected by selecting the HOMING mode on the No. 1
VHF/FM radio set and pressing the FM HOME
switch. Mode engagement is verified when the FM
HOME legend is lit, the FM homing mode cannot be
engaged if the ILS mode is previously engaged, but
may be engaged after VOR or Doppler mode. The
VSI lateral deviation pointer displays course deviation
to the selected FM station. The deviation signal is
produced by the radio set signal data comparator and
applied to the VSI through the respective HSI/VSI
mode select panel. If deviation signals are lost or
become unreliable, the signal data comparator provides a signal that causes the VSI NAV flag to come
into view. The VSI glide slope pointer and flag are not
used and are biased out of view. With only FM
HOME engaged, the HSI lateral deviation bar, TO FROM pointer, and NAV flag are not used and are
biased out of view. However, when VOR or Doppler
legends are also lit, the HSI displays deviation and
flag information from the selected set. The FM homing mode is disengaged when VOR/ILS or Doppler
mode is selected or when the lighted FM HOME legend is pressed.
9.2.3. Turn Rate Gyro Select. The rate of turn
indicating set contains two rate gyros (gyro), one each
of the pilot and copilot, that provide turn rate information for the VSI. The TURN RATE switch permits
each pilot to select his own gyro input (NORM mode)
or the other gyro input (ALTR mode). Turn rate information is displayed on the rate-of-turn pointer on the
bottom of the VSI face.
9.2.4. Course-Heading Select. Each HSI supplies output that represent the desired course and
9-6
heading selected with the CRS and HDG knobs. The

CRS HDG switch selects the outputs from either the
pilots or copilots HSI for use in the civil navigation
set receiver or CIS processor. Pressing the CRS HDG
switch on the pilots panel selects the outputs from the
pilots HSI and lights the PLT legend on both panels.
Pressing the CRS HDG switch on the copilots panel
selects the outputs from the copilots HSI and lights
the CPLT legend on both panels. Outputs from both
HSIs are routed through the pilots HSI/VSI mode
select panel only.
9.2.5. Vertical Gyro Select. The attitude indicating set contains two vertical gyros (gyro), one each
for the pilot and copilot, that provide pitch and roll
attitude information to the VSI. The VERT GYRO
switch permits each pilot to select his own gyro input
(NORM mode) or the other pilots gyro input (ALTR
mode). Pitch and roll attitude is displayed by the movable sphere on the VSI face. A flag marked ATT is
displayed in case of failure of the selected gyro.
9.2.6. No. 2 Bearing Pointer Select. The BRG
2 switch permits each pilot to select either VOR or
LF/ADF bearing information for display on his HSI
No. 2 pointer. Pressing the BRG 2 switch alternately
lights the ADF or VOR legend to indicate the selected
mode.
9.2.7. CIS Mode Compare. When the CIS mode
select panel NAV legend is lit, the pilots HSI/VSI
mode select panel provides the selected navigation
input (Doppler, VOR/ILS, or VHF/FM) to the CIS
processor. The NAV mode command outputs are normally provided to the pilots VSI only. The copilot
can display CIS commands on his VSI by selecting
the same navigation mode on his HSI/VSI mode select
panel. When a different mode is selected, the command bars and pointers on the copilots VSI are biased
out of view.
TM 11-1520-237-23
LEFT RELAY
PANEL
COPILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
PILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
PILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
PILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
HORIZONTAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
HSI / VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
AA1338
SA
Figure 9-1.
HSI / VSI Mode Select Location Diagram
9-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
CPLT
MODE SEL
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
2
AMP
1 TO SHEET 3
28 VDC
28 VDC

PILOT
MODE SELECT
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
2
AMP
28 VDC
VSI CPLT
2
AMP
PILOT
MODE SELECT
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS
VSI PLT
2
AMP
AC
ESNTL
BUS
28 VDC
CMPTR
NO. 2
AC PRI
BUS
2
AMP
115 VAC
B
2
AMP
HSI PLT / CPLT

2
AMP
115 VAC
B
VSI CPLT

2
AMP
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 2)
B3
FM HOMING SIGNALS
B2
VSI PLT
FM / NAV FLAG
B1
2
AMP
AC
ESNTL
BUS
116 VAC
B

RELAY
HSI PLT / CPLT
28 VDC
2
AMP
NO. 1 VHF / FM
RADIO
SET

(SEE DETAIL A)
FM HOMING ON
NOTES
1. CUE COMMANDS TO VSI:
CYCLIC ROLL COMMAND TO
VERTICAL BAR
CYCLIC PITCH COMMAND TO
HORIZONTAL BAR
COLLECTIVE COMMAND TO LEFT
SIDE VERTICAL POINTER
2.
DOPPLER
NAVIGATION
SET
DOPPLER POWER ON
DIGITAL DATA
115 VAC
115 VAC
RADAR
ALTIMETER
SET
LOW WARNING
SIGNAL (DH LT)
115 VAC
27146030
2 TO SHEET 5
3 TO SHEET 4
4 TO SHEET 5
5 TO SHEET 6
AA0320_1
SA
Figure 9-2.
9-8
HSI / VSI Mode Select Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 6)
DOPPLER
POWER ON
Figure 9-2.
COPILOTS GYRO
PITCH SIGNALS
COPILOTS GYRO
ROLL SIGNALS
PILOTS TURN
RATE SIGNAL
COPILOTS TURN
RATE SIGNAL
COPILOTS GYRO FAIL
PILOTS GYRO
PITCH SIGNAL
PILOTS GYRO
ROLL SIGNALS
PILOTS GYRO FAIL
ADF BEARING
VOR / ILS ENERGIZE
28 VDC
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION
TO / FROM
VOR / LOC FLAG
VOR / LOC DEVIATION
VOR BEARING
FM HOMING SIGNALS
FM / NAV FLAG
SELECTED
COURSE
TM 11-1520-237-23
RATEOFTURN
INDICATING
UNIT
6
7
ATTITUDE
INDICATING
SET
8
9
10
11
12
13
LF /ADF
SET
14
CIVIL
NAVIGATION
SET
MKR BCN
LT TEST
MODE
SELECT
26
COURSE /
HEADING
SELECT
27
TO
SHEET
3
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 TO SHEET 4
24
25
TO
SHEET
3
DH LT
TEST
28
29
30
AA0320_2
SA
HSI / VSI Mode Select Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
9-9
9-10
MODE SELECT
27
COURSE / HEADING
SELECT
28
29
FM HOMING ON
30
LOW WARNING SIGNAL (DH LT)
Figure 9-2.
DH LT
TEST
26
24
25

COPILOTS TURN RATE SIGNAL
PILOTS TURN RATE SIGNAL
28 VDC
COPILOTS GYRO ROLL SIGNALS
COPILOTS GYRO PITCH SIGNALS
COPILOTS GYRO FAIL
PILOTS GYRO ROLL SIGNALS
PILOTS GYRO PITCH SIGNALS
PILOTS GYRO FAIL
ADF BEARING
VOR / ILS ENERGIZE
28 VDC
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
TO / FROM
VOR / LOC FLAG
VOR / LOC DEVIATION
TO
SHEET
2
VOR BEARING
TO
SHEET
2
FM HOMING SIGNALS
FM / NAV FLAG
TM 11-1520-237-23
6
7
TO SHEET 1 1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
DOPPLER POWER ON
AA0320_3
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
CAUTION /
ADVISORY
WARNING
SYSTEM
31
LAMP TEST
TO SHEET 5
BRT / DIM
CONTROL

SW LEGEND
POWER
LEFT RELAY
PANEL
SW LEGEND
POWER
32
33
TO
SHEET
6
34
B+ VOLTAGE
(HDG FLAG)
GYRO
MAGNETIC
COMPASS
SYSTEM
JUNCTION
BOX
ASSEMBLY
HDG
FLAG
35 TO SHEET 5
36 TO SHEET 6
37 TO SHEET 5
38
39
40
COMPASS HEADING
TO
SHEET
6
41
TO SHEET 2 23
42
43
MKR BCN LT TEST
44
TO
SHEET
5
SELECTED NAV FLAG
CUE COMMAND AND

CMD FLAG (SEE NOTE 1)
CMD ENABLE
SELECTED GYRO PITCH SIGNALS
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
SELECTED GYRO ROLL SIGNALS
GO AROUND LT TEST
ATTITUDE FLAG
DH LT
ADV LT POWER
MKR BCN LT TEST
115 VAC
TO SHEET 1
SELECTED TURN RATE SIGNAL
45 TO SHEET 6
PILOTS VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR (VSI)

AA0320_4
SA
Figure 9-2.
9-11
9-12
Figure 9-2.
PILOTS HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)

COMPASS HEADING

SELECTED COURSE
DEVIATION
TO / FROM
DECODED NAV SYSTEM
COURSE DEVIATION
NAV SYSTEM
RANGE SHUTTER
VOR / ADF BEARING
DECODED NAV
SYSTEM FLAG
PILOTS HSI/VSI
MODE SELECT
PANEL
DIGITAL DATA
COPILOTS SELECTED
HEADING
COPILOTS SELECTED
COURSE
HDG FLAG
TO SHEET 4 31
115 VAC
DECODED NAV
SYSTEM REL BRG
DIGITAL DATA
HDG FLAG
COMPASS HEADING
SELECTED COURSE
DEVIATION
SELECTED NAV FLAG
DECODED NAV
SYSTEM FLAG
PILOTS SELECTED COURSE
DECODED NAV SYSTEM

COURSE DEVIATION
PILOTS SELECTED HEADING
TO
SHEET
4
NAV SYSTEM
RANGE SHUTTER
TO
SHEET
1
TO / FROM
TO
SHEET
4
VOR / ADF BEARING
115 VAC
TM 11-1520-237-23
LAMP TEST
SELECTED COURSE
SELECTED MODE
SELECTED HEADING
COPILOTS HSI/VSI
MODE SELECT PANEL
35
37
4
2
44
43
COPILOTS HORIZONTAL SITUATION

INDICATOR (HSI)
AA0320_5
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
SELECTED MODE
SELECTED COURSE
SELECTED HEADING
32
TO
SHEET
4
SW LEGEND
POWER
33
GO AROUND LT
34
SELECTED GYRO
ROLL SIGNALS
36
SELECTED GYRO
PITCH SIGNALS
38
39
40
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
(CIS)

COMMAND ENABLE
LOW WARNING
SIGNAL (DH LT)
41
DIGITAL DATA
TO SHEET 4 42
SELECTED COURSE
DEVIATION
SELECTED NAV FLAG
CUE COMMANDS AND
DECODED NAV SYSTEM
REL BRG
TO SHEET 4 45
ATTITUDE FLAG
SELECTED GYRO
PITCH SIGNALS
GLIDE SLOPE FLAG
SELECTED TURN
RATE SIGNAL
GLIDE SLOPE
DEVIATION
SELECTED GYRO
ROLL SIGNALS
GO AROUND LT TEST
ADV LT POWER
CMD ENABLE
115 VAC
DH LT
CUE COMMANDS AND

MKR BCN LT TEST
TO SHEET 1
SELECTED
NAV FLAG
SELECTED
COURSE
DEVIATION
COPILOTS VERTICAL SITUATION INDICATOR (VSI)
AA0320_6
SA
Figure 9-2.
9-13/(0-14 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
Refer to Chapter 8, Section II.
9-15/(0-16 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
Refer to Chapter 8, Section III.
9-17/(0-18 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 10
RADAR
ALTIMETER
(AN/APN-209)
SET
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
10-3
II
Troubleshooting
10-11
III
10-19
Change 2
10-1/(10-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
10.1
10-4
10.2
10-4
Change 2
10-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.1.
EQUIPMENT
DATA.
DESCRIPTION
AND
The Radar Altimeter (AN/APN-209) Set is a highresolution pulse radar, terrain-tracking Set that gives
the pilot and copilot a constant visual display of the
helicopters height in feet, with respect to the immediate terrain. The Set contains a low altitude indicator
lamp which lights when the helicopter descends below
a preset altitude, and a high altitude indicator lamp
which lights when the helicopter rises above a preset
height. The Set consists of: a copilots receivertransmitter height indicator (copilots indicator) and a
pilots remote height indicator (pilots indicator), both
on the instrument panel; and a transmit antenna and
receive antenna, on the underside of the nose section.
The Set functionally interfaces with both Vertical
Situation Indicators (VSIs) and Command Instrument
Set (CIS) to give a visual signal on the VSI of predetermined operating conditions.
10.2.
Electrical power of 28 vdc is supplied by the NO. 1

DC PRI BUS through the RDR ALTM circuit breaker
(on copilots circuit breaker panel) to both the copilots and pilots indicators.
Panel lighting for the pilots indicator is controlled by
the INSTR LT PILOT FLT control (on upper console).
The electrical power for lighting both indicator digital
displays and warning lights is supplied either directly
10-4
Change 2
by the NO. 1 DC PRI BUS through the LIGHTS

ADVSY circuit breaker (on copilots circuit breaker
panel) or by the pilot and copilot RAD ALT DIMMING controls (on instrument panel).
Normal Operation. The ON/OFF/LOW altitude bug set knob, on the lower left corner of each
indicator, functions as the Set on/off switch and as the
low altitude bug set. Turning this control clockwise
from OFF completes the Set power circuit. Continuing to turn the control clockwise sets the low altitude
bug. The HI/SET/PUSH TO TEST altitude set control
at the lower right corner of the indicator permits setting of the high altitude bug. Depressing this control
places the Set in the self-test mode. Both bug controls
are adjustable over the entire altitude range.
With operating power supplied, the Set operates continuously. The transmitter portion generates a steady
train of short pulses which are radiated from the transmit antenna. Reflections of the transmitted pulses are
sent by the receive antenna and applied to the receiver
circuits for amplification and processing. The processed output of the receiver is an analog and digital
altitude signal that is proportional to the height from
the nearest terrain. The pilots indicator and copilots
indicator portion of the receiver-transmitter convert
the dc analog signal to a direct dial pointer readout of
the altitude. The digital signal is decoded and displayed on a four-digit numeric readout of the altitude.
TM 11-1520-237-23
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
COPILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
PILOTS
HEIGHT
INDICATOR
PILOTS
DIMMING
CONTROL
TRANSMIT
ANTENNA
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
A
RECEIVE
ANTENNA
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P14R / J14R
P318RA / J1A
P111 / J111
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH,

STA 197
P318RB / J1B
CIS PROCESSOR
P674R / J2
COPILOTS
RECEIVERTRANSMITTER
HEIGHT INDICATOR
P675R / J1
COPILOTS
RECEIVERTRANSMITTER
HEIGHT INDICATOR
P112 / J112
P113 / J113
CIS PROCESSOR
P114 / J114
P115 / J115
P118 / J118
CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL
P676R / J676R
PILOTS HEIGHT
INDICATOR
P249 / J249
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 LH
P677R / J3
COPILOTS
RECEIVERTRANSMITTER
HEIGHT INDICATOR
P300R / J300R

SELECT PANEL
P678R / J678R
COCKPIT, BL 3.5 RH,

STA 197
P301R / J301R
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
P680R / J4
P304R / J304R
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
COPILOTS
RECEIVERTRANSMITTER
HEIGHT INDICATOR
P681R/ J681R
P317R / J317R

SELECT PANEL
P682R
TRANSMIT ANTENNA
P697R
RECEIVE ANTENNA
P902 / J902
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P914 / J914
COCKPIT, BL 24 LH,
STA 247
AA1481_1A
SA
Figure 10-1.
(10-5 Blank)/10-6
Radar Altimeter (AN/APN-209) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)

Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
ZERO ADJUST (ANALOG)
ZERO ADJUST (DIGITAL)
COPILOTS RECEIVERTRANSMITTER
HEIGHT INDICATOR
AA1481_2
SA
Figure 10-1.
Radar Altimeter (AN/APN-209) Set Location Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
10-7
TM 11-1520-237-23
28 VDC
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
RDR ALTM
2
AMP
28 VDC

PANEL
COPILOTS RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER
HEIGHT INDICATOR
LOW WARNING SIGNAL
AUX. ANALOG
ALTITUDE SIGNAL
RELIABILITY SIGNAL
3
28 VDC
28 VDC
POWER CONTROL
PUSHTOTEST
SELF TEST SIGNAL
DIGITAL ALTITUDE SIGNAL
ANALOG ALTITUDE SIGNAL
TRANSMIT
ANTENNA
9
RECEIVE
ANTENNA
TRANSMIT
RF
RECEIVE
RF
AA0315_1A
SA
Figure 10-2.
10-8
Change 2
Radar Altimeter (AN/APN-209) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
LOW WARNING SIGNAL
AUX. ANALOG ALTITUDE SIGNAL

COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
RELIABILITY SIGNAL
2
3
4
5
LOW WARNING SIGNAL
DH LT
PILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
DH LT
COPILOTS
VERTICAL
SITUATION
INDICATOR
7
8
9
PILOTS HEIGHT
INDICATOR
AA0315_2A
SA
Figure 10-2.
Radar Altimeter (AN/APN-209) Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
10-9/(10-10 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
10.3
TITLE
PAGE
10-12
Change 2
10-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.3.
Operational Check
INITIAL SETUP
23
Test Equipment

Operational
NOTE

References
Appendix B
RESULT:
OPERATIONAL CHECK
1.

).
2.
3.
Adjust RAD ALT DIMMING controls (both

height indicators) fully clockwise.
23
RESULT: Both height indicators shall illuminate to

full brightness.
After 2 minutes maximum, OFF flags

(both indicators) shall go out of view.
b.
LO warning light (both indicators) go on.
c.
Height pointers (both indicators) indicate

between 0 6 3 feet.
d.
Digital displays indicate between 0 and 3

feet.

Table 10-1.
If result is not as specified, troubleshoot Instrument Panel and Consoles

Indicator Lights Dimming ( 23 ).
4.
a.
If result b. or c. is not as specified,

replace indicator as required (Para
10.4. or Para 10.6.).
Adjust LO/SET/OFF knob (pilots indicator) from

OFF to 100 feet altitude index.

Table 10-2.
NOTE
6.
It is possible for the digital displays to
indicate a 9-09, which should be interpreted as 0.
5.
Adjust HI/SET/PUSH TO TEST knob (pilots

indicator) to 800 feet altitude index.
10-12
Change 2
Push and hold HI/SET/PUSH TO TEST knob

(pilots indicator).
RESULT:
a.
Height pointer (both indicators) indicates

between 825 to 1,175 feet.
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.3.

b.
Digital display (both indicators) returns

to between -0, 0 and 3 feet.
HI warning light (both indicators) goes

on.
c.
LO warning light (both indicators) goes

on.
LO warning light (both indicators) goes

off.
d.
HI warning light (both indicators) goes

off.
b.
Digital display (both indicators) indicates

between 900 to 1,100 feet.
c.
d.
If both indicators do not respond to

push-to-test, replace copilots indicator
(Para 10.4.).

indicator as required (Para 10.4. or
Para 10.6.).
If only the pilots indicator does not

respond, go to Table 10-3.
If either HI warning light does not go
on, replace indicator as required (Para
10.4. or Para 10.6.).
7.
8.
Adjust LO/SET/OFF knob (pilots indicator) to

OFF.
9.
Adjust RAD ALT Dimming control (both indicators) fully counterclockwise.
10.

helicopter ( 23 ).
Release HI/SET/PUSH TO TEST knob.
RESULT:
a.
Height pointer (both indicators) returns to

between 0 6 3 feet.
Table 10-1.
OFF Flags Remain in View on Both Indicators.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check pin filtered connector (P675R copilots indicator) (Para 10.7.).
Step 1. If pin filtered connector is good, go to 2.
Step 2. If pin filtered connector is not good, replace pin filtered connector (Para 10.7.).
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace copilots indicator (Para 10.4.).
3. Check for 28 vdc between P675R-9 and gnd.
Change 2
10-13
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.3.

Table 10-1.
OFF Flags Remain in View on Both Indicators. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P675R-5 and gnd
( 23 ).
4. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 (RDR ALTM circuit breaker) and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 and P675R-9
( 23 ).
Table 10-2.
Both Indicators Do Not Indicate a Known Altitude.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do zero adjust procedure (Para 10.4.). Go to 2.
2. Check that rf antenna cables and connections are in good condition and tight.
Step 1. If rf antenna cables and connections are in good condition and are tight, replace
copilots indicator (Para 10.4.).
Step 2. If rf antenna cables and connections are not in good condition or loose,
repair/replace antenna cables as required ( 23 ).
3. If trouble remains, replace antenna as required (Para 10.5.).
Table 10-3.
Pilots Indicator Does Not Respond to PUSH TO TEST.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P674R-8 and P676R-16
P674R-13 and P676R-21
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace pilots indicator (Para 10.6.).
10-14
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.3.
RDR ALTM
J249 P249
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
2
2 AMP 1
CB104
P111 J111
d
CIS PROCESSOR
28 VDC

ANTENNA
J3 P677R
LH SIDE
P697R
J678R P678R
RCVR ANT
J1A
58
64
63
PFA
P318RA
20
P14R
MM KK
11
RH SIDE
P682R
J681R P681R
J4 P680R
J1B
PFA
P318RB
XMTR ANT
J14R
J1 P675R
12
RELIABILITY SIGNAL
LOW WARNING OUTPUT
28 VDC POWER IN
DIGITAL DISP & WARN LTS DIM
POWER GROUND
1
SG300R8
SGF332
SGR6751
GG338
J2 P674R
11
SIGNAL GROUND
SGR6742
GG333
SGR6741
SGR6752
RMT ANALOG ALT SIG

RMT DIGITAL ALT SIG
12
RMT DIGITAL ALT RTN
10
SGR3179
P
P
4
RMT DIGITAL ENABLE GATE
RMT DIGITAL ENABLE GATE RTN
RELIABILITY SIGNAL
POWER CONTROL
AUX ANALOG ALT SIG
SELF TEST CONF SIG
13
PUSH TO TEST
4
SGR6761
POWER CONTROL
RELIABILITY SIGNAL
RMT DIGITAL ENABLE

GATE RTN
RMT DIGITAL ENABLE
GATE IN
20
19
6
DIGITAL DISP & WARN
LTS DIM
AUX ANALOG ALT SIG IN
11
LOW WARNING OUTPUT
10
RMT ANALOG ALT SIG IN
SIGNAL GROUND
28 VDC POWER IN
15
RMT DIGITAL ALT SIG IN
21
RMT DIGITAL ALT RTN
16
SELF TEST CONFG SIG IN
P676R
PUSH TO TEST
GG334
COPILOTS
RECEIVERTRANSMITTER
HEIGHT INDICATOR
18
NOTE
P301Rm SHOWS TYPICAL
PIN FILTERED ADAPTER CON
FIGURATION.
PILOTS HEIGHT INDICATOR
(10-15 Blank)/10-16
Radar Altimeter (AN/APN-209) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)

Change 2
POWER GROUND
GG337
Figure 10-3.
J676R
AB1615_1
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
PFA
P300R
DH LT RTN
J317R
33
77
PFA
P317R
25
(SEE DETAIL A)
ADV LT PWR
PFA
P301R
PILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
DH LT
J300R
DH DISCRETE
ANN AND SW
LEGEND PWR
DH LT RTN
J301R
PILOTS HSI/VSI
MODE SELECT PANEL
ANN AND SW
LEGEND PWR
COPILOTS HSI/VSI
MODE SELECT PANEL
DH LT
ADV LT PWR
COPILOTS VERTICAL
SITUATION INDICATOR
DH DISCRETE
10.3.
J304R
25
77
PFA
P304R
33
SGP3002
SGP1332
SGP3001
J112
P112
P114
SGP1121
J118
PFA
J114
P118
P115 J115
DIMMING
LOGIC
J914 P914
P111 J111
SG9027
SGJ9141
SG9026
SGP1331
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL
3
P902 J902
h
q
J113 P113
PILOTS
RAD ALT DIMMING

SGH334
3
P301R
PFA
J301R
R5
COPILOTS
RAD ALT DIMMING
SGF334
3
1
2
R4
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
Figure 10-3.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
LEFT RELAY
PANEL
AB1615_2
SA
Radar Altimeter (AN/APN-209) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 2
10-17/(10-18 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
10.4
Copilots Indicator
10-20
10.5
Antennas
10-24
10.6
Pilots Indicator
10-26
10.7
Pin Filtered Connector
10-28
Change 2
10-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.4.
Copilots Indicator
a. Remove
c. Zero Adjust
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
Appendix B
Appendix B
Appendix C
Para 10.3
23
Materials/Parts
CAUTION

Pulling on lighted bezel assembly may
when removing assembly from instrument panel to make sure unit is not damaged.

References
b.2.
b.3.

( 23 ).
b.4.
Connect electrical connectors: P674R to J2 and

P675R to J1.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws.
a.2.
Carefully lift lighted bezel assembly from indicator until electrical connector can be disconnected.
a.3.
Disconnect electrical connector from lighted

bezel assembly.
b.5.
Connect coaxial connectors: P677R to J3 and

P680R to J4.
a.4.
Carefully pull indicator from instrument panel

until electrical and coaxial connectors can be
disconnected.
b.6.
Do ZERO ADJUST.
b.7.
Carefully position indicator into instrument

panel.
b.8.
Connect electrical connector P192 to lighted

bezel assembly.
b.9.
Carefully position bezel assembly on indicator

a.5.
Disconnect electrical and coaxial connectors.
INSTALL
b.1.

10-20
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.4.
b.10.
Copilots Indicator (cont.)

Measure resistance between indicator and
instrument panel.

b.12.

b.2., b.4., b.6., b.7., b.8., b.9., and b.10.
b.13. Do paragraph 10.3.

ZERO ADJUST
c.1. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in,
except those noted as being pulled for maintenance.
c.2. Apply electrical power ( 23 ).
c.3. Allow 5 minutes warm-up time.
NOTE
It is possible for the digital display to
indicate a 9-09, which should be interpreted as 0.
c.4. Adjust digital zero on right side of indicator
until digital display indicates between 0 and 3
feet.
c.5. If not removed, do steps a.1., a.2., and a.4.
c.6. Adjust analog zero on right side of indicator
until altitude indicates 0 6 3 feet.
c.7. Adjust digital zero on right side of indicator
until digital display indicates 0 + 3/ 0 feet.
c.8. Do step b.6. through b.13.
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P677R
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P192
LIGHTED
BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P675R
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P674R
B
(SEE NOTE)
SCREW
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
P680R
A
(SEE NOTE)
RADAR ALTIMETER
RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
AA1870B
SA
Figure 10-4.
Copilots Indicator
Change 2
10-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.4.
Copilots Indicator (cont.)
ALTITUDE
POINTER
DIGITAL FEET
DISPLAY
ZERO ADJUST
(ANALOG)
ZERO ADJUST
(DIGITAL)
AA1485
SA
Figure 10-5.
10-22
Change 2
Zero Adjust
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.5.
Antennas
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Appendix B
Appendix C

Para 10.3
Nonmetallic Scraper

Materials/Parts
CAUTION

To prevent damage to equipment, do not
apply power to the Radar Altimeter Set
when antennas are not installed.
Gasket, 70600-01033-101
NOTE
Replacement of left (receiving) and right
(transmitting) antennas is the same.
References
b.2.
REMOVE
NOTE
a.1.
Remove
antenna.
sealing
compound
from
around
Replace gasket if damaged.
a.2.
Remove screws.
b.3.
Connect coaxial connector P682R (right) or

P697R (left) to antenna.
a.3.
Carefully lower antenna until coaxial connector

can be disconnected.
b.4.
Carefully place gasket and antenna on airframe

a.4.
Disconnect coaxial connector.
a.5.
Remove gasket.
NOTE
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean surface of antenna and airframe mounting surfaces with cheesecloth dampened with
(10-23 Blank)/10-24
Change 2
b.5.

it meets the airframe, screw heads and any
unused mounting holes.
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.5.
b.6.
Antennas (cont.)
Do paragraph 10.3.
COAXIAL CONNECTOR
P682R RIGHT SIDE
P697R LEFT SIDE
GASKET
ANTENNA
SCREW
AA1486A
SA
Figure 10-6.
Antennas
Change 2
10-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.6.
Pilots Indicator
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
Appendix B
b. Install
Appendix B
Appendix C
Para 10.3
23
Materials/Parts
CAUTION

Pulling on lighted bezel assembly may
when removing assembly from instrument panel to ensure unit is not damaged.

References
b.2.
b.3.

( 23 ).
b.4.
Connect electrical connector P676R to J1.
b.5.
Carefully position indicator into instrument

panel.
b.6.
Connect electrical connector P182 to lighted

bezel assembly.
b.7.
Carefully position lighted bezel assembly on

indicator and fasten with screws.
b.8.
Measure resistance between indicator and

instrument panel.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws.
a.2.
Carefully lift lighted bezel assembly from indicator until electrical connector can be disconnected.
a.3.
a.4.
a.5.
Disconnect electrical connector from lighted

bezel assembly.
Carefully pull indicator from instrument panel
until electrical connector can be disconnected.
INSTALL
b.1.

10-26
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.6.
b.10.
Pilots Indicator (cont.)

b.2., and b.4. through b.8.
b.11.
HEIGHT
INDICATOR
Do paragraph 10.3.
A
(SEE NOTE)
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P182
LIGHTED
BEZEL
ASSEMBLY
B
(SEE NOTE)
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P676R
SCREW
NOTE
POINTS
RESISTANCE SHALL BE
FROM TO
A
AA1871A
SA
Figure 10-7.
Pilots Indicator
Change 2
10-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
10.7.
Pin Filtered Connector
Check
References
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Para 10.3
3.

pin filtered connector.
4.

shall be indicated.
5.
If continuity is not as specified, replace pin filtered connector.
6.
Do paragraph10.3.
CHECK
1.
Check continuity of each pin of the pin filtered

connector to every other pin in the pin filtered
connector.
2.
If continuity is present, replace pin filtered connector.

NOTE
may indicate an initial low indication
10-28
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
CHAPTER 11
HEADS UP DISPLAY
(AN/AVS-7) SET
CHAPTER OVERVIEW
SECTION
TITLE
PAGE
11-3
II
Troubleshooting
11-15
III
11-67
Change 2
11-1/(11-2 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION I.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
11.1
11-4
11.2
11-4
11.2.1
IDS
11-4
11.2.2
Caution/Advisory Warning
11-4
11.2.3
Cargo Hook
11-4
11.2.4
Civil Navigation
11-4
11.2.5
Automatic Flight Control
11-4
11.2.6
Copilots Attitude Set
11-5
11.2.7
CIS
11-5
11.2.8
CLTV Sticks
11-5
11.2.9
Controls and Functions
11-5
Change 2
11-3
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.1.
EQUIPMENT
DATA.
DESCRIPTION
AND
The Heads Up Display (AN/AVS-7) Set provides the

pilot and copilot a means to monitor essential operation of the helicopter without checking the cockpit,
allowing them to keep sight of outside flight conditions. The Set consists of: signal data converter (SDC)
and two thermocouple amplifiers, all located in the
nose compartment; converter control unit (CCU)
located on the lower console; two display units (DU)
(consisting of an optical unit (OU) and a power supply calibration unit (PSCU)) mounted on the helmets
of the pilots. The DUs are part of the pilots flight
equipment, with one DU for the pilot (P-DU), and one
DU for the copilot (CP-DU). The Set interfaces with:
Attitude Indicating Unit (copilots); Automatic Flight
Control Set (AFCS); Cargo Hook System; Caution/
Advisory Warning System; Civil Navigation Set; Collective (CLTV) Stick Grips (pilots and copilots);
Command
Instrument
Set
(CIS);
Doppler/Global Postioning Set Navigation
128B
or W/O 128B Doppler Navigation Set
;
Set
Fire Detection System; Instrument Display System
(IDS); and Radar Altimeter Set.
11.2.
Electrical power of 26 vac is supplied

6723SUBQ
by the AC ESNTL BUS (pilots circuit breaker panel)
through the NO. 1 AC PRI BUS (copilots circuit
breaker panel). From the NO. 1 AC PRI BUS, 26 vac
is routed through the HUD REF circuit breaker (copilots circuit breaker panel) to the SDC.
Electrical power of 26 vac is provided by
the AC ESNTL BUS and routed through the STAB
IND circuit breaker (pilots circuit breaker panel) to
the NO. 1 AC PRI BUS (copilots circuit breaker
panel). From the NO. 1 AC PRI BUS, 26 vac is routed
through the HUD REF circuit breaker (copilots circuit breaker panel) to the SDC.
HUD
Electrical power of 28 vdc is provided by the NO. 1

DC PRI BUS and routed through the HUD SYS circuit breaker (copilots circuit breaker panel) to the
SDC and No.1 and No. 2 thermocouple amplifiers.
The SDC supplies power of 15 and 85 vdc to the
P-DU and the CP-DU. The SDC also supplies -11 and
11 vdc to the CCU.
11-4
Change 2
11.2.1. IDS. No. 1 engine turbine gas temperature

(TGT) signal from the No.1 IDS signal data converter
(IDS/SDC) is routed through the No. 1 thermocouple
amplifier to the SDC. The SDC provides a signal to
display the information on both the P-DU and the
CP-DU.
No. 2 engine turbine gas temperature (TGT) signal
from the No. 2 IDS/SDC is routed through the No. 2
thermocouple amplifier to the SDC. The SDC provides a signal to display the information on both the
P-DU and the CP-DU.
No. 1 engine torque, No. 2 engine torque, No. 1
engine out, and low rotor speed signals from the No. 1
IDS/SDC is sent to the SDC. The SDC provides a
signal to display the information on both the P-DU
and the CP-DU.
No. 2 engine out signal from the No. 2 IDS/SDC is
sent to the SDC. The SDC provides a signal to display
the information on both the P-DU and the CP-DU.
11.2.2. Caution/Advisory Warning. Engine
Fire Warning signal is routed from the fire detection
system through the left relay panel to the SDC. The
SDC provides a signal to display the information on
both the P-DU and the CP-DU.
Master caution signal from the caution/advisory panel
is sent to the SDC. The SDC provides a signal to
CP-DU.
11.2.3. Cargo Hook. Cargo hook signal from the
cargo hook is sent to the SDC. The SDC provides a
signal to display the information on both the P-DU
and the CP-DU.
11.2.4. Civil Navigation. Heading signals from
the civil navigation set are sent to the SDC. The SDC
provides a signal to display the information on both
the P-DU and the CP-DU.
11.2.5. Automatic Flight Control. Airspeed and
lateral accelerometer (trim) signals from the AFCS
are sent to the SDC. The SDC provides a signal to
CP-DU.
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.2.6. Copilots Attitude Set. Pitch, roll and
vertical gyro valid signals from the copilots attitude
indicating unit are sent to the SDC. The SDC provides
a signal to display the information on both the P-DU
and the CP-DU.
11.2.7. CIS. Barometric altitude, radar altitude,
altitude rate (vertical speed), low (radar) altitude
warning, and Doppler navigation signals from the CIS
are sent to the SDC. The SDC provides a signal to
CP-DU.
11.2.8. CLTV Sticks. The pilots and copilots
CLTV sticks provide control signals for lighting
(bright/dim), declutter, and mode selection.
11.2.9. Controls and Functions. The CCU,
located on the lower console, and the control switches
on the pilots and copilots CLTV sticks are the controls and indicators used for HUD operation. The L/R
EYE SELECT switch on PSCU is placed to L or R
when DUs are connected prior to operation. A focus
ring on the OU provides control for focusing the display.
CONTROL/
INDICATOR
FUNCTION
ON
Indicates set ON.
ADJ/ON/OFF
Selects adjust mode,

enabling the INC/
DEC switch to
adjust altitude, pitch,
or roll. Turns power
on or off.
P-PGM/OP/
CP-PGM
Selects pilot program

mode, operational
mode, or copilot
program mode. Used
with the PGM NXT/
SEL switch.
BIT/ACK
Selects built-in-test
or used to acknowledge a displayed
fault, completion of
an adjustment, or
completion of a programming sequence.
ALT/P/R
DEC/INC
Active when adjust

mode is selected to
decrease/increase
altitude/pitch/roll.
When adjusting altitude (MSL) a
momentary movement of the INC/
DEC switch will
change data in 5-foot
increments. When
the INC/DEC switch
is held for one second, data will
change in 10-foot
increments. Pitch
and roll change in
increments of one
degree.
The CCU controls are:

CONTROL/
INDICATOR
FUNCTION
PLT/CPLT:
BRT/DIM
Controls display
brightness.
DSPL POS
D/U-L/R
Controls display
position down/up
(outer knob) and
left/right (inner
knob).
MODE 1-4/
DCLT
Selects modes 1-4

and declutter.
FAIL
Indicates a set failure.
Change 2
11-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
CONTROL/
INDICATOR
FUNCTION
PGM NXT/SEL
Active when program mode is

selected. Allows
operator to preprogram the four normal modes and four
declutter modes.
Operator can select a
flashing symbol for
display and/or go to
the next symbol.
Once complete,
operator toggles the
ACK switch to save
programmed display.
11-6
Change 2
Pilots and Copilots CLTV stick controls are:

CONTROL
FUNCTION
BRT/DIM
Allows pilot or copilot to control brightness of their respective displays.
MODE/DCLT
Allows pilot or copilot to select respective display or

declutter modes.
TM 11-1520-237-23
(SEE NOTE 5)
PILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
COPILOTS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
(SEE NOTE 4)
LOWER
CONSOLE
NOTES
1.
6723SUBQ
2.
HUD
3. REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT BY PILOT

AND COPILOT.
4.
W/O HF
5.
HF
6.
SAS/FPS
OR
AFCC .
AA9220_1D
SA
Figure 11-1.
(11-7 Blank)/11-8
Heads Up Display Set Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
BRT
D/U
DIM
L/R
FAIL
ON
DSPL POS
DIM
MODE
14
BIT
ALT / P / R
ACK
ON
SEL
PGM
ADJ
14
INC
DEC
NXT
OP
DCLT
L/R
PLT
+
MODE
CPPGM
BRT
DSPL POS
CPLT
PPGM
D/U
DCLT
OFF
CONVERTER CONTROL UNIT

A
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
P10R / J10R
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
RH SEATWELL, WL 203,
BL10 RH, STA 237
(SEE NOTE 2)
P11R / J11R
NOSE COMPARTMENT
(SEE NOTE 2)
P14R / J14R

(SEE NOTE 2)
P17R / J17R
LH SEATWELL, WL 203,
BL 10 LH, STA 237
(SEE NOTE 2)
P103 / J103
COPILOTS COLLECTIVE
STICK ASSEMBLY
P104 / J104
PILOTS COLLECTIVE STICK

ASSEMBLY
P110 / J110
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA 197
P111 / J111
COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH, STA 197

(SEE NOTE 1)
P112 / J112

(SEE NOTE 1)
P114 / J114

(SEE NOTE 2)
P118 / J118
CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL
PILOTS MASTER WARNING
PANEL
COPILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
P130 / J130
P131 / J131
P137 / J1
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY
SYSTEM NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER
P138 / J1
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY
SYSTEM NO. 2 SIGNAL
DATA CONVERTER
CIVIL NAVIGATION
RECEIVER
P149R
P193R
COPILOTS DISPLACEMENT
GYRO
P218 / J218
CARGO HOOK
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
RECEPTACLE
LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT
P223 / J223
TOP DECK, BL 3 RH, STA 242
P247 / J247
P249 / J249
BEHIND COPILOTS
BL 23 LH
P302R / J302R
COPILOTS HSI (SEE NOTE 2)
P305R / J305R
PILOTS HSI (SEE NOTE 2)
P315R / J315R
NO. 2 AIR DATA

TRANSDUCER (SEE NOTE 2)
P318RA
CIS PROCESSOR
P318RB
CIS PROCESSOR
P419R / J419R
AIRSPEED FEEDTHROUGH
CONNECTOR
P420R / J420R
COCKPIT, BL 0, STA 191.5

(SEE NOTE 2)
P422R
COMPUTER (SEE NOTE 6)
P902 / J902
LEFT RELAY PANEL

(SEE NOTE 1)
P2000R / J1
P2001R / J2
P2002R / J3
P2003R / J1
PILOTS DISPLAY UNIT
P2004R / J1
COPILOTS DISPLAY UNIT
P2005R
CONVERTER CONTROL
UNIT
P2006R
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER NO. 1
P2007R
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER NO. 2
AA9220_2C
SA
Figure 11-1.
Heads Up Display Set Location Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 4
11-9
TM 11-1520-237-23
R
L
E
EY CT
LE
SE
POWER
SUPPLY
CALIBRATION
UNIT
OPTICAL
UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT
(SEE NOTE 3)
AA9220_3B
SA
Figure 11-1.
11-10
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
J4
J3
J5
M1
J2
J1
FAULTS
SDA
PDU
SDR
CPDU
CPM
SP
PWR SPLY
SP
LED TEST
#2
#1
THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIERS
AA9220_4A
SA
Figure 11-1.
Change 2
11-11
TM 11-1520-237-23
HUD SYS
28 VDC
5
AMP
28 VDC
28 VDC
3
4
5
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
28 VDC
HUD REF
NO. 1
AC PRI
BUS
1
AMP
26 VAC
26 VAC
6
7
8
AC
ESNTL
BUS
9
10
26 VAC

(SEE NOTE 1)
(SEE DETAIL A)
11
12
PITCH
COPILOTS ATTITUDE INDICATION UNIT
VERTICAL GYRO VALID

ROLL
13
14
LAT ACCEL (TRIM)
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SET
AIRSPEED
HDG
CIVIL NAVIGATION SET
15
CAUTION / ADVISORY WARNING SYSTEM
MASTER CAUTION
CARGO HOOK SYSTEM
HOOK SIGNAL
NOTES
1.
6723SUBQ
2.
HUD
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER
AB0837_1
SA
Figure 11-2.
11-12
Change 2
Heads Up Display Set Block Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
TM 11-1520-237-23
1
2
3
4
5
DISPLAY SIGNALS
15 VDC
85 VDC
PILOTS DISPLAY
UNIT
6
7
8
AC
ESNTL
BUS
2
AMP
26 VAC
DISPLAY SIGNALS
15 VDC
85 VDC

COPILOTS DISPLAY
UNIT
9
10
STAB IND
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 2)
BRIGHT / DIM
MODE / DCLT
COPILOTS COLLECTIVE
STICK
11
12
BRIGHT / DIM
MODE / DCLT
COPILOTS COLLECTIVE
STICK
13
14
REFERENCE SIGNALS
11 VDC
CONVERTER CONTROL
UNIT
NO. 1 TGT
NO. 1 THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER
NO. 2 TGT
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY
SYSTEM
NO. 2 THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER
NO. 1 ENGINE TGT

NO. 2 ENGINE TGT
NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ENGINE TORQUE
NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ENGINE OUT
FIRE DETECTION
SYSTEM
LOW ROTOR RPM

ENGINE FIRE
ALTITUDE (MSL)
ALTITUDE (AGL)
COMMAND INSTRUMENT
SET
ALTITUDE RATE (VERTICAL SPEED)

LOW ALT WARN
DOPPLER
AB0837_2
SA
Figure 11-2.
Heads Up Display Set Block Diagram (Sheet 2)
Change 2
11-13/(11-14 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION II.
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
11.3
TITLE
PAGE
11-16
Change 2
11-15
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
a. Setup
d. Barometric Altitude
b. Built-in-Test
e. Thermocouple
c. Symbology
f. Shutdown
INITIAL SETUP
WARNING
Test Equipment
Do not disconnect DU by pulling on the

cable connected to the PSCU. The DU
cable may separate from the PSCU during disconnect, creating an explosive
atmosphere hazard.
References
CAUTION
Appendix B
10
To prevent damage to equipment, keep

the protective caps on the OU whenever
it is not in use.
23
Operational
CAUTION
Display Unit (ANVIS Assembly (AN/AVS-6)) Connected To ANVIS Modified Helmet (5PH-4)
To prevent damage to equipment, operate the ANVIS only under darkened

conditions.
WARNING
NOTE
To prevent injury to personnel, remove

all power to HUD before connecting or
disconnecting quick-release connector
(PSCU).
For additional troubleshooting refer to

TM 11-5855-300-10 and TM 11-5855300-23&P.
NOTE
WARNING
To prevent injury to personnel, ADJ/
ON/OFF switch (CCU) must be OFF.
HUD SYS and HUD REF circuit breakers must be pulled.
11-16
Change 2

indicated ( 23 ).
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

NOTE
SETUP
a.1.
Allow one minute for display warm-up

before making any adjustments.
Pull out HUD SYS and HUD REF circuit

breakers (copilots circuit breaker panel).
a.2.
Place ADJ/ON/OFF switch (CCU) to OFF.
a.3.
Attach OU to either left or right ANVIS

monocular ( 10 ).
a.4.
Place EYE SELECT L/R switch (PSCU part of

DU) to either L or R.
Display intensity is preset to low each

time ADJ/ON/OFF switch is placed
from OFF to ON.
b.4.
Place ADJ/ON/OFF switch (CCU) to ON.
RESULT:
a.
CCU ON and FAIL lights shall go on and

BIT proceeds automatically.
b.
After 10 seconds, BIT shall complete and

CCU FAIL light shall go OFF.
NOTE
P-DU and CP-DU can be tested together
or individually.
a.5.

go to Table 11-2.
Connect PSCU to pilot and/or copilot quickrelease connector.

).
a.6.
Attach DU to helmet (
a.7.
Push in HUD SYS and HUD REF circuit breakers (copilots circuit breaker panel).
a.8.

or safety.
10

Table 11-2.
Table 11-3.
b.5.
a.9.
23
Place and hold PLT and/or CPLT BRT/DIM

switches (CCU) to BRT.
RESULT: D isplay shall appear (P-DU and/or

CP-DU).
).
11-4.
RESULT: CCU panel shall go on.

11-1.
BUILT-IN-TEST
b.1.
b.2.
Place ANVIS power pack switch (OU) to ON.
b.3.
Place P-PGM/OP/CP-PGM switch (CCU) to

OP.
b.6.

switches (CCU) to DIM.
RESULT: Display shall dim P-DU and/or CP-DU

P-DU and/or CP-DU (P-DU and/or
CP-DU).
11-5.
b.7.
Release PLT and/or CPLT BRT/DIM switches

(CCU).
Change 2
11-17
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
b.8.

NOTE

switches (CCU) to BRT until clearly visible.
In step c.2., the first mode that will

appear is 1N.
NOTE
Software version and date are stamped
on the exterior of SDC.
c.2.

P-PGM.
A 2-second delay exists upon selection,

allow 20 seconds for BIT to run.
c.3.
Check OU (pilots).
RESULT:
b.9.
Press and hold the BIT/ACK switch (CCU) to

BIT for more than two seconds.
a.
PROG annunciator and attitude reference

symbols shall flash.
b.
A complete set of symbology shall be

displayed (Figure 11-3).
c.
PGM shall be displayed in the HUD FAIL

message location for the DU not being
programmed.
RESULT:
a.
b.
The P-DU shall display a symbol generator test mode, showing master symbols,
software version, date and type aircraft
(Figure 11-3.).
The CP-DU shall display a symbol generator test mode, showing master symbols, software version, date and type aircraft (Figure 11-3.).
If results are not as specified, troubleshoot DU (TM 11-5855-300-23&P).

NOTE

go to Table 11-6.
When programming which symbols are

to be displayed, placing the PGM SEL/
NXT (CCU) to SEL keeps the current
(flashing) selection displayed and selects
the next symbol.
If result a. is not as specified, troubleshoot P-DU (TM 11-5855-300-23&P).

If result b. is not as specified, troubleshoot CP-DU (TM 11-5855-30023&P).
b.10.
Placing the PGM SEL/NXT (CCU) to

NXT deletes the selected symbol from
the display and selects the next symbol.
Release BIT/ACK switch (CCU).

c.4.
b.11.
Make sure P-DU and CP-DU return to operating mode.
b.12.
Place PGM SEL/NXT switch (CCU) to SEL.
RESULT: Selected symbol stops flashing, next symbol shall flash.

11-7.
SYMBOLOGY
c.5.
c.1.
Do SETUP and BUILT-IN-TEST (BIT), if not

already done.
11-18
Change 2
Place PRG SEL/NXT switch (CCU) to SEL or

NXT as required until display is programmed as
desired.
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

NOTE
NOTE
All symbols have been programmed
when the PROG annunciator is the only
symbol flashing.
c.6.
At the end of mode selection, place BIT/ACK

switch (CCU) to ACK for one second.
RESULT: OK shall be displayed for two seconds.

If result is not as specified and FAIL is
displayed (DU), repeat steps c.2.
through c.6. to reprogram.
If FAIL appears again, do BUILT-INTEST (BIT).
c.7.
Place PLT MODE 1-4/DCLT switch (CCU) to

MODE 1-4.
c.8.
Repeat c.4. through c.7. for 2N through 4N.

the next symbol.
c.11.

11-7.
c.12.
NOTE
c.10.

symbol flashing.

CP-PGM.
Check OU (copilots).
RESULT:
a.
b.
c.

NXT as required until display is programmed
as desired.
NOTE
In step c.9., the first mode that will

appear is 1N.
c.9.
c.13.


PROG annunciator and attitude reference
symbols shall flash.

A complete set of symbology shall be

displayed (Figure 11-3).
PGM shall be displayed in the HUD FAIL
message location for the DU not being
programmed.
If results are not as specified, troubleshoot DU (TM 11-5855-300-23&P).

c.14.
Place CPLT MODE 1-4/DCLT switch (CCU)

to MODE 1-4.
c.15.
Repeat c.11. through c.14. for 2N through 4N.
Change 2
11-19
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

NOTE
NOTE
When in the DCLT mode, the following
symbology cannot be canceled: airspeed,
barometric altitude (MSL), attitude reference indicator (pitch and roll), angle
of pitch - scale, angle of roll - scale,
angle of roll - pointer, horizon line (pitch
and roll), and engine torque(s) (limits
and numerics).

symbol flashing.
c.19.
Declutter mode is recognized by flashing ground speed indicator in place of

attitude reference symbology.

The first DLCT mode that will appear is

1D.
c.16.

to DCLT.


c.20.

to MODE 1-4.
c.21.
Repeat steps c.16. through c.19. to program

2D through 4D.
c.22.

P-PGM.
RESULT: CPLT DCLT shall be selected.

11-8.
NOTE
the next symbol.
c.17.

11-7.
c.18.
11-20

as desired.
Change 2
NOTE
When in the DCLT mode, the following
symbology cannot be canceled: airspeed,
barometric altitude (MSL), attitude reference indicator (pitch and roll), angle
of pitch - scale, angle of roll - scale,
angle of roll - pointer, horizon line (pitch
and roll), and engine torque(s) (limits
and numerics).
Declutter mode is recognized by flashing ground speed indicator in place of
attitude reference symbology.
The first DLCT mode that will appear is
1D.
c.23.

DCLT.
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
RESULT: PLT DCLT shall be selected.

11-9.
c.28.
Repeat steps c.23. through c.27. to program

2D - 4D.
c.29.

OP.
c.30.
Place HUD control switch (pilots collective

stick assembly) to MODE and DCLT as necessary to cycle through displays.
NOTE
the next symbol.
RESULT: Programmed displays shall be shown, each

with a decluttered display.

If pilots collective HUD switch does

not cycle through modes, go to Table
11-10.
c.24.

not cycle through declutter, go to Table
11-11.

11-7.
c.25.

as desired.
c.31.
RESULT: Display shall vary in brightness and intensity according to switch position.
not vary display brightness, go to Table
11-12.
NOTE
symbol flashing.
c.26.


not dim the HUD display intensity, go
to Table 11-13.
c.32.
If pilots display does not follow L/R

control (CCU), go to Table 11-14.
If pilots display does not follow D/U

c.33.
MODE 1-4.
Adjust PLT DSPL/POS controls (CCU).
RESULT: Display shall follow controls.

c.27.
Place HUD control switch (pilots collective

stick assembly) to BRT and DIM.
Place HUD control switch (copilots collective

stick assembly) to MODE and DCLT as necessary to cycle through displays.
Change 2
11-21
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

NOTE
RESULT: Programmed displays shall be shown, each

with a decluttered display.
If copilots collective HUD switch
does not cycle through modes, go to
Table 11-16.
does not cycle through declutter, go to
Table 11-17.
c.34.
Altitude (MSL) is set first, followed by

pitch and roll.
d.5.
RESULT: Altitude shall change (decrease and

increase, respectively) in 5-foot increments.
Place HUD control switch (copilots collective

stick assembly) to BRT and DIM.
RESULT: Display shall vary in brightness and intensity according to switch position.
does not vary display brightness, go to
Table 11-18.
does not dim the HUD display intensity, go to Table 11-19.
c.35.

CCU (Para 11.4.).
d.6.
If copilots display does not follow L/R

If copilots display does not follow
D/U control (CCU), go to Table 11-21.
c.36.
Hold the DEC/INC switch (CCU) to DEC for

two seconds, and then to INC for two seconds
as required.
RESULT: Altitude shall change (decrease and

increase, respectively) in 10-foot increments.
CCU (Para 11.4.).
Adjust CPLT DSPL/POS controls (CCU).
RESULT: Display shall follow controls.
Momentarily place the DEC/INC switch (CCU)

to DEC and then to INC.
d.7.
Place BIT/ACK switch (CCU) to ACK.
d.8.
Momentarily place the DEC/INC switch (CCU)

to DEC and then to INC.
RESULT: Pitch scale and horizon shall change (up

and down, respectively) in 1 increments.
CCU (Para 11.4.).
BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE
d.9.
d.1.
Do SETUP, BUILT-IN-TEST (BIT), and SYMBOLOGY, if not already done.
d.10.
d.2.
Make sure P-PGM/OP/CP-PGM switch (CCU)

is in the OP position.
RESULT: Pitch scale and horizon shall change (tilt

clockwise and counterclockwise, respectively) in 1 increments.
d.3.
Place ADJ/ON/OFF switch (CCU) to ADJ.
d.4.
Make sure ADJ is blinking on the display.
11-22
Change 2
Place BIT/ACK switch (CCU) to ACK.

Momentarily place the DEC/INC switch
(CCU) to DEC and then to INC.

CCU (Para 11.4.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
d.11.
Place ADJ/ON/OFF switch (CCU) to ON.
e.5.
With qualified personnel at controls, run up No.

2 engine ( 10 ).
e.6.
Observe both IDS CDU TGT temperature indicator and HUD engine temperature symbology.
RESULT: ADJ display shall disappear.

CCU (Para 11.4.).
d.12.
RESULT: HUD temperature indication shall respond

with no greater than 15 difference from
CDU.
THERMOCOUPLE

11-22.
NOTE
Thermocouple amplifier input test
checks if No. 1 and No. 2 engine thermocouple amplifiers are functioning
properly.
).
e.7.
Shut down No. 2 engine (
e.8.
10
Do SETUP, BUILT-IN-TEST (BIT), SYMBOLOGY, and BAROMETRIC ALTITUDE, if

not already done.
SHUTDOWN
f.1.
Place ADJ/ON/OFF switch (CCU) to OFF.
e.2.
With qualified personnel at controls, run up No.

1 engine ( 10 ).
f.2.
Place power switches on ANVIS power packs to

OFF.
e.3.
Observe IDS central display unit (CDU) TGT

temperature indicator and HUD engine temperature symbology.
f.3.
Pull out HUD SYS and HUD REF circuit breakers (copilots circuit breaker panel).
f.4.
Turn off electrical power (
f.5.
Disconnect PSCU by taking hold of PSCU and

rotating the quick-release connector engagement
ring and pulling downward.
f.6.
Remove OU from the ANVIS monocular

( 10 ).
e.1.
RESULT: HUD temperature indication shall respond

with no greater than 15 difference from
CDU.
11-22.
e.4.
Shut down No. 1 engine (
10
).
Table 11-1.
23
).
CCU Panel Does Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Change 2
11-23
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-1.
CCU Panel Does Not Go On. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace CCU (Para 11.4.).
23
).
3. Check for 28 vdc between J2-70 (SDC) and gnd.

Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P2001R-70 and
P2005R-1 ( 23 ).
4. Check 28 vdc between P2000R-G and P2000R-E.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace SDC (Para 11.8.).
5. Check continuity between P2000R-E and gnd.
23
).
6. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 (HUD SYS circuit breaker) and gnd.
P2000R-G ( 23 ).
Table 11-2.
ON And/Or FAIL Lamps Do Not Go On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Place and hold BRT/DIM switch (CCU) to BRT.
Step 1. If lamps go on, return to BUILT-IN-TEST.
Step 2. If lamps do not go on, go to 2.
11-24
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-2.
ON And/Or FAIL Lamps Do Not Go On. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Check for burnt out lamps.

Step 1. If lamps are burnt out, replace lamps (Para 11.6.).
Step 2. If lamps are not burnt out, go to 3.
3. Are both lights off?
Step 1. If both lights are off, go to 4.
Step 2. If both lights are not off, go to 14.
P2000R-A and P2000R-F
P2000R-B and P2000R-F
5. Check for 26 vac between P2000R-C and P2000R-D.
6. Check for 26 vac between P2000R-C and P2000R-D.
7. Check continuity between P2000R-D and gnd.
23
).
8. Check for 26 vac between terminal 1 (HUD REF circuit breaker) and gnd.
P2000R-C ( 23 ).
Step 2. If trouble remains, replace SDC (Para 11.8.).
Change 2
11-25
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-2.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
9. Check for 26 vac between terminal 2 (HUD REF circuit breaker) and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, replace circuit breaker ( 23 ).
Step 2. If voltage is not as specified, go to 6723SUBQ 10. or
HUD
11.
6723SUBQ
10. Repair/replace wiring between terminal 2 (HUD REF circuit breaker) and AC
ESNTL BUS (pilots circuit breaker panel) ( 23 ).
HUD
11. Check for 26 vac between terminal 1 (STAB IND circuit breaker) and gnd.
Step 1. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 (STAB IND
circuit breaker) and terminal 2 (HUD REF circuit breaker) ( 23 ).
12. Check continuity between P2000R-F and gnd.
23
).
23
).
23
).

P2001R-11 and P2005R-5
P2001R-20 and P2005R-6
P2001R-63 and P2005R-4
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace CCU (Para 11.4.).
14. Is ON light off?
Step 1. If light is off, go to 15.
Step 2. If light is not off, go to 16.
11-26
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-2.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Table 11-3.
23
).
Fail Lamp On CCU Is On.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check SDC fault indicators for failure.
Step 1. If failure is indicated, replace failed LRU.
Step 2. If failure is not indicated, go to 2.
2. Place LED switch (SDC) to TEST and check that all indicator lamps go on.
Step 1. If indicator lamps go on, go to 3.
Step 2. If indicator lamps do not go on, replace SDC (Para 11.8.).
3. Check continuity between P2005R-4 and connector shell.
Table 11-4.
23
).
P-DU And/Or CP-DU Do Not Display Or Pilots/Copilots Brightness Control At CCU And
Collective Stick Has No Effect.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do both P-DU and CP-DU have no display?
Step 1. If DUs have no display, go to 2.
Step 2. If a DU has a display, go to 3.
Change 2
11-27
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
Table 11-4.
Collective Stick Has No Effect. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 1. If failure indicated, replace failed LRU.
Step 2. If failure not indicated, replace SDC (Para 11.8.).
3. Swap P-DU and CP-DU. Go to 4.
4. Do operational/troubleshooting procedure checking both displays.
Step 1. If symptom follows the DU, troubleshoot malfunctioning DU (TM 11-5855300-23&P).
Step 2. If symptom does not follow the DU, go to 5.
5. Does pilot DIM control (CCU) vary intensity?
Step 1. If control varies intensity, go to 6.
Step 2. If control does not vary intensity, go to 8.
P2001R-34 and
P2001R-36 and
P2001R-41 and
P2001R-42 and
P2001R-43 and
P2001R-44 and
P2001R-45 and
P2001R-47 and
P2001R-54 and
P2001R-67 and
P2001R-69 and
P2001R-77 and
P2001R-86 and
11-28
Change 2
P2004R-4
P2004R-6
P2004R-1
P2004R-14
P2004R-13
P2004R-3
P2004R-2
P2004R-12
P2004R-5
P2004R-7
P2004R-18
P2004R-8
P2004R-9
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
Table 11-4.
Collective Stick Has No Effect. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P2001R-87 and P2004R-10
P2001R-90 and P2004R-17
P2001R-91 and P2004R-16
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace SDC (Para 11.8.).
23
).
23
).
23
).

P2001R-32 and P2003R-14
P2001R-46 and P2003R-8
P2001R-53 and P2003R-4
P2001R-56 and P2003R-7
P2001R-62 and P2003R-1
P2001R-66 and P2003R-5
P2001R-75 and P2003R-2
P2001R-76 and P2003R-3
P2001R-79 and P2003R-18
P2001R-85 and P2003R-13
P2001R-88 and P2003R-12
P2001R-94 and P2003R-6
P2001R-95 and P2003R-10
P2001R-96 and P2003R-9
P2001R-98 and P2003R-17
P2001R-100 and P2003R-16
Change 2
11-29
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-5.
Pilot And/Or Copilot Display Remains At Maximum Intensity.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does pilot and copilot DIM control (CCU) have any effect?
Step 1. If DIM control works, replace SDC (Para 11.8.).
Step 2. If DIM control does not work, go to 2.
2. Does pilot DIM control (CCU) vary pilots display intensity?
Step 1. If DIM control works, go to 3.
Step 2. If DIM control does not work, go to 4.
23
).
23
).

Table 11-6.
P-DU and CP-DU Test Display Shows Incorrect Type Aircraft.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If failure is shown, replace failed LRU.
Step 2. If failure is not shown, go to 2.
2. Place LED TEST switch (SDC) to TEST and check that all indicator lamps go on.
Step 1. If lamps go on, go to 3.
Step 2. If lamps do not go on, replace SDC (Para 11.8.).
11-30
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-6.
P-DU and CP-DU Test Display Shows Incorrect Type Aircraft. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P2002R-39 and
P2002R-39 and
P2002R-39 and
P2002R-39 and
P2002R-69
P2002R-77
P2002R-78
P2002R-86

Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring, as required (
Table 11-7.
23
).
Symbol Does Not Stop Flashing.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does HUD pass BIT test?
Step 1. If HUD passes test, go to 2.
Step 2. If HUD does not pass test, replace failed LRU.
Table 11-8.
23
).
Copilot Cannot Select Declutter On CCU.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
23
).
Change 2
11-31
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-9.
Pilot Cannot Select Declutter on CCU.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Table 11-10.
23
).
Cannot Cycle Through Modes At Pilots Collective Stick.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Can mode be cycled at CCU?
Step 1. If mode can be cycled, go to 3.
Step 2. If mode cannot be cycled, go to Table 11-23.
J104-Z and P2001R-19
J104-Z and P2005R-3
J104-q and P2001R-33
J104-q and P2005R-14
11-32
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-10.
Cannot Cycle Through Modes At Pilots Collective Stick. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
23
).
5. Hold HUD switch in MODE position. Go to 6.

6. Check continuity between P104-Z and P104-q.
Step 1. If continuity is present, do operational/troubleshooting procedure (TM
11-5855-300-23&P).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace pilots collective HUD switch ( 23 ).
Table 11-11.
Cannot Cycle Through Declutter At Pilots Collective Stick.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Can pilots declutter be cycled at CCU?
Step 1. If CCU can be cycled, go to 3.
Step 2. If CCU cannot be cycled, go to Table 11-24.
3. Check continuity between J104-t and P2005R-15.
23
).
4. Hold HUD switch in DCLT position. Go to 5.

5. Check continuity between P104-Z and P104-t.
11-5855-300-23&P).
Change 2
11-33
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-12.
Pilot BRT Control On Collective Stick Does Not Vary Display Intensity.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Can pilot intensity be varied at CCU?
Step 1. If intensity can be varied, go to 3.
Step 2. If intensity cannot be varied, go to Table 11-4.
J104-s and P2001R-13
J104-s and P2005R-10
23
).
4. Hold HUD switch in BRT position. Go to 5.

5. Check continuity between P104-Z and P104-s.
11-5855-300-23&P).
Table 11-13.
Pilot DIM Control On Collective Does Not Vary Display Intensity.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Can pilot dim HUD intensity at CCU?
11-34
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-13.
Pilot DIM Control On Collective Does Not Vary Display Intensity. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 1. If intensity can be dimmed, go to 3.
Step 2. If intensity cannot be dimmed, go to Table 11-5.
3. Check continuity between J104-r and P2005R-11.
23
).
4. Hold HUD switch in DIM position. Go to 5.

5. Check continuity between P104-Z and P104-r.
11-5855-300-23&P).
Table 11-14.
Cannot Vary Pilot Display LEFT/RIGHT.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CP-DU follow LEFT/RIGHT switch when used in pilots position?
Step 1. If CP-DU follows switch, troubleshoot P-DU (TM 11-5855-300-23&P).
Step 2. If CP-DU does not follow switch, go to 2.
P2001R-65 and P2005R-26
P2001R-92 and P2005R-23
P2001R-93 and P2005R-22
23
).
3. Check for approximately 2.5 kV between (CCU) J1-22 and J1-23.

Step 1. If resistance is as specified, go to 4.
Step 2. If resistance is not as specified, replace CCU (Para 11.4.).
Change 2
11-35
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-14.
Cannot Vary Pilot Display LEFT/RIGHT. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4. Center LEFT/RIGHT switch. Go to 5.
5. Check for approximately 3.7 kV between (CCU):
J1-22 and J1-26
J1-23 and J1-26
Step 1. If resistance is as specified, replace SDC (Para 11.8.).
Table 11-15.
Cannot Vary Pilot Display UP/DOWN.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CP-DU follow UP/DOWN switch when used in pilots position?
Step 1. If CP-DU follows switch, troubleshoot P-DU (TM 11-5855-300-23&P).
Step 2. If CP-DU does not follow switch, go to 2.
4. Center UP/DOWN switch. Go to 5.
J1-22 and J1-27
J1-23 and J1-27
11-36
Change 2
23
).
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-16.
Cannot Cycle Through Modes At Copilots Collective Stick.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Can mode be cycled at CCU?
Step 1. If mode can be cycled, go to 3.
Step 2. If mode cannot be cycled, go to Table 11-25.
3. Check continuity between J103-Z and P2005R-3.
23
).

J103-q and P2001R-31
J103-q and P2005R-12
23
).
5. Hold HUD switch in MODE position. Go to 6.

6. Check continuity between P103-Z and P103-q.
11-5855-300-23&P).
Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace copilots collective HUD switch ( 23 ).
Table 11-17.
Cannot Cycle Through Declutter At Copilots Collective Stick.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Change 2
11-37
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-17.
Cannot Cycle Through Declutter At Copilots Collective Stick. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Can copilots declutter be cycled at CCU?
Step 1. If declutter can be cycled, go to 3.
Step 2. If declutter cannot be cycled, go to Table 11-26.
3. Check continuity between J103-t and P2005R-13.
23
).
4. Hold HUD switch in DCLT position. Go to 5.

5. Check continuity between P103-Z and P103-t.
11-5855-300-23&P).
Table 11-18.
Copilot BRT Control On Collective Does Not Vary Display Intensity.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Can copilot intensity be varied at CCU?
Step 1. If intensity can be varied, go to 3.
Step 2. If intensity cannot be varied, go to Table 11-4.
3. Check continuity between J103-s and P2005R-8.
11-38
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-18.
Copilot BRT Control On Collective Does Not Vary Display Intensity. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
23
).
4. Hold HUD switch in BRT position. Go to 5.

5. Check continuity between P103-Z and P103-s.
11-5855-300-23&P).
Table 11-19.
Copilot DIM Control On Collective Does Not Vary Display Intensity.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. Can copilot dim HUD intensity at CCU?
Step 1. If copilot can dim intensity, go to 3.
Step 2. If copilot cannot dim intensity, go to Table 11-5.
3. Check continuity between J103-r and P2005R-9.
23
).
4. Hold HUD switch in DIM position. Go to 5.

5. Check continuity between P103-Z and P103-r.
11-5855-300-23&P).
Change 2
11-39
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-20.
Cannot Vary Copilot Display LEFT/RIGHT.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does P-DU follow LEFT/RIGHT switch when used in copilots position?
Step 1. If P-DU follows switch, troubleshoot CP-DU (TM 11-5855-300-23&P).
Step 2. If P-DU does not follow switch, go to 2.
23
).
3. Center LEFT/RIGHT switch. Go to 4.

J1-22 and J1-24
J1-23 and J1-24
Table 11-21.
Cannot Vary Copilots Display UP/DOWN.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does P-DU follow UP/DOWN switch when used in copilots position?
Step 1. If P-DU follows switch, troubleshoot CP-DU (TM 11-5855-300-23&P).
Step 2. If P-DU does not follow switch, go to 2.
23
).

11-40
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-21.
Cannot Vary Copilots Display UP/DOWN. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4. Center UP/DOWN switch. Go to 5.
J1-22 and J1-25
J1-23 and J1-25
Table 11-22.
Unresponsive ENG TEMP Indication On HUD.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P2006R-1 and P2006R-2 (No. 1 engine)
P2007R-1 and P2007R-2 (No. 2 engine)
P2002R-65 and P2006R-4
P2002R-66 and P2006R-5
P2002R-91 and P2007R-4
P2002R-100 and P2007R-5
Step 1. If continuity is present, replace No. 1 or No. 2 thermocouple amplifier as
Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring, as required ( 23 ).
P2006R-2 and gnd
P2007R-2 and gnd
Step 1. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between ( 23 ):
P2006R-1 (No. 1 engine) and terminal 1 (HUD SYS circuit breaker)
Change 2
11-41
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

Table 11-22.
Unresponsive ENG TEMP Indication On HUD. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
P2007R-1 (No. 2 engine) and terminal 1 (HUD SYS circuit breaker)
Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace circuit breaker ( 23 ).
4. If trouble remains, troubleshoot Engine Indicating System (
Table 11-23.
23
).
Cannot Cycle Through Pilot Mode Selection At CCU Or Pilots Collective Stick HUD
Control Switch.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
J104-q and P2005R-14
P2001R-33 and P2005R-14
Table 11-24.
23
).
Cannot Cycle Through Pilot Declutter At CCU or Pilots Collective Stick HUD Control
Switch.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
J104-t and P2005R-15
P2001R-23 and P2005R-15
Table 11-25.
).
Cannot Cycle Through Copilots Mode Selection At CCU Or Copilots Collective Stick
HUD Control Switch.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
11-42
23
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
Table 11-25.
Cannot Cycle Through Copilots Mode Selection At CCU Or Copilots Collective Stick
HUD Control Switch. (Cont)
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
J103-q and P2005R-12
P2001R-31 and P2005R-12
Table 11-26.
23
).
Cannot Cycle Through Copilots Declutter At CCU Or Copilots Collective Stick HUD
Control Switch.
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
J103-t and P2005R-13
P2001R-15 and P2005R-13
23
).
Change 3
11-43
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3

3
2
5
6
29
12
28
15
26
25
21
150
12.3
736T1
710T2
27
1630B
PROG
OK
9
10
102A
71G
100
24
11
92
22
97
23
12
ATT ENG1 FIRE RPM
1D
MST
13
CPM
14
22
21
15
20
19
18
16
17
MASTER MODE DISPLAY
A
K
B
L
C
M
D
N
E
O
F
P
G
Q
H
R
03
06
12
15
21
24
30
33
1 2
3 4 5 6
I
S
J
T
7 8 9 0
%
TEST
S.G.
VER X.XX
DD / MM / YYYY
UH60
NOTES
1. VERSION NUMBER AND DATE WILL
CHANGE AS SOFTWARE IS UPDATED.
2.
SAS/FPS
OR
AFCC .
SYMBOL GENERATOR TEST MODE

AA9224_1A
SA
Figure 11-3.
11-44
Master Mode Display And Symbol Generator Test Mode (Sheet 1 of 2)
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
No.
Symbol
Source
Range / Description
30O (10O units, tic marks flash when angle of pitch is >
30O)
Angle of Pitch Scale
HUD System
Bearing to Waypoint Pointer
Doppler
0 359O (cursor will invert "V" when aircraft is moving away

from waypoint)
Compass Reference Scale
HUD System
0 359O (10O units)
Aircraft Heading Fix Index
HUD System
Fixed Reference Mark
Angle of Roll Pointer
Copilots Vertical Gyro
30O (right turn moves pointer to right, pointer flashes >
Angle of Roll Scale
HUD System
30O (10O units)
Barometric Altitude (MSL)
Air Data System
1000 to 20,000 feet (set during adjustment mode)
Adjust / Program Mode Message
HUD System
ADJ or PROG
30O)
OK / Fail
HUD System
OK or FAIL
10
Velocity Vector
Doppler
0 15 knots / 15 kilometers, 0 359O
11
Rate of Climb Pointer
Air Data System
12
Radar Altitude (AGL)

Numeric
Pilots Radar Altimeter
0 1000 feet (0 200 feet, 1 foot units; 200 1000 feet, 10 feet units;
disappears above 999 feet, and reappears below 950 feet)
13
Minimum Altitude Warning
Blinking square around symbol No. 12, (set on pilots low

warning bug)
14
Radar Altitude (AGL)

Analog Bar
0 250 feet (disappears at 250 feet, reappears at 230 feet; digital

readout symbol, No. 12)
15
AGL, Vertical Speed Scale
HUD System
0 200 feet /
16
HUD Fail Message
HUD System
CPM, SDR, SDA, PS, PDU, CPDU, NAV, PGM; can be cleared from the
display by selecting "ACK" (see note)
17
Trim (Slide Ball)
Computer (SEE NOTE 2)
18
MST, MEM, HOOK Messages
Master Caution Panel
MST, MEM, HOOK; cannot be cleared from the display by selecting

"ACK"
19
Sensor, Engine, Fire, RPM

Warnings
Master Warning Panel
ATT, ENG 1 or 2, FIRE, RPM; ATT can be cleared from the display by
selecting "ACK" (see note). ENG, FIRE, and RPM cannot be cleared
20
Horizon Line (pitch, roll)
Copilots Vertical Gyro
Pitch:
21
Display Mode Number
HUD System
1N 4N for normal modes, 1D 4D for declutter modes
22
Torque Limits
Torque Transducer
0 150%
Yellow (>100%), (solid box)
Red (>110%) Thresholds (solid box flashes)
23
Torque Numerics
Torque Transducer
0 150% (flashes when engine torque separation is greater than 5%

threshold) Max % torque split between cockpit panel and HUD is 3%
24
Ground Speed
Doppler
0 999 knots / 0 530 km / h (dependent on doppler)
25
Indicated Airspeed
SAS / FPS Computer
30 180 knots (no symbol 30 knots and below, reappears at 32 knots)
26
Attitude Reference Indicator
HUD System
Represents helicopter
27
Engines Temperature
Thermocouple Amplifiers
0 999OC (0 755OC, 2 units; 776OC 999OC, 1O units) Max split

between cockpit and HUD is 15O
28
Distance to Waypoint
Doppler
0 999.9 km
29
Bearing to Waypoint Numeric
Doppler
0 359O
2000 feetperminute (used with vertical speed scale, No. 15)
2000 feetperminute
2 balls (left / right)
30O
Roll: 0 359O
NOTE: After ACK is used to acknowledge a fault, the fault will not reappear until BIT is selected or power is cycled off and on.
AA9224_2A
SA
Figure 11-3.
Master Mode Display And Symbol Generator Test Mode (Sheet 2)

Change 4
11-45
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
28 VDC RTN
A B
E F
26 VAC RTN
28 VDC IN
26 VAC IN
28 VDC LIGHTING
J1
P2000R
HUD SYS
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
J249 P249
CB143
5
2 AMP 1
SG2000R1
1
2
TO
SHEET
6
C D
SG2000R2
GND20061
GND4271
28 VDC
HUD REF
CB144
k
1
2 AMP 1
NO. 1
AC
PRI
BUS
26 VAC

PANEL
AC ESNTL
BUS
26 VAC
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
EFFECTIVITY
6723 SUBQ
NOTES
1.
SAS/FPS
OR
AFCC .
2. SAS/FPS
HAS A PIN FILTERED
AB1616_1A
SA
Figure 11-4.
11-46
Change 4
Heads Up Display (AN/AVS-7) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10)
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
53
79
46 56
95 96
32
PXYOK
PHEXIST
76
PXYOK
62 75
PYYOK
PYYOK
85 88
P15V
PHTR
66
PY SNS
PGRID1
94
PX SNS
PCAT
98
15VP
PREF A
100
PHVPSN
P85V
PGNDHTR
J2
18
10 9
14
PHEXIST
13 12
PXYOK
PYYOK
GND20031
PYYOK
17
P15V
16
PY SNS
PX SNS
15VP
PHVPSN
PGNDHTR
PGRID1
PCAT
PREF A
P2003R
P85V
P2001R
PXYOK
PHTR
J1
PILOTS DISPLAY UNIT
AB1616_2
SA
Figure 11-4.
Heads Up Display (AN/AVS-7) Set Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

Change 2
11-47
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
34
69
77 67
87 86
42
CPXYOK
CPHEXIST
44
CPXYOK
41 45
CPYYOK
CPYYOK
43 47
CP15V
CPHTR
54
CPY SNS
CPGRID1
36
CPX SNS
CPCAT
90
CPHVPSN
CPREF A
91
15VCP
CP85V
CPGNDHTR
J2
18
10 9
14
CPHEXIST
13 12
CPXYOK
CPYYOK
GND20041
CPYYOK
17
CP15V
16
CPY SNS
CPX SNS
15VCP
CPHVPSN
CPGNDHTR
CPGRID1
CPCAT
CPREF B
P2004R
CP85V
P2001R
CPXYOK
CPHTR
J1
AB1616_3
SA
Figure 11-4.
11-48
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
20
19 6 14 31 15
PLTMODE
11
PLTDCLT
GND
63
PLTBRT
ADJ
70
PLTDIM
SYSON
CPLTDCLT
LMPON
CPLTDIM
DCU FAIL
CPLTMODE
LIGHTING
CPLTBRT
13 7 33 23
J103 P103
SG2005R5
HUD
t
s
BRT
SG2005R4
DCLT
MODE
q
DIM
SG2005R9
SG2005R6
SG2005R3
SG2005R1
SG2005R2
J2
P2001R
GND1032
COPILOTS COLLECTIVE STICK
J104 P104
HUD
t
s
BRT
SG2005R8
SG2005R7
9 12 13
10 11 14 15
LIGHTING
CCU FAIL
LMPON
SYSON
ADJ
GND
CPLTBRT
CPLTDIM
PLTBRT
PLTDCLT
PLTMODE
PLTDIM
CPLTDCLT
CPLTMODE
DIM
GND1042
P2005R
DCLT
MODE
q
CONVERTER CONTROL
AB1616_4
SA
Figure 11-4.

Change 2
11-49
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
CPPGM
PPGM
+11V REF
11V REF
CPLR
CPUD
PLR
PUD
24
29
93 92
55
52
65
64
(LO)
INC / SEL
12
J2
P2001R
(HI)
DEC / NXT
3 30
BIT
ACK
TRIM
J3
81 72
SG422R1
P2002R
SG422R2
20
21
22 23
24
25
26
27
DEC / NXT
INC / SEL
CPPGM
PPGM
+11V REF
CPLR
CPUD
PLR
PUD
CONVERTER CONTROL
Figure 11-4.
11-50
Change 4
P422R
D Z
LAT ACCL 2
19
LAT ACCL RTN 2
18
11V REF
16 17
BIT
P2005R
ACK
DIGITAL
AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT
CONTROL
UNITS
COMPUTER
(SEE NOTES 1 AND 2)
AB1616_5A
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
ENG 1
GAS TEMP
(LO)
(HI)
A / C TYPE RET
A / C TYPE 1
A / C TYPE 2
A / C TYPE 3
A / C TYPE 4
(LO)
(HI)
ENG 2
GAS TEMP
J3
P2002R
78 86 69 77 39
91 100
65 66
P137
PFA
J1
()
(+)
NO. 2
ENG TURB
GAS TEMP
SG1376
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY
SYSTEM NO. 2 SIGNAL
DATA CONVERTER
INSTRUMENT
DISPLAY SYSTEM
SG1377
P
P
P
SG20072
SG20062
CASE GND
NO. 2 THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER
GD20062
P2006R
6
CASE GND
6
AL ()
CR (+)
SIGNAL
SIGNAL RTN
28 VDC RTN
P2007R
SIGNAL
TO SHEET 1
GD20062
SIGNAL RTN
SG20062
SG20061
28 VDC RTN
28 VDC IN
TO SHEET 1
GD20061
SG20073
SG20071
28 VDC IN
GD20061

AB1616_6A
SA
Figure 11-4.

Change 3
11-51
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
NO. 1 ENG OUT
LOW ROTOR RPM
NO. 2 ENG OUT
60
52
79
(HI)
(LO)
(HI)
NO. 2 ENG
TORQUE
96 89
NO. 1 ENG
TORQUE
(LO)
J3
P2002R
88 95
P
GND1101
J110 P110
J
SG1103
GND1381
GND1381
SG13810
SG1389
SG1382
SG1383
INSTRUMENT
DISPLAY
SYSTEM
SG13816
SG1387
SG1386
SG13815
a b
()
(+)
()
(+)
()
NO. 1 ENG
TORQUE
NO. 2 ENG
TORQUE
LOW SPEED
WING SIG
LOW ROTOR SPEED

WING SIG
(+)
P138
NO. 1 ENG
TURB GAS
TEMP
P
E
AL ()
CR (+)
PFA
J1
NO. 1 THERMOCOUPLE INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM NO. 1 SIGNAL

AMPLIFIER
DATA CONVERTER
Figure 11-4.
11-52
Change 2
AB1616_7
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
VERT GYRO VALID
6 12 5
71
3 30
XS1
ZS2
XS1
ZS2
62
YS3
ENGINE FIRE
ROLL
ATT
PITCH
ATT
YS3
J3
P2002R
T
GND1931
T
SG193R5
SG193R4
GND1111
SG193R6
SG193R7
ATTITUDE
INDICATING
UNIT
COPILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
SG193R3
FIRE
SG193R2
P902 J902
YS3
POWER FAIL OUTPUT
ROLL
ATT
ZS2
D F
YS3
R P H
ZS2
P193R
PITCH
ATT
LEFT RELAY
PANEL
XS1
XX1
SG1111
P131 J131
SG193R1
P111 J111
Figure 11-4.
AB1616_8

Change 2
11-53
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
(HI)
70
36 25
(LO)
LOW ALT WARN
DOPPLER
NAV SYS
VERTICAL
SPEED
97 98
(HI)
(LO)
ALTITUDE
(AGL)
(LO)
(HI)
(LO)
(HI)
ALTITUDE
(MSL)
J3
P2002R
83 92
34 33
GND3181
SG318B8
SG318B7
SG318B6
SG318B4
SG318B5
P
GND3181
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
GND3181
SG318B3
P
SG318A5
(LO)
(HI)
28 29
DIGITAL
DATA IN
(HI)
ALTITUDE
RATE
RAD ALT
11
PLT DECISION
HT LT WARN
(HI)
P318RA
30 31
63 64
41 42
BAROMETRIC
ALT
P318RB
(HI)
SG318A4
SG318A3
AB1616_9
SA
Figure 11-4.
11-54
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
(LO)
MASTER CAUTION
CARGO HOOK
44 45
51
11
(HI)
YS3
ZS2
XS1
HDG
AIRSPEED
J3
P2002R
13 20 40
P
GND1121
A
P112
J112
SG4192
SG4191
P130 J130
P419R J419R
q
r
SG1307
DIGITAL
AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT
CONTROL
UNITS
FAULT
INPUT
PILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
P131 J131
6
SG149R3
SG149R2
GND1101
CIVIL
NAVIGATION
SET
SG149R1
FAULT
INPUT
COPILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
J110 P110 J247 P247 P218 J218

SG1104
P149R
P118
PFA
7 10 6
FF
CARGO
HOOK
SYSTEM
MASTER
CAUTION
OUTPUT
COMPASS
HDG IN
X
Z
J118
CIVIL NAVIGATION RECEIVER
Figure 11-4.
AB1616_10

Change 2
11-55
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
28 VDC RTN
A B
E F
26 VAC RTN
28 VDC IN
26 VAC IN
28 VDC LIGHTING
J1
P2000R
HUD SYS
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
SG2000R1
J249 P249
CB143
5
2 AMP 1
1
2
TO
SHEET
6
C D
SG2000R2
GD20001
GD20002
HUD REF
CB144
k
1
2 AMP 1
NO. 1
AC PRI
BUS
26 VAC

PANEL
STAB IND
CB218
AC ESNTL
BUS
2
2 AMP 1
26 VAC
PILOTS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
EFFECTIVITY
HUD
NOTES
1.
SAS/FPS
OR
AFCC .
2. SAS/FPS
HAS A PIN FILTERED
AB1617_1A
SA
Figure 11-5.
11-56
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
53
79
46 56
95 96
32
PXYOK
PHEXIST
76
PXYOK
62 75
PYYOK
PYYOK
85 88
P15V
PHTR
66
PY SNS
PGRID1
94
PX SNS
PCAT
98
15VP
PREF A
100
PHVPSN
P85V
PGNDHTR
J2
18
10 9
14
PHEXIST
13 12
PXYOK
PYYOK
GND20031
PYYOK
17
P15V
16
PY SNS
PX SNS
15VP
PHVPSN
PGNDHTR
PGRID1
PCAT
PREF A
P2003R
P85V
P2001R
PXYOK
PHTR
J1
PILOTS DISPLAY UNIT
Figure 11-5.
AB1617_2
SA

Change 2
11-57
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
34
69
77 67
87 86
42
CPXYOK
CPHEXIST
44
CPXYOK
41 45
CPYYOK
CPYYOK
43 47
CP15V
CPHTR
54
CPY SNS
CPGRID1
36
CPX SNS
CPCAT
90
CPHVPSN
CPREF A
91
15VCP
CP85V
CPGNDHTR
J2
P2001R
GND20041
18
10 9
14
CPHEXIST
CPXYOK
CPGNDHTR
CPYYOK
CPGRID1
CPYYOK
CPCAT
CP15V
13 12
CPY SNS
CPX SNS
15VCP
17
CPHVPSN
16
CPREF B
P2004R
CP85V
BP2004
CPXYOK
CPHTR
J1
AB1617_3
SA
Figure 11-5.
11-58
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
PLTDCLT
PLTDIM
PLTMODE
PLTBRT
CPLTMODE
CPLTDCLT
CPLTDIM
GND
CPLTBRT
ADJ
SYSON
DCU FAIL
LMPON
LIGHTING
J2
13 7 33 23
P17R J17R
SG2005R4
19 6 14 31 15
BRT
DCLT
SG2005R9
MODE
SG2005R8
SG2005R7
GND1032
P10R J10R
HUD
BRT
9 12 13
10 11 14 15
LIGHTING
CCU FAIL
LMPON
SYSON
ADJ
GND
CPLTBRT
CPLTDIM
PLTBRT
DIM
CONVERTER CONTROL
Figure 11-5.
DCLT
PLTDCLT
PLTMODE
PLTDIM
CPLTDCLT
MODE
CPLTMODE
DIM
J104 P104
GND1042
P2005R
HUD
SG2005R6
SG2005R2
J103 P103
SG2005R3
SG2005R1
70 63 11 20 5
SG2005R5
P2001R
AB1617_4
SA

Change 2
11-59
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
CPPGM
PPGM
+11V REF
11V REF
CPLR
CPUD
PLR
PUD
24
29
93 92
55
52
65
64
(LO)
INC / SEL
12
J2
P2001R
(HI)
DEC / NXT
3 30
BIT
ACK
TRIM
J3
P2002R
81 72
P11R
C D
J11R
P419R
A B C
SG422R2
J419R
SG422R1
20
21
22 23
24
25
26
27
DEC / NXT
INC / SEL
CPPGM
PPGM
+11V REF
CPLR
CPUD
PLR
PUD
CONVERTER CONTROL
Figure 11-5.
11-60
Change 4
P422R
D Z
LAT ACCL 2
19
LAT ACCL RTN 2
18
11V REF
16 17
BIT
P2005R
ACK
DIGITAL
AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT
CONTROL
UNITS
COMPUTER
(SEE NOTES 1 AND 2)
AB1617_5A
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
ENG 1
GAS TEMP
(LO)
(HI)
A / C TYPE RET
A / C TYPE 1
A / C TYPE 2
A / C TYPE 3
A / C TYPE 4
(LO)
(HI)
ENG 2
GAS TEMP
J3
P2002R
91 100
78 86 69 77 39
SG20022
65 66
SG20021
P
P137
P
SG1377
PFA
P
J1
()
(+)
NO. 2
ENG TURB
GAS TEMP
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY
SYSTEM NO. 2 SIGNAL
DATA CONVERTER
INSTRUMENT
DISPLAY SYSTEM
SG1376
P
P420R
B C
P
J420R
P
GD20061
GD20061
P11R J11R
6
CASE GND
SIGNAL
P2006R
GD20062
SIGNAL RTN
28 VDC RTN
6
AL ()
CR (+)
CASE GND
SIGNAL
SIGNAL RTN
P2007R
TO SHEET 1
GD20062
28 VDC IN
28 VDC RTN
28 VDC IN
TO SHEET 1
P11R J11R

AB1617_6A
SA
Figure 11-5.

Change 3
11-61
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
NO. 1 ENG OUT
LOW ROTOR RPM
60
52
J H
(HI)
(LO)
(HI)
NO. 2 ENG
TORQUE
96 89
NO. 1 ENG
TORQUE
(LO)
J3
P2002R
88 95
P11R
M L
J11R
GND1381
GND1381
P
P114
P J223
SG1387
M
NO. 1 ENGINE
INSTRUMENTS
SG13810
SG1389
T
SG1386
SG1383
SG1382
CAUTION /
ADVISORY
PANEL
NO. 1 ENGINE
INSTRUMENTS
SG13816
J419R P419R
P
D
E
SG13815
a b
()
(+)
()
(+)
()
NO. 1 ENG
TORQUE
NO. 2 ENG
TORQUE
(+)
P138
NO. 1 ENG
TURB GAS
TEMP
P
E
NO. 1 THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER
Figure 11-5.
11-62
Change 2
LOW ROTOR SPEED

WING SIG
LOW SPEED
WING SIG
NO. 1 GAS GEN
J1
CR (+)
AL ()
PFA
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM NO. 1

AB1617_7
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
3 30
VERT GYRO VALID
XS1
ZS2
79
YS3
NO. 2 ENGINE OUT
62
6 12 5
71
XS1
ZS2
YS3
ROLL
ATT
PITCH
ATT
ENGINE FIRE
J3
P2002R
P14R
T
T
J14R
SG193R2
SG193R1
SG193R1
GND1111
P130 J130
SG1304
ATTITUDE
INDICATING
UNIT
SG193R4
NO. 2 ENG
OUT
10
SG193R3
SG193R5
PILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
SG193R6
CAUTION
ADVISORY
SYSTEM
R P H
D F
XS1
YS3
POWER FAIL OUTPUT
P193R
XX1
NAVIGATION
SET
ZS2
YS3
P131 J131
ZS2
GND1931
10
FIRE
NO. 2 ENG
OUT
COPILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
ROLL
ATT
PITCH
ATT
SG1622
AB1617_8
SA
Figure 11-5.

Change 2
11-63
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
(HI)
70
36 25
(LO)
LOW ALT WARN
DOPPLER
NAV SYS
VERTICAL
SPEED
97 98
(HI)
(LO)
ALTITUDE
(AGL)
(LO)
(HI)
(LO)
(HI)
ALTITUDE
(MSL)
J3
P2002R
83 92
34 33
GND3181
SG318B7
SG318B6
P14R J14R
E
P
GND3181
GND3181
4
5
SG318B4
P14R J14R
KK
SGR71
SGR72
SG318B2
SG318A3
7
P
P
28 29
(LO)
30
(HI)
11
DIGITAL
DATA IN
(HI)
ALTITUDE
RATE
P318RA
PLT DECISION
HT LT WARN
(HI)
RAD ALT
30 31
63 64
41 42 59
(HI)
P318RB
BAROMETRIC
ALT
53 52 51
DOPPLER
DISPLAY

AB1617_9
SA
Figure 11-5.
11-64
COMMAND
INSTRUMENT
SET
P
P686R
RADAR
ALTIMETER
SET
SG318B3
SG318B5
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
4
5
SGLHS8
6
SGLHS7
P
P
P315R
G F
NO. 2 AIR DATA

TRANSDUCER
Figure 11-5.
P302R
J302R
J315R
COPILOTS HSI
P305R
J305R
PILOTS HSI
AB1617_10
SA

Change 2
11-65
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
MASTER CAUTION
CARGO HOOK
44 45
51
11
(HI)
YS3
ZS2
XS1
HDG
(LO)
AIRSPEED
J3
P2002R
13 20 40
P
P14R
P114
J14R
J114
A B
P11R
J11R
P130 J130
P
SG9032
SG9031
SG1307
FAULT
INPUT
P419R J419R
q
r
SGR1495
DIGITAL
AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT
CONTROL
UNITS
PILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
P131 J131
5
FAULT
INPUT
SG149R3
SG149R8
SG149R9
GND1491
GND1101
COPILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
CIVIL
NAVIGATION
SET
J110 P110 J247 P247 P218 J218

SG1308
P149R
P R n p
P118
PFA
FF
CARGO
HOOK
Figure 11-5.
11-66
Change 3
CARGO HOOK OPEN
MASTER
CAUTION
OUTPUT
26VAC
ROTOR MOD SELECT
COMPASS
HDG IN
X
Z
J118
AB1617_11
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
28 VDC RTN
A B
E F
26 VAC RTN
28 VDC IN
26 VAC IN
28 VDC LIGHTING
J1
P2000R
SG20002
SG20001
GD20001
HUD SYS
28 VAC
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS
C D
GD20002
J249 P249
CB143
5
2 AMP 1
1
2
TO
SHEET
6
HUD REF
CB144
26 VAC
1
2 AMP 1
NO. 1
AC PRI
BUS

PANEL
26 VAC
AC ESNTL
BUS
LEGEND
STAB IND
2
2
AMP
CB218
REPRESENT
FILTERED
WIRED

EFFECTIVITY
HH60L
NOTES
1.
SAS/FPS
OR
AFCC .
2. SAS/FPS
HAS A PIN FILTERED
AB1996_1A
SA
Figure 11-5.1.

Change 4
11-66.1
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
53
79
46 56
95 96
32
PXYOK
PHEXIST
76
PXYOK
62 75
PYYOK
PYYOK
85 88
P15V
PHTR
66
PY SNS
PGRID1
94
PX SNS
PCAT
98
15VP
PREF A
100
PHVPSN
P85V
PGNDHTR
J2
P2001R
GNDCDU1
18
10 9
14
PHEXIST
PGNDHTR
PXYOK
PGRID1
PYYOK
PCAT
PYYOK
PREF A
P15V
13 12
PY SNS
PX SNS
15VP
17
PHVPSN
16
P85V
BP2003
P2003R
PXYOK
PHTR
J1
PILOTS DISPLAY UNIT
Figure 11-5.1.
11-66.2
Change 3
AB1996_2
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
34
69
77 67
87 86
42
CPXYOK
CPHEXIST
44
CPXYOK
41 45
CPYYOK
CPYYOK
43 47
CP15V
CPHTR
54
CPY SNS
CPGRID1
36
CPX SNS
CPCAT
90
CPHVPSN
CPREF A
91
15VCP
CP85V
CPGNDHTR
J2
P2001R
GNDCDU1
18
10 9
14
CPHEXIST
CPXYOK
CPGNDHTR
CPYYOK
CPGRID1
CPYYOK
CPCAT
CP15V
13 12
CPY SNS
CPX SNS
15VCP
17
CPHVPSN
16
CPREF A
P2004R
CP85V
BP2004
CPXYOK
CPHTR
J1
AB1996_3
SA
Figure 11-5.1.

Change 3
11-66.3
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
PLTDCLT
PLTDIM
PLTMODE
PLTBRT
CPLTMODE
CPLTDCLT
CPLTDIM
GND
CPLTBRT
ADJ
SYSON
DCU FAIL
LMPON
LIGHTING
J2
13 7 33 23
P17R J17R
SG20054
19 6 14 31 15
SG20051
J103 P103
HUD
M
N
BRT
DCLT
D
A
SG20059
DIM
SG20056
SG20052
E
MODE
SG20053
70 63 11 20 5
SG20055
P2001R
GND1032
P10R J10R
J104 P104
M
HUD
BRT
SG20058
SG20057
A
r
9 12 13
10 11 14 15
LIGHTING
CCU FAIL
LMPON
SYSON
ADJ
GND
CPLTBRT
CPLTDIM
PLTBRT
DIM
PLTDCLT
PLTMODE
PLTDIM
CPLTDCLT
CPLTMODE
GND1042
P2005R
DCLT
MODE
q
CONVERTER CONTROL
Figure 11-5.1.
11-66.4
Change 3
AB1996_4
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
CPPGM
PPGM
11V REF
11V REF
CPLR
CPUD
PLR
PUD
24
29
93 92
55
52
65
64
(LO)
INC / SEL
12
81
72
J3
P2002R
BP2001
J2
P2001R
(HI)
DEC / NXT
3 30
BIT
ACK
TRIM
P
P
BP11R
C
P11R
J11R
BJ11R
P419R
B C
F
SG422R2
J419R
DIGITAL
AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT
CONTROL
UNITS
SG422R1
P
20
21
22 23
24
25
26
27
DEC / NXT
INC / SEL
CPPGM
PPGM
11V REF
CPLR
CPUD
PLR
PUD
CONVERTER CONTROL
Figure 11-5.1.
P422R
LAT ACCL RTN 2
19
LAT ACCL 2
18
11V REF
16 17
BIT
P2005R
ACK
BP2005
COMPUTER
(SEE NOTES 1 AND 2)
AB1996_5A
SA

Change 4
11-66.5
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
(LO)
A / C TYPE 4
A / C TYPE 3
A / C TYPE 2
A / C TYPE 1
A / C TYPE RET
(HI)
(LO)
ENG 1
GAS TEMP
(HI)
ENG 2
GAS TEMP
91
100
78
86
69
77
39
65
66
SG20022
SG20021
P137
()
(+)
NO. 2
ENG TURB
GAS TEMP
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY
SYSTEM NO. 2 SIGNAL
DATA CONVERTER
F
SG1377
J1
PFA
J3
P2002R
INSTRUMENT
DISPLAY SYSTEM
SG1376
P420R
P
B C
P
J420R
P
GD20061
GD20061
P11R J11R
2
TO
SHEET
1
P11R J11R
GD20062
GD20062
P
BP2006
CASE GND
6
CASE GND
SIGNAL RTN
SIGNAL RTN
SIGNAL
P2006R
SIGNAL
28 VDC RTN
28 VDC IN
CR (+)
AL ()
28 VDC RTN
P2007R
28 VDC IN
BP2007

AB1996_6
SA
Figure 11-5.1.
11-66.6
Change 3
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
(HI)
(LO)
NO. 1 ENG OUT
LOW ROTOR RPM
95
96
89
60
52
NO. 2 ENG
TORQUE
(LO)
88
NO. 1 ENG
TORQUE
(HI)
J3
P2002R
P
BP11R
M
P11R
J11R
BJ11R
GND1381
GND1381
SG13810
SG1389
P
P114
P J223
SG1387
N
NO. 1 ENGINE
INSTRUMENTS
SG1386
SG1383
J
SG1382
CAUTION /
ADVISORY
WARNING
SYSTEM
NO. 1 ENGINE
INSTRUMENTS
P
J419R P419R
(SEE NOTE)
SG13816
(SEE NOTE)
D
E
SG13815
()
(+)
()
(+)
()
SHIELD
NO. 1 GAS GEN
P138
(+)
P
u
LOW ROTOR SPEED

WING SIG
LOW SPEED
WING SIG
NO. 2 ENG
TORQUE
NO. 1 ENG
TURB GAS
TEMP
NO. 1 THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER
NO. 1 ENG
TORQUE
J1
CR (+)
AL ()
PFA
INSTRUMENT DISPLAY SYSTEM NO. 1

Figure 11-5.1.
AB1996_7
SA

Change 3
11-66.7
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
3 30
VERT GYRO VALID
XS1
ZS2
79
YS3
NO. 2 ENGINE OUT
62
6 12 5
71
XS1
ZS2
YS3
ROLL
ATT
PITCH
ATT
ENGINE FIRE
J3
P2002R
T
D
SG193R1
FIRE
DETECTION
SYSTEM
SGP1111
P10R
J10R
P130 J130
SG1304
P111R
CAUTION
ADVISORY
WARNING
SYSTEM
NO. 2 ENG
OUT
10
J111R
SG193R3
SG1103
SG193R1
SG193R2
J20R
SG193R5
J21R
P20R
ATTITUDE
INDICATING
UNIT
SG193R4
P21R
SG193R6
PILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
R P H
D F
XS1
YS3
POWER FAIL OUTPUT
P193R
XX1
NAVIGATION
SET
NO. 2 ENG
OUT
10
YS3
ZS2
ROLL
ATT
FIRE
PITCH
ATT
P131 J131
ZS2
GND1931
COPILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
AB1996_8
SA
Figure 11-5.1.
11-66.8
Change 3
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
(HI)
(LO)
70
36
25
NAV SYS
LOW ALT WARN
DOPPLER
VERTICAL
SPEED
97 98
(HI)
(LO)
ALTITUDE
(AGL)
(LO)
(HI)
(LO)
(HI)
ALTITUDE
(MSL)
J3
83 92
34 33
P
F
P2002R
GND3181
SG318B9
SGP1402
SG318B7
E
H
G
RADAR
ALTIMETER
SET
GND3181
6
7
P14R J14R
KK
SG318A3
SG318A2
SG318A1
SG318B10
P14R J14R
SG318B2
GND3181
SG318B5
SG318B8
SGP1403
3
4
5
30 31
P318RA
PFA
30
28
29
DIGITAL
DATA IN
(HI)
ALTITUDE
RATE
(HI)
RAD ALT
PFA
BAROMETRIC
ALT
NAVIGATION
INTERFACE
UNIT
11
(LO)
63 64
PLT DECISION
HT LT WARN
43 42
(HI)
P102R
41 42 59
(HI)
P
P318RB
Figure 11-5.1.
AB1996_9
SA

Change 3
11-66.9
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
P140R J1
65
HI
66
LO
SERIAL
OUT
EMERGENCY CONTROL PANEL
3
4
5
P1013R J2
P1014R J2
67
67
COPILOTS CDU 1
6
7
PILOTS CDU 1
SGR3179
P317R
PFA
SG10145
77
J1
DH LT TEST
P676R J1
7
P315R
LOW WARNING OUT
PFA
J315R
NO. 2 AIR DATA

TRANSDUCER
Figure 11-5.1.
11-66.10
Change 3
AB1996_10
SA
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.3
(HI)
(LO)
MASTER CAUTION
CARGO HOOK
13 20 40
44
45
51
11
ZS2
XS1
HDG
YS3
AIRSPEED
J3
P2002R
P
F
BP2002R
P14R
J14R
BP11R
P14R
J14R
P11R
J11R
P130 J130
SG1307
SG9032
SG9031
FAULT
INPUT
P419R J419R
q
r
SGR1495
PILOTS MASTER
WARNING PANEL
DIGITAL
AUTOMATIC
FLIGHT
CONTROL
UNITS
SG149R8
SG149R3
SG149R9
GND1491
CIVIL
NAVIGATION
SET
J110 P110 J247 P247 P218 J218

SGJ1101
SG101932
P1019R
14 32
P1020R 14 32
CARGO
HOOK
26VAC
ROTOR MOD SELECT
COMPASS
HDG IN
P R n p
X
Z
P149R
FF
Figure 11-5.1.
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAYS
AB1996_11
SA

Change 3
11-66.11/(11-66.12 Blank)
TM 11-1520-237-23
SECTION III.
SECTION OVERVIEW
PARAGRAPH
TITLE
PAGE
11.4
Converter Control Unit
11-68
11.5
Knobs
11-70
11.6
Lamps
11-72
11.7
Housing
11-74
11.8
11-76
11.9
Mount
11-78
11.10
Knurled Knobs
11-80
11.11
Thermocouple Amplifier
11-82
11.12
Support
11-84
11.13
Display Unit Knob
11-88
Change 2
11-67
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.4.
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Para 11.3
References
INSTALL
REMOVE
a.1.
Place ADJ/ON/OFF switch to OFF.
b.1.
Place ADJ/ON/OFF switch to OFF.
a.2.
Loosen fastener.
b.2.
Connect electrical connector P2005 to J1.
a.3.
Carefully lift CCU until electrical connector can

be disconnected.
b.3.
b.4.
Position CCU on housing and tighten fasteners.
b.5.
Do paragraph 11.3.
a.4.
11-68
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.4.
Converter Control Unit (cont.)
CONVERTER
CONTROL UNIT
FR
ON
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P2005R
AB1694
SA
Figure 11-6.
Change 2
11-69
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.5.
Knobs
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
Materials/Parts
b. Install
Appendix C
Para 11.3
NOTE
Anti-Seize Compound, Item 1a, Appendix C
Replacement of both CCU knobs is the

same.
Knob MS91528 0D3G

Knob, MS91528 2N2GC
NOTE
References
Retain both setscrews for knob to be
installed.
Appendix B
b.3.
Position setscrews in mounting holes and

tighten.
b.4.
Do paragraph 11.3.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove setscrews.
a.2.
Remove knobs.
INSTALL
b.1.
Position knobs on CCU.
b.2.
Coat setscrews with anti-seize compound.
11-70
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.5.
Knobs (cont.)
KNOB
(TYPICAL)
SETSCREW
(TYPICAL)
CONVERTER
CONTROL UNIT
FR
ON
AB1695
SA
Figure 11-7.
Knobs
Change 2
11-71
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.6.
Lamps
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Para 11.3
Materials/Parts
Indicator, NVG, GRN 808-114-53
NOTE
Indicator, NVG, YELL 808-114-33

Replacement of both CCU lamps is the
same.
References
INSTALL
REMOVE
a.1.
a.2.
Unscrew lamp cover.

Remove lamp.
11-72
Change 2
b,1.
Position lamp into cover.
b.2.
Install lamp cover.
b.3.
Do paragraph 11.3.
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.6.
Lamps (cont.)
LAMP COVER
ON LAMP
FAIL LAMP
CONVERTER
CONTROL UNIT
FR
ON
AB1696
SA
Figure 11-8.
Lamps
Change 2
11-73
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.7.
Housing
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Appendix C
23
Test Equipment
Appendix B
Para 11.4. CCU Removed
Materials/Parts
43.6.
Para 13A.6.
or AFCC Para 43A.6.
Advanced Flight Control Computer (AFCC)
Removed
NOTE
Screws on the copilots side of the housing are longer than the screws on the
pilots side of the housing.
References
Appendix B
b.3.
REMOVE
Remove the remaining screw, washer, and nut

from copilots side of mount.
a.3.
Remove screws and washers from pilots side

of mount.
b.2.
Make sure electrical connector and

ground strap are inside housing.
b.4.
Position housing on lower console.

NOTE
In steps b.5. and b.6., use the two longer
screws.
Remove housing.
b.5.
Position ground strap on housing and fasten

with screw, washer, and nut to forward position
of copilots side.
Clean surfaces with cheesecloth dampened with

b.6.
Fasten remaining screw, washer, and nut.
b.7.
Fasten screws and washers to pilots side.
INSTALL
b.1.

( 23 ).
NOTE
Remove screw, washer, and nut fastening housing and ground strap from copilots side of
mount.
a.2.
a.4.
Para
AFCC
a.1.
Para 13.6.
or
SAS/FPS
SAS/FPS Computer Removed
SAS/FPS
11-74
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.7.
b.8.
Housing (cont.)
b.11.
Measure resistance between housing and lower

console.
b.12.

b.10.
Install CCU (Para 11.4.).

AFCC
Install AFCC (Para 13A.6. or Para
43A.6.).
b.13.

through b.8.
Install SAS/FPS computer (Para

SAS/FPS
13.6. or Para 43.6.).
SCREW,
WASHER
SCREW,
WASHER
A
CONVERTER
CONTROL UNIT
HOUSING
LOWER
CONSOLE
FR
SCREW,
WASHER
NT
(SEE NOTE)
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P2005R
EFFECTIVITY
W/O HF
GROUND
STRAP
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
GROUND
STRAP
WASHER,
NUT
B
(SEE NOTE)
AA9217A
SA
Figure 11-9.
Housing
Change 4
11-75
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.8.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
References
Appendix B
Test Equipment
Para 11.3

Nose Door Open
b.2.
Tighten knurled knobs.
b.3.
Connect electrical connectors P2000R to J1,

P2001R to J2, and P2002R to J3.
b.4.
b.5.
Close nose door.
b.6.
Do paragraph 11.3.
REMOVE
a.1.
Disconnect electrical connectors.
a.2.
Loosen knurled knobs.
a.3.
Carefully slide SDC forward to disengage alignment pins.
a.4.
Remove SDC.
INSTALL
b.1.
Position SDC on mount, and carefully slide

back to engage alignment pins.
11-76
Change 4
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.8.
SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P2002R / J3
KNURLED
KNOB
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P2001R / J2
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P2000R / J1
Figure 11-10.
HOLDDOWN
COLLAR
HOLDDOWN
HOOK
AA9214A
SA
Change 2
11-77
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.9.
Mount
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
Appendix B
b. Install
References
Appendix B
Appendix C
23
Materials/Parts
Para 11.8. SDC Removed
b.5.
Position cable clamps (P2000R/J1 wiring) on

mount.
b.6.
Fasten mount and cable clamps with screws and

washers.
b.7.
Measure resistance between mount and thermocouple amplifiers support.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws and washers fastening mount to

thermocouple amplifiers support.
a.2.
Remove mount.
INSTALL
b.1.
Clean mounting surfaces with cheesecloth

b.2.
b.3.

( 23 ).
b.4.
Position mount on thermocouple amplifiers support.

b.9.
11-78
Change 2
b.10.

through b.7.
Install SDC (Para 11.8.).
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.9.
Mount (cont.)
A
SCREW,
WASHER
SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER
MOUNT
A
(SEE NOTE)
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIERS
SUPPORT
B
(SEE NOTE)
SCREW,
WASHER
SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER
MOUNT
CABLE CLAMP
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIERS
SUPPORT
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
AA9215B
SA
Figure 11-11.
Signal Data Converter Mount

Change 2
11-79
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.10.
Knurled Knobs
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
b. Install
Test Equipment
Para 11.9. SDC Mount Removed
NOTE
References
Replacement of both knurled knob
assemblies is the same.
Appendix B
b.2.
Fasten knurled knob assembly to hinge strap

with straight pin and cotter pin.
b.3.
Position hinge strap on mount.
b.4.
Fasten hinge strap with screws, washers, and

nuts.
b.5.
Install SDC mount (Para 11.9.).
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screws, washers, nuts, and hinge strap

from mount.
a.2.
Remove cotter pin, straight pin and knurled nut

assembly from hinge strap.
INSTALL
b.1.
Position knurled knob assembly in hinge strap.
11-80
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.10.
Knurled Knobs (cont.)
SCREW
WASHER
KNURLED
KNOB
ASSEMBLY
HINGE
STRAP
NUT
STRAIGHT
PIN
COTTER
PIN
AB0869
SA
Figure 11-12.
Knurled Knobs
Change 2
11-81
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.11.
a. Remove
INITIAL SETUP
Test Equipment
b. Install
Para 11.8. SDC Removed
NOTE
Replacement of both
amplifiers is the same.
Materials/Parts
Splice Kit, Thermocouple OO-42001-101
thermocouple
NOTE
References
Each captive screw on the thermocouple
amplifier also contains a washer which
cannot be removed without removing
the captive screw.
Appendix B
b.2.
Splice Chromel (gray) wire to wire D5853A20

(No. 1 thermocouple amplifier) or to wire
D5874A20 (No. 2 thermocouple amplifier).
b.3.
Connect electrical connector P2006R (No. 1

thermocouple amplifier) or P2007R (No. 2 thermocouple amplifier).
b.4.
Position thermocouple amplifier on support and

tighten captive screws.
b.5.
Install SDC (Para 11.8.).
REMOVE
a.1.
Loosen captive screws.
a.2.
a.3.
Remove Alumel (green) wire from thermocouple splice.
a.4.
Remove Chromel (gray) wire from thermocouple splice.

INSTALL
b.1.
Splice Alumel (green) wire to wire D5854A20

(No. 1 thermocouple amplifier) or to wire
D5875A20 (No. 2 thermocouple amplifier).
11-82
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.11.
Thermocouple Amplifier (cont.)

A
CAPTIVE SCREW,
WASHER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P2006R
CHROMEL
WIRE
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER 1
B
ALUMEL
WIRE
CHROMEL
WIRE
ALUMEL
WIRE
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P2007R
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER 2
AA9216
SA
Figure 11-13.
Change 2
11-83
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.12.
Support
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP

Test Equipment
Para 11.9. SDC Mount Removed
Para 11.11. Thermocouple Amplifiers Removed

Appendix B
NOTE
Supports have
UH60A
UH60Q
a shim riveted to the forward end of the
pilots side support leg.
Materials/Parts
NOTE
Retain shim
UH60A
UH60Q
support removed from helicopter to be
installed on new support.

UH60A
UH60Q
Rivet,
Solid,
MS20426AD3-4
(2 required)
UH60A
UH60Q
NOTE
Support does
UH60L
HH60L
not have a shim riveted to the forward
end of the pilots side support leg.
Shim, 08-26113-1
Personnel Required
NOTE
One
68N
One
68G
Avionics Mechanic
Screw on the copilots side is
HUD
longer than the one on the pilots side.
Airframe Repairer
References
NOTE
Appendix B
Do not have screws and
6723SUBQ
washers fastening support to floor, other
than four screws that fasten SDC mount
to support and floor.
Appendix C
23
a.2.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove screw, cable clamps, spacers, washer,

lockwasher, and nut fastening two harnesses to
support.
11-84
Change 3
a.3.
a.4.
Remove screws, washers, cable clamps, lockwashers, and nuts fastening harness to support.
HUD
Remove support.
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.12.
a.5.
Support (cont.)
UH60A
UH60Q
Remove shim and
b.9.
Fasten two harnesses to support with screw,

washer, cable clamps, spacers, lockwasher, and
nut.
b.10.
Fasten harness to support with screws, washers, cable clamps, lockwashers, and nuts.
b.11.
Install thermocouple amplifiers (Para 11.11.)
b.12.
retain from old support.

INSTALL
b.1.
UH60A
UH60Q
Install shim on new
support.
b.2.
Clean mounting surfaces with cheesecloth

b.3.
b.4.

( 23 ).
NOTE
Steps b.5. through b.12. are for
b.6.
Steps b.13. through b.20. are for

6723SUBQ .
b.13.
Position support on floor.
b.14.
Fasten two harnesses to support with screw,

washer, cable clamps, spacers, lockwasher,
and nut.
b.15.
Fasten harness to support with screws, washers, cable clamps, lockwashers, and nuts.
b.16.
Measure resistance between support and floor.
HUD
Make sure that the longer of the two

screws is installed on the copilots side
of the support.
b.5.
NOTE
Position support on floor and fasten with screws

and washers.
Measure resistance between support and floor.
b.18.

through b.4. and b.13. through b.17.
b.8.
b.19.
Install thermocouple amplifiers (Para 11.11.)
b.20.

through b.6.
Change 2
11-85
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.12.
Support (cont.)
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER SUPPORT
A
B
A
(SEE NOTE)
B
(SEE NOTE)
SCREW
SCREW
CABLE CLAMP
CABLE CLAMPS,
SPACERS
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER
SUPPORT
EFFECTIVITY
WASHER,
LOCKWASHER,
NUT
6723 SUBQ
WASHER,
LOCKWASHER,
NUT
NOTE
POINTS
FROM TO
A
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER
SUPPORT
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
AB0930
SA
Figure 11-14.
11-86
Change 2
6723SUBQ
Thermocouple Amplifier Support
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.12.
Support (cont.)
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER SUPPORT
SCREW,
WASHER
A
B
B
SHIM
(SEE NOTE 2)
A
(SEE NOTE 1)
B
(SEE NOTE 1)
SCREW
SCREW
CABLE CLAMP
CABLE CLAMPS,
SPACERS
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER
SUPPORT
EFFECTIVITY
WASHER,
LOCKWASHER,
NUT
HUD
NOTES
POINTS
FROM TO
1.
2. UH60A
WASHER,
LOCKWASHER,
NUT
RESISTANCE SHALL
BE
THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER
SUPPORT
2.5 MILLIOHMS
OR LESS
UH60Q ,
UH60L
AB0929
SHIM IS NOT ON
SA
Figure 11-15.
HUD
Thermocouple Amplifier Support

Change 2
11-87
TM 11-1520-237-23
11.13.
Display Unit Knob
a. Remove
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Appendix C
Test Equipment
Para 11.3
Materials/Parts
Anti-Seize Compound, Item 1a, Appendix C
NOTE
References
Knob is located on the power supply
calibration unit portion of the DU.
Appendix B
b.3.
Position setscrews in knob and tighten.
b.4.
Do paragraph 11.3.
REMOVE
a.1.
Remove and retain setscrews.
a.2.
Remove knob.
INSTALL
b.1.
Position knob on control shaft.
b.2.
Coat setscrews with anti-seize compound.
11-88
Change 2
TM 11-1520-237-23
Display Unit Knob (cont.)

KNOB
SETSCREW
S EY
E E
L
E
C
T
11.13.
AA9219
SA
Figure 11-16.
Display Unit Knob
Change 2
11-89/(11-90 Blank)

This Manual Supersedes TM11 1520 237 23 1, Dated 15 June 1994, Including All Changes

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

This Manual Supersedes TM11 1520 237 23 1, Dated 15 June 1994, Including All Changes

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

*TM 111520237231

VOLUME 1 UH60A/L GENERAL

VOLUME 2 UH60A/L AUTOMATIC

VOLUME 3 UH60A/L COMMUNICATION

VOLUME 5 UH60Q / HH60L GENERAL

VOLUME 6 UH60Q / HH60L COMMAND

*This manual supersedes TM111520237231,

VOLUME 7 UH60Q / HH60L

VOLUME 8 UH60Q / HH60L

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

ELECTRICAL GROUNDING OF THE HELICOPTER

USING BATTERY POWER DURING MAINTENANCE

COLD WEATHER - BATTERY MAINTENANCE

SAFETY STEPS TO FOLLOW IF SOMEONE

DO NOT TRY TO PULL OR GRAB THE INDIVIDUAL.

IF POSSIBLE, TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER.

IF YOU CANNOT TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL

AFTER THE INJURED PERSON IS FREE OF

THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS PARTS

Aviation Unit and Intermediate

CIVIL NAVIGATION (AN/ARN-123 (V)) SET ............................

CIVIL NAVIGATION (AN/ARN-147 (V)) SET NAV ..............

LF/ADF (AN/ARN-89) SET ............................................................

LF/ADF (AN/ARN-149(V)) SET NAV ...........................................

DOPPLER NAVIGATION (AN/ASN-128) SET ............................

DOPPLER/GPS NAVIGATION (AN/ASN-128B) SET ..................

GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS (AN/ASN-43) SET ......................

ATTITUDE INDICATING SET ......................................................

RATE-OF-TURN INDICATING UNIT ..........................................

COMMAND INSTRUMENT SET....................................................

HSI / VSI MODE SELECT UNIT ....................................................

Equipment Description and Data .......................................................

RADAR ALTIMETER (AN/APN-209) SET ..................................

HEADS UP DISPLAY (AN/AVS-7) SET ........................................

AFCS OVERVIEW ............................................................................

ANALOG STABILITY AUGMENTATION UNITS.......................

DIGITAL AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL UNITS

DIGITAL AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL UNITS AFCC .

STABILATOR SYSTEM TEST PANEL (AVIM)...........................

CONDENSED AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SET

NO. 1 VHF/FM (AN/ARC-186 (V)) RADIO SET W/O RIS ......

NO. 2 VHF/FM (AN/ARC-186 (V)) RADIO SET W/O RIS ......

VHF/AM (AN/ARC-186(V)) RADIO SET 3953

VHF/AM (AN/ARC-186(V)) RADIO SET 22714 3952

UHF/AM (AN/ARC-164 (V)) RADIO SET W/O RIS .................

HF (AN/ARC-220(V)1) RADIO SET HF ..................................

INTERCOMMUNICATION SET .....................................................

TRANSPONDER (AN/APX-100 (V)) SET ......................................

COUNTERMEASURE (AN/ALQ-144A (V)1) SET ........................

RADAR SIGNAL DETECTING (AN/APR-39A(V)1) SET ............

CHAFF DISPENSER SET 27142986 .......................................

CIVIL NAVIGATION (AN/ARN-147 (V)) SET .............................

LF/ADF (AN/ARN-149(V)) SET ......................................................

TACAN (AN/ARN-153) SET............................................................

DOPPLER/GPS NAVIGATION (AN/ASN-128C) SET ..................

GYROMAGNETIC COMPASS (AN/ASN-43) SET........................

ATTITUDE INDICATING SET ......................................................

NAVIGATION INTERFACE UNIT .................................................

COMMAND INSTRUMENT SET....................................................

HSI/VSI MODE SELECT UNIT.......................................................

RADAR ALTIMETER (AN/APN-209F) SET..................................

STORMSCOPE SET ..........................................................................

PERSONNEL LOCATOR (AN/ARS-6(V)) SET .............................